24 GMC Sierra Sierra Denali 2500 3500 HD OM en US U 84989061B 2023JUN02 2P

24_GMC_Sierra_Denali_2500 HD_3500 HD_COV_en_US_84989061 B_2023JUN2.
pdf 1 4/26/2023 3:05:47 PM
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K
GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 2500 HD/3500 HD Owner Manual (GMNA-
Localizing-U.S./Canada-16908340) - 2024 - CRC - 5/19/23
Introduction
Contents California Proposition 65 Warning
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 84989061 B Second Printing 2023 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
2 Introduction
Introduction If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel Using this Manual
engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement
for additional and specific information on To quickly locate information about the
this engine. vehicle, use the Index in the back of the
manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is
Refer to the purchase documentation in the manual and the page number where
relating to your specific vehicle to confirm it can be found.
the features.
Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick Danger, Warning, and Caution
The names, logos, emblems, slogans, vehicle reference. Warning messages found on vehicle labels
model names, and vehicle body designs
and in this manual describe hazards and
appearing in this manual including, but not Canadian Vehicle Owners what to do to avoid or reduce them.
limited to, GM, the GM logo, GMC, the GMC
Truck Emblem, SIERRA, and DENALI are A French language manual can be obtained
trademarks and/or service marks of General from your dealer, at www.helminc.com, { Danger
Motors LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, or from: Danger indicates a hazard with a high
or licensors. Propriétaires Canadiens level of risk which will result in serious
For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute injury or death.
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide
the name “General Motors of Canada en français auprès du concessionnaire ou à
Company” for GMC Division wherever it l'adresse suivante:
appears in this manual. { Warning
Helm, Incorporated Warning indicates a hazard that could
This manual describes features that may or Attention: Customer Service
may not be on the vehicle because of result in injury or death.
47911 Halyard Drive
optional equipment that was not purchased Plymouth, MI 48170
on the vehicle, model variants, country USA
specifications, features/applications that may Caution
not be available in your region, or changes Caution indicates a hazard that could
subsequent to the printing of this owner’s result in property or vehicle damage.
manual, including changes in standard or
optional content.
Introduction 3
Vehicle Symbol Chart j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child Restraints
Here are some additional symbols that may Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers Properly
be found on the vehicle and what they Installed
mean. See the features in this manual for
information. | : Lane Change Alert
A circle with a slash through it is a safety u : Air Conditioning System @ : Lane Departure Warning
symbol which means “Do not,” “Do not do G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil A : Lane Keep Assist
this,” or “Do not let this happen.”
9 : Airbag Readiness Light * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Symbols
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) : : Oil Pressure
The vehicle has components and labels that
use symbols instead of text. Symbols are $ : Brake System Warning Light X : Park Assist
shown along with the text describing the
operation or information relating to a
9 : Dispose of Used Components Properly ~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator
specific component, control, message, gauge, P : Do Not Apply High Pressure Water O : Power
or indicator.
B : Engine Coolant Temperature 7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert
M : Shown when the owner’s manual has
additional instructions or information. _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited I : Registered Technician
* : Shown when the service manual has H : Flammable / : Remote Vehicle Start
additional instructions or information.
[ : Forward Collision Alert h : Risk of Electrical Fire
0 : Shown when there is more information
on another page — “see page.” R : Fuse Block Cover Lock Location > : Seat Belt Reminders
+ : Fuses I : Side Blind Zone Alert
4 Introduction
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic
Stability Control (ESC)
a : Under Pressure
k : Vehicle Ahead Indicator
Introduction 5
Instrument Panel Overview
Work Truck
6 Introduction
1. Tow/Haul Mode (On Some Models). See Dual Automatic Climate Control System Power Take-Off (PTO) (If Equipped). See
Driver Mode Control 0 238. 0 193 (If Equipped). Duramax Diesel Supplement.
Automatic Transfer Case Control (If 12. X Park Assist Switch (If Equipped). See 13. Power Outlet (Alternating Current) (If
Equipped). See Four-Wheel Drive 0 227. Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing Equipped). See Power Outlets 0 107.
Driver Mode Control 0 238 (If Equipped). 0 254. 14. Power Outlets 0 107.
2. Air Vents 0 196. 5 Power Release Tailgate (If 15. USB Port 0 163.
3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and Equipped). See Tailgate 0 24. 16. Trailer Brake Control Panel (If Equipped).
Lane-Change Signals 0 147. | Hazard Warning Flashers 0 146. See “Integrated Trailer Brake Control
Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 106. System” under Towing Equipment 0 285.
g Traction Control/Electronic Stability 17. ENGINE START/STOP. See Ignition
4. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 135 (If Control 0 236.
Equipped). Positions 0 216.
- DC/AC Switch. See Power Outlets 18. Steering Wheel Controls 0 156 (If
5. Instrument Cluster (Base Level) 0 112 or 0 107.
Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) 0 113. Equipped).
6. Shift Lever. See Automatic Transmission @ Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 0 271 Driver Information Center (DIC) Controls.
0 223. (If Equipped). See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
5 Hill Descent Control Switch (If Level) 0 132 or
Range Selection Mode. See Manual Mode Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
0 226. Equipped). See Hill Descent Control (HDC)
0 237. 0 133.
7. Light Sensor. See Automatic Headlamp 19. Horn 0 106.
System 0 145. j Power Assist Steps 0 31 (If
Equipped). 20. Hood Release. See Hood 0 312.
8. Infotainment Controls. See Overview
(Uplevel Radio) 0 155 or 21. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 105 (Out
L Express Window Down Button (If of View).
Overview (Base Radio) 0 154. Equipped). See Power Windows 0 42.
9. Upper Glove Box. See Glove Box 0 99. 22. Cruise Control 0 240.
Tow/Haul Mode 0 227 (On Some
10. Lower Glove Box. See Glove Box 0 99. Models). Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System
0 264 (If Equipped).
11. Climate Control Systems 0 191 (If Exhaust Brake (If Equipped). See Duramax
Equipped). Diesel Supplement. Heated Steering Wheel 0 105 (If
Equipped).
Introduction 7
23. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out of View).
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check
Engine Light) 0 123.
24. Electric Parking Brake 0 234.
25. Fog Lamps 0 148 (If Equipped).
Instrument Panel Illumination Control
0 150.
Exterior Cargo Lamps 0 149.
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 143.
Task Lighting 0 148 (If Equipped).
8 Introduction
Base Level Shown, Uplevel Similar

Introduction 9
1. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 135 (If Traction Control/Electronic Stability 16. Trailer Brake Control Panel (If Equipped).
Equipped). Control 0 236. See “Integrated Trailer Brake Control
2. Air Vents 0 196. Hill Descent Control Switch (If Equipped). System” under Towing Equipment 0 285.
3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and See Hill Descent Control (HDC) 0 237. 17. ENGINE START/STOP. See Ignition
Lane-Change Signals 0 147. Power Assist Steps 0 31 (If Equipped). Positions 0 216.
Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 106. Express Window Down Button (If 18. Steering Wheel Controls 0 156.
4. Instrument Cluster (Base Level) 0 112 or Equipped). See Power Windows 0 42. Driver Information Center (DIC) Controls.
Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) 0 113. Tow/Haul Mode 0 227 (On Some See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
Models). Level) 0 132 or
5. Shift Lever. See Automatic Transmission Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
0 223. Exhaust Brake (If Equipped). See Duramax 0 133.
Range Selection Mode. See Manual Mode Diesel Supplement.
19. Horn 0 106.
0 226. Power Take-Off (PTO) (If Equipped). See
Duramax Diesel Supplement. 20. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 105 (Out
6. Infotainment System. See Overview of View).
(Uplevel Radio) 0 155 or 12. USB Port 0 163.
Overview (Base Radio) 0 154. 21. Hood Release. See Hood 0 312.
13. Climate Control Systems 0 191 (If
7. Light Sensor. See Automatic Headlamp Equipped). 22. Cruise Control 0 240.
System 0 145. Dual Automatic Climate Control System Adaptive Cruise Control (Camera) 0 242
Vehicle Alarm System. See Vehicle 0 193 (If Equipped). (If Equipped).
Security 0 32. Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 54 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System
8. Upper Glove Box. See Glove Box 0 99. (If Equipped). 0 264 (If Equipped).
9. Lower Glove Box. See Glove Box 0 99. Heated Steering Wheel 0 105 (If 23. Instrument Panel Illumination Control
Equipped). 0 150.
10. Upper Glove Box Button. See Glove Box
0 99. 14. Front Center Console Storage. Exterior Cargo Lamps 0 149.
11. Power Release Tailgate (If Equipped). See 15. Cupholders 0 99. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 143.
Tailgate 0 24. Fog Lamps 0 148 (If Equipped).
Hazard Warning Flashers 0 146. Task Lighting 0 148 (If Equipped).
10 Introduction
24. Data Link Connector (DLC). See
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check
Engine Light) 0 123 (Out of View).
25. Automatic Transfer Case Control. See
Four-Wheel Drive 0 227 (If Equipped).
Driver Mode Control 0 238 (If Equipped).
Tow/Haul Mode. See Driver Mode Control
Introduction 11
Denali
12 Introduction
1. Air Vents 0 196. Dual Automatic Climate Control System 16. Trailer Brake Control Panel (If Equipped).
2. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 135 (If 0 193 (If Equipped). See “Integrated Trailer Brake Control
Equipped). Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 54 System” under Towing Equipment 0 285.
3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and (If Equipped). 17. ENGINE START/STOP. See Ignition
Lane-Change Signals 0 147. Heated Steering Wheel 0 105 (If Positions 0 216.
Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 106. Equipped). 18. Steering Wheel Controls 0 156.
4. Instrument Cluster (Base Level) 0 112 or 12. Power Release Tailgate (If Equipped). See Driver Information Center (DIC) Controls.
Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) 0 113. Tailgate 0 24. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
Hazard Warning Flashers 0 146. Level) 0 132 or
5. Shift Lever. See Automatic Transmission Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
0 223. Traction Control/Electronic Stability 0 133.
Range Selection Mode. See Manual Mode Control 0 236.
19. Horn 0 106.
0 226. Hill Descent Control Switch (If Equipped).
See Hill Descent Control (HDC) 0 237. 20. Hood Release. See Hood 0 312.
6. Infotainment System. See Overview
(Uplevel Radio) 0 155 or Power Assist Steps 0 31 (If Equipped). 21. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 105 (Out
Overview (Base Radio) 0 154. of View).
Express Window Down Button (If
7. Light Sensor. See Automatic Headlamp Equipped). See Power Windows 0 42. 22. Cruise Control 0 240.
System 0 145. Tow/Haul Mode 0 227 (On Some Adaptive Cruise Control (Camera) 0 242
Vehicle Alarm System. See Vehicle Models). (If Equipped).
Security 0 32. Exhaust Brake (If Equipped). See Duramax Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System
8. Upper Glove Box Button. See Glove Box Diesel Supplement. 0 264 (If Equipped).
0 99. Power Take-Off (PTO) (If Equipped). See 23. Data Link Connector (DLC). See
9. Upper Glove Box. See Glove Box 0 99. Duramax Diesel Supplement. Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check
Engine Light) 0 123 (Out of View).
10. Lower Glove Box. See Glove Box 0 99. 13. Front Center Console Storage.
24. Instrument Panel Illumination Control
11. Climate Control Systems 0 191 (If 14. USB Port 0 163. 0 150.
Equipped). 15. Cupholders 0 99. Exterior Cargo Lamps 0 149.
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 143.
Introduction 13
Fog Lamps 0 148 (If Equipped).
Task Lighting 0 148 (If Equipped).
25. Automatic Transfer Case Control. See
Four-Wheel Drive 0 227 (If Equipped).
Driver Mode Control 0 238 (If Equipped).
Tow/Haul Mode. See Driver Mode Control
14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Trailer-Tow Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Keys and Locks
Windows Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Keys
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Keys and Locks
Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 { Warning
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Leaving children in a vehicle with a
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Remote Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 remote key is dangerous and children or
Remote Key Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 others could be seriously injured or killed.
Interior Mirrors They could operate the power windows
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 or other controls or make the vehicle
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror . . . 38 move. The windows will function with
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 the remote key in the vehicle, and
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Truck Bed Camera Rearview Mirror . . . . . 41 children or others could be caught in the
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 path of a closing window. Do not leave
Windows children in a vehicle with a remote key.
Doors Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Transporting Items That Can Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Catch Fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Roof
Vehicle Security Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Steering Column Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Keys, Doors, and Windows 15

If the vehicle has the Keyless Access system, With an active OnStar or connected service Remote Key Operation
the remote key has a button on the side of plan, an OnStar Advisor may remotely
the remote key used to remove the key. unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview The Keyless Access system allows for vehicle
0 418. entry when the remote key is within 1 m
This key is used for the driver door and (3 ft). See “Keyless Access Operation” later
glove box. If locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside in this section.
Assistance Program 0 410.
The remote key functions may work up to
If equipped with memory seats, remote keys 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.
1 and 2 are linked to seating positions of
memory 1 or 2. See Memory Seats 0 51. Other conditions can affect the performance
of the remote key. See Remote Key 0 15.
Remote Key The key that is part of the remote key can
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 415. be used for all locks.
If there is a decrease in the remote key
operating range:
. Check the distance. The remote key may
be too far from the vehicle.
. Check the location. Other vehicles or
Press the button to remove the key. Never objects may be blocking the signal.
pull the key out without pressing the
. Check the remote key's battery. See
button.
“Battery Replacement” later in this
See your dealer if a replacement key or section.
additional key is needed. . If the remote key is still not working
If it becomes difficult to turn a key, inspect correctly, see your dealer or a qualified
the key blade for debris. Periodically clean technician for service.
with a brush or pick. Remove the key by pressing the button on
the side of the remote key near the bottom
and pull the key out. Never pull the key out
without pressing the button.

See your dealer if a new remote key is settings from the infotainment screen, touch If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash twice
needed. Settings > Vehicle > Remote Lock, Unlock, to indicate unlocking has occurred.
Start. If enabled, the exterior lamps may turn on.
To view available settings from the
If the driver door is open when Q is infotainment screen, touch Settings >
pressed, all doors will lock and then the Vehicle > Remote Lock, Unlock, Start.
driver door will immediately unlock,
if enabled. To view available settings from Pressing K on the remote key disarms the
the infotainment screen, touch Settings > alarm system. See Vehicle Alarm System
Vehicle > Remote Lock, Unlock, Start. 0 32.
If the passenger door is open when Q is If equipped with remote mirror folding,
pressed, all doors lock. double pressing and holding K for
one second will unfold the mirrors,
Pressing Q arms the alarm system. See if enabled. To view available settings from
Vehicle Alarm System 0 32. the infotainment screen, touch Settings >
S : The engine may be started from If equipped with remote mirror folding, Vehicle > Comfort and Convenience.
outside the vehicle using the remote key. double pressing and holding Q for Double press and hold K until the windows
Press S twice. See Remote Vehicle Start one second will fold the mirrors, if enabled. fully open, if remote window operation is
0 21. To view available settings from the enabled. To view available settings from the
infotainment screen, touch Settings > infotainment screen, touch Settings >
Q : Press to lock all doors and the tailgate, Vehicle > Comfort and Convenience.
if equipped. Vehicle > Remote Lock, Unlock, Start.
If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash and/ K : Press once to unlock only the driver x : Press twice quickly to release the
or the horn may sound on the second press door. If K is pressed again within tailgate, if equipped.
to indicate locking has occurred. If enabled, three seconds, all remaining doors and the
tailgate unlock. The interior lamps may 7 : Press and release to initiate vehicle
the horn chirps when Q is pressed again locator. The turn signal lamps flash and the
within three seconds. To view available come on and stay on for 20 seconds or until
the ignition is turned on. horn sounds three times.

Press and hold 7 for more than Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the . Two lock/unlock button presses were
three seconds to activate the panic alarm. Driver Door used to unlock all doors.
The turn signal lamps flash and the horn When the doors are locked and the remote . Any vehicle door has been opened and all
sounds repeatedly for 30 seconds. The alarm key is within 1 m (3 ft) of the door handle, doors are now closed.
turns off when the ignition is turned on or pressing the lock/unlock button on the Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the
7 is pressed again. The ignition must be off driver door handle will unlock the driver Passenger Doors
for the panic alarm to work. door. If the lock/unlock button is pressed
again within five seconds, all passenger When the doors are locked and the remote
Keyless Access Operation doors and the tailgate will unlock. key is within 1 m (3 ft) of the door handle,
The Keyless Access system allows for doors pressing the lock/unlock button on a
and the tailgate to be accessed without passenger door handle will unlock all doors.
pressing the remote key button. The remote Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause
key must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the tailgate all doors to lock if any of the following
or door being opened. If the vehicle has this occur:
feature, there will be a button on the . The lock/unlock button was used to
outside door handles. unlock all doors.
. Any vehicle door has been opened and all
Keyless Access can be programmed to
unlock all doors on the first lock/unlock doors are now closed.
press from the driver door. Keyless Disable/Enable Keyless Unlocking of Exterior
Unlocking can also be turned off. To view Door Handles and Tailgate
available settings from the infotainment
If equipped, keyless unlocking of the exterior
screen, touch Settings > Vehicle > Remote
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar door handles and tailgate can be disabled
Lock, Unlock, Start.
and enabled.
If equipped with memory seats, remote keys Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause
all doors to lock if any of the following Disabling Keyless Unlocking:
1 and 2 are linked to seating positions of
memory 1 or 2. See Memory Seats 0 51. occur: With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and
. It has been more than five seconds since
K on the remote key at the same time for
the first lock/unlock button press. approximately three seconds. The turn signal
lamps will flash four times quickly to

indicate access is disabled. Using any To view available settings from the vehicle is driven. To view available settings
exterior handle to unlock the doors or open infotainment screen, touch Settings > from the infotainment screen, touch Settings
the tailgate will cause the turn signal lamps Vehicle > Remote Lock, Unlock, Start. > Vehicle > Remote Lock, Unlock, Start.
to flash four times quickly, indicating access Temporary Disable of Passive Locking Key Access
is disabled. If disabled, disarm the alarm
system before starting the vehicle. Temporarily disable passive locking by To access a vehicle with a dead remote key
pressing and holding K on the interior door battery, see Door Locks 0 22.
Enabling Keyless Unlocking:
switch with a door open for at least Programming Remote Keys to the
With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and four seconds, or until three chimes are
heard. Passive locking will then remain Vehicle
K on the remote key at the same time for
approximately three seconds. The turn signal disabled until Q on the interior door is Only remote keys programmed to the
lamps will flash twice quickly to indicate pressed, or until the vehicle is turned on. vehicle will work. If a remote key is lost or
access is enabled. stolen, a replacement can be purchased and
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert programmed through your dealer. The
Passive Locking When the vehicle is turned off and an vehicle can be reprogrammed so that lost or
This feature will lock the vehicle several remote key is left in the vehicle, the horn stolen remote keys no longer work. Each
seconds after all doors are closed, if the will chirp three times after all doors are vehicle can have up to eight remote keys
vehicle is off and at least one remote key closed. To view available settings from the matched to it.
has been removed from the interior, or none infotainment screen, touch Settings >
remain in the interior. Vehicle > Remote Lock, Unlock, Start. Starting the Vehicle with a Low Remote
Key Battery
If other electronic devices interfere with the Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert
remote key signal, the vehicle may not If the remote key battery is weak or if there
If the vehicle is on with a door open and is interference with the signal, the DIC may
detect the remote key inside the vehicle. then all doors are closed, the vehicle will
If passive locking is enabled, the doors may display NO KEY FOUND, REPLACE BATTERY IN
check for remote keys inside. If an remote KEY or NO REMOTE KEY WAS DETECTED
lock with the remote key inside the vehicle. key is not detected, the Driver Information
Do not leave the remote key in an PLACE KEY IN KEY POCKET THEN START YOUR
Center (DIC) will display NO REMOTE VEHICLE when starting the vehicle.
unattended vehicle. DETECTED and the horn will chirp three
times. This occurs only once each time the

To start the vehicle:
Warning (Continued)
hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can
occur, resulting in severe injury or death.
Seek medical attention immediately if a
battery is swallowed.
{ Warning
To avoid personal injury, do not touch
metal surfaces on the remote key when
it has been exposed to extreme heat.
Denali Transmitter Pocket
These surfaces can be hot to the touch at
Transmitter Pocket without Floor Console 1. Place the remote key in the transmitter temperatures above 59 °C (138 °F).
pocket/insert.
2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or N (Neutral) Caution
press the brake pedal and ENGINE
START/STOP. When replacing the battery, do not touch
Replace the remote key battery as soon any of the circuitry on the remote key.
as possible. Static from your body could damage the
remote key.
Battery Replacement
{ Warning Caution
Never allow children to play with the Always replace the battery with the
remote key. The remote key contains a correct type. Replacing the battery with
Transmitter Pocket with Floor Console small battery, which can be a choking an incorrect type could potentially create
(Continued) (Continued)

To replace the battery: 1. Press the button on the side of the
Caution (Continued) remote key near the bottom and pull the
a risk of battery explosion. Dispose of mechanical key out. Never pull the
used batteries according to instructions mechanical key out without pressing the
and local laws. Do not attempt to burn, button.
crush, or cut the used battery, and avoid
exposing the battery to environments
with extremely low air pressures or high
temperatures.
Caution
If the remote key is not reassembled
properly, liquids could enter the housing
and damage the circuitry, resulting in a
remote key malfunction and/or failure. To
prevent damage, always follow the steps
for remote key reassembly in this manual
to ensure the remote key is sealed 2. Use the mechanical key blade in the slot
to remove the battery cover by hand.
properly whenever the remote key is
opened.
Replace the battery in the remote key soon

if the DIC displays REPLACE BATTERY IN
REMOTE KEY.

Remote Vehicle Start . The ignition is in any mode other
than off.
If equipped with the remote start feature, . The hazard warning flashers are on.
the climate control system will come on
. The 30 minutes of engine run time have
when the vehicle is started remotely,
depending on the outside temperature. been used.
. The vehicle is not in P (Park).
The rear defog and heated and ventilated
seats, if equipped, may also come on. See The engine will turn off during a remote
Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 54. To vehicle start if:
view available settings from the . The coolant temperature gets too high.
infotainment screen, touch Settings > . The oil pressure gets low.
Vehicle > Comfort and Convenience.
The remote key range may be reduced
3. Remove the battery cover. If equipped, the automatic heated steering while the vehicle is running.
wheel may also come on. See Heated
4. Pull the seal by pulling on the tab to Other conditions can affect the performance
Steering Wheel 0 105.
access the battery. of the remote key. See Remote Key 0 15.
5. Remove the old battery. Do not use a Laws in some communities may restrict the
use of remote starters. Check local Starting the Engine Using Remote Start
metal object.
regulations for any requirements on remote Press S twice on the remote key. The turn
6. Insert the new battery, positive side starting of vehicles.
facing up. Replace with a CR2450 Lithium signal lamps will flash. The lamps flash to
or equivalent battery. Do not use remote start if the vehicle is low confirm the request to remote start the
on fuel. The vehicle may run out of fuel. vehicle has been received. During the
7. Place the seal back into the groove remote start the parking lamps will remain
around the battery compartment. The vehicle cannot be remote started if: on as long as the engine is running.
8. Replace the battery cover by snapping it . The remote key is inside the vehicle or if
the key is in the ignition. The engine will shut off after 15 minutes or
back into the remote key.
after the remainder of the 30 minute total
9. Reinsert the mechanical key. . The hood is not closed.
running time is used, unless you stop the
. There is an emission control system remote start before engine running has
malfunction and the lamp is on. completed or the vehicle is turned on.

Press the brake pedal and turn the ignition From inside, pull the door handle once to
on to drive the vehicle. Warning (Continued) unlock the door. Pull the handle again to
Total Engine Run Time is moving. The chance of being thrown open the door.
out of the vehicle in a crash is See Vehicle Alarm System 0 32.
Remote start can be used for up to increased if the doors are not locked.
30 minutes of total engine run time. So, all passengers should wear seat Keyless Access
After two remote starts of 15 minutes, belts properly and the doors should be
or multiple shorter time starts totaling locked whenever the vehicle is driven.
30 minutes have been used, the vehicle . Young children who get into unlocked
must be started and then turned off before vehicles may be unable to get out.
the remote start can be used again. A child can be overcome by extreme
Canceling a Remote Start heat and can suffer permanent injuries
or even death from heat stroke.
To cancel a remote start, do one of the Always lock the vehicle whenever
following: leaving it.
. Press S. The parking lamps will turn off. . Outsiders can easily enter through an
. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. unlocked door when you slow down
. Turn the ignition on and then off. or stop the vehicle. Locking the doors
can help prevent this from happening. If equipped, the remote key must be within
Door Locks 1 m (3 ft) of the tailgate or door being
There are several ways to lock and unlock opened or locked. Press the button on the
{ Warning the vehicle. door handle to open. See “Keyless Access
Unlocked doors can be dangerous. From outside: Operation” in Remote Key Operation 0 15.
. Passengers, especially children, can . Use the remote key. Free-Turning Locks
easily open the doors and fall out of a . Use Keyless Access, if equipped.
The door key lock cylinder turns freely when
moving vehicle. The doors can be . Use the key in the driver door or the either the wrong key is used, or the correct
unlocked and opened while the vehicle passenger door, if equipped. key is not fully inserted. The free-turning
(Continued) door lock feature prevents the lock cylinder

from being forced open. To reset the lock When Q is pressed on the power door lock To unlock the doors:
cylinder, ensure the correct key is fully switch while the door is open, and the . Press K on the power door lock switch.
inserted into the lock cylinder. Rotate the vehicle is off, a chime will sound three times . Shift the transmission into P (Park).
key until you feel the lock cylinder click indicating delayed locking is active.
back into place. Remove the key and Automatic door locking cannot be disabled.
reinsert fully, rotate the key to unlock the The doors will lock automatically Automatic door unlocking can be
vehicle. five seconds after all doors are closed. If a programmed. To view available settings
door is reopened before that time, the from the infotainment screen, touch Settings
Power Door Locks five-second timer will reset when all doors > Vehicle > Power Door Locks.
are closed again.
Press Q on the door lock switch again or Lockout Protection
press Q on the remote key to lock the If the ignition is on or in accessory mode
doors immediately. and the power door lock switch is pressed
with the driver door open, all the doors will
This feature can be programmed. To view lock and only the driver door will unlock.
screen, touch Settings > Vehicle > Power If the vehicle is off and locking is requested
Door Locks. while a door is open, when all doors are
closed the vehicle will check to the Keyless
Automatic Door Locks Access function (if equipped). If an remote
key is detected and the number of remote
If equipped, the doors will lock
keys inside has not reduced, the driver door
automatically when all doors are closed, the
will unlock and the horn will chirp three
Q : Press to lock the doors. ignition is on, and the vehicle is shifted out
times.
of P (Park).
K : Press to unlock the doors. Lockout Protection can be manually
If a vehicle door is unlocked, and then
overridden with the driver door open by
Delayed Locking opened and closed, the doors will lock either
pressing and holding Q on the power door
when your foot is removed from the brake
This feature delays the locking of the doors or the vehicle speed becomes faster than lock switch.
until five seconds after all doors are closed. 13 km/h (8 mph).

Safety Locks To open a rear door when the safety lock Doors
is on:
The rear door safety locks prevent
passengers from opening the rear doors
1. Unlock the door by activating the inside Tailgate
handle, by pressing the power door
from inside the vehicle. Manual Tailgate
unlock switch, or by using the
remote key.
2. Open the door from the outside. { Warning
When the safety lock is enabled, adults and It is extremely dangerous to ride on the
older children will not be able to open the tailgate, even when the vehicle is
rear door from the inside. Cancel the safety operated at low speeds. People riding on
locks to enable the doors to open from the the tailgate can easily lose their balance
inside. and fall in response to vehicle maneuvers.
Falling from a moving vehicle may result
To cancel the safety lock:
in serious injuries or death. Do not allow
1. Unlock the door and open it from the people to ride on the tailgate. Be sure
outside. everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and
2. Move the lever up to unlock. Do the using a seat belt properly.
The safety lock is on the inside edge of the same for the other door.
rear doors. To use the safety lock: Use the key to unlock the tailgate.
1. Move the lever down to the lock Open the tailgate by lifting up on its handle
position. while pulling the tailgate down.
2. Close the door. To shut the tailgate, firmly push it upward
3. Do the same for the other rear door. until it latches.
After closing the tailgate, pull it back to be
sure it is latched securely.

Some tailgates have an electric latch. If the The vehicle must be in P (Park).
battery is disconnected or has low voltage, To open the tailgate:
the tailgate will not open. The tailgate will
resume operation when the battery is . Pressx twice quickly on the remote
reconnected or recharged. key until the tailgate moves.
Power Release Tailgate
{ Warning
Make sure there is no one in the way of
the power tailgate as it is opening and
closing, and keep hands away from the
tailgate hinges when in use. You or . Press the touch pad on the tailgate
others could be injured if caught in the handle after unlocking all doors. Use the
path of the power tailgate or tailgate top of the tailgate to pull against if
hinges. assistance is required. If equipped with
Keyless Access, a locked tailgate can be
opened if the remote key is within
Caution . Press5 on the center stack (uplevel 1 m (3 ft).
To avoid damage to the tailgate, make model shown).
To close the tailgate, firmly push it upward
sure the area behind the tailgate is clear until it latches. Pull it back to be sure it is
before opening it. latched securely.
In the case of a dead battery, the tailgate
can be opened manually. Contact your
dealer or Roadside Assistance.
If equipped, to lock or unlock the tailgate,
use the remote key or the key. See Remote
Key Operation 0 15.

Power Tailgate To close the tailgate, do one of the
following:
{ Warning . Press x on the remote key once, then
Make sure there is no one in the way of quickly press and hold x until the
the power tailgate as it is opening and tailgate completely closes. If x is
closing, and keep hands away from the released prior to it being fully closed, the
tailgate hinges when in use. You or tailgate will reopen.
others could be injured if caught in the . Press and hold 5 on the center stack
path of the power tailgate or tailgate
until the tailgate is fully closed. If 5
hinges.
is released prior to the tailgate being
fully closed, it will reopen. A chime will
Caution . Press 5 on the center stack. sound when the tailgate is fully closed.
. Press the touch pad on the tailgate
To avoid damage to the tailgate, make
handle.
sure the area behind the tailgate is clear
before opening it. A chime sounds and the taillamps flash
during the closing operation. If the warning
If equipped with a power open/close chime is not functioning, the tailgate will
tailgate, the tailgate can be opened or not power close. Power opening is still
closed in several ways. To open the tailgate, enabled. See your dealer for service.
do one of the following: The power tailgate may be temporarily
. Press x twice quickly on the remote disabled after repeated power cycling over a
key until the tailgate moves. See Remote short period of time. If this occurs, the
Key Operation 0 15. If equipped with tailgate can still be operated manually.
Keyless Access, a locked tailgate can be The vehicle must be in P (Park) to operate
opened if the remote key is within . Press the touch pad on the tailgate the power tailgate. If the vehicle is shifted
1 m (3 ft). out of P (Park) while the power function is
handle after unlocking all doors.
in progress, the tailgate will continue to

completion. If the vehicle is accelerated Obstacle Detection MultiPro Tailgate
while the tailgate is still closing, the tailgate If the tailgate encounters an obstacle during
may stop and reverse direction. Make sure a power open cycle, it will stop on the { Warning
the tailgate is closed and latched before obstacle. After removing the obstruction, the
driving. Make sure there is no one in the way of
tailgate can be allowed to open. If the the power tailgate as it is opening and
Lift-to-Close Operation tailgate encounters an obstacle during the closing, and keep hands away from the
closing cycle, it will stop and reverse to tailgate hinges when in use. You or
full open. others could be injured if caught in the
If the tailgate encounters multiple obstacles, path of the power tailgate or tailgate
the power function will deactivate. After hinges.
removing the obstructions, manually close
the tailgate to resume normal power
operation. Caution
Manual Operation To avoid damage to the tailgate, make
sure the area behind the tailgate is clear
The tailgate can be manually closed from
before opening it.
the full-open position when the tailgate is
lifted in a continuous motion. If the tailgate
If equipped with this feature, the vehicle
motion is stopped between the full-open
must be in P (Park).
To close the tailgate using the lift-to-close and half-closed positions, the lift-to-close
feature, lift the tailgate from the full-open feature can engage and power close the
position to at least 10 cm (4 in) and hold it tailgate. If the touch pad is pressed during
momentarily. Then, the tailgate will start power operation, the tailgate will stop and
closing automatically. If the tailgate is lifted allow manual operation. The tailgate must
more than halfway between open and close, be held after stopping, or it will continue
then it will not close automatically. to open.

. Press x twice quickly on the remote
key until the tailgate moves. See Remote
Key Operation 0 15. If equipped with
Keyless Access, the tailgate can be
opened if the remote key is within
1 m (3 ft).
Switches in the inner tailgate prevent the To open the inner tailgate, press the upper
primary tailgate from being opened when touch pad on the tailgate handle after
the inner tailgate is not fully closed. unlocking all doors. Pull the top of the
To open the primary tailgate: tailgate to open.
. Press 5 on the center stack.

. Press the lower touch pad on the tailgate
handle after unlocking all doors. Use the
top of the tailgate to pull against if
assistance is required.
To close the primary tailgate, firmly push it
upward until it latches. Pull it back to be
sure it is latched securely.

MultiPro Inner Tailgate Enable/Disable To enable the inner tailgate function, hold
Caution the upper touchpad on the handle for up to
Do not open the inner tailgate with the seven seconds until the tail lamps flash. The
primary tailgate open if there is a hitch inner tailgate can now be opened separately
ball or trailer attached. This may damage from the outer tailgate.
the tailgate.
Tailgate Step (Step Mode)
To close the inner tailgate with the primary
tailgate closed, firmly push or pull it upward { Warning
until it latches. Pull it back to be sure it is To avoid personal injury, keep hands
latched securely. away from the hinges when operating
To close the inner tailgate with the primary the tailgate step.
tailgate open:
. Hold the primary tailgate and firmly close With the primary and inner tailgates open,
the inner tailgate. The MultiPro inner tailgate may be equipped the tailgate step can be lowered to access
with an enable/disable feature to prevent the pickup bed.
. Raise the inner tailgate so it meets the
primary tailgate and close together at the the inner tailgate from being opened when Using the Step
same time. a hitch or other equipment is installed that
could damage the inner tailgate. Caution
When using the tailgate step as a load stop,
the load must be secured as the load could To disable the inner tailgate from opening: When using the tailgate as a step, the
shift. See Cargo Tie-Downs 0 101. ensure that the remote key is within load rating is 170 kg (375 lb), which
1 meter (3 ft) of the rear bumper and then includes a person and cargo. Overloading
hold the upper touchpad on the tailgate the tailgate step can cause damage to
handle for up to seven seconds. The tail the tailgate system.
lamps will flash to alert you that the inner
gate has been disabled. The inner and outer
tailgate can still be operated like a
traditional tailgate, but the inner gate will
not be able to be opened alone.

The assist handle helps with entering the
pickup box. To use:
1. Lift up on the handle until it locks in the
open position.
2. To return the assist handle, pull the
release lever toward the ball end of the
handle and push the handle back to the
closed position.
Applying Loads to Tailgates
Caution
. To lower the tailgate step, press the Do not put ramp loads on the inner
Do not place a load on top of the step when
button at the center of the step. Make tailgate alone. Damage to the inner
using it as a load stop.
sure it lowers to the fully open position. tailgate may occur.
. To close the tailgate step, lift it firmly. Using the Assist Handle
Make sure that both side latches are
engaged.
Preferred Method

Transporting Items That Can Power Assist Steps
Catch Fire
{ Warning
{ Warning To avoid personal injury or property
To avoid personal injury and/or vehicle damage, before entering or exiting the
damage when transporting items that vehicle, be sure the power assist step is
can catch fire, such as leaves, mulch, hay, fully extended. Do not step on the power
or cardboard, in the truck bed: assist step while it is moving. Never place
hands or other body parts between the
. Make sure items are securely
extended power assist step and the
contained inside the truck bed. Never
vehicle.
allow them to hang over the sides or
Alternate Method fall in between the truck bed and
If equipped, the power assist steps will
the cab.
When applying any load to the tailgate, deploy when the door is opened and
distribute the weight evenly across the . Never place items between the cab automatically retract three seconds after the
width of the tailgate. This applies to all and the truck bed. They could touch door is closed. The power assist steps will
tailgate types. hot exhaust parts and ignite. retract immediately if the vehicle starts
. Use a load-distributing member (1). moving. Check the step position before
. Secure the ramp to the bumper (2). exiting the vehicle.
{ Warning Disable the power assist steps before jacking
Keep cigarettes, sparks, and other ignition or placing any object under the vehicle.
sources away from the area between the
Too much ice buildup may prevent
bed of the truck and cab. They could fall deployment of the power assist steps. If this
onto the fuel system below and start a happens, disable the power assist steps,
fire. You or others could be injured and/ clear the ice, then enable the assist steps
or the vehicle damaged. and confirm normal function prior to use.

Keep hands, children, pets, objects, and Vehicle Alarm System 2. Lock the vehicle in one of two ways:
clothing clear of the power assist steps . Use the remote key.
when in motion. The steps will reverse
. With a door open, press Q on the
direction if they encounter an obstruction
when opening or closing. Remove the interior of the door.
obstruction, then open and close the door 3. After 30 seconds, the alarm system will
on the same side to complete the motion of arm and the indicator light will begin to
the assist steps. If the obstruction is not slowly flash. Pressing Q on the remote
cleared, the assist steps remain extended key a second time will bypass the
while driving. 30-second delay and immediately arm
Extend or retract both power assist steps for the alarm system.
cleaning through the vehicle settings menu. The vehicle alarm system will not arm if the
To view available settings from the doors are locked with the key.
infotainment screen, touch Settings >
If the driver door is opened without first
Vehicle > Comfort and Convenience. The indicator light, on the instrument panel unlocking with the remote key, the horn will
Enable/Disable near the windshield, indicates the status of chirp and the lights will flash to indicate
the system. pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not started,
The power assist steps can be enabled or
disabled through the vehicle settings menu. Off : Alarm system is disarmed. or the door is not unlocked by pressing K
To view available settings from the On Solid : Vehicle is secured during the on the remote key during the 10-second
infotainment screen, touch Settings > delay to arm the system. pre-alarm, the alarm will be activated.
Vehicle > Comfort and Convenience. The alarm will also be activated if a
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. A door or
the hood is open. passenger door or the hood is opened
Vehicle Security without first disarming the system. When
Slow Flash : Alarm system is armed. the alarm is activated, the turn signals flash
This vehicle has theft-deterrent features; and the horn sounds for about 30 seconds.
however, they do not make the vehicle Arming the Alarm System
The alarm system will then re-arm to
impossible to steal. 1. Turn off the vehicle. monitor for the next unauthorized event.

Disarming the Alarm System the driver door is opened and then the reset the system. Then turn the vehicle
vehicle is turned off. The steering column on and immediately turn the steering
To disarm the alarm system or turn off the
unlocks when the vehicle is turned on. wheel side to side for about 15 seconds.
alarm if it has been activated:
The Driver Information Center (DIC) may In some cases, it may take significant
. Press K on the remote key. force to unbind the column.
display one of these messages:
. Start the vehicle. To keep the steering column from binding,
. A message to service the steering column
To avoid setting off the alarm by mistake: lock indicates that an issue has been straighten the front wheels before turning
. Lock the vehicle after all occupants have detected with the column lock feature off the vehicle.
exited. and the vehicle should be serviced.
. A message that the steering column is
Immobilizer
. Always unlock a door with the
remote key. locked indicates that the engine is See Radio Frequency Statement 0 415.
Unlocking the driver door with the key running, but the steering column is still
locked. It is normal for the column to be Immobilizer Operation
will not disarm the system or turn off the
alarm. locked during a remote start, but the
column should unlock after the brake
How to Detect a Tamper Condition pedal is pressed and the vehicle is started.
No message will display during a remote
If K is pressed on the remote key and the start.
horn chirps three times, an alarm occurred . A message that the steering wheel must
previously while the alarm system was
be turned and the vehicle must be started
armed. This vehicle has a passive theft-deterrent
again indicates that the column lock
If the alarm has been activated, a message mechanism is bound, the column locking system.
will appear on the DIC. device was unable to unlock the steering The system does not have to be manually
column, and the vehicle did not start. armed or disarmed.
Steering Column Lock If this happens, immediately turn the The vehicle is automatically immobilized
If equipped, the steering column lock is a steering wheel from side to side to when the vehicle is turned off.
theft-deterrent device. This feature locks the unbind the column lock. If this does not
steering column when the vehicle is turned unlock the steering column, turn the The system is automatically disarmed when
off and the driver door is opened, or when vehicle off and open the driver door to the ignition is turned from off to on.

The security light, in the instrument cluster, See your dealer who can service the Standard Mirrors
comes on if there is a problem with arming theft-deterrent system and have a new If equipped, the passenger side mirror is
or disarming the theft-deterrent system. remote key programmed to the vehicle. convex shaped. A convex mirror surface is
The system has one or more remote keys It is possible for the immobilizer system to curved so more can be seen from the
matched to an immobilizer control unit in learn new or replacement remote keys. Up driver seat.
your vehicle. Only a correctly matched to eight remote keys can be programmed Trailer-Tow Mirrors
remote key will start the vehicle. If the for the vehicle. To program additional
remote key is ever damaged, you may not remote keys, see "Programming Remote The upper portion of both the driver and
be able to start your vehicle. Keys to the Vehicle" under Remote Key passenger mirrors is flat.
When trying to start the vehicle, the Operation 0 15. The lower portion of both the driver and
security light may come on briefly when the Do not leave the remote key or device that passenger mirrors is convex. A convex mirror
ignition is turned on. If the engine does not disarms or deactivates the vehicle theft surface is curved so more can be seen from
start and the security light stays on, there is system in the vehicle. the driver seat. The lower portion is
a problem with the system. Turn the adjusted manually.
ignition off and try again. Exterior Mirrors Manual Mirrors
If the vehicle will not change ignition modes
(accessory mode, on, off), and the remote Convex Mirrors If equipped, adjust manual mirrors by
key appears to be undamaged, try another moving the mirror up and down or left to
remote key. Or, you may try placing the { Warning right to see a little of the side of the vehicle
and to have a clear view behind the vehicle.
remote key in the remote key pocket A convex mirror can make things, like
located in the center console. See Remote Using hood-mounted air deflectors and
other vehicles, look farther away than
Key Operation 0 15. add-on convex mirror attachments could
they really are. If you cut too sharply
If the ignition mode will not change with into the right lane, you could hit a decrease mirror performance.
the other remote key or with the remote vehicle on the right. Check the inside
key in the remote key pocket, your vehicle mirror or glance over your shoulder
needs service. If the ignition does change before changing lanes.
modes, the first remote key may be faulty.

Trailer-Tow Mirrors To return the mirror to its original position,
reverse the motion.
Auxiliary Cargo Mirror Lamps
If equipped, cargo mirror lamps face
rearward to provide more light on the sides
of the vehicle, if needed. See Exterior Cargo
Lamps 0 149.
Advanced Trailering Vision System Side
Cameras
If equipped, the Advanced Trailering Vision
System side cameras are on the bottom of
If equipped, grasp the mirror housing firmly the outside mirrors. See Surround Vision
and pull back in one motion, arching slightly System 0 255.
Extending Mirrors toward the rear of the vehicle.
Trailer tow mirrors can extend out for better Power Mirrors
visibility when towing a trailer.

To adjust each mirror: Memory Mirrors Power Folding Mirrors
1. Press j or | to select the driver or The vehicle may have memory mirrors. See
passenger side mirror. The indicator light Memory Seats 0 51.
will illuminate. Lane Change Alert (LCA)
2. Press the arrows on the control pad to
The vehicle may have LCA. See Lane Change
move the mirror in the desired direction.
Alert (LCA) 0 269.
3. Adjust each outside mirror so that a little
of the vehicle and the area behind it can Folding Mirrors
be seen.
Manual Folding Mirrors
4. Press j or | again to deselect the
mirror. If equipped, push the mirror toward the
vehicle to fold. Push the mirror outward to
Turn Signal Indicator return to its original position.
If equipped, the mirror has turn signal Manually fold the mirrors inward to prevent If equipped, press g to power fold the
indicator lights, which flash in the direction damage when going through an automatic mirrors. Press again to unfold.
of the turn or lane change. car wash. Resetting the Power Folding Mirrors
Task Lighting
Reset the power folding mirrors if:
If equipped, task lighting projects light from . The mirrors are accidentally obstructed
the outside mirrors to the sides of the while folding.
vehicle. See Task Lighting 0 148.
. The mirrors are accidentally manually
Puddle Lamps folded/unfolded.
If equipped, puddle lamps project light from . The mirrors will not stay in the unfolded
the bottom of the mirror to the area of position.
ground below the driver and passenger . The mirrors vibrate at normal driving
doors. See Entry Lighting 0 151 and speeds.
Exit Lighting 0 151.

Fold and unfold the mirrors one time using Automatic Dimming Mirror Driving with the Blind Spot Mirror
the mirror controls to reset them to their
normal position. A noise may be heard If equipped, the driver and passenger
during the resetting of the power folding outside mirrors automatically adjust for the
mirrors. This sound is normal after a manual glare of headlamps from behind. This
folding operation. feature comes on when the vehicle is
started.
Remote Mirror Folding
Blind Spot Mirrors
If equipped, double press and hold Q on the
remote key for approximately one second to If equipped, there is a small convex mirror
remotely fold the exterior mirrors. Double built into the upper and outer corner of the
press and hold K on the remote key for driver outside mirror. It can show objects
approximately one second to unfold. See that may be in the vehicle's blind zone.
Remote Key Operation 0 15.
This feature can be turned on or off. To
view available settings from the
Heated Mirrors
If equipped with heated mirrors:
1 REAR : Press to heat the outside
mirrors.
See “Rear Window Defogger” under Dual
Automatic Climate Control System 0 193. Actual Mirror View

1. When the approaching vehicle is a long Reverse Tilt Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror
distance away, the image in the main
mirror is small and near the inboard If equipped with reverse tilt mirrors and If equipped, push the tab forward for
edge of the mirror. memory seats, the passenger and/or driver daytime use and pull it rearward for
mirror tilts to a preselected position when nighttime use to avoid glare from the
2. As the vehicle gets closer, the image in
the vehicle is in R (Reverse). This allows the headlamps from behind.
the main mirror gets larger and moves
curb to be seen when parallel parking.
outboard. Automatic Dimming Rearview
3. As the vehicle enters the blind zone, the The mirror(s) may move from their tilted
position when: Mirror
image transitions from the main mirror
to the blind spot mirror. . The vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) or If equipped, the mirror will automatically
remains in R (Reverse) for about reduce the glare of the headlamps from
4. When the vehicle is in the blind zone,
30 seconds. behind. The dimming feature comes on each
the image only appears in the blind spot
mirror. . The vehicle is turned off. time the vehicle is started.
. The vehicle is driven in R (Reverse) above
Using the Outside Mirror with the Blind a set speed.
Rear Camera Mirror
Spot Mirror If equipped, this automatic dimming mirror
To view available settings from the
1. Set the main mirror so that the side of provides a wide angle camera view of the
the vehicle can just be seen and the area behind the vehicle.
blind spot mirror has an
unobstructed view.
2. When checking for traffic or before
Interior Mirrors
changing a lane, look at the main driver/ Interior Rearview Mirrors
passenger side mirror to observe traffic
in the adjacent lane, behind your vehicle. Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view
Check the blind spot mirror for a vehicle of the area behind your vehicle.
in the blind zone. Then, glance over your Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the
shoulder to double check before moving mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with
slowly into the adjacent lane. water.

The adjustment options are:
Pull the tab to turn on the display. Push the Press V to scroll through the adjustment
tab to turn it off. When off the mirror is options. . Brightness
automatic dimming. Adjust the mirror for a
clear view of the area behind the vehicle Press t and u to adjust the settings using
while the display is off. the indicators on the mirror. The indicators
will remain visible for five seconds after the
last button activation, and the settings will
remain saved.
. Zoom

See your dealer for service if a blue screen
{ Warning and 3 are displayed in the mirror, and
The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM) has a the display shuts off. Also, push the tab as
limited view. Portions of the road, indicated to return to the automatic
vehicles, and other objects may not be dimming mode.
seen. Do not drive or park the vehicle The Rear Camera Mirror may not work
using only this camera. Objects may properly or display a clear image if:
appear closer than they are. Check the . There is glare from the sun or headlamps.
outside mirrors or glance over your This may obstruct objects from view.
shoulder when making lane changes or If needed, push the tab to turn off the
merging. Failure to use proper care may display.
result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. . Dirt, snow, or other debris blocks the
. Tilt
camera lens. Clean the lens with a soft
Troubleshooting damp cloth.
. The camera’s mounting on the vehicle has
been damaged, and/or the position or the
mounting angle of the camera has
changed.

. Push the button a second time to zoom Once the horizontal guideline is in the
the camera’s view. desired location, press and hold the button
. Push the button a third time to for another three seconds and repeat the
deactivate the display. above step for the vertical guideline
programing. To readjust the horizontal
When the vehicle is in R (Reverse) and location of the guidelines after adjusting the
button has been pressed, the display will vertical location, press and hold the button
remain on until the driver deactivates it. for three seconds.
When not in R (Reverse), the video image
will time out after eight seconds. After eight seconds since the last button
press, the position of the guidelines is
locked into memory.
Truck Bed Camera Rearview Windows

Mirror
{ Warning
If equipped, this automatic dimming mirror Never leave a child, a helpless adult, or a
provides a video image, when activated, to When in Zoomed Mode, the display features
guidelines to help the driver align the pet alone in a vehicle, especially with the
allow the driver to momentarily check the
pickup bed area contents or to align and vehicle when attaching a trailer. Both the windows closed in warm or hot weather.
attach a gooseneck or fifth-wheel trailer. horizontal and vertical guideline’s position They can be overcome by the extreme
can be adjusted by the driver. heat and suffer permanent injuries or
even death from heat stroke.
To adjust the position of the horizontal
guideline, press and hold the button for
eight seconds until it starts blinking. Each
subsequent button press scrolls the position
of this line through its range of possible
settings.
. Push the button at the bottom of the
mirror once to activate the display.

Window Lockout
Warning (Continued)
children in the rear seat, use the window
lockout switch to prevent operation of
the windows. See Keys 0 14.
The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to

improve fuel economy performance. This With Power Folding Mirrors, Without Similar
may result in a pulsing sound when either
rear window is down and the front windows This feature stops the rear door passenger
are up. To reduce the sound, open either a window switches from working except from
front window or the sunroof, if equipped. the driver position.
The power windows work when the ignition Press 2 to engage the rear window
Power Windows is on, in accessory mode, or when Retained lockout feature. The indicator light is on
Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See when engaged.
{ Warning Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 220.
Children could be seriously injured or Press 2 again to disengage.
Using the window switch, press to open or
killed if caught in the path of a closing pull to close the window. Windows Express Movement
window. Never leave the remote key in a
vehicle with children. When there are The windows may be temporarily disabled if All windows can be opened without holding
they are used repeatedly within a the window switch. Press the switch down
(Continued)
short time. fully and quickly release to express open the
window.

If equipped, pull the window switch up fully Automatic Reversal System Override 3. Partially open the window to be
and quickly release to express close the programmed. Then close it and continue
window. { Warning to pull the switch briefly after the
Briefly press or pull the window switch in window has fully closed.
If automatic reversal system override is
the same direction to stop that window’s active, the window will not reverse 4. Open the window and continue to press
express movement. automatically. You or others could be the switch briefly after the window has
fully opened.
Express Window Down injured and the window could be
damaged. Before using automatic reversal Remote Window Operation
L: If equipped, this button will be on the system override, make sure that all
center stack. If equipped, this feature allows the windows
people and obstructions are clear of the to be opened remotely. If enabled in vehicle
Press and hold L to open all windows. window path. settings, double press and hold K on the
Release L to stop all movement. remote key. To view available settings from
When the engine is on, override the the infotainment screen, touch Settings >
Use the power window switches to close automatic reversal system by pulling and
each window. Vehicle > Remote Lock, Unlock, Start.
holding the window switch if conditions
Window Automatic Reversal System prevent it from closing.
The express-close feature will reverse Programming the Power Windows

window movement if it comes in contact Programming may be necessary if the
with an object. Extreme cold or ice could vehicle battery has been disconnected or
cause the window to auto-reverse. The discharged. If the window is unable to
window will operate normally after the express-up, program each express-close
object or condition is removed. window:
1. Close all doors.
2. Turn the ignition on or to
accessory mode.

Rear Windows Sun Visors Roof
Power Sliding Rear Window Sunroof
Pull the sun visor down to block glare.

If equipped, detach the sun visor from the
center mount to pivot to the side window
or to extend along the rod.
If equipped, there is a lighted mirror on the
If equipped, the power sliding rear window sun visor. Lift the cover to open.
works when the ignition has been turned on 1. SLIDE Switch
or to accessory mode, or Retained Accessory 2. TILT Switch
Power (RAP) must be active. See Retained If equipped, the sunroof operates when the
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 220. ignition is on or in accessory mode, or when
. Press the switch to open the window. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
. Pull the switch to close the window. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 220.
The power sliding rear window cannot be Slide Switch
operated manually. Express-Open/Express-Close : To
express-open the sunroof, fully press and
release I (1). Press and release I (1) again
to stop the movement. To express-close the

sunroof, fully press and release K (1). If an object is in the path while
Press and release K (1) again to stop the express-closing, the reversal system will
movement. detect an object, stop, and open the sunroof
slightly.
Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To open the
If frost or other conditions prevent closing,
sunroof, press and hold I (1). Release I (1) override the feature by closing the sunroof
to stop the movement. Press and hold K in manual mode. To stop movement, release
(1) to close the sunroof. Release K (1) to K (1).
stop the movement.
Tilt Switch
Vent : From the closed position, press J (2)
to vent the sunroof. Press K (2) to close
the vent.
When the sunroof is opened, an air deflector
will automatically raise. The air deflector will
retract when the sunroof is closed.
The sunroof also has a sunshade, which can Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof
be pulled forward to block sun rays. The seal or in the track. This could cause an
sunshade must be opened and closed issue with sunroof operation or noise.
manually. It could also plug the water drainage
system. Periodically open the sunroof and
Automatic Reversal System remove any obstacles or loose debris. Wipe
The sunroof has an automatic reversal the sunroof seal and roof sealing area using
system that is only active when the sunroof a clean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
is operated in express-close mode. remove grease from the sunroof tracks.
46 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints Airbag System
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
Belt in the Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
Head Restraints When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 67 Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) . . . . . 95
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 68
Front Seats How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . 68
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 What Will You See after an Airbag
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Massage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Adding Equipment to the
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Heated and Ventilated Front Seats . . . . . 54 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Replacing Airbag System Parts after a
Rear Seats Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Seat Belts Infants and Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Buckle To Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . 58 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . 63 Replacing LATCH System Parts After a
Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Belt in the Center Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . 91
Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Seats and Restraints 47

Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the top of Rear Head Restraints
the restraint is at the same height as the
The vehicle’s rear seat has head restraints in
top of the occupant's head. This position
{ Warning reduces the chance of a neck injury in a
the outboard seating positions that cannot
be adjusted.
With head restraints that are not crash.
installed and adjusted properly, there is a
greater chance that occupants will suffer
a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for all
occupants are installed and adjusted
properly.
Front Seats
The vehicle's front seats have adjustable
head restraints in the outboard seating
positions.
The head restraint can be folded forward to

To raise or lower the head restraint, press
allow for better visibility when the rear seat
the button on the side of the head restraint
is unoccupied. To fold the head restraint,
and pull up or push the head restraint down
press the button on the side of the head
and release the button.
restraint.
Pull and push on the head restraint after the
When an occupant is in the seat, always
button is released to make sure that it is
return the head restraint to the upright
locked in place.
position until it locks into place. Push and
The front seat outboard head restraints are pull on the head restraint to make sure that
not removable. it is locked.

If you are installing a child restraint in the Center Seat
rear seat, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 81. If equipped, the center front seatback
doubles as an armrest and cupholder/
Center Headrest storage area for the driver and passenger
The vehicle’s rear seat may be equipped when the center front seat is not used.
with a headrest in the center seating
position that cannot be adjusted.
If you are installing a child restraint in the
rear seat, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 81.
Front Seats To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front of the seat.
Seat Adjustment
2. Slide the seat to the desired position and
release the handle.
{ Warning
3. Try to move the seat back and forth to
You can lose control of the vehicle if you
be sure it is locked in place. Pull the strap on the side of the center
try to adjust a driver seat while the
vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat To adjust the seatback, see Reclining seatback to fold the center seatback. Do not
only when the vehicle is not moving. Seatbacks 0 49. use the center seatback as a seating position
when the seatback is folded down.
To adjust the lumbar support, if equipped,
see Lumbar Adjustment 0 50. To raise the seatback, push the seatback
rearward until it locks in the upright
position. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.

Power Seat Adjustment Some vehicles are equipped with a feature
that activates a vibrating pulse alert in the
driver seat to help the driver avoid crashes.
See Advanced Driver Assistance Systems
0 253.
Reclining Seatbacks
{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the seat belts
cannot do their job. Do not recline the seatback in a moving
The shoulder belt will not be against vehicle.
To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
your body. Instead, it will be in front of Manual Reclining Seatbacks
. Move the seat forward or rearward by
you. In a crash, you could go into it,
sliding the control forward or rearward.
receiving neck or other injuries. { Warning
. Raise or lower the front part of the seat
cushion by moving the front of the The lap belt could go up over your If either seatback is not locked, it could
control up or down. abdomen. The belt forces would be there, move forward in a sudden stop or crash.
. Raise or lower the seat by moving the not at your pelvic bones. This could cause That could cause injury to the person
rear of the control up or down. serious internal injuries. sitting there. Always push and pull on
To adjust the seatback, see Reclining For proper protection when the vehicle is the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.
Seatbacks 0 49. in motion, have the seatback upright.
Then sit well back in the seat and wear
To adjust the lumbar support, see Lumbar
the seat belt properly.
Adjustment 0 50.

Power Reclining Seatbacks Lumbar Adjustment
To adjust a manual seatback:

1. To recline, move the seatback rearward To recline a power seatback, if equipped: To adjust the lumbar support, if equipped:
to the desired position, then release the
. Tilt the top of the control rearward to . Press and hold the front or rear of the
lever to lock the seatback in place.
recline. control to increase or decrease lumbar
Push and pull on the seatback to make . Tilt the top of the control forward to support.
sure it is locked.
raise. . If equipped, press and hold the top or
2. To return the seatback to the upright bottom of the control to raise or lower
position, lift the lever fully without lumbar support.
applying pressure to seatback and the
seatback will return to the upright
position.
Push and pull on the seatback to make
sure it is locked.

Uplevel Seat Adjustment Upper Shoulder Support . Press Up (2) or Down (4) to adjust
massage type.
To adjust upper shoulder support,
if equipped: . Press Forward (5) or Rearward (3) to
. Turn the Feature Select (1) to scroll to
adjust the intensity.
upper shoulder support on the . To turn massage off or to activate
infotainment display. massage, press the massage On/Off
. Press Forward (5) or Rearward (3) to
Control (6).
adjust shoulder support forward or The massage feature will turn off after
rearward. approximately 20 minutes. Press the
massage On/Off Control (6) to restart the
Massage massage feature.
Memory Seats
To adjust lumbar support, if equipped:
. Turn the Feature Select (1) to scroll to
lumbar support on the infotainment
display.
. Press Forward (5) or Rearward (3) to
adjust lumbar forward or rearward.
. Press Up (2) or Down (4) to adjust lumbar
up or down.
Bolster Support
To adjust bolster support, if equipped: If equipped, the vehicle must be on to use
Turn the Feature Select (1) to scroll to the massage feature.
bolster support on the infotainment display. To activate and adjust massage:
Press Forward (5) or Rearward (3) to adjust . Turn the Feature Select (1) to scroll to
bolster support inward or outward. massage on the infotainment display.

Overview recalls.” This message is displayed the first To save preferred driving positions to
If equipped, the memory seat feature allows few times the vehicle is turned on when a 1 and 2:
drivers to save their unique driving positions different remote key is used. For Seat Entry 1. Turn the vehicle on or to accessory
and a shared exit position. See “Saving Memory to work properly, save positions to mode. A DIC welcome message may
Seating Positions” later in this section. The the 1 or 2 memory button matching the indicate the driver number of the current
saved positions can be recalled manually by driver number of this welcome message. To remote key. See “Identifying Driver
all drivers, see “Manually Recalling Seating aid in identifying remote key IDs, it is Number” previously in this section.
Positions” later in this section, and drivers recommended to only carry one remote key
when entering the vehicle. Perform the 2. Adjust all available memory features to
with remote key 1 and 2 can also recall the desired driving position.
them automatically. See “Auto Seat Entry following if the welcome message is not
displayed: 3. Press and release SET; a beep will sound.
Memory Recall” or “Auto Seat Exit Memory
Recall” later in this section. To enable 1. Move all keys and remote keys away 4. Immediately upon releasing SET, press
automatic recalls, turn on Seat Entry from the vehicle. and hold memory button 1 or 2 matching
Memory and/or Seat Exit Memory. See 2. Start the vehicle with another remote the current remote key number until two
“Enabling Automatic Recalls” later in this key. A DIC welcome message should beeps sound. If too much time passes
section. The memory recalls may be display indicating the driver number of between releasing SET and pressing 1 or
canceled at any time during the recall. See the other remote key. Turn the vehicle 2, the two beeps will not sound
“Cancel Memory Seating Recalls” later in this off and remove the other key or remote indicating memory position were not
section. key from the vehicle. saved. Repeat Steps 3 and 4 to try again.
Identifying Driver Number 3. Start the vehicle with the initial key or 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for the other remote
remote key. The DIC welcome message key 1 or 2 using the other 1 or 2 memory
The vehicle identifies the current driver by button.
their remote key number 1–8. The current should display the driver number of the
remote key number may be identified by initial remote key. It is recommended to save the preferred
Driver Information Center (DIC) welcome Saving Seating Positions driving positions to both 1 and 2 if you are
message, “You are driver x for memory the only driver.
Read these instructions completely before
saving memory positions.

To save the common exit seating position to Memory > Select ON or OFF. See “Auto they were saved to. Try the other remote
B that is used by all drivers for Manually Seat Exit Memory Recall” later in this key or try saving the positions to the other
Recalling Seating Positions and Auto Seat section. 1 or 2 memory button. See “Saving Seating
Exit Memory Recall features, repeat Steps 1– Auto Seat Entry Memory Recall Positions” previously in this section.
4 using B, the exit button. Automatic Seat Entry Memory recalls are
Seat Entry Memory will automatically begin
Manually Recalling Seating Positions movement to the seating positions of the 1 only available for remote key numbers 1 and
or 2 button corresponding to remote key 2. Remote keys 3–8 will not provide Seat
Press and hold 1, 2, or B button until the number 1 or 2 detected by the vehicle when: Entry Memory recalls.
recall is complete, to recall the positions Auto Seat Exit Memory Recall
. The vehicle is turned ON.
previously saved to that button.
. Seating positions have been previously Seat Exit Memory will begin movement to
Manual Memory recall movement for 1, 2 or saved to the same 1 or 2 button. See the seating position of the B
B buttons may be initiated and will “Saving Seating Positions” previously in button when:
complete to the saved memory position if this section. . The vehicle is turned off and the driver
the vehicle is in or out of P (Park). . Seat Entry Memory is enabled. See door is open or opened within a
Enabling Automatic Recalls “Enabling Automatic Recalls” previously in short time.
. Seat Entry Memory moves the driver seat this section. . A seating position has been previously
to the selected 1 or 2 position when the . The vehicle is in P (Park).
been saved to the B memory button.
vehicle is started. Select Settings > Vehicle Seat Entry Memory Recall will continue if See “Saving Seating Positions” previously
> Seating Position > Seat Entry Memory > the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) prior to in this section.
ON or OFF. See “Auto Seat Entry Memory reaching the saved memory position. . Seat Exit Memory is enabled. See
Recall” later in this section.
If the saved memory seat position does not “Enabling Automatic Recalls” previously in
. Seat Exit Memory moves the driver seat
automatically recall, verify the recall is this section.
to the preferred exit position of the B enabled. See “Enabling Automatic Recalls” . The vehicle is in P (Park).
button when the vehicle is turned off and previously in this section.
the door is opened. Select Settings > Seat Exit Memory is not linked to the
Vehicle > Seating Position > Seat Exit If the memory seat recalls to the wrong remote key. The seating position saved to
position, remote key number 1 or 2 may not B is used for all drivers.
match the memory button number positions

Cancel Memory Seating Recalls Heated and Ventilated Front
. During any memory recall:
Seats
Press a power seat control
Press SET memory button { Warning
. During Manual memory recall: If temperature change or pain to the skin
Release 1, 2, or B memory button cannot be felt, the seat heater may cause
. During Auto Seat Entry Memory Recall: burns. To reduce the risk of burns, use
care when using the seat heater,
Turn vehicle off
especially for long periods of time. Do
Press SET, 1, 2, or B memory buttons not place anything on the seat that
. During Auto Seat Exit Memory Recall: insulates against heat, such as a blanket,
cushion, cover, or similar item. This may Heated and Ventilated Seat Buttons Shown,
Press SET, 1, 2, or B memory buttons Heated Seat Buttons Similar
cause the seat heater to overheat. An
Obstructions overheated seat heater may cause a burn
or may damage the seat. If equipped, the buttons are on the center
If something has blocked the seat while stack. To operate, the engine must be
recalling a memory position, the recall may running.
stop. Remove the obstruction and try the
recall again. If the memory position still Press I or + to heat the driver or
does not recall, see your dealer. passenger seatback only.
Press J or z to heat the driver or
passenger seat cushion and seatback.
Press C or { to ventilate the driver or
passenger seat.
The indicator light on the button comes on
when this feature is on.

Press the button once for the highest To enable or disable auto heated or Rear Seats
setting. With each press of the button, the ventilated seats, select Settings > Vehicle >
seat will change to the next lower setting, Climate and Air Quality > Auto Cooled or Rear Seat Reminder
and then to the off setting. The indicator Auto Heated Seats > ON or OFF.
lights next to the buttons indicate three for If equipped, the message REAR SEAT
Remote Start Heated and Ventilated Seats REMINDER LOOK IN REAR SEAT displays
the highest setting and one for the lowest.
If the heated seats are on high for If equipped, the heated seats will turn on under certain conditions indicating there
30 minutes, their level will automatically be automatically during a remote start if it is may be an item or passenger in the rear
lowered. cold outside and the ventilated seats will seat. Check before exiting the vehicle.
turn on automatically if it is hot outside. This feature will activate when a second row
Auto Heated and Ventilated Seats If equipped, the heated steering wheel will door is opened while the vehicle is on or up
When the vehicle is on, this feature, turn on automatically during a remote start to 10 minutes before the vehicle is turned
if enabled, will automatically activate the if it is cold outside. The heated and on. There will be an alert when the vehicle
heated or ventilated seats at the level ventilated seat indicators and heated is turned off. The alert does not directly
required by the vehicle’s interior steering wheel indicator may come on detect objects in the rear seat; instead,
temperature. during this operation. under certain conditions, it detects when a
The active high, medium, low, or off heated The heated and ventilated seats and heated rear door is opened and closed, indicating
or ventilated seat level will be indicated by steering wheel may cancel when the vehicle that there may be something in the
the manual heated or ventilated seat is started. These features can be manually rear seat.
buttons on the center stack. Use the manual selected after the vehicle is turned on. The feature is active only once each time
heated or ventilated seat buttons on the The temperature performance of an the vehicle is turned on and off, and will
center stack to turn auto heated or unoccupied seat may be reduced. This is require reactivation by opening and closing
ventilated seats off. If the passenger seat is normal. the second row doors. There may be an
unoccupied, the auto heated or ventilated alert even when there is nothing in the rear
seats feature will not activate that seat. To enable or disable remote start heated or seat; for example, if a child entered the
If equipped with a heated steering wheel, ventilated seats, select Settings > Vehicle > vehicle through the rear door and left the
the auto heated steering wheel activation Remote Lock, Unlock, and Start > Remote vehicle without the vehicle being shut off.
will follow the heated seat auto activation Start Auto Heat Seats or Remote Start Auto
and the heated wheel indicator will follow Cool Seats > ON or OFF. See Remote Vehicle
the state of the steering wheel heat. Start 0 21.

The feature can be turned on or off. Select Heated Rear Seats
Settings > Vehicle > Rear Seat Reminder >
ON or OFF.
{ Warning
Folding the Rear Seat Cushion If you cannot feel temperature change or
Either side of the rear seat cushion can be pain to the skin, the seat heater may
folded up for added cargo space. cause burns. See the Warning under
Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 54.
{ Warning
Folding a rear seat with the seat belts
still fastened may cause damage to the
seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle
the seat belts and return them to their To fold the seat, slowly pull the seat
normal stowed position before folding a cushion up.
rear seat. To return the seat to the normal seating
position, slowly pull the seat cushion down.
Make sure that nothing is on the seat
cushion.
{ Warning
A seat belt that is improperly routed, not
properly attached, or twisted will not
provide the protection needed in a crash. If available, the buttons are on the rear of
The person wearing the belt could be the center console. To operate, the engine
seriously injured. After restoring the seat must be running.
to the normal seating position, always Press M or L to heat the left or right
check to be sure that the seat belts are outboard seat cushion. An indicator on the
properly routed and attached, and are climate control display appears when this
not twisted. feature is on.

This feature turns on at the highest setting. Seat Belts This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to
With each press of the button, the heated buckle the seat belts. See Seat Belt
seat changes to the next lower setting, and This section describes how to use seat belts Reminders 0 120.
then the off setting. Three lights indicate properly, and some things not to do.
the highest setting, and one light indicates Why Seat Belts Work
the lowest. If the heated seats are on high, { Warning
the level may automatically be lowered
Do not let anyone ride where a seat belt
after approximately 30 minutes.
cannot be worn properly. In a crash,
Remote Start Heated Seats if you or your passenger(s) are not
If equipped, the heated seats will turn on wearing seat belts, injuries can be much
automatically during a remote start if it is worse than if you are wearing seat belts.
cold outside. The heated seat indicators may You can be seriously injured or killed by
come on during this operation. The heated hitting things inside the vehicle harder or
seats may cancel when the vehicle is by being ejected from the vehicle. In
started. These features can be manually addition, anyone who is not buckled up
selected with the heated seat buttons after can strike other passengers in the vehicle.
the vehicle is turned on.
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a
The temperature performance of an When riding in a vehicle, you travel as fast
cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. as the vehicle does. If the vehicle stops
unoccupied seat may be reduced. This is In a collision, passengers riding in these
normal. suddenly, you keep going until something
areas are more likely to be seriously stops you. It could be the windshield, the
To enable or disable remote start heated injured or killed. Do not allow passengers instrument panel, or the seat belts!
seats, select Settings > Vehicle > Remote to ride in any area of the vehicle that is
Lock, Unlock, and Start > Remote Start Auto not equipped with seats and seat belts. When you wear a seat belt, you and the
Heat Seats > ON or OFF. See Remote Vehicle vehicle slow down together. There is more
Start 0 21. Always wear a seat belt, and check that time to stop because you stop over a longer
all passenger(s) are restrained distance and, when worn properly, your
properly too. strongest bones take the forces from the
seat belts. That is why wearing seat belts
makes such good sense.

Questions and Answers About Seat Belts If the vehicle is on and the brake pedal is passenger seat. If this happens, remove the
pressed with the vehicle in P (Park) but the object from the seat or buckle the seat belt
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a
driver seat belt is not buckled, a message to shift out of P (Park).
crash if I am wearing a seat belt?
displays in the Driver Information If the driver, or on some vehicles, the
A: You could be — whether you are Center (DIC) and the vehicle will be delayed present front passenger remains unbuckled,
wearing a seat belt or not. Your chance from shifting out of P (Park). Buckle the the DIC message will turn off after several
of being conscious during and after a driver seat belt to clear the message and seconds and the vehicle can be shifted out
crash, so you can unbuckle and get out, shift out of P (Park). Shifting from P (Park) of P (Park). See “Seat Belts” and “Child
is much greater if you are belted. will be delayed once for each time the Restraints” in the Index for information
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why should I vehicle is started. about the importance of proper
have to wear seat belts? For some fleet vehicles, the feature is restraint use.
A: Airbags are supplemental systems only. always ON and cannot be turned OFF in the If the driver seat belt or the front passenger
They work with seat belts — not instead infotainment system. The vehicle will be seat belt is unbuckled when driving, the seat
of them. Whether or not an airbag is delayed from shifting from P (Park) each belt reminder chime and light(s) will come
provided, all occupants still have to time the driver attempts to do so while the on. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 120. This
buckle up to get the most protection. driver seat belt is not buckled. Turning the feature may not function properly if the
vehicle off then on will not change this airbag readiness light is on. See Airbag
Also, in nearly all states and in all condition.
Canadian provinces, the law requires Readiness Light 0 121.
wearing seat belts. On some models, Buckle to Drive may also
delay shifting out of P (Park) if a front How to Wear Seat Belts Properly
Buckle To Drive passenger seat belt is unbuckled. A message Follow these rules for everyone's protection.
displays in the DIC. Buckle the front
If equipped, this feature delays the vehicle passenger seat belt to shift out of P (Park). There are additional things to know about
from shifting out of P (Park) when the driver This feature may delay the vehicle from seat belts and children, including smaller
seat belt is not buckled. The Buckle to Drive shifting out of P (Park) if an object, such as children and infants. If a child will be riding
feature must be turned ON in the a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, laptop, in the vehicle, see Older Children 0 75 or
infotainment system to work. To turn the or other electronic device, is on the front Infants and Young Children 0 76. Review
Buckle to Drive feature on or off, select and follow the rules for children in addition
Settings > Vehicle > Buckle to Drive. See to the following rules.
Teen Driver 0 185, if equipped.

It is very important for all occupants to . Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder
buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted and across the chest. These parts of the
people are hurt more often in crashes than body are best able to take belt
those who are wearing seat belts. restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks
if there is a sudden stop or crash.
There are important things to know about
wearing a seat belt properly.
{ Warning
You can be seriously injured, or even
killed, by not wearing your seat belt
properly.
Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to

become loose or twisted.
. Sit up straight and always keep your feet

on the floor in front of you (if possible).
. Wear the lap part of the belt low and
snug on the hips, just touching the
thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the
strong pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap belt.
If you slid under it, the belt would apply
force on your abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.
{ Warning
You can be seriously injured or killed if
the shoulder belt is worn behind your
back, under your legs, or wrapped around
your neck. The shoulder belt can tighten
but cannot be loosened if it is locked. The
shoulder belt locks when it is pulled all
the way out of the retractor. It unlocks
when the shoulder belt is allowed to go
all the way back into the retractor, but it
cannot do this if it is wrapped around
Never wear the shoulder belt under both Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an you. You may have to cut the seat belt if
arms or behind your back. armrest. it is locked and tightened around you.
{ Warning Lap-Shoulder Belt

The seat belt can be pinched if it is All seating positions in the vehicle have a
routed under plastic trim on the seat, lap-shoulder belt.
such as trim around the rear seatback
The following instructions explain how to
folding handle or side airbag. In a crash,
wear a lap-shoulder belt properly.
pinched seat belts might not provide
adequate protection. Never allow seat 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable,
belts to be routed under plastic trim so you can sit up straight. To see how,
see “Seats” in the Index.
pieces.
Always use the correct buckle for your

seating position.

position on the seat, move the seat
rearward or recline the seat until the
shoulder belt retractor lock releases.
Engaging the child restraint locking
feature in the front outboard seating
position may affect the passenger
sensing system, if equipped. See
Passenger Sensing System 0 69.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until
across you. Do not let it get twisted. it clicks.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you Pull up on the latch plate to make sure
pull the belt across you very quickly. it is secure. If the belt is not long
If this happens, let the belt go back enough, see Seat Belt Extender 0 63.
slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt Position the release pushbutton on the
across you more slowly. buckle so that the seat belt could be
If the shoulder portion of a passenger quickly unbuckled if necessary.
belt is pulled out all the way, the child If the webbing locks in the latch plate If equipped with a shoulder belt height
restraint locking feature may be before it reaches the buckle, tilt the latch adjuster, move it to the height that is
engaged. See Child Restraint Systems plate flat to unlock. right for you. See "Shoulder Belt Height
0 78. If this occurs, let the belt go back Adjuster" later in this section for
all the way and start again. If the instructions on use and important safety
locking feature stays engaged after information.
letting the belt go back to stowed

To unlatch the belt, push the release
pushbutton on the buckle. The belt should
return to its stowed position.
Always stow the seat belt slowly. If the seat
belt webbing returns quickly to the stowed
position, the retractor may lock and cannot
be pulled out. If this happens, pull the seat
belt straight out firmly to unlock the
webbing, and then release it. If the webbing
is still locked in the retractor, see your
dealer.
Before a door is closed, be sure the seat belt
4. To make the lap part tight, pull up on is out of the way. If a door is slammed Push the release button to move the height
the shoulder belt. against a seat belt, damage can occur to adjuster to the desired position.
both the seat belt and the vehicle. After the adjuster is set to the desired
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster position, try to move it down without
pushing the release button to make sure it
The vehicle may have a shoulder belt height has locked into position.
adjuster for the driver and front outboard
passenger positions. Seat Belt Pretensioners
Adjust the height so the shoulder portion of This vehicle has seat belt pretensioners for
the belt is on the shoulder and not falling the front outboard occupants. Although the
off of it. The belt should be close to, but not seat belt pretensioners cannot be seen, they
contacting, the neck. Improper shoulder belt are part of the seat belt assembly. They can
height adjustment could reduce the help tighten the seat belts during the early
effectiveness of the seat belt in a crash. See stages of a moderate to severe frontal, near
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly 0 58. frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner activation are

met. Seat belt pretensioners can also help Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy Seat Belt Extender
tighten the seat belts in a side crash or
rollover event. Seat belts work for everyone, including If the vehicle seat belt will fasten around
pregnant women. Like all occupants, they you, you should use it.
Pretensioners work only once. If the are more likely to be seriously injured if
pretensioners activate in a crash, the But if a seat belt is not long enough, your
they do not wear seat belts. dealer will order you an extender. Only a
pretensioners and probably other parts of
the vehicle seat belt system will need to be GM dealer issued extender should be used.
replaced. See Replacing Seat Belt System When you go in to order it, take the
Parts after a Crash 0 64. heaviest coat you will wear, so the extender
will be long enough for you. To help avoid
Do not sit on the outboard seat belt while personal injury, do not let someone else use
entering or exiting the vehicle or at any it, and use it only for the seat it is made to
time while sitting in the seat. Sitting on the fit. The extender has been designed for
seat belt can damage the webbing and adults. Never use it for securing child
hardware. restraints. For more information on the
Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides proper use and fit of seat belt extenders see
the instruction sheet that comes with the
Rear seat belt comfort guides may provide extender.
added seat belt comfort for older children
who have outgrown booster seats and for A pregnant woman should wear a Safety System Check
some adults. When installed on a shoulder lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should
Periodically check the seat belt reminder,
belt, the comfort guide positions the be worn as low as possible, below the
seat belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors,
shoulder belt away from the neck and head. rounding, throughout the pregnancy.
shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped),
Comfort guides are available through your The best way to protect the fetus is to and seat belt anchorages to make sure they
dealer for the rear outboard seating protect the mother. When a seat belt is are all in working order. Look for any other
positions. Instructions are included with the worn properly, it is more likely that the loose or damaged seat belt system parts
comfort guides. fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For that might keep a seat belt system from
pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to performing properly. See your dealer to
making seat belts effective is wearing them have it repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted
properly. seat belts may not protect you in a crash.

Torn or frayed seat belts can rip apart under crash may have been stressed or damaged.
impact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed, { Warning See your dealer to have the seat belt
have it replaced immediately. If a belt is Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. assemblies inspected or replaced.
twisted, it may be possible to untwist by It may severely weaken the webbing. In New parts and repairs may be necessary
reversing the latch plate on the webbing. a crash, they might not be able to even if the seat belt system was not being
If the twist cannot be corrected, ask your provide adequate protection. Clean and used at the time of the crash.
dealer to fix it. rinse seat belt webbing only with mild
Have the seat belt pretensioners checked if
Make sure the seat belt reminder light is soap and lukewarm water. Allow the the vehicle has been in a crash, or if the
working. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 120. webbing to dry. airbag readiness light stays on after you
Keep seat belts clean and dry. See Seat Belt start the vehicle or while you are driving.
Care 0 64. Replacing Seat Belt System Parts See Airbag Readiness Light 0 121.
after a Crash
Seat Belt Care Airbag System
Keep belts clean and dry. { Warning The vehicle has the following airbags:
Seat belts should be properly cared for and A crash can damage the seat belt system . A frontal airbag for the driver
maintained. in the vehicle. A damaged seat belt . A frontal airbag for the front outboard
Seat belt hardware should be kept dry and system may not properly protect the passenger
free of dust or debris. As necessary, exterior person using it, resulting in serious injury
. A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the
hard surfaces and seat belt webbing may be or even death in a crash. To help make
driver
lightly cleaned with mild soap and water. sure the seat belt systems are working
. A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the
Ensure there is not excessive dust or debris properly after a crash, have them
front outboard passenger
in the mechanism. If dust or debris exists in inspected and any necessary
the system please see the dealer. Parts may replacements made as soon as possible. . A roof-rail airbag for the driver and the
need to be replaced to ensure proper passenger seated directly behind the
functionality of the system. After a minor crash, replacement of seat driver
belts may not be necessary. But the seat
belt assemblies that were used during any

. A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard
passenger and the passenger seated { Warning Warning (Continued)
directly behind the front outboard You can be severely injured or killed in a unnecessarily close to any airbag, as you
passenger crash if you are not wearing your seat would be if sitting on the edge of the
All vehicle airbags have the word AIRBAG on belt, even with airbags. Airbags are seat or leaning forward. Seat belts help
the trim or on a label near the deployment designed to work with seat belts, not keep you in position before and during a
opening. replace them. Also, airbags are not crash. Always wear a seat belt, even with
For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG is on designed to inflate in every crash. In airbags. The driver should sit as far back
the center of the steering wheel for the some crashes seat belts are the only as possible while still maintaining control
driver and on the instrument panel for the restraint. See When Should an Airbag of the vehicle. The seat belts and the
front outboard passenger. Inflate? 0 67. front outboard passenger airbags are
Wearing your seat belt during a crash most effective when you are sitting well
For seat-mounted side impact airbags, the
helps reduce your chance of hitting back and upright in the seat with both
word AIRBAG is on the side of the seatback
or side of the seat closest to the door. things inside the vehicle or being ejected feet on the floor.
For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAG is on from it. Airbags are “supplemental Occupants should not lean on or sleep
the ceiling or trim. restraints” to the seat belts. Everyone in against the door or side windows in
the vehicle should wear a seat belt seating positions with seat-mounted side
Airbags are designed to supplement the properly, whether or not there is an impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags.
protection provided by seat belts. Even
airbag for that person.
though today's airbags are also designed to
help reduce the risk of injury from the force
of an inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
{ Warning
very quickly to do their job. { Warning Children who are up against, or very
Because airbags inflate with great force close to, any airbag when it inflates can
Here are the most important things to know
and faster than the blink of an eye, be seriously injured or killed. Always
about the airbag system:
anyone who is up against, or very close secure children properly in the vehicle. To
to, any airbag when it inflates can be read how, see Older Children 0 75 or
seriously injured or killed. Do not sit Infants and Young Children 0 76.
(Continued)

The driver frontal airbag is in the center of
the steering wheel.
There is an airbag readiness light on the

instrument cluster, which shows the airbag
symbol.
The system checks the airbag electrical
system for malfunctions. The light tells you
if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 121. Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar
The driver and front outboard passenger
Where Are the Airbags? The front outboard passenger frontal airbag seat-mounted side impact airbags are in the
is in the passenger side instrument panel. side of the seatbacks closest to the door.

Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in
Warning (Continued) moderate to severe frontal crashes to help
do not attach or put anything on the reduce the potential for severe injuries,
steering wheel hub or on or near any mainly to the driver's or front outboard
other airbag covering. passenger's head and chest.
Do not use seat accessories that block the Whether the frontal airbags will or should
inflation path of a seat-mounted side inflate is not based primarily on how fast
impact airbag. the vehicle is traveling. It depends on what
is hit, the direction of the impact, and how
Never secure anything to the roof of a quickly the vehicle slows down.
vehicle with roof-rail airbags by routing a Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash
rope or tie‐down through any door or speeds depending on whether the vehicle
Driver Side Crew Cab Shown, Passenger Side window opening. If you do, the path of hits an object straight on or at an angle,
Double and Regular Cabs Similar an inflating roof-rail airbag will be and whether the object is fixed or moving,
blocked. rigid or deformable, narrow or wide.
The roof-rail airbags for the driver, front
outboard passenger, and second row Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate
outboard passengers are in the ceiling above When Should an Airbag Inflate? during vehicle rollovers, rear impacts,
the side windows. This vehicle is equipped with airbags. See or many side impacts.
Airbag System 0 64. Airbags are designed to In addition, the vehicle has advanced
{ Warning inflate if the impact exceeds the specific technology frontal airbags. Advanced
If something is between an occupant and airbag system's deployment threshold. technology frontal airbags adjust the
Deployment thresholds are used to predict restraint according to either crash severity
an airbag, the airbag might not inflate
how severe a crash is likely to be in time or occupant interaction.
properly or it might force the object into for the airbags to inflate and help restrain
that person causing severe injury or even the occupants. The vehicle has electronic Seat-mounted side impact airbags are
death. The path of an inflating airbag sensors that help the airbag system designed to inflate in moderate to severe
must be kept clear. Do not put anything determine the severity of the impact. side crashes depending on the location of
between an occupant and an airbag, and Deployment thresholds can vary with the impact. These airbags may also inflate
(Continued) specific vehicle design. in some moderate to severe frontal impacts.

Seat-mounted side impact airbags are not For airbag locations, see Where Are the Airbags should never be regarded as
designed to inflate in rollovers or rear Airbags? 0 66. anything more than a supplement to seat
impacts. A seat-mounted side impact airbag belts.
is designed to inflate on the side of the How Does an Airbag Restrain?
vehicle that is struck. In moderate to severe frontal collisions, even
What Will You See after an
Roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate in belted occupants can contact the steering Airbag Inflates?
moderate to severe side crashes depending wheel or the instrument panel. In moderate After frontal and seat-mounted side impact
on the location of the impact. In addition, to severe side collisions, even belted airbags inflate, they quickly deflate, so
these roof-rail airbags may inflate during a occupants can contact the inside of the quickly that some people may not even
rollover or in a severe frontal impact. vehicle. realize the airbags inflated. Roof-rail airbags
Roof-rail airbags are not designed to inflate Airbags supplement the protection provided may still be at least partially inflated for
in rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags may by seat belts by distributing the force of the some time after they inflate. Some
inflate when either side of the vehicle is impact more evenly over the components of the airbag module may be
struck or if the sensing system predicts that occupant's body. hot for several minutes. For location of the
the vehicle is about to roll over on its side, airbags, see Where Are the Airbags? 0 66.
or in a severe frontal impact. Rollover capable roof-rail airbags are
designed to help contain the head and chest The parts of the airbag that come into
In any particular crash, no one can say of occupants in the outboard seating contact with you may be warm, but not too
whether an airbag should have inflated positions in the first and second rows. The hot to touch. There may be some smoke
simply because of the vehicle damage or rollover capable roof-rail airbags are and dust coming from the vents in the
repair costs. designed to help reduce the risk of full or deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not
partial ejection in rollover events, although prevent people from leaving the vehicle.
What Makes an Airbag Inflate? no system can prevent all such ejections.
In a deployment event, the sensing system But airbags would not help in many types { Warning
sends an electrical signal triggering a release of collisions, primarily because the When an airbag inflates, there may be
of gas from the inflator. Gas from the occupant's motion is not toward those dust in the air. This dust could cause
inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to airbags. See When Should an Airbag Inflate? breathing problems for people with a
break out of the cover. The inflator, the 0 67.
airbag, and related hardware are all part of history of asthma or other breathing
the airbag module. (Continued)

. The vehicle has a crash sensing and
Warning (Continued) { Warning diagnostic module which records
trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the A crash severe enough to inflate the information after a crash. See Vehicle
vehicle should get out as soon as it is airbags may have also damaged Data Recording and Privacy 0 416 and
safe to do so. If you have breathing important functions in the vehicle, such Event Data Recorders 0 417.
problems but cannot get out of the as the fuel system, brake and steering . Let only qualified technicians work on the
vehicle after an airbag inflates, then get systems, etc. Even if the vehicle appears airbag system. Improper service can mean
fresh air by opening a window or a door. to be drivable after a moderate crash, that an airbag system will not work
If you experience breathing problems there may be concealed damage that properly. See your dealer for service.
following an airbag deployment, you could make it difficult to safely operate Passenger Sensing System
should seek medical attention. the vehicle.
The vehicle has a passenger sensing system
The vehicle has a feature that may Use caution if you should attempt to for the front outboard passenger position.
automatically unlock the doors, turn on the restart the engine after a crash has The passenger airbag status indicator will
interior lamps and hazard warning flashers, occurred. light on the overhead console when the
and shut off the fuel system after the vehicle is started.
airbags inflate. The feature may also In many crashes severe enough to inflate
activate, without airbag inflation, after an the airbag, windshields are broken by
event that exceeds a predetermined vehicle deformation. Additional windshield
threshold. After turning the vehicle off and breakage may also occur from the front
then on again, the fuel system will return to outboard passenger airbag.
normal operation; the doors can be locked, . Airbags are designed to inflate only once.
the interior lamps can be turned off, and After an airbag inflates, you will need
the hazard warning flashers can be turned some new parts for the airbag system. United States
off using the controls for those features. If you do not get them, the airbag
If any of these systems are damaged in the system will not be there to help protect
crash they may not operate as normal. you in another crash. A new system will
include airbag modules and possibly other
parts. The service manual for the vehicle
covers the need to replace other parts.

Whenever possible, children aged 12 and
under should be secured in a rear seating Warning (Continued)
position. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in
Never put a rear-facing child seat in the the front seat, even if the airbag is off.
front. This is because the risk to the If securing a forward-facing child restraint
rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag in the front outboard passenger seat,
Canada inflates. always move the seat as far back as it
will go. It is better to secure child
The words ON and OFF, or the symbols for { Warning restraints in the rear seat. Consider using
on and off, will be visible during the system another vehicle to transport the child
check. When the system check is complete, A child in a rear-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the when a rear seat is not available.
either the word ON or OFF, or the symbol
for on or off, will be visible. See Passenger passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is
If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that
Airbag Status Indicator 0 122. because the back of the rear-facing child will accommodate a rear-facing child
The passenger sensing system turns off the restraint would be very close to the restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should
front outboard passenger frontal airbag inflating airbag. A child in a not be installed in the vehicle, even if the
under certain conditions. No other airbag is forward-facing child restraint can be airbag is off.
affected by the passenger sensing system. seriously injured or killed if the passenger
frontal airbag inflates and the passenger The passenger sensing system is designed to
The passenger sensing system works with turn off the front outboard passenger
seat is in a forward position.
sensors that are part of the front outboard frontal airbag if:
passenger seat and seat belt. The sensors Even if the passenger sensing system has . The front outboard passenger seat is
are designed to detect the presence of a turned off the passenger frontal airbag, unoccupied.
properly seated occupant and determine if no system is fail-safe. No one can . The system determines an infant is
the front outboard passenger frontal airbag guarantee that an airbag will not deploy present in a child restraint.
should be allowed to inflate or not. under some unusual circumstance, even . A front outboard passenger takes his/her
According to accident statistics, children are though the airbag is turned off. weight off of the seat for a period
safer when properly secured in a rear seat (Continued) of time.
in the correct child restraint for their weight
and size.

. There is a critical problem with the airbag 4. Reinstall the child restraint following the
system or the passenger sensing system. { Warning directions provided by the child restraint
When the passenger sensing system has If the airbag readiness light ever comes manufacturer and refer to Securing Child
turned off the front outboard passenger on and stays on, it means that Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the
frontal airbag, the OFF indicator will light something may be wrong with the airbag Center Front Seat) 0 91 or
and stay lit as a reminder that the airbag is system. To help avoid injury to yourself Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
off. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator or others, have the vehicle serviced right Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 91 or
0 122. away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 121 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 95.
The passenger sensing system is designed to for more information, including important
safety information. Make sure the seat belt retractor is
turn on the front outboard passenger frontal
locked by pulling the shoulder belt all
airbag anytime the system senses that a
If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child the way out of the retractor when
person of adult size is sitting properly in the
Restraint installing the child restraint, even if the
front outboard passenger seat.
child restraint is equipped with a seat
When the passenger sensing system has The passenger sensing system is designed to belt lock off. When the retractor lock is
allowed the airbag to be enabled, the ON turn off the front outboard passenger set, the belt can be tightened but not
indicator will light and stay lit as a reminder frontal airbag if the system determines that pulled out of the retractor.
that the airbag is active. an infant is present in a child restraint. If a 5. If, after reinstalling the child restraint
child restraint has been installed and the ON and restarting the vehicle, the ON
For some children, including children in child
indicator is lit: indicator is still lit, turn the vehicle off.
restraints, and for very small adults, the
passenger sensing system may or may not 1. Turn the vehicle off. Then slightly recline the vehicle seatback
turn off the front outboard passenger 2. Remove the child restraint from the and adjust the seat cushion,
frontal airbag, depending upon the person's vehicle. if adjustable, to make sure that the
seating posture and body build. Everyone in 3. Remove any additional items from the vehicle seatback is not pushing the child
the vehicle who has outgrown child seat such as blankets, cushions, seat restraint into the seat cushion.
restraints should wear a seat belt covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. Also make sure the child restraint is not
properly — whether or not there is an trapped under the vehicle head restraint.
airbag for that person. If this happens, adjust the head restraint.
See Head Restraints 0 47.

6. Restart the vehicle. that the child restraint locking feature is
The passenger sensing system may or may engaged. Use the following steps to allow { Warning
not turn off the airbag for a child in a child the system to detect that person and enable If the front outboard passenger airbag is
restraint depending upon the child’s size. the front outboard passenger frontal airbag: turned off for an adult-sized occupant,
It is better to secure child restraints in the 1. Turn the vehicle off. the airbag will not be able to inflate and
rear seat. Consider using another vehicle to 2. Remove any additional material from the help protect that person in a crash,
transport the child when a rear seat is not seat, such as blankets, cushions, seat resulting in an increased risk of serious
available. Never put a rear-facing child covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. injury or even death. An adult-sized
restraint in the front seat, even if the ON 3. Place the seatback in the fully upright occupant should not ride in the front
indicator is not lit. position. outboard passenger seat, if the passenger
airbag OFF indicator is lit.
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 4. Have the person sit upright in the seat,
Adult-Sized Occupant centered on the seat cushion, with legs
Additional Factors Affecting System
comfortably extended.
Operation
5. If the shoulder portion of the belt is
pulled out all the way, the child restraint Seat belts help keep the passenger in
locking feature will be engaged. This position on the seat during vehicle
may unintentionally cause the passenger maneuvers and braking, which helps the
sensing system to turn the airbag off for passenger sensing system maintain the
some adult-sized occupants. If this passenger airbag status. See “Seat Belts”
happens, unbuckle the belt, let the belt and “Child Restraints” in the Index for
go back all the way, and then buckle the additional information about the importance
belt again without pulling the belt out of proper restraint use.
all the way. A thick layer of additional material, such as
6. Restart the vehicle and have the person a blanket or cushion, or aftermarket
remain in this position for two to equipment such as seat covers, seat heaters,
If a person of adult size is sitting in the three minutes after the ON indicator and seat massagers can affect how well the
front outboard passenger seat, but the OFF is lit. passenger sensing system operates. We
indicator is lit, it could be because that recommend that you not use seat covers or
person is not sitting properly in the seat or other aftermarket equipment except when

approved by GM for your specific vehicle. . Front seats, including stitching, seams,
See Adding Equipment to the { Warning or zippers
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 73 for more For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle is . Seat belts
information about modifications that can turned off and the battery is . Steering wheel, instrument panel,
affect how the system operates. disconnected, an airbag can still inflate overhead console, ceiling trim, or pillar
The ON indicator may be lit if an object, during improper service. You can be garnish trim
such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, injured if you are close to an airbag . Inner door seals, including speakers
laptop, or other electronic device, is put on when it inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
Your dealer and the service manual have
an unoccupied seat. If this is not desired, They are probably part of the airbag information about the location of the airbag
remove the object from the seat. system. Be sure to follow proper service modules and sensors, sensing and diagnostic
procedures, and make sure the person module, and airbag wiring along with the
{ Warning performing work for you is qualified to proper replacement procedures.
Stowing articles under the passenger seat do so.
In addition, the vehicle has a passenger
or between the passenger seat cushion sensing system for the front outboard
and seatback may interfere with the Adding Equipment to the passenger position, which includes sensors
proper operation of the passenger Airbag-Equipped Vehicle that are part of the passenger seat. The
sensing system. passenger sensing system may not operate
Adding accessories that change the vehicle's
frame, bumper system, height, front end, properly if the original seat trim is replaced
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped or side sheet metal, may keep the airbag with non-GM covers, upholstery, or trim; or
Vehicle system from working properly. with GM covers, upholstery, or trim
designed for a different vehicle. Any object,
Airbags affect how the vehicle should be The operation of the airbag system can also such as an aftermarket seat heater or a
serviced. There are parts of the airbag be affected by changing, including comfort-enhancing pad or device, installed
system in several places around the vehicle. improperly repairing or replacing, any parts under or on top of the seat fabric, could
Your dealer and the service manual have of the following: also interfere with the operation of the
information about servicing the vehicle and . Airbag system, including airbag modules, passenger sensing system. This could either
the airbag system. To purchase a service front or side impact sensors, sensing and prevent proper deployment of the passenger
manual, see Publication Ordering diagnostic module, or airbag wiring airbag(s) or prevent the passenger sensing
Information 0 414.

system from properly turning off the Airbag System Check Warning (Continued)
passenger airbag(s). See Passenger Sensing
System 0 69. The airbag system does not need regularly make sure the airbag systems are
scheduled maintenance or replacement.
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail airbags, working properly after a crash, have
Make sure the airbag readiness light is
see Different Size Tires and Wheels 0 362 for them inspected and any necessary
working. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 121.
additional important information. replacements made as soon as possible.
If a snow plow is added to the vehicle, the Caution
If an airbag inflates, you will need to
airbags should still work properly. The If an airbag covering is damaged, opened, replace airbag system parts. See your dealer
airbag systems were designed to work or broken, the airbag may not work for service.
properly under a wide range of conditions, properly. Do not open or break the airbag
including snow plowing with vehicles that coverings. If there are any opened or If the airbag readiness light stays on after
have the optional snow plow prep package the vehicle is started or comes on when you
broken airbag coverings, have the airbag
(RPO VYU). Do not change or defeat the are driving, the airbag system may not work
covering and/or airbag module replaced. properly. Have the vehicle serviced right
snow plow's “tripping mechanism.” If you
For the location of the airbags, see Where away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 121.
do, it can damage the snow plow and the
Are the Airbags? 0 66. See your dealer
vehicle, and may cause an airbag
deployment. for service.
If the vehicle must be modified because you Replacing Airbag System Parts
have a disability and have questions about
whether the modifications will affect the after a Crash
vehicle's airbag system, or if you have
questions about whether the airbag system { Warning
will be affected if the vehicle is modified for A crash can damage the airbag systems
any other reason, call Customer Assistance. in the vehicle. A damaged airbag system
See Customer Assistance Offices 0 409. may not properly protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in
serious injury or even death. To help
(Continued)

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”
Child Restraints shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes, under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 60.
Older Children continue. If no, try using the rear seat
According to accident statistics, children are
belt comfort guide, if available. See “Rear
safer when properly restrained in a rear
Seat Belt Comfort Guides” under
seating position.
Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 60. If a comfort guide
is not available, or if the shoulder belt In a crash, children who are not buckled up
still does not rest on the shoulder, then can strike other people who are buckled up,
return to the booster seat. or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older
. Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the children need to use seat belts properly.
hips, touching the thighs? If yes, continue.
If no, return to the booster seat. { Warning
. Can proper seat belt fit be maintained for Never allow more than one child to wear
the length of the trip? If yes, continue. the same seat belt. The seat belt cannot
If no, return to the booster seat. properly spread the impact forces. In a
Q: What is the proper way to wear seat crash, they can be crushed together and
Older children who have outgrown booster belts? seriously injured. A seat belt must be
seats should wear the vehicle seat belts. used by only one person at a time.
A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder
Refer to How to Wear Seat Belts Properly
belt and get the additional restraint a
0 58.
shoulder belt can provide. The shoulder
The manufacturer instructions that come belt should not cross the face or neck.
with the booster seat state the weight and The lap belt should fit snugly below the
height limitations for that booster. Use a hips, just touching the top of the thighs.
booster seat with a lap-shoulder belt until This applies belt force to the child's
the child passes the fit test below: pelvic bones in a crash. It should never
. Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the be worn over the abdomen, which could
knees bend at the seat edge? If yes, cause severe or even fatal internal
continue. If no, return to the booster seat. injuries in a crash.

Warning (Continued)
their neck. The shoulder belt can tighten
but cannot be loosened if it is locked. The
shoulder belt locks when it is pulled all
the way out of the retractor. It unlocks
when the shoulder belt is allowed to go
all the way back into the retractor, but it
cannot do this if it is wrapped around the
child. Never leave children unattended in
a vehicle and never allow children to
improperly wear, or play with, the seat
Infants and Young Children belts.
{ Warning
Never allow a child to wear the seat belt Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This Every time infants and young children ride
shoulder belt under both arms or behind includes infants and all other children. in vehicles, they should have the protection
their back. A child can be seriously Neither the distance traveled nor the age provided by appropriate child restraints.
injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder and size of the traveler changes the need, Neither the vehicle seat belt system nor its
belt properly. In a crash, the child would for everyone, to use safety restraints. In airbag system is designed for them.
fact, the law in every state in the United
not be restrained by the shoulder belt. Children who are not restrained properly can
States and in every Canadian province says
The child could move too far forward strike other people, or can be thrown out of
children up to some age must be restrained
increasing the chance of head and neck the vehicle.
while in a vehicle.
injury. The child might also slide under
the lap belt. The belt force would then be
{ Warning { Warning
applied right on the abdomen. That could Never hold an infant or a child while
cause serious or fatal injuries. The Children can be seriously injured or killed
riding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, an
shoulder belt should go over the shoulder if the shoulder belt is worn behind their
infant or a child will become so heavy it
and across the chest. back, under their legs, or wrapped around
(Continued)
(Continued)

There are three basic types of child
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) restraints:
is not possible to hold it during a crash. outboard seat. Secure a rear-facing child . Forward-facing child restraints
For example, in a crash at only restraint in a rear seat. It is also better to . Rear-facing child restraints
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant secure a forward-facing child restraint in . Belt-positioning booster seats
will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb) a rear seat. If you must secure a
force on a person's arms. An infant or forward-facing child restraint in the front The proper child restraint for your child
child should be secured in an appropriate outboard seat, always move the front depends on their size, weight, and age, and
also on whether the child restraint is
child restraint. passenger seat as far back as it will go.
compatible with the vehicle in which it will
be used.
For each type of child restraint, there are
many different models available. When
purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is
designed to be used in a motor vehicle and
is designed by a genuine child restraint
manufacturer. If it is, the child restraint will
have a label saying that it meets federal
motor vehicle safety standards.
The instruction manual that is provided with
the child restraint states the weight and
height limitations for that particular child
restraint. In addition, there are many kinds
Child restraints are devices used to restrain,
{ Warning seat, or position children in the vehicle and
of child restraints available for children with
special needs.
Children who are up against, or very are sometimes called child seats or car seats.
close to, any airbag when it inflates can
be seriously injured or killed. Never put a
rear-facing child restraint in the front
(Continued)
{ Warning Child Restraint Systems

To reduce the risk of neck and head
injury in a crash, infants and toddlers
should be secured in a rear-facing child
restraint until age two, or until they
reach the maximum height and weight
limits of their child restraint.
{ Warning
A young child's hip bones are still so
Forward-Facing Child Restraint
small that the vehicle seat belt may not
remain low on the hip bones, as it Rear-Facing Infant Restraint A forward-facing child restraint provides
should. Instead, it may settle up around restraint for the child's body with the
the child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt A rear-facing child restraint provides harness.
would apply force on a body area that is restraint with the seating surface against
unprotected by any bony structure. This the back of the infant.
alone could cause serious or fatal injuries. The harness system holds the infant in place
To reduce the risk of serious or fatal and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant
injuries during a crash, young children positioned in the restraint.
should always be secured in an
appropriate child restraint.

Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in When securing an add-on child restraint,
the Vehicle refer to the following:
. Instruction labels provided on the child
{ Warning restraint
A child can be seriously injured or killed . Instruction manual provided with the
in a crash if the child restraint is not child restraint
properly secured in the vehicle. Secure . This vehicle owner's manual
the child restraint properly in the vehicle The child restraint instructions are
using the vehicle seat belt or LATCH important, so if they are not available,
system, following the instructions that obtain a replacement copy from the
came with that child restraint and the manufacturer.
Booster Seats instructions in this manual. Keep in mind that an unsecured child
restraint can move around in a collision or
A belt-positioning booster seat is used for To help reduce the chance of injury, the sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle.
children who have outgrown their child restraint must be secured in the Be sure to properly secure any child
forward-facing child restraint. Boosters are vehicle. Child restraints must be secured in restraint in the vehicle — even when no
designed to improve the fit of the vehicle vehicle seats by the lap belt portion of a child is in it.
seat belt system until the child is large lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH system.
enough for the vehicle seat belts to fit See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children In some areas Certified Child Passenger
properly without a booster seat. See the (LATCH System) 0 81 for more information. Safety Technicians (CPSTs) are available to
seat belt fit test in Older Children 0 75. Never use a seat belt extender when inspect and demonstrate how to correctly
installing a child restraint. Never use use and install child restraints. In the U.S.,
non-regulated aftermarket anchors or refer to the National Highway Traffic Safety
attachments to secure a child restraint. Administration (NHTSA) website to locate
Children can be endangered in a crash if the the nearest child safety seat inspection
child restraint is not properly secured in the station. For CPST availability in Canada,
vehicle. check with Transport Canada or the
Provincial Ministry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within the Child
Restraint { Warning { Warning
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can A child in a child restraint in the center
{ Warning be seriously injured or killed if the front front seat can be badly injured or killed
passenger airbag inflates. This is because by the frontal airbags if they inflate.
A child can be seriously injured or killed
in a crash if the child is not properly the back of the rear-facing child restraint Never secure a child restraint in the
would be very close to the inflating center front seat. It is always better to
secured in the child restraint. Secure the
child properly following the instructions airbag. A child in a forward-facing child secure a child restraint in a rear seat.
restraint can be seriously injured or killed
that came with that child restraint. Do not use child restraints in the center
if the front passenger airbag inflates and
the passenger seat is in a forward front seat position.
Where to Put the Restraint position. If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that
According to accident statistics, children and will accommodate a rear-facing child
Even if the passenger sensing system has
infants are safer when properly restrained in restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should
an appropriate child restraint secured in a turned off the front passenger frontal
not be installed in the vehicle, even if the
rear seating position. airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can
airbag is off.
guarantee that an airbag will not deploy
Whenever possible, children aged 12 and under some unusual circumstance, even When securing a child restraint with the
under should be secured in a rear seating though it is turned off. seat belts in a rear seat position, study the
position. instructions that came with the child
Secure rear-facing child restraints in a restraint to make sure it is compatible with
Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the
rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you this vehicle.
front. This is because the risk to the
rear-facing child is so great if the airbag secure a forward-facing child restraint in
Child restraints and booster seats vary
deploys. the front seat, always move the front
considerably in size, and some may fit in
passenger seat as far back as it will go.
certain seating positions better than others.
It is better to secure the child restraint in Do not install a child restraint in any rear
a rear seat. seating position where it cannot be installed
See Passenger Sensing System 0 69 for securely.
additional information.

Depending on where you place the child Lower Anchors and Tethers for Make sure to follow the instructions that
restraint and the size of the child restraint, came with the child restraint, and also the
you may not be able to access adjacent seat Children (LATCH System) instructions in this manual.
belts or LATCH anchors for additional The LATCH system secures a child restraint When installing a child restraint with a top
passengers or child restraints. Adjacent during driving or in a crash. LATCH tether, you must also use either the lower
seating positions should not be used if the attachments on the child restraint are used anchors or the seat belts to properly secure
child restraint prevents access to or to attach the child restraint to the anchors the child restraint. A child restraint must
interferes with the routing of the seat belt. in the vehicle. This system is designed to never be installed using only the top tether.
Adjust the seat in front of a child restraint make installation of a child restraint easier.
For a forward-facing 5-pt harness child
to ensure proper installation according to In order to use the LATCH system in your restraint where the combined weight of the
the child restraint manual. Move the front vehicle, you need a child restraint that has child and restraint are up to 29.5 kg (65 lb),
seat forward to avoid contact between the LATCH attachments. LATCH-compatible use either the lower LATCH anchorages with
child restraint and the seat or any rear-facing and forward-facing child seats can the top tether anchorage, or the seat belt
accessories mounted to the seat. be properly installed using either the LATCH with the top tether anchorage. Where the
Wherever a child restraint is installed, be anchors or the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not combined weight of the child and restraint
sure to follow the instructions that came use both the seat belts and the LATCH are greater than 29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat
with the child restraint and secure the child anchorage system to secure a rear-facing or belt with the top tether anchorage only.
restraint properly. forward-facing child restraint.
Keep in mind that an unsecured child Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat belts to
restraint can move around in a collision or secure the child and the booster seat. If the
sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. manufacturer recommends that the booster
Be sure to properly secure any child seat be secured with the LATCH system, this
restraint in the vehicle — even when no can be done as long as the booster seat can
child is in it. be positioned properly and there is no
interference with the proper positioning of
the lap-shoulder belt on the child.

Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints
Restraint Type Combined Weight of Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Shown with an X
the Child + Child
LATCH – Lower Seat Belt Only LATCH – Lower Seat Belt and Top
Restraint
Anchors Only Anchors and Top Tether Anchor
Tether Anchor
Rear-Facing Child Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) X X
Restraint
Rear-Facing Child Greater than X
Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb)
Forward-Facing Child Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) X X
Restraint
Forward-Facing Child Greater than X
Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb)
See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat The following explains how to attach a child Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt
Belt in the Center Front Seat) 0 91 or restraint with these attachments in the in the Rear Seat) 0 91 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt vehicle. Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt
in the Rear Seat) 0 91 or Not all vehicle seating positions have lower in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 95.
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt anchors. In this case, the seat belt must be
in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 95. used (with top tether where available) to
Child restraints built after March 2014 are secure the child restraint. See Securing Child
labeled with the maximum child weight, Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Center
with which the LATCH system can be used Front Seat) 0 91 or
for installing the child restraint.

Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor top tether always to be attached. In Canada,
the law requires that forward-facing child
restraints have a top tether, and that the
tether be attached. Be sure to read and
follow the instructions for your child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor
Locations
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars built into A top tether (3, 4) is used to secure the top
the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for of the child restraint to the vehicle. A top
each LATCH seating position that will tether anchor is built into the vehicle. The
accommodate a child restraint with lower top tether attachment hook (2) on the child
attachments (2). restraint connects to the top tether anchor
in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward
movement and rotation of the child restraint
during driving or in the event of a crash. Regular Cab — Bucket Seat Only
The child restraint may have a single
tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will
have a single attachment hook (2) to secure
the top tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints with a top tether are
designed for use with or without the top
tether being attached. Others require the

To assist in locating the lower anchors on
double and crew cab models, each seating
position with lower anchors has two labels
near the crease between the seatback and
the seat cushion.
For regular cab models, there are top tether

Regular Cab — Three-Passenger Front Seat Double and Crew Cab Rear Seat
anchor symbols to assist you in locating the
I : Seating positions with top tether I : Seating positions with top tether top tether anchors.
anchors. anchors. Do not install a child restraint in the center
Do not install a child restraint in the center seating position. See Securing Child
H : Seating positions with two lower Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Center
front seating position. See Securing Child anchors.
Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Center Front Seat) 0 91 or
Front Seat) 0 91 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 91 or
in the Rear Seat) 0 91 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 95 for more
in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 95 for more information.
information.
Regular Cab Driver Side Anchor and Loop (Double and Passenger Side Loop (Double and Crew Cab)
Crew Cab)
For regular cab models, the top tether For double and crew cab models, the top
anchors are on the back panel behind the tether is routed through loops (2) to the top
passenger seat(s) or center seat. Be sure to tether anchors (1). Be sure to use the correct
use an anchor directly behind the seating anchor for the seating position where the
position where the child restraint will be child restraint will be placed.
placed. Be sure to read the following instructions to
properly install a child restraint using these
loops and anchors.
Do not secure a child restraint in a position
without a top tether anchor if a national or
local law requires that the top tether be
attached, or if the instructions that come
with the child restraint say that the top
Center Anchor and Loop (Double and tether must be attached.
Crew Cab)

According to accident statistics, children and
infants are safer when properly restrained in Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
a child restraint system or infant restraint A child or others could be injured. To tighten the belt behind the child restraint
system secured in a rear seating position. reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries after the child restraint has been
See Where to Put the Restraint 0 80 for during a crash, attach only one child installed.
additional information. restraint per anchor.
Securing a Child Restraint Designed for Caution
the LATCH System
{ Warning Do not let the LATCH attachments rub
against the vehicle’s seat belts. This may
{ Warning Children can be seriously injured or
damage these parts. If necessary, move
strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped
A child could be seriously injured or killed buckled seat belts to avoid rubbing the
around their neck. The shoulder belt can
in a crash if the child restraint is not LATCH attachments.
tighten but cannot be loosened if it is
properly attached to the vehicle using
locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is Do not fold the rear seat cushion when
either the LATCH anchors or the vehicle
pulled all the way out of the retractor. the seat is occupied. Do not fold the
seat belt. Follow the instructions that
It unlocks when the shoulder belt is empty rear seat with a seat belt buckled.
came with the child restraint and the
allowed to go all the way back into the This could damage the seat belt or the
instructions in this manual.
retractor, but it cannot do this if it is seat. Unbuckle and return the seat belt to
wrapped around a child’s neck. If the its stowed position, before folding
{ Warning shoulder belt is locked and tightened the seat.
around a child’s neck, the only way to
Do not attach more than one child loosen the belt is to cut it. If you need to secure more than one child
restraint to a single anchor, except for restraint in the rear seat, see Where to Put
the center top tether anchors in the crew Buckle any unused seat belts behind the
the Restraint 0 80.
cab models. Attaching more than one child restraint so children cannot reach
them. Pull the shoulder belt all the way Regular Cab Models
child restraint to a single anchor could
cause the anchor or attachment to come out of the retractor to set the lock, and 1. For models without a rear seat,
loose or even break during a crash. (Continued) forward-facing child restraints
(Continued) should only be installed in the

right front seating position with belts If the position you are using has an using a single tether, route the
and a top tether. See Securing Child adjustable headrest or head tether in between the headrest or
Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the restraint, adjust it accordingly to head restraint posts.
Center Front Seat) 0 91 or allow proper fitment. If you are 2. Make sure the child restraint top tether
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat using a dual tether, route the hook is completely closed and secured to
Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 91 or tether around the headrest or head the top tether anchor.
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat restraint posts.
Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 95. 3. Secure the child restraint in the
If the child restraint is installed next right front seating position with the
If the child restraint manufacturer to a center seat, make sure the top vehicle belts. See Securing Child
recommends that the top tether be tether does not interfere with the Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the
attached, adjust the top tether to its full center seating position shoulder Center Front Seat) 0 91 or
length and attach it to the anchor. Refer belt/retractor. If it does, find Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
to the child restraint instructions and the another suitable seating position to Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 91 or
following steps: install the child restraint. Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
1.1. Find the top tether anchor. Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 95.
1.2. Route, attach, and tighten the top 4. Before placing a child in the child
tether according to your child restraint, make sure it is securely held in
restraint instructions and the place. To check, grasp the child restraint
following instructions: at the belt path and attempt to move it
side to side and back and forth. There
should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement for proper installation.
Double and Crew Cab Models
If the position you are using has an 1. Attach and tighten the lower
adjustable headrest or head attachments to the lower anchors. If the
restraint, adjust it accordingly to child restraint does not have lower
allow proper fitment. If you are attachments or the desired seating
position does not have lower anchors,
secure the child restraint with the top

tether and the seat belt. Refer to the 2.1. For a top tether in the rear driver
child restraint manufacturer instructions side position:
and the instructions in this manual. 2.1.1. Remove the driver side head
1.1. Find the lower anchors for the restraint and center
desired seating position. headrest. See “Head
1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat. Restraint or Headrest
Removal and Reinstallation”
1.3. Attach and tighten the lower later in this section.
attachments on the child restraint
to the lower anchors.
2. For forward-facing child restraints, attach
and tighten the top tether to the top
tether anchor, if your vehicle has one. Rear Driver Side Position
Follow the child restraint instructions and
the vehicle LATCH anchor weight limits
described at the beginning of this
section, and the following steps:
2.1.2. For first time use, remove

and discard the rubber band
from the top tether loop (2).
2.1.3. Route the top tether (3)
through the loop (2).
Rear Driver Side Position
2.1.4. Attach the top tether (3) to
the driver side of the center
top tether metal anchor (1).

2.1.5. Make sure the child restraint 2.2.4. Make sure the child restraint
top tether hook is top tether hook is
completely closed and completely closed and
secured to the top tether secured to the top tether
anchor. anchor.
Rear Passenger Side Position

2.2. For a top tether in the rear
passenger side position:
2.2.1. Remove the passenger side
head restraint and center
Rear Passenger Side Position Rear Center Position
headrest. See “Head
Restraint or Headrest
Removal and Reinstallation”
later in this section.
through the loop (2).
2.2.3. Attach the top tether (3) to
the passenger side of the
center top tether metal
anchor (1).

2.3.4. Make sure the child restraint Head Restraint or Headrest Removal and
top tether hook is Reinstallation
completely closed and
secured to the top tether The second row outboard head restraints or
anchor. center headrest can be removed if they
interfere with the proper installation of the
3. Tighten the top tether per the child child restraint.
restraint manufacturer's instructions.
To remove the second row head restraints
When the top tether is properly
or center headrest:
tightened, the loop may bend. This is
normal and will not damage the vehicle.
If child restraints are installed in both
outboard positions, both top tethers can
Rear Center Position be attached to the center anchor. Top
2.3. For a top tether in the rear center tethers can be attached for child
position: restraints in all three rear seating
positions at the same time, following the
2.3.1. Remove the driver side head
routing instructions above.
restraint and center
headrest. See “Head 4. Before placing a child in the child
Restraint or Headrest restraint, make sure it is securely held in
Removal and Reinstallation” place. To check, grasp the child restraint
later in this section. at the LATCH path and attempt to move
it side to side and back and forth. There 1. Press both buttons on the head restraint
should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of or headrest posts at the same time, and
through the center loop (2).
movement for proper installation. pull up on the head restraint or
2.3.3. Attach the top tether (1) to headrest.
the driver side top tether
metal anchor (3). 2. Store the head restraint or headrest in a
secure place.

3. When the child restraint is removed, 1. Insert the head restraint or headrest New parts and repairs may be necessary
reinstall the head restraint or headrest posts into the holes in the top of the even if the LATCH system was not being
before the seating position is used. seatback. The notches on the posts must used at the time of the crash.
face the driver side of the vehicle.
{ Warning 2. Push the head restraint or
Securing Child Restraints (With
With head restraints that are not headrest down. the Seat Belt in the Center
installed and adjusted properly, there is a 3. Try to move the head restraint or Front Seat)
greater chance that occupants will suffer headrest to make sure that it is locked in
a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not place. { Warning
drive until the head restraints for all A child in a child restraint in the center
occupants are installed and adjusted Replacing LATCH System Parts
front seat can be badly injured or killed
properly. After a Crash by the frontal airbags if they inflate.
Never secure a child restraint in the
To reinstall the head restraint or headrest: { Warning center front seat. It is always better to
A crash can damage the LATCH system in secure a child restraint in a rear seat.
the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system
may not properly secure the child Do not use child restraints in the center
restraint, resulting in serious injury or front seat position.
even death in a crash. To help make sure
the LATCH system is working properly
Securing Child Restraints (With
after a crash, see your dealer to have the the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)
system inspected and any necessary When securing a child restraint with the
replacements made as soon as possible. seat belts in a rear seat position, study the
instructions that came with the child
If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it restraint to make sure it is compatible with
was being used during a crash, new LATCH this vehicle.
system parts may be needed.

If the child restraint has the LATCH system, Double Cab
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 1. Remove the head restraint or headrest
(LATCH System) 0 81 for how and where to prior to installing a forward-facing child
install the child restraint using LATCH. If a restraint in an outboard rear seating
child restraint is secured in the vehicle using position. See “Head Restraint or Headrest
a seat belt and it uses a top tether, see Removal and Reinstallation” under Lower
Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH
(LATCH System) 0 81 for top tether anchor System) 0 81.
locations.
2. Put the child restraint on the seat.
Do not secure a child seat in a position
3. Pick up the latch plate and run the lap
without a top tether anchor if a national or
and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat
local law requires that the top tether be
belt through or around the child
anchored, or if the instructions that come 4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until
restraint. Ensure the seat belt webbing is
with the child restraint say that the top it clicks.
routed as directly as possible and is not
tether must be anchored. Refer to the
caught on seat handles or plastic trim. Position the release pushbutton on the
The child restraint instructions will show buckle, away from the child restraint, so
restraint and see Lower Anchors and Tethers
you how. that the seat belt could be quickly
for Children (LATCH System) 0 81.
unbuckled if necessary.
In Canada, the law requires that
There must not be direct contact of the
forward-facing child restraints have a top
child restraint to the release pushbutton.
tether, and that the tether be attached.
If the child restraint or vehicle seat position
does not have the LATCH system, you will
be using the seat belt to secure the child
restraint. Be sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint.
If more than one child restraint needs to be
installed in the rear seat, be sure to read
Where to Put the Restraint 0 80.

anchor weight limits, and instructions
listed in Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 81.
8. Before placing a child in the child
restraint, make sure it is securely held in
place. To check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back and forth.
When the child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of 6. To tighten the belt, push down on the vehicle seat belt and let it return to the
the retractor to set the lock. When the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion stowed position. If the top tether is attached
retractor lock is set, the belt can be of the belt to tighten the lap portion of to a top tether anchor, disconnect it.
tightened but not pulled out of the the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back Reinstall the head restraint or headrest
retractor. into the retractor. When installing a before the seating position is used. See
forward-facing child restraint, it may be “Head Restraint or Headrest Removal and
helpful to use your knee to push down Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors and
on the child restraint as you tighten Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 81 for
the belt. additional information on installing the
Try to pull the belt out of the retractor headrest properly.
to make sure the retractor is locked. Crew Cab
If the retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6. 1. Put the child restraint on the seat.
7. For forward-facing child restraints, attach 2. Pick up the latch plate and run the lap
and tighten the top tether to the top and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat
tether anchor (loop). Refer to the child belt through or around the child
restraint instructions, the vehicle LATCH restraint. Ensure the seat belt webbing is

routed as directly as possible and is not
caught on seat handles or plastic trim.
The child restraint instructions will show
you how.
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of 5. To tighten the belt, push down on the
the retractor to set the lock. When the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion
retractor lock is set, the belt can be of the belt to tighten the lap portion of
tightened but not pulled out of the the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back
retractor. into the retractor. When installing a
3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until
forward-facing child restraint, it may be
it clicks.
helpful to use your knee to push down
Position the release pushbutton on the on the child restraint as you tighten
buckle, away from the child restraint, so the belt.
that the seat belt could be quickly
Try to pull the belt out of the retractor
unbuckled if necessary.
to make sure the retractor is locked.
There must not be direct contact of the If the retractor is not locked, repeat
child restraint to the release pushbutton. Steps 4 and 5.
6. If the child restraint has a top tether,
follow the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions regarding the use of the top

tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers Securing Child Restraints (With Warning (Continued)
for Children (LATCH System) 0 81 for
more information on using the top the Seat Belt in the Front close to the inflating airbag. A child in a
tether anchors. Passenger Seat) forward-facing child restraint can be
7. Before placing a child in the child This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat is a seriously injured or killed if the front
restraint, make sure it is securely held in safer place to secure a forward-facing child outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates
place. To check, grasp the child restraint restraint. See Where to Put the Restraint and the passenger seat is in a forward
at the seat belt path and attempt to 0 80. position.
move it side to side and back and forth.
When the child restraint is properly In addition, the vehicle has a passenger Even if the passenger sensing system has
installed, there should be no more than sensing system which is designed to turn off turned off the front outboard passenger
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. the front outboard passenger frontal airbag frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No
under certain conditions. See Passenger one can guarantee that an airbag will not
To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the Sensing System 0 69 and deploy under some unusual circumstance,
vehicle seat belt and let it return to the Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 122 for even though it is turned off.
stowed position. If the top tether is attached more information, including important
to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. safety information. Secure rear-facing child restraints in a
For outboard rear seating positions, if the rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you
Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the
child restraint cannot be installed properly front. This is because the risk to the secure a forward-facing child restraint in
with the head restraint in place, the head rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag the front outboard passenger seat,
restraint may be removed. See your dealer deploys. always move the seat as far back as it
for assistance with removal, and store the will go. It is better to secure the child
removed head restraint in a secure place.
When the child restraint is removed,
{ Warning restraint in a rear seat.
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can See Passenger Sensing System 0 69 for
reinstall the head restraint before the
be seriously injured or killed if the front additional information.
seating position is used. For reinstallation
instructions, see “Head Restraint or Headrest outboard passenger frontal airbag
Removal and Reinstallation” under Lower inflates. This is because the back of the
Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH rear-facing child restraint would be very
System) 0 81. (Continued)

If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that the child restraint. There must be finger
will accommodate a rear-facing child clearance between the release
restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should pushbutton and the child restraint.
not be installed in the vehicle, even if the When the passenger sensing system has
airbag is off. turned off the front outboard passenger
If the child restraint uses a top tether, see frontal airbag, the OFF indicator on the
Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children passenger airbag status indicator should
(LATCH System) 0 81 for top tether anchor light and stay lit when you start the
locations. vehicle. See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 122.
Do not secure a child seat in a position
without a top tether anchor if a national or 2. Put the child restraint on the seat.
local law requires that the top tether be 3. Pick up the latch plate and run the lap
anchored, or if the instructions that come and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat Tilt the latch plate to adjust the belt if
with the child restraint say that the top belt through or around the restraint. needed.
tether must be anchored. Ensure the seat belt webbing is routed
In Canada, the law requires that as direct as possible and is not caught
forward-facing child restraints have a top on seat handles or plastic trim. The child
tether, and that the tether be attached. restraint instructions will show you how.
When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure

the child restraint in this position, follow the
restraint and the following instructions:
1. Move the seat as far back as it will go
before securing the forward-facing child
restraint. Move the seat upward or the
seatback to an upright position,
if needed, to get a tight installation of 4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until
it clicks.

Position the release pushbutton on the When installing a forward-facing child
buckle, away from the child restraint, so restraint, it may be helpful to use your
that the seat belt could be quickly knee to push down on the child restraint
unbuckled if necessary. as you tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the retractor
to make sure the retractor is locked.
If the retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
7. If the vehicle does not have a rear seat
and the child restraint manufacturer
recommends using a top tether anchor,
attach the top tether to the top tether
6. To tighten the belt, push down on the anchor. Refer to the instructions that
child restraint, pull the shoulder portion came with the child restraint and to
of the belt to tighten the lap portion of Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back (LATCH System) 0 81.
into the retractor. 8. Before placing a child in the child
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of
the retractor to set the lock. When the There must be finger clearance between restraint, make sure it is securely held in
retractor lock is set, the belt can be the release pushbutton and the child place. To check, grasp the child restraint
tightened but not pulled out of the restraint. If there is not clearance at the seat belt path and attempt to
retractor. between the buckle release pushbutton move it side to side and back and forth.
and the child restraint, move the seat When the child restraint is properly
upward and repeat prior installation installed, there should be no more than
steps. Otherwise secure the child 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
restraint in a rear seat.

If the airbag is off, the OFF indicator in the
passenger airbag status indicator will come
on and stay on when the vehicle is started.
If a child restraint has been installed and
the ON indicator is lit, see “If the On
Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint” under
Passenger Sensing System 0 69.
To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the
vehicle seat belt and let it return to the
stowed position.
Storage 99
Storage Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments { Warning
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Do not store heavy or sharp objects in
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 storage compartments. In a crash, these
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 objects may cause the cover to open and
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
could result in injury.
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Floor Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Glove Box
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Base Level, Up Level
To access the upper glove box, press the
button to the left.
To access the lower glove box, pull the
handle from the side. To close, push the
glove box up until it latches. Use the
mechanical key in the remote key to lock or
unlock.
Cupholders
Work Truck
Front
To access the upper glove box, pull up on
the handle. There may be cupholders on the center
front seat console armrest.
To access the lower glove box, pull up on
the handle. Use the mechanical key in the
remote key to lock or unlock. See Keys 0 14.
100 Storage
Rear Underseat Storage Rear Storage
If equipped, pull the rear seat armrest down There may be storage under the rear There may be storage in the rear seat. Pull
to access the cupholders. passenger seat. Lift up on the seat bench to the tab to access.
access. Push the seat bench toward the floor Push the storage door to close. The storage
to close. door must be closed before installing child
restraints.
Storage 101
Center Console Storage Press the latch and lift to open.
Floor Console Storage
Bench Seat
Bench Seat If equipped with storage, press the latch and
lift to open.
Pull the strap on the side of the center If equipped with front center seat storage,
seatback to access the storage area and unlock with the mechanical key in the
cupholders. Do not use the center seatback remote key, press the latch, and lift to open.
as a seating position when the seatback is See Keys 0 14.
folded down.
To raise the seatback, push the seatback Additional Storage Features
rearward until it locks in the upright
position. Push and pull on the seatback to Cargo Tie-Downs
make sure it is locked.
Caution
The truck bed walls will collapse if the
tie-downs are overloaded.
Bucket Seat
102 Storage
Standard and Long Box CarbonPro Box There may be up to nine holes inside the
truck bed that can be used for tie-downs.
The maximum load is 113 kg (250 lb) per
tie-down.
Caution
The truck bed walls will collapse if the
tie-downs are overloaded.
This vehicle is equipped with 12 fixed cargo Accessory Tie-Downs

tie-downs.
Any of the 12 locations inside the truck bed
can be used. The maximum load per corner
is 227 kg (500 lb).
To install:
1. Insert a tie-down loop assembly until it
is flush with the truck bed wall.
2. Turn the tie-down loop clockwise to
tighten. The tie-down will be hard to
Additional Accessory Tie-Down Points turn until the toggle moves past the
installation point on the toggle guide.
Storage 103
3. Fasten the tie-down firmly by hand only.
Do not use tools.
To remove:
1. Remove the tie-down loop completely by
turning counterclockwise while holding
the backing plate against the truck
bed wall.
2. Pull the backing plate away from the
truck bed wall until a click is heard. This
locks the toggle into position on the
toggle guide.
3. Push the backing plate against the truck
bed wall. This allows the toggle nut
to spin.
4. Remove the backing plate, toggle guide,
and toggle nut from the truck bed wall
completely.
5. Reinstall the tie-down loop through the
backing plate into the toggle nut for
reuse.
104 Instruments and Controls

Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Instruments and Controls Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Engine Light) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Controls Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . 124 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Service Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 125
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Information Displays
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Driver Information Center (DIC)
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 (Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Vehicle Messages
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Disabled Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Engine Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Instrument Cluster (Base Level) . . . . . . . . 112 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Universal Remote System
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Traction Control System (TCS)/Electronic Universal Remote System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Stability Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Universal Remote System
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Off Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Universal Remote System Operation . . . 142
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . 118 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Transmission Temperature Gauge Driver Mode Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
(Uplevel only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Engine Oil Pressure Light (Uplevel
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Cluster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . . 122 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Instruments and Controls 105

Controls Tilt and Telescoping Wheel Heated Steering Wheel
Steering Wheel Adjustment
To adjust the tilt and telescoping steering ( : If equipped, press to turn it on or off.
wheel, if equipped: A light next to the button displays when the
To adjust the steering wheel: 1. Pull the lever down. feature is turned on.
1. Pull the lever down. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down. The steering wheel takes about
2. Move the steering wheel up or down. 3. Pull or push the steering wheel closer or three minutes to start heating.
3. Pull the lever up to lock the steering away from you. Remote Start Heated Steering Wheel
wheel in place. 4. Pull the lever up to lock the steering
wheel in place. If equipped with remote start, the heated
steering wheel may turn on automatically
Do not adjust the steering wheel while during a remote start along with the heated
driving. seats when it is cold outside. The heated
steering wheel indicator light may not
come on.
See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 54.

Horn 1x : For a single wipe, briefly turn the N
{ Warning
band down. For several wipes, hold the
To sound the horn, press a on the band down. Before driving the vehicle, always clear
steering wheel. snow and ice from the hood, windshield,
L : Press L on the windshield wiper washer nozzles, roof, and rear of the
Windshield Wiper/Washer control to spray windshield washer fluid and
vehicle, including all lamps and windows.
activate the wipers. The wipers will continue
Reduced visibility from snow and ice
until L is released or the maximum wash buildup could lead to a crash.
time is reached. When L is released,
additional wipes may occur depending on Wiper Parking
how long the windshield washer had been
If the ignition is turned off while the wipers
activated. See Washer Fluid 0 325 for
information on filling the windshield washer are on LO, HI, or 3, they will
fluid reservoir. immediately stop.
Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades If the windshield wiper control is ON then
The windshield wipers are controlled by before using them. If frozen to the moved to OFF before the driver door is
turning the band with N on it. windshield, carefully loosen or thaw them. opened or within 10 minutes, the wipers will
Damaged blades should be replaced. See restart and move to the base of the
With the ignition on or in accessory mode, windshield.
Wiper Blade Replacement 0 332.
turn the N band to select the wiper speed.
Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper If the ignition is turned off while the wipers
HI : Use for fast wipes. motor. are performing wipes due to windshield
LO : Use for slow wipes. washing, the wipers continue to run until
they reach the base of the windshield.
INT : If equipped with intermittent wipers { Warning
only, move the windshield wiper lever to In freezing weather, do not use the Rain Sense
INT. Turn the band up for more frequent washer until the windshield is warmed. If equipped with Rain Sense and the feature
wipes or down for less frequent wipes. Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice is turned on, a sensor near the top center of
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. on the windshield, blocking your vision. the windshield detects the amount of water

on the windshield and controls the Compass
frequency of the windshield wiper based on
the current sensitivity setting. The vehicle may have a compass display on
the Driver Information Center (DIC). The
Keep this area of the windshield clear of compass receives its heading and other
debris to allow for best system performance. information from the Global Positioning
To turn the Rain Sense feature on or off, see System (GPS) antenna, Electronic Stability
“Rain Sense Wipers” under Settings > Control (ESC), and vehicle speed information.
Vehicle > Comfort and Convenience > Rain The compass system is designed to operate
Sense > Enable/Disable. for a certain number of miles or degrees of
If Rain Sense is enabled in Settings, turning turn before needing a signal from the GPS
the wiper lever to INT will activate Rain satellites. When the compass display shows
Sense. CAL, drive the vehicle for a short distance in Rear of Front Center Console
an open area where it can receive a GPS
Front Surround Vision Camera Wash signal. The compass system will The vehicle has one accessory power outlet
automatically determine when a GPS signal under the climate control system and one
is restored and provide a heading again. accessory power outlet on the rear of the
center console, if equipped, inside the center
Clock console, if equipped, or on the rear of the
Set the time and date using the bench seat, if equipped.
infotainment system. See "Date/Time" under Lift the cover to access and replace when
Settings (Uplevel Radio) 0 182 or not in use.
If equipped, press L on the windshield Settings (Base Radio) 0 181.
wiper lever to spray washer fluid on the
front surround vision camera lens. See Power Outlets
Surround Vision System 0 255.
Accessory power outlets can be used to plug
in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone
or MP3 player.
{ Warning Caution
Power is always supplied to the outlets. Hanging heavy equipment from the
Do not leave electrical equipment power outlet can cause damage not
plugged in when the vehicle is not in use covered by the vehicle warranty. The
because the vehicle could catch fire and power outlets are designed for accessory
cause injury or death. power plugs only, such as cell phone
charge cords.
Caution Power Outlet 110/120-Volt Alternating

Leaving electrical equipment plugged in Current
for an extended period of time while the If equipped, the vehicle has two alternating
vehicle is off will drain the battery. current power outlets. Truck Bed Power Outlet
Always unplug electrical equipment when
When the ignition is on, power is supplied
not in use and do not plug in equipment to the outlets after the DC/AC switch is
that exceeds the maximum 15 amp pressed. A green indicator light on the DC/
rating. AC switch indicates when the DC/AC
operation is active. One power outlet can be
Certain power accessory plugs may not be used with electrical equipment that uses a
compatible with the accessory power outlet maximum of 400 watts. If both outlets are
and could overload vehicle or adapter fuses. being used, 400 watts will be shared
If a problem is experienced, see your dealer. between the outlets. Ensure that all
When adding electrical equipment, be sure connected devices do not exceed 400 watts.
to follow the proper installation instructions The power outlet can be turned off by
included with the equipment. See Add-On pressing the DC/AC switch. The power outlet
Electrical Equipment 0 307. In Cab Power Outlet and DC/AC Switch can be turned back on after 10 seconds,
during which the indicator light on the
switch will flash.

An indicator light on the outlet illuminates operates at 145 kHz and wirelessly charges normal operating temperature. Charging will
when power is provided to the outlet and one Qi compatible smartphone. The power automatically resume when a normal
no system fault is detected. The outlets will output of the system is capable of charging operating temperature is reached.
not operate when the ignition is off, the at a rate up to 3 amp (15 W), as requested
DC/AC switch is not pressed, or the plug is by the compatible smartphone. See Radio { Warning
not fully seated into the outlet. Frequency Statement 0 415.
Remove all objects from the charger
If equipment is connected using more than before charging your compatible
400 watts or a system fault is detected, a { Warning smartphone. Objects, such as coins, keys,
protection circuit shuts off the power supply Wireless charging may affect the rings, paper clips, or cards, between the
and the indicator light turns off. operation of an implanted pacemaker or smartphone and charger may become
Do not use a power outlet with a missing or other medical devices. If you have one, it very hot.
damaged cover. is recommended to consult with your
doctor before using the wireless charging On the rare occasion that the charging
The power outlet is not designed for the system does not detect an object, and
system.
following, and may not work properly if the object gets wedged between the
they are plugged in: smartphone and charger, remove the
The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,
. Equipment with high initial peak wattage, or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) must be smartphone and allow the object to cool
such as compressor-driven refrigerators active. The wireless charging feature may before removing it from the charger, to
and electric power tools not correctly indicate charging when the prevent burns.
. Other equipment requiring an extremely vehicle is in RAP, during a Bluetooth phone
stable power supply, such as call, or when phone projection (e.g. Apple
microcomputer-controlled electric blankets CarPlay / Android Auto) is active. See
and touch sensor lamps Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 220.
. Medical equipment The operating temperature is −40 °C (−40 °F)
to 85 °C (185 °F) for the charging system and
Wireless Charging 0 °C (32 °F) to 35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.
If equipped and enabled, the vehicle has A charging stopped alert may be displayed
wireless charging on the center console in on the infotainment screen, if the wireless
front of the cupholders. The system charger or smartphone are outside of

A thick smartphone case may prevent Software Acknowledgements
the charger from working, or reduce the Certain Wireless Charging Module product
charging performance. See your dealer from LG Electronics, Inc. ("LGE") contains the
for additional information. open source software detailed below. Refer
4. A green ] will appear on the to the indicated open source licenses (as are
infotainment display, next to the phone included following this notice) for the terms
icon. This indicates that the smartphone and conditions of their use.
is detected. OSS Notice Information
5. If a smartphone is placed on the charger
To obtain the source code that is contained
and ] turns off or turns yellow, remove in this product, please visit https://
the smartphone and any objects from opensource.lge.com. In addition to the
the pad. Turn the smartphone source code, all referred license terms,
To charge a compatible smartphone: 180 degrees and wait a few seconds warranty disclaimers and copyright notices
1. Confirm the smartphone is capable of before placing/aligning it on the pad are available for download. LG Electronics
wireless charging. again. will also provide open source code to you
2. Remove all objects from the charging 6. If a smartphone is placed on the charger on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of
pad. The system may not charge if there and ] turns red, the charger and/or the performing such distribution (such as the
are any objects between the smartphone smartphone is overheated. Remove the cost of media, shipping, and handling) upon
and charger. smartphone and any objects from the email request to opensource@lge.com. This
3. Place the smartphone face up against charger in order to cool the system. offer is valid for three (3) years from the
the rear of the charger. date on which you purchased the product.
The smartphone may become warm during
To maximize the charge rate, ensure the charging. This is normal. In warmer
smartphone is fully seated and centered temperatures, the speed of charging may be
in the holder with nothing under it. reduced.

Freescale-WCT library THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights reserved. "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED Indicators
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
Redistribution and use in source and binary Warning lights and gauges can signal that
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
forms, with or without modification, are something is wrong before it becomes
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
permitted provided that the following serious enough to cause an expensive repair
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
conditions are met: or replacement. Paying attention to the
NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER
warning lights and gauges could prevent
1. Redistributions of source code must OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
injury.
retain the above copyright notice, this DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
list of conditions and the following EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES Some warning lights come on briefly when
disclaimer. (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, the engine is started to indicate they are
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR working. When one of the warning lights
2. Redistributions in binary form must
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; comes on and stays on while driving,
reproduce the above copyright notice,
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER or when one of the gauges shows there
this list of conditions and the following
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, may be a problem, check the section that
disclaimer in the documentation and/or
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs
other materials provided with the
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR can be costly and even dangerous.
distribution.
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF
3. Neither the name of the copyright holder THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
nor the names of its contributors may be ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
used to endorse or promote products DAMAGE.
derived from this software without
specific prior written permission.

Instrument Cluster (Base Level)
English Base Level Shown, Metric Similar
1. Tachometer 0 116 7. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base

2. Engine Oil Pressure Gauge 0 117 Level) 0 132 or
3. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Driver Information Center (DIC)
0 118 (Uplevel) 0 133
4. Fuel Gauge 0 116
5. Voltmeter Gauge 0 119
6. Speedometer 0 116

Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) Reconfigurable Instrument Cluster
The instrument cluster layout can be
changed. There are four display
configurations to choose from: Classic,
Progressive, Digital, and Clean. The Classic,
Progressive, and Digital, layouts may also be
configured with one, two, or four gauges.
See “Lower Gauges” under “Options.” The
Clean layout will only display the fuel
gauge. Use the steering wheel control to
move between the different display zones
and scroll through the different displays. See
“Display Layout” under “Options.”
. Classic configuration displays a larger
speedometer and tachometer on the far
left and right sides of the display. There
are info display areas inside of the
speedometer and tachometer. The DIC
area is located in the center of the
English Classic Display Shown, Others and Metric Similar display.
. Progressive configuration displays a
1. Speedometer 0 116 Transmission Temperature Gauge smaller speedometer and tachometer on
2. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base (Uplevel only) 0 119 the far left and right sides of the display.
Level) 0 132 or 6. Fuel Gauge 0 116 There are info display areas inside of the
Driver Information Center (DIC) speedometer and tachometer. The DIC
7. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
(Uplevel) 0 133 area is larger and located in the center of
0 118
3. Tachometer 0 116
the display.
4. Engine Oil Pressure Gauge 0 117
5. Voltmeter Gauge 0 119

. Digital configuration displays the info Press o or p to access the instrument pounds per square inch (psi). If the pressure
display areas on the far left and right cluster applications. Use the thumbwheel to is low, the value for that tire is shown in
sides of the display. The DIC area is larger scroll through the list of available amber.
and located in the center of the display. applications. Press the thumbwheel to select. Average Fuel Economy : Displays the
. Clean configuration is a simplified display Not all applications or features are available approximate average liters per
that has a digital speed in the center. The on all vehicles. 100 kilometers (L/100 km), kilometers per
DIC area is located on the far right of the . Info App. This is where the selected Driver liter (km/L), or miles per gallon (mpg). This
display. Information Center (DIC) displays can be number is calculated based on the value
Cluster Menu viewed. See Driver Information Center recorded since the last time this menu item
(DIC) (Base Level) 0 132 or Driver was reset in the Fuel Economy info page.
There are interactive display areas in the Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 133. This number reflects only the approximate
instrument cluster. Locations vary by the . Audio average fuel economy that the vehicle has
selected display layout. at that moment, and changes as driving
. Navigation
conditions change.
. Phone
. Options Transmission Fluid Temperature : Shows the
temperature of the automatic transmission
Left/Right Side Info fluid in either degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees
Information displayed here can be Fahrenheit (°F).
customized from the Options menu. See Drive Mode Enhanced : Displays the state of
“Options” below. the drive mode, ride height, and transfer
Compass : If equipped, shows the direction case. This info is only available as a right
the vehicle is heading. This info is the side option and is the default selection for
default option for the left side. the right side.
Time & Outside Temperature : Displays the None : Displays the info area as empty.
current time and outside air temperature.
Use the right steering wheel control to open
and scroll through the different items and Tire Pressure : Shows the approximate
displays. pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is
displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or in

Audio Lower Gauges : Choose one of three gauge Once the speed is set, this feature can be
Browse music, select from the favorites, configurations by pressing the thumbwheel turned off by pressing the thumbwheel
or change the audio source. Use the while the desired item is highlighted. The while viewing this page. If the selected
thumbwheel to change the station or go to selected configuration will be displayed at speed limit is exceeded, a pop-up warning is
the next or previous track. the bottom of the display. displayed with a chime.
Navigation Maximum displays fuel level, coolant Speed Sign Display : Shows sign
temperature, engine oil pressure, and information, which comes from a roadway
If there is an active route, the Turn-by-Turn battery voltage. Transmission fluid database in the onboard navigation system,
directions will appear on the Navigation temperature displays instead of battery if equipped. The sign will show “− −” when
Page, if there is no active route a compass voltage while in Tow Haul mode. offline maps are unavailable. See Maps
will be displayed. 0 165.
Medium displays fuel level, and coolant
Phone temperature. Head-up Display (HUD) : If equipped, this
If there is no active phone call, view recent Minimum displays only the fuel level. feature allows for adjusting the angle of the
calls, or scroll through contacts. HUD image and changing or turning off the
Info Page Options : Press the thumbwheel Speed Limit Sign.
Options to select the items to be displayed in the
Info app. See Driver Information Center (DIC) HUD Rotation: Press the thumbwheel while
Use the thumbwheel to scroll through items Adjust Rotation is highlighted to enter
in the Options menu. (Base Level) 0 132 or Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 133. Adjust Mode. Scroll to adjust the angle of
Display Layout : Choose Classic, Progressive, the HUD display. Press the thumbwheel to
Digital, and Clean layout by pressing the Units : Choose US or metric units by confirm and save the setting. This feature
thumbwheel while the desired item is pressing the thumbwheel while the desired may only be available in P (Park).
highlighted. Exit the Layout menu by item is highlighted.
Speed Limit Style: Press the thumbwheel
pressing o. Speed Warning : Allows the driver to set a while Speed Limit Style is highlighted to
speed that they do not want to exceed. To change the speed sign style or to turn it off.
Left/Right Side Info : Press the thumbwheel
set the Speed Warning press the
to select the items to be displayed in the Software Information : Displays open source
thumbwheel when Speed Warning is
display areas. See "Left/Right Side Info" software information.
displayed. Use the thumbwheel to adjust
previously in this section.
the value and press to set the speed. Reset To Defaults : Allows the driver to
reset to default settings.

Speedometer Fuel Gauge
The speedometer shows the vehicle speed in
either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
per hour (mph).
Odometer
Metric Uplevel
The odometer shows how far the vehicle has
been driven, in either kilometers or miles.
Trip Odometer
The trip odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven since the trip
odometer was last reset.
Metric Base Level English Uplevel
The trip odometer is accessed and reset
through the Driver Information Center (DIC).
When the ignition is on, the fuel gauge
See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
indicates the approximate amount of fuel
Level) 0 132 or Driver Information Center
left in the tank.
(DIC) (Uplevel) 0 133.
There is an arrow near the fuel gauge
Tachometer pointing to the side of the vehicle the fuel
door is on.
The tachometer displays the engine speed in
revolutions per minute (rpm). When the indicator nears empty, the low
fuel light comes on. There still is a little fuel
left, but the vehicle should be refueled soon.
English Base Level


The fuel gauge may: Engine Oil Pressure Gauge
. Take a little more, or less fuel to fill up
than it indicates. For example, the gauge
may have indicated the tank is half full,
but it actually takes a little more, or less
than half the tank's capacity to fill
the tank. Metric Uplevel
. Moves a little while turning a corner,
speeding up, or braking.
. Takes a few seconds to stabilize after the
ignition is turned on and goes back to
empty when the ignition is turned off.
These are normal conditions, none of which
indicate a problem with the fuel gauge. Metric Base Level English Uplevel
Fuel Range
The engine oil pressure gauge shows the
The uplevel instrument cluster has a engine oil pressure in kPa (kilopascals)
estimated fuel range located in the bottom or psi (pounds per square inch) when the
center of the display. The fuel range is engine is running.
displayed with the approximate distance the
vehicle can be driven without refueling. The Oil pressure can vary with engine speed,
fuel range estimate is based on an average outside temperature, coolant temperature,
of the vehicle’s fuel economy over recent and oil viscosity.
driving history and the amount of fuel On some models, the oil pump will vary
remaining in the fuel tank. engine oil pressure according to engine
When the estimated fuel range is low, the needs. Oil pressure may change quickly as
range shows LOW and a message may also the engine speed or load varies. This is
display in the Driver Information English Base Level normal. If the oil pressure warning light or
Center (DIC). Driver Information Center (DIC) message

indicates oil pressure outside the normal Engine Coolant Temperature
operating range, check the engine oil as
soon as possible. Gauge
See Engine Oil 0 315.
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil maintenance Metric Uplevel
can damage the engine. Driving with the
engine oil low can also damage the
engine. The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil
level as soon as possible. Add oil if
required, but if the oil level is within the
operating range and the oil pressure is
English Uplevel
still low, have the vehicle serviced. Metric Base Level
Always follow the maintenance schedule This gauge measures the temperature of the
for changing engine oil. vehicle's engine coolant.
While driving under normal operating
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the
conditions, if the needle moves into the red
Duramax diesel supplement.
warning area, the engine is too hot. Pull off
Uplevel the road, stop the vehicle, and turn off the
This gauge displays while the lower gauges engine as soon as possible.
are configured to display four gauges. To
change gauge configurations, see “Options”
under Instrument Cluster (Base Level) 0 112
or Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) 0 113.
English Base Level


Transmission Temperature Gauge The transmission temperature gauge shows
the transmission fluid temperature. If the
(Uplevel only) gauge is reading in the red area and/or a
message appears in the Driver Information
Center (DIC), the vehicle must be stopped
and the cause checked. One possible cause is
a low fluid level in the transmission. Uplevel
Caution When the ignition is on, this gauge indicates
Transmission Temperature Gauge Do not drive the vehicle while the the battery voltage.
(Uplevel only) transmission fluid is overheating, or the When the engine is running, this gauge
transmission can be damaged. This could shows the condition of the charging system.
lead to costly repairs that would not be The gauge can transition from a higher to
covered by the warranty. lower or a lower to higher reading. This is
normal. If the vehicle is operating outside
Voltmeter Gauge the normal operating range, the charging
system light comes on. See Charging System
Light 0 122. The voltmeter gauge may also
Transmission Temperature Gauge read lower when in fuel economy mode.
(Uplevel only) This is normal.
This gauge displays while the vehicle is in Readings outside the normal operating
the Tow/Haul driver mode, and the lower range can also occur when a large number
gauges are configured to display four of electrical accessories are operating in the
gauges. The transmission fluid temperature vehicle and the engine is left idling for an
is also selectable as Left/Right side info. To extended period. This condition is normal
change gauge configurations, see “Options” since the charging system is not able to
under Instrument Cluster (Base Level) 0 112 provide full power at engine idle. As engine
or Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) 0 113. speeds are increased, this condition should
Base Level

correct itself as higher engine speeds allow When the vehicle is started, this light
the charging system to create maximum flashes and a chime may come on to remind
power. passengers to fasten their seat belt.
The vehicle can only be driven for a short Then the light stays on solid until the belt is
time with the readings outside the normal buckled. This cycle continues several times if
operating range. If the vehicle must be the front passenger remains or becomes
driven, turn off all accessories, such as the When the vehicle is started, this light unbuckled while the vehicle is moving.
radio and air conditioner. flashes and a chime may come on to remind If the front passenger seat belt is buckled,
Readings outside the normal operating the driver to fasten their seat belt. neither the chime nor the light comes on.
range indicate a possible problem in the Then the light stays on solid until the belt is The front passenger seat belt reminder light
electrical system. Have the vehicle serviced buckled. This cycle may continue several and chime may come on if an object is put
as soon as possible. times if the driver remains or becomes on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag,
Uplevel unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic
This gauge displays while the lower gauges If the driver seat belt is buckled, neither the device. To turn off the reminder light and/or
are configured to display four gauges. When light nor the chime comes on. chime, remove the object from the seat or
the vehicle is in the Tow/Haul driver mode buckle the seat belt.
Front Passenger Seat Belt Reminder
this gauge is replaced by the transmission Light Second Row Passenger Seat Belt
temperature gauge. To change gauge Reminder Lights
configurations, see “Options” under The vehicle may have a front passenger seat
Instrument Cluster (Base Level) 0 112 or belt reminder light near the passenger The vehicle may have second row passenger
Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) 0 113. airbag status indicator. See Passenger seat belt reminder lights.
Sensing System 0 69.
Seat Belt Reminders
Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light
There is a driver seat belt reminder light on
the instrument cluster.

Base Level Instrument Cluster stay on solid or flash, and a chime may
come on if the rear passenger remains
unbuckled, or becomes unbuckled, when the
vehicle is moving. An X indicates the seat
belt is not buckled. A check mark indicates
the seat belt is buckled.
If all rear passenger seat belts are buckled, The airbag readiness light comes on for
neither the chime nor the lights come on. several seconds when the vehicle is started.
When the vehicle is started, these lights
For information on the front seat belt If the light does not come on then, have it
come on solid to remind rear passengers to
reminder lights, see "Driver Seat Belt fixed immediately.
fasten their seat belts. Then each light may
stay on solid or flash, and a chime may Reminder Light" and "Front Passenger Seat
come on if the rear passenger remains Belt Reminder Light" listed previously. { Warning
unbuckled, or becomes unbuckled, when the If the airbag readiness light stays on
vehicle is moving. A shaded or green light Airbag Readiness Light after the vehicle is started or comes on
indicates the seat belt is buckled. This light shows if there is an electrical while driving, it means the airbag system
If all rear seat positions are buckled, neither problem with the airbag system. It is might not be working properly. The
the chime nor the lights will come on. located in the instrument cluster. The airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in
system check includes the airbag sensor(s), a crash, or they could even inflate
Uplevel Instrument Cluster the passenger sensing system, the without a crash. To help avoid injury,
pretensioners, the airbag modules, the have the vehicle serviced right away.
wiring, and the crash sensing and diagnostic
module. For more information on the airbag If there is a problem with the airbag
system, see Airbag System 0 64. system, a Driver Information Center (DIC)
message may also come on.
When the vehicle is started, these lights

come on solid to remind rear passengers to
fasten their seat belts. Then each light may

Passenger Airbag Status Indicator will light either ON or OFF, or either the on
Warning (Continued)
or off symbol, to let you know the status of
The vehicle has a passenger sensing system. the front outboard passenger frontal airbag. away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 121
See Passenger Sensing System 0 69 for
If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on for more information, including important
important safety information. The overhead
the passenger airbag status indicator, it safety information.
console has a passenger airbag status
indicator. means that the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is allowed to inflate. Charging System Light
If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on
the passenger airbag status indicator, it
means that the passenger sensing system
has turned off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag.
United States If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there are no The charging system light comes on briefly
lights at all, or if the airbag readiness light when the ignition is turned on, but the
is on, there may be a problem with the engine is not running, as a check to show
lights or the passenger sensing system. See the light is working. It should go out when
your dealer for service right away. the engine is started.
If the light stays on, or comes on while
{ Warning driving, there may be a problem with the
Canada If the airbag readiness light ever comes electrical charging system. Have it checked
on and stays on, it means that by your dealer. Driving while this light is on
When the vehicle is started, the passenger
something may be wrong with the airbag could drain the battery.
airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF,
or the symbols for on and off, for several system. To help avoid injury to yourself When this light comes on, or is flashing, the
seconds as a system check. Then, after or others, have the vehicle serviced right Driver Information Center (DIC) also displays
several more seconds, the status indicator (Continued) a message.

If a short distance must be driven with the To help prevent damage, reduce vehicle
light on, be sure to turn off all accessories,
Caution speed and avoid hard accelerations and
such as the radio and air conditioner. Find a If the vehicle is driven continually with uphill grades. If towing a trailer, reduce the
safe place to stop the vehicle. this light on, the emission control system amount of cargo being hauled as soon as
may not work as well, the fuel economy possible.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp may be lower, and the vehicle may not If the light continues to flash, find a safe
(Check Engine Light) run smoothly. This could lead to costly place to park. Turn the vehicle off and wait
repairs that might not be covered by the at least 10 seconds before restarting the
This light is part of the vehicle’s emission
control on-board diagnostic system. If this vehicle warranty. engine. If the light is still flashing, follow
light is on while the engine is running, a the previous guidelines and see your dealer
malfunction has been detected and the for service as soon as possible.
Caution
vehicle may require service. The light should If the light is on steady : A malfunction has
come on to show that it is working when Modifications to the engine, transmission,
been detected. Diagnosis and service may be
the ignition is on and the engine is not exhaust, intake, or fuel system, or the required.
running. See Ignition Positions 0 216. use of replacement tires that do not
meet the original tire specifications, can Check the following:
cause this light to come on. This could . If fuel has been added to the vehicle
lead to costly repairs not covered by the using the capless funnel adapter, make
vehicle warranty. This could also affect sure that it has been removed. See
the vehicle’s ability to pass an Emissions “Filling the Tank with a Portable Gas Can”
Inspection/Maintenance test. See under Filling the Tank (Chassis Cab and
Accessories and Modifications 0 311. Box Delete Models) 0 276 or
Malfunctions are often indicated by the Filling the Tank (Pickup Models) 0 274.
system before any problem is noticeable. If the light is flashing : A malfunction has The diagnostic system can detect if the
Being aware of the light and seeking service been detected that could damage the adapter has been left installed in the
promptly when it comes on may prevent emission control system and increase vehicle vehicle, allowing fuel to evaporate into
damage. emissions. Diagnosis and service may be the atmosphere. A few driving trips with
required. the adapter removed may turn off the
light.

. Poor fuel quality can cause inefficient operation. See Add-On Electrical Equipment This light comes on briefly when the vehicle
engine operation and poor driveability, 0 307. See your dealer if assistance is is turned on to show that the light is
which may go away once the engine is needed. working. If it does not come on then, have
warmed up. If this occurs, change the fuel it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if
The vehicle may not pass inspection if:
brand. It may require at least one full there is a problem.
tank of the proper fuel to turn the light . The light is on when the engine is
running. If the light comes on and stays on, there is
off. See Recommended Fuel 0 273.
. The light does not come on when the a brake problem. Have the brake system
If the light remains on, see your dealer. inspected right away. This light may come
ignition is on while the engine is off.
on if the brake fluid is low. See Brake Fluid
Emissions Inspection and Maintenance . Critical emission control systems have not
0 327.
Programs been completely diagnosed. If this
happens, the vehicle would not be ready If the light comes on while driving, pull off
If the vehicle requires an Emissions the road and stop carefully. The brake pedal
for inspection and might require
Inspection/Maintenance test, the test might be harder to push, or the brake pedal
several days of routine driving before the
equipment will likely connect to the may go closer to the floor. It could take
system is ready for inspection. This can
vehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC). longer to stop. If the light is still on, have
happen if the 12-volt battery has recently
been replaced or run down, or if the the vehicle towed for service. See
vehicle has been recently serviced. Transporting a Disabled Vehicle 0 381.
See your dealer if the vehicle will not pass
or cannot be made ready for the test. { Warning
The brake system might not be working
Brake System Warning Light properly if the brake system warning
The DLC is under the instrument panel to light is on. Driving with the brake system
the left of the steering wheel. Connecting warning light on can lead to a crash.
devices that are not used to perform an If the light is still on after the vehicle has
Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to been pulled off the road and carefully
service the vehicle may affect vehicle stopped, have the vehicle towed for
service.
Metric English

Electric Parking Brake Light This light may come on briefly when the Engagement of the 4WD front axle lock will
vehicle is turned on. If it does not come on, disable ABS and illuminate the ABS warning
have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if light. The ABS warning light will turn off
there is a problem. when the front axle lock is disengaged.
If this light stays on or comes on while If the ABS warning light stays on, or comes
driving, there is a problem with the Electric on again while driving, the vehicle needs
Parking Brake (EPB). Take the vehicle to a service. A chime may also sound when the
Metric English dealer as soon as possible. In addition to the light stays on.
parking brake, other safety functions that If the ABS warning light is the only light on,
This light comes on when the parking brake utilize the EPB may also be degraded. the vehicle has regular brakes, but ABS is
is applied. If the light continues flashing A message may also display in the Driver not functioning.
after the parking brake is released, or while Information Center (DIC). See Electric Parking
driving, there is a problem with the Electric Brake 0 234. If both the ABS warning light and the brake
Parking Brake system. A message may also system warning light are on, ABS is not
display in the Driver Information Antilock Brake System (ABS) functioning and there is a problem with the
Center (DIC). Warning Light regular brakes. See your dealer for service.
If the light does not come on, or remains See Brake System Warning Light 0 124.
flashing, see your dealer.
Four-Wheel-Drive Light
Service Electric Parking Brake
Light
This light comes on briefly when the vehicle

is turned on to show that the light is
working. If it does not come on then, have
Auto Mode Shown, Other Modes Similar
it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if
there is a problem.

If equipped, the four-wheel-drive light Hill Descent Control Light See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 0 271.
displays what mode the vehicle is in. The
light will show each mode: 2WD, 4HI, AUTO Automatic Emergency Braking
(active transfer case only); 4LOW and N (AEB) Disabled Light
(active transfer case only).
The light will flash when a shift is in
progress. Once the shift is complete the
light will be steady.
If equipped, the Hill Descent Control light
If the light turns amber, there may be a comes on when the system is ready for use.
malfunction with the four-wheel-drive When the light flashes, the system is active.
system. See your dealer. This indicator displays when you turn off
See Hill Descent Control (HDC) 0 237.
See Four-Wheel Drive 0 227. Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) or Front
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Pedestrian Braking (FPB).
Tow/Haul Mode Light
Light This indicator will also display if AEB or FPB
is unavailable due to malfunction, weather
conditions, or if the windshield is not clean.
See Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
0 266.
See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System
0 267.
For vehicles with the Tow/Haul Mode Base Level Uplevel
feature, this light comes on when the Tow/
Haul Mode has been activated. This light is green if LDW is on and ready to
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 227. operate.
This light changes to amber and flashes to
indicate that the lane marking has been
crossed without using a turn signal in that
direction.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator Traction Off Light Traction Control System (TCS)/
Electronic Stability Control Light
If equipped, this indicator will display green This light comes on briefly when the vehicle
when a vehicle is detected ahead and amber is turned on to show that the light is This light comes on briefly when the vehicle
when you are following a vehicle ahead working. If it does not come on then, have is turned on to show that the light is
much too closely. it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if working. If it does not come on then, have
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System there is a problem. it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if
0 264. The traction off light comes on when the there is a problem.
Traction Control System (TCS) has been If the light is on and not flashing, the TCS
Pedestrian Ahead Indicator turned off. If Electronic Stability Control and potentially the ESC system are not fully
(ESC) is turned off, TCS is also turned off. To operational and may not assist in
turn TCS and ESC off and on, see Traction maintaining control. Adjust driving
Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 236. accordingly. If the condition persists, see
If TCS is off, wheel slip during acceleration is your dealer as soon as possible. A Driver
not limited unless necessary to help protect Information Center (DIC) message may
the driveline from damage. Adjust driving display.
If equipped, this indicator will display amber accordingly. The light flashes when the TCS and/or the
when a nearby pedestrian is detected in ESC system is actively working.
front of the vehicle. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability
See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System Control 0 236.
0 267.

Trailer Sway Control Light (Uplevel This light comes on when the Electronic
Caution
Cluster) Stability Control (ESC) system is turned off.
If ESC is off, the Traction Control System The engine coolant temperature warning
(TCS) is also off. To turn ESC off and on, see light indicates that the vehicle has
Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control overheated. Driving with this light on can
0 236. damage the engine and it may not be
If ESC and TCS are off, the systems do not covered by the vehicle warranty. See
assist in controlling the vehicle. Adjust Engine Overheating 0 322.
driving accordingly.
This light will flash when Trailer Sway The engine coolant temperature warning
Control is active. See Trailer Sway Control Engine Coolant Temperature light comes on when the engine has
(TSC) 0 295. overheated.
Warning Light
If this happens, pull over and let the engine
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) idle. See Engine Overheating 0 322.
Off Light
Driver Mode Control Light
This light comes on briefly while starting

the vehicle.
This light comes on briefly when the vehicle If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by
is turned on to show that the light is your dealer. If the system is working This light comes on when Normal Mode is
working. If it does not come on then, have normally the indicator light goes off. selected.
it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if
there is a problem.

If equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitor Engine Oil Pressure Light (Uplevel
System (TPMS), this light comes on briefly
when the vehicle is started. It provides Cluster)
information about tire pressures and
the TPMS.
Caution
Driving the vehicle with low engine oil
When the Light Is On Steady
pressure can damage the engine and the
This light comes on when Snow Mode is This indicates that one or more of the tires repairs would not be covered by the
selected. are significantly underinflated. vehicle warranty.
A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire If the engine oil pressure light comes on
pressure message may also display. Stop as while driving:
soon as possible, and inflate the tires to the
pressure value shown on the Tire and 1. Stop in a safe location and turn off
Loading Information label. See Tire Pressure the engine.
0 351. 2. Check the oil level. See Engine Oil
This light comes on when Off-Road Mode is When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On 0 315.
selected. Steady 3. Add oil if the oil level is below the
See Driver Mode Control 0 238. If the light flashes for about a minute and normal operating range.
then stays on, there may be a problem with 4. Restart the vehicle. If the engine oil
Tire Pressure Light the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, pressure light stays on for more
the light will come on every time the than 10 seconds, turn the vehicle
vehicle is started. See Tire Pressure Monitor back off. Do not restart the vehicle.
Operation 0 352. See your dealer for service.

It also comes on when the fuel gauge High-Beam On Light
indicator nears empty. The light turns off
when fuel is added. If it does not, have the
vehicle serviced.
Security Light
This light should come on briefly when the
engine starts. When the engine is off and
the vehicle is on, the light should remain This light comes on when the high-beam
illuminated. If it does not come on under headlamps are in use. See Headlamp High/
either condition, contact your dealer. Low-Beam Changer 0 145.
If the light comes on and stays on when the IntelliBeam Light
engine is running, it may not have adequate The security light should come on briefly as
oil pressure. The oil level may be low or the engine is started. If it does not come on,
there may be some other oil system have the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
problem. Turn the engine off when it is safe If the system is working normally, the
to do so and contact your dealer. indicator light turns off.
Low Fuel Warning Light If the light stays on and the engine does
not start, there could be a problem with the
theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer This light comes on when the IntelliBeam
Operation 0 33. system, if equipped, is enabled. See Exterior
Lamp Controls 0 143.
A Low Fuel Warning Light near the fuel

gauge comes on briefly when the ignition is
turned on as a check to show it is working.

Front Fog Lamp Light Cruise Control Light Curve Speed Control Light
For vehicles with fog lamps, this light comes The cruise control light is white when the If equipped, this light may illuminate green
on when the fog lamps are turned on. cruise control is on and ready, and turns when ACC is actively controlling the vehicle
green when the cruise control is set and speed and detects a sharp curve on the road
The light goes out when the fog lamps are ahead.
turned off. See Fog Lamps 0 148. active.
See Cruise Control 0 240. ACC automatically slows the vehicle down
Lamps On Reminder while navigating the curve and may increase
Adaptive Cruise Control Light speed out of the curve, but will not exceed
the set speed.
See Adaptive Cruise Control (Camera) 0 242.
Door Ajar Light
This light comes on when the exterior lamps Base Level Uplevel
are in use, except when only the Daytime
Running Lamps (DRL) are active. See Exterior This light is white when the Adaptive Cruise
Lamp Controls 0 143. Control (ACC, if equipped) is on and ready,
and turns green when the ACC is set and
active. This light comes on when a door is open or
not securely latched. Before driving, check
that all doors are properly closed.

Information Displays Digital Speedometer Tire Pressure
The speedometer shows how fast the Turn the trip odometer reset stem until a
Driver Information Center (DIC) vehicle is moving in either kilometers per vehicle with the approximate pressures of all
(Base Level) hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). The four tires displays. Tire pressure is displayed
speedometer cannot be reset. in either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per
The DIC displays are shown in the center of square inch (psi).
the instrument cluster. The displays show Trip 1 or 2 and Average Fuel Economy
the status of many vehicle systems. The trip Turn the trip odometer reset stem until TRIP See Tire Pressure Monitor System 0 352 and
odometer reset stem in the instrument 1 or TRIP 2 displays. The current distance Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 352.
cluster is used to access the DIC menu traveled, in either kilometers (km) or Remaining Oil Life
items. miles (mi), since the last reset for the trip Turn the trip odometer reset stem until
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the odometer is shown, as well as the average REMAINING OIL LIFE displays. An estimate of
Duramax diesel supplement for more fuel economy. The trip odometer and the the oil's remaining useful life is shown.
information. average fuel economy can be reset by REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% means 99% of the
pressing and holding the trip odometer current oil life remains.
DIC Menu Items reset stem.
When the remaining oil life is low, the
Turn the trip odometer reset stem to scroll Fuel Range CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will
through the following menu items: This display shows the approximate distance appear on the display. The oil should be
. Digital Speedometer the vehicle can be driven without refueling. changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil
. Trip 1/2 The fuel range estimate is based on an 0 315. In addition to the engine oil life
. Fuel Range average of the vehicle's fuel economy over system monitoring the oil life, additional
. Tire Pressure recent driving history and the amount of maintenance is recommended. See
fuel remaining in the fuel tank. Fuel range Maintenance Schedule 0 396.
. Remaining Oil Life
cannot be reset. The Oil Life display must be reset after each
. Air Filter Life
. Brake Pad Life
oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not
reset the Oil Life display at any time other
than when the oil has just been changed.

It cannot be reset accurately until the next Brake Pad Life display after replacing the o or p : Press to move left or right
oil change. To reset, see Engine Oil Life brake pads. See Brake Pad Life System between the interactive display zones in the
System 0 317. 0 326. instrument cluster. Press the thumbwheel to
Air Filter Life select.
Driver Information Center (DIC)
Turn the trip odometer reset stem until AIR (Uplevel) w or x : Use the thumbwheel to scroll up
FILTER LIFE displays. This displays an or down in a list. Press the thumbwheel to
estimate of the engine air filter’s remaining The DIC displays are shown in the center of open a menu or select a menu item. Press
useful life and the state of the system. the instrument cluster in the Info app. See and hold to reset values on certain screens.
Engine Air Filter Life 95% means 95% of the Instrument Cluster (Base Level) 0 112 or
current air filter life remains. Messages will Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) 0 113. The Info Page Options
display based on the engine air filter life displays show the status of many vehicle The info pages on the DIC can be turned on
and the state of the system. systems. or off through the Options menu.
When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the 1. Press o or p to scroll to the Options
message displays, the engine air filter Duramax diesel supplement. application.
should be replaced at the time of the next
2. Scroll w or x to choose Info pages and
oil change. When the REPLACE SOON
message displays, the engine air filter press the thumbwheel.
should be replaced at the earliest 3. Scroll w or x to move through the list
convenience. of possible information displays.
The Air Filter Life display must be reset after 4. Press the thumbwheel, while an item is
the engine air filter replacement. To reset, highlighted, to select or deselect
see Engine Air Filter Life System 0 318. that item.
Brake Pad Life The info pages can also be turned on or off
through the DIC page Info Page Options.
This displays an estimate of the remaining
life of the front and rear brake pads.
Messages will display based on brake pad
wear and the state of the system. Reset the

Info Pages Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average Fuel Economy, and Press the thumbwheel while this display is
Average Speed : Shows the current distance active to reset the timer.
The following is the list of all possible DIC
traveled, in either kilometers (km) or Tire Pressure : Shows the approximate
info page displays. Some may not be
miles (mi), since the trip odometer was last pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is
available for your particular vehicle. Some
reset. displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or in
items may not be turned on by default but
can be turned on through the Options app. The Average Fuel Economy display shows pounds per square inch (psi). If the pressure
See “Info Page Options” earlier in this the approximate average liters per is low, the value for that tire is shown in
section. 100 kilometers (L/100 km), kilometers per amber. See Tire Pressure Monitor System
liter (km/L), or miles per gallon (mpg). This 0 352 and
Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in either
number is calculated based on the value Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 352.
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per
recorded since the last time this menu item Fuel Economy : Displays average fuel
hour (mph).
was reset. This number reflects only the economy, the best fuel economy over the
Drive Summary : Displays the current approximate average fuel economy that the selected distance, and a bar graph showing
distance traveled, in either kilometers (km) vehicle has at that moment, and changes as instantaneous fuel economy.
or miles (mi). driving conditions change.
Press the thumbwheel to change the
It also includes the Average Fuel Economy. Average Speed shows the average speed of selected distance. This display can be reset
Average Fuel Economy shows the the vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) or by selecting Reset in the menu.
approximate average liters per miles per hour (mph). This average is
100 kilometers (L/100 km), kilometers per calculated based on various vehicle speeds Driver Assistance : If equipped, shows
liter (km/L), or miles per gallon (mpg). This recorded since the last reset of this value. information for Adaptive Cruise Control
number only reflects the approximate (ACC), Lane Departure Warning (LDW),
Press the thumbwheel while this display is Forward Collision Alert (FCA), and Follow
Average Fuel Economy that the vehicle has
active to reset the values. Distance Indicator(FDI).
at that moment, and changes as driving
conditions change. Timer : To start the timer, press the Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the
thumbwheel while this display is active. The remaining oil life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE
The timer shows the time in the current
display will show the amount of time that 99% is displayed, that means 99% of the
drive cycle.
has passed since the timer was last reset. To current oil life remains.
All values in the Drive Summary are stop the timer, press the thumbwheel
automatically reset each time the vehicle is briefly while this display is active and the
started. timer is running.

When the remaining oil life is low, the system. When the REPLACE SOON message Transmission Fluid Temperature : Shows the
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will displays, the engine air filter should be temperature of the automatic transmission
appear on the display. The oil should be replaced at the earliest convenience. fluid in either degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees
changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil The Air Filter Life display must be reset after Fahrenheit (°F).
0 315. In addition to the engine oil life the engine air filter replacement. To reset, Info Page Options : Scroll to choose which
system monitoring the oil life, additional see Engine Air Filter Life System 0 318. info pages appear on the DIC. Press the
maintenance is recommended. See thumbwheel to select or deselect.
Maintenance Schedule 0 396. Trailer Brake : On vehicles with the
Integrated Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) Blank Page : Shows no information.
The Oil Life display must be reset after each system, the trailer brake display appears in
oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not the DIC. Head-Up Display (HUD)
reset the Oil Life display at any time other
than when the oil has just been changed. TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer gain setting.
It cannot be reset accurately until the next This setting can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 { Warning
oil change. To reset, see Engine Oil Life with either a trailer connected or If the HUD image is too bright or too
System 0 317. disconnected. high in your field of view, it may take
OUTPUT shows the power output to the you more time to see things you need to
Brake Pad Life : Displays an estimate of the
remaining life of the front and rear brake trailer any time a trailer with electric brakes see when it is dark outside. Be sure to
pads. Messages will display based on brake is connected. Output is displayed as a bar keep the HUD image dim and placed low
pad wear and the state of the system. Reset graph. Dotted lines may appear in the in your field of view.
the Brake Pad Life display after replacing the OUTPUT display if a trailer is not connected.
brake pads. See Brake Pad Life System If equipped with HUD, some information
Off Road : If equipped, displays vehicle pitch about the operation of the vehicle is
0 326. and roll information, road wheel angle, and projected onto the windshield. The image is
Air Filter Life : Shows an estimate of the four-wheel drive (4WD) status. If the vehicle projected through the HUD lens on top of
remaining engine air filter’s life and the has low traction, a low traction indicator the instrument panel. The information
state of the system. Engine Air Filter Life and the wheels affected will display amber appears as an image focused out toward the
95% means 95% of the current air filter life in the Off-Road page. front of the vehicle.
remains. Messages will display based on the Engine Hours (Hourmeter) : Shows the total
engine air filter life and the state of the number of hours the engine has run. This
display also shows the engine idle hours.

Caution
If you try to use the HUD image as a
parking aid, you may misjudge the
distance and damage your vehicle. Do not
use the HUD image as a parking aid.
The HUD information can be displayed in

various languages. The speedometer reading
and other numerical values can be displayed The HUD control is to the left of the
in either English or metric units. steering wheel.
The language selection is changed through To adjust the HUD image:
the radio, and the units of measurement are HUD Display on the Windshield
changed through the instrument cluster. See 1. Adjust the driver seat.
Settings (Uplevel Radio) 0 182 or Depending on how the vehicle is equipped, 2. Start the engine.
Settings (Base Radio) 0 181 and “Options” the HUD may display some of the following 3. Use the following settings to adjust
under Instrument Cluster (Base Level) 0 112 vehicle information and vehicle messages or the HUD.
or Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) 0 113. alerts:
. Speed $ : Press or pull to center the HUD image.
. Audio The HUD image can only be adjusted up and
down, not side to side.
. Phone
. Navigation ! : Press to select the display view. Each
. Driver Assistance Features press will change the display view.
. Vehicle Messages D : Pull and hold to brighten the display.
Some vehicle messages or alerts displayed in Press and hold to dim the display. Continue
the HUD may be cleared by using the to hold to turn the display off.
steering wheel controls.

The HUD image will automatically dim and HUD Views
brighten to compensate for outside lighting. There are four views in the HUD. Some
Use D to adjust as needed. vehicle information and vehicle messages or
The HUD image can temporarily light up alerts may be displayed in any view.
depending on the angle and position of
sunlight on the HUD display. This is normal.
Polarized sunglasses could make the HUD
image harder to see.
English Active Safety View Shown, Metric
Head-Up Display (HUD) Rotation Option
Similar
If equipped, this feature under the Options
menu of the instrument cluster allows for Active Safety View : This displays the speed
adjusting the angle of the HUD image and view along with a driver assistance graphic
changing or turning off the Speed English Speed View Shown, Metric Similar on the left. Driver assistance graphics show
Limit Sign. your vehicle, vehicle ahead, gap setting, and
Speed View : This displays the speedometer lane status information. In addition to driver
HUD Rotation: Press the thumbwheel while reading in English or metric units, and speed assistance graphics, pedestrian advisory and
Adjust Rotation is highlighted to enter limit. Some information only appears on trailer sway indicators will be displayed.
Adjust Mode. Scroll to adjust the angle of vehicles that have these features, and when
the HUD display. Press the thumbwheel to they are active.
confirm and save the setting. This feature
may only be available in P (Park).
Speed Limit Style Adjustment
If equipped, the speed limit style can be
changed to a speed limit bar or speed limit
sign from the Options menu in the
instrument cluster. Press the thumbwheel
while Speed Limit Style is highlighted to English Turn-by-Turn Shown, Metric Similar
change the speed sign style or to turn it off.
English Compass Shown, Metric Similar English Off Road View Shown, Metric Similar English Audio Overlay Shown, Metric Similar
Navigation/Active OnStar View : This Off Road View : This displays the speed
displays the speed view along with view along with indicators for vehicle ahead,
indicators for vehicle ahead, Lane Departure Lane Departure Warning/Lane Keep Assist,
Warning/Lane Keep Assist, trailer sway, and trailer sway, four-wheel drive status, and
pedestrian advisory. Turn-by-Turn navigation pedestrian advisory. Off-road information
information is shown during active route. such as pitch angle, steering angle, and
The compass heading is displayed when rolling angle is also shown.
navigation routing is not active. Temporary Overlays
Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts shown in the Infotainment: Audio, and Phone, are English Phone Overlay Shown, Metric Similar
instrument cluster may also be displayed in temporary overlays linked to cluster layouts.
any HUD view. Audio/Phone Overlay : This displays digital
speed, indicators from speed view along
with audio/phone information, vehicle ahead
indicator, Lane Departure Warning/Lane
Keep Assist, Adaptive Cruise Control, and set
speed. The current radio station, media type,
and incoming calls will also be displayed.

Audio overlays display when the audio app The windshield is part of the HUD system. . Steering
is selected on the instrument cluster. All See Windshield Replacement 0 333. . Ride Control Systems
HUD views may briefly display audio . Advanced Driver Assistance Systems
information when the driver uses the
steering wheel controls to adjust the audio
Vehicle Messages . Cruise Control
settings appearing in the instrument cluster. Messages displayed on the Driver . Lighting and Bulb Replacement
Information Center (DIC) indicate the status . Wiper/Washer Systems
Incoming phone calls appearing in the
of the vehicle or some action that may be . Doors and Windows
instrument cluster, may also display in any
needed to correct a condition. Multiple . Seat Belts
HUD view.
messages may appear one after another.
. Airbag Systems
Care of the HUD The messages that do not require . Engine and Transmission
Clean the inside of the windshield to remove immediate action can be acknowledged and . Tire Pressure
any dirt or film that could reduce the cleared by pressing the thumbwheel. The
messages that require immediate action . Battery
sharpness or clarity of the HUD image.
cannot be cleared until that action is
Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth performed.
Engine Power Messages
sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe the lens
gently, then dry it. All messages should be taken seriously; REDUCED ACCELERATION DRIVE
clearing the message does not correct the WITH CARE
HUD Troubleshooting problem. This message displays when the vehicle's
Check that: If a SERVICE message appears, see your propulsion power is reduced. A reduction in
. Nothing is covering the HUD lens. dealer. propulsion power can affect the vehicle's
. The HUD brightness setting is not too ability to accelerate. If this message is on,
Follow the instructions given in the
dim or too bright. but there is no observed reduction in
messages. The system displays messages
performance, proceed to your destination.
. The HUD is adjusted to the proper height. regarding the following topics:
Under certain conditions the performance
. Polarized sunglasses are not worn. . Service Messages may be reduced the next time the vehicle is
. The windshield and HUD lens are clean. . Fluid Levels driven. The vehicle may be driven while this
If the HUD image is not correct, contact . Vehicle Security message is on, but maximum acceleration
your dealer. . Brakes and speed may be reduced. Anytime this

message stays on, or displays repeatedly, Universal Remote System Keep the original hand-held transmitter for
the vehicle should be taken to your dealer use in other vehicles as well as for future
for service as soon as possible. Programming programming. Erase the programming when
Under certain operating conditions, vehicle ownership is terminated. See
propulsion will be disabled. Try restarting “Erasing Universal Remote System Buttons”
after the ignition has been off for later in this section.
two minutes. To program a garage door opener, park
outside directly in line with and facing the
Vehicle Speed Messages garage door opener receiver. Clear all people
and objects near the garage door.
SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH)
Make sure the hand-held transmitter has a
This message shows that the vehicle speed new battery for quick and accurate
has been limited to the speed displayed. The transmission of the radio-frequency signal.
limited speed is a protection for various
propulsion and vehicle systems, such as Programming the Universal Remote
lubrication, thermal, brakes, suspension, System
If equipped, these buttons are in the
Teen Driver if equipped, or tires.
overhead console. Programming involves time-sensitive actions
If equipped with a diesel engine, see the and may time out, requiring the procedure
This system can replace up to three remote
Duramax Diesel Engine Supplement for to be repeated. Read these instructions
control transmitters used to activate devices
additional information. completely before programming the
such as garage door openers, security
systems, and home automation devices. Universal Remote system. It may help to
Universal Remote System These instructions refer to a garage door have another person assist with the
opener, but can be used for other devices. programming process.
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 415.
Do not use the Universal Remote system 1. Hold the end of the hand-held
with any garage door opener that does not transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to 3 in)
have the stop and reverse feature. This away from the Universal Remote system
includes any garage door opener model buttons with the indicator light in view.
manufactured before April 1, 1982.

The hand-held transmitter was supplied and hold the newly programmed 6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press
by the manufacturer of the garage door button for five seconds. If the and hold the trained Universal Remote
opener receiver. indicator light stays on continuously system button for two seconds and
2. Press and release one of the three or the garage door moves when the release. Repeat the “press/hold/release”
Universal Remote system buttons to be button is pressed, then programming sequence up to three times to complete
programmed. Press and hold the is complete. There is no need to the training process.
hand-held transmitter button. Do not complete Steps 4–6. The Universal Remote system should now
release the hand-held transmitter button . If the garage door does not move, activate the garage door. Repeat the process
until the indicator light changes from a continue with programming for programming the remaining two
slow to a rapid flash or continuous light. Steps 4–6. buttons.
Then release the hand-held transmitter
button. For questions or programming help, see
www.homelink.com/gm or call
Some garage door openers may require 1-800-355-3515. For calls placed outside the
substitution of Step 2 with the procedure U.S., Canada, or Puerto Rico, international
under “Radio Signals for Some Gate rates will apply and may differ based on
Operators” later in this section. landline or mobile phone.
3. Press and hold the newly programmed
Universal Remote system button for Radio Signals for Some Gate Operators
five seconds while watching the indicator Some gate operators and radio-frequency
light and garage door activation. Learn or Smart Button laws require transmitter signals to time out
. If the indicator light stays on 4. After completing Steps 1–3, locate the or quit after several seconds of transmission.
continuously or the garage door Learn or Smart button inside garage on This may not be long enough for the
moves when the button is pressed, the garage door opener receiver. The Universal Remote system to pick up the
then programming is complete. There name and color of the button may vary signal during programming.
is no need to complete Steps 4–6. by manufacturer. If the programming did not work, replace
. If the indicator light does not come 5. Press and release the Learn or Smart Step 2 under “Programming the Universal
on or the garage door does not button. Step 6 must be completed within Remote System” with the following:
move, a second button press may be 30 seconds of pressing this button.
required. For a second time, press

Press and hold the Universal Remote system 2. Release both buttons.
button while pressing and releasing the
hand-held transmitter button every Reprogramming a Single Universal
two seconds until the signal has been Remote System Button
successfully accepted by the Universal To reprogram any of the system buttons:
Remote system. The Universal Remote
1. Press and hold any one of the buttons.
system indicator light will flash slowly at
Do not release the button.
first and then change to a rapid flash or
continuous solid-light. Proceed with Step 3 2. The indicator light will begin to flash
under “Programming the Universal Remote after 20 seconds. Without releasing the
System” to complete. button, proceed with Step 1 under
“Programming the Universal Remote
Universal Remote System System.”
Operation
Using the Universal Remote System
Press and hold the appropriate Universal
Remote system button for at least one-half
second. The indicator light will come on
while the signal is being transmitted.
Erasing Universal Remote System
Buttons
Erase all programmed buttons when vehicle
ownership is terminated.
To erase:
1. Press and hold the two outside buttons
until the indicator light begins to flash.
This should take about 10 seconds.
Lighting 143
Lighting Exterior Lighting AUTO : Automatically turns on the
headlamps, parking lamps, taillamps,
Exterior Lamp Controls instrument panel lights, roof marker lamps
Exterior Lighting (if equipped), front/rear sidemarker lamps,
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 and license plate lamps.
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . 145
Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer . . . . 145 ; : Turns on all lamps, except the
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 headlamps and fog lamps, if equipped.
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . 145 For some trim levels and trucks first sold in
Automatic Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . 145 Canada, the headlamps may turn on with
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 the parking lamps.
Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . 147
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 2 : Turns on the headlamps, the parking
Task Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 lamps, taillamps, instrument panel lights,
Auxiliary Roof-Mounted Lamp . . . . . . . . . 148 roof marker lamps (if equipped), front/rear
Exterior Cargo Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 sidemarker lamps, and license plate lamps.
Interior Lighting The exterior lamp controls are on the
# : If equipped, turns on the fog lamps.
Instrument Panel Illumination See Fog Lamps 0 148.
instrument panel to the left of the steering
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 wheel.
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
IntelliBeam System
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 O : Turns off the automatic headlamps and If equipped, this system turns the vehicle
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). Turn the high-beam headlamps on and off according
Lighting Features headlamp control to O again to turn the to surrounding traffic conditions.
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
automatic headlamps or DRL back on. The system turns the high-beam headlamps
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Battery Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 For vehicles first sold in Canada, off will only on when it is dark enough and there is no
Battery Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 work when the vehicle is in P (Park). other traffic present.
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . 152
144 Lighting
Turning On and Enabling IntelliBeam There is a sensor near the top center of the The high beams may not turn off
windshield that automatically controls the automatically if the system cannot detect
system. Keep this area of the windshield another vehicle's lamps because of any of
clear of debris to allow for best system the following:
performance. . The other vehicle’s lamps are missing,
The high-beam headlamps remain on, under damaged, obstructed from view,
the automatic control, until one of the or otherwise undetected.
following situations occurs: . The other vehicle’s lamps are covered
. The system detects an approaching with dirt, snow, and/or road spray.
vehicle's headlamps. . The other vehicle’s lamps cannot be
To enable the IntelliBeam system, press . The system detects a preceding vehicle's detected due to dense exhaust, smoke,
b on the turn signal lever when it is taillamps. fog, snow, road spray, mist, or other
dark outside and the exterior lamp control is . The outside light is bright enough that airborne obstructions.
in AUTO or 2. high-beam headlamps are not required. . The vehicle windshield is dirty, cracked,
. The vehicle speed drops below 20 km/h or obstructed by something that blocks
Depending on the vehicle model, the the view of the light sensor.
following displays when the IntelliBeam (12 mph).
. The vehicle is loaded such that the front
System is enabled: . The IntelliBeam system is disabled by the
button on the turn signal lever. If this end points upward, causing the light
. b light on the instrument cluster sensor to aim high and not detect
happens, press b on the turn signal headlamps and taillamps.
. Auto High Beam Active message displays
lever when the exterior lamp control is in
in the Driver Information Center (DIC) . Driving on winding or hilly roads.
the AUTO or 2 position to reactivate the
Driving with IntelliBeam IntelliBeam system. Depending on vehicle The automatic high-beam headlamps may
The system only activates the high beams model, the instrument cluster light will need to be disabled if any of the above
when driving over 40 km/h (25 mph). come on or the Auto High Beam Active conditions exist.
message displays on the DIC to indicate
The blue high-beam on light appears on the the IntelliBeam system is reactivated.
instrument cluster when the high beams
are on.
Lighting 145
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder Flash-to-Pass When the DRL system is on, only the DRL
are on. The taillamps, sidemarker lamps,
A reminder chime sounds when the This feature lets you use the high-beam instrument panel lights, and other lamps
headlamps or parking lamps are manually headlamps to signal a driver in front of you will not turn on.
turned on, the vehicle is turned off, and a that you want to pass. It works even if the
door is open. To disable the chime, turn the headlamps are in the automatic position. When it begins to get dark, the automatic
lamps off. headlamp system switches from DRL to the
To use it, pull the turn signal lever toward headlamps.
Headlamp High/Low-Beam you, then release it.
To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior lamp
Changer Depending on the type of headlamp, they control to O and then release. For vehicles
will either turn off after a short duration or
Push the turn signal lever toward the first sold in Canada, off will only work when
stay on as long as you hold the lever
instrument panel to change the headlamps the vehicle is parked.
toward you. The high-beam indicator on the
from low to high beam. instrument cluster will come on. Release the Automatic Headlamp System
Pull or push the turn signal lever to return lever to return to normal operation.
to low-beam headlamps. When the exterior lamp control is set to
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) AUTO and it is dark enough outside, the
headlamps come on automatically.
DRL can make it easier for others to see the
front of the vehicle during the day. Fully
functional DRL are required on all vehicles
first sold in Canada.
The DRL system comes on when the
When the high-beam headlamps are on, this following conditions are met:
indicator light on the instrument cluster will . The ignition is on.
also be on. . The exterior lamp control is in AUTO.
. The light sensor determines it is daytime.
146 Lighting
illumination control is in the full bright Hazard Warning Flashers
position. See Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 150.
When it is bright enough outside, the
headlamps will turn off or may change
to DRL.
The automatic headlamp system turns off
when the exterior lamp control is turned to
O or the ignition is off.
Lights On with Wipers
If the windshield wipers are activated in
There is a light sensor on top of the
daylight with the engine on, and the
instrument panel. Do not cover the sensor, Work Truck
exterior lamp control is in AUTO, the
otherwise the headlamps will come on when
headlamps, parking lamps, and other
they are not needed.
exterior lamps come on. The transition time
The system may also turn on the headlamps for the lamps coming on varies based on
when driving through a parking garage or wiper speed. When the wipers are not
tunnel. operating, these lamps turn off. Move the
If the vehicle is started in a dark garage, the exterior lamp control to O or ; to disable
automatic headlamp system comes on this feature.
immediately. If it is light outside when the
vehicle leaves the garage, there is a slight
delay before the automatic headlamp
system changes to the Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL). During that delay, the
instrument cluster may not be as bright as
usual. Make sure the instrument panel Uplevel Shown, Base Level Similar
Lighting 147
Turn and Lane-Change Signals If after signaling a turn or a lane change the
arrows flash rapidly or do not come on, a
signal bulb could be burned out. If equipped
with LED turn signals, see your dealer.
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a bulb is
not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses
and Circuit Breakers 0 338.
Turn Signal On Chime
If the turn signal is left on for more than
1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime sounds at each
An arrow on the instrument cluster flashes flash of the turn signal. A message may
Denali in the direction of the turn or lane change. appear in the Driver Information Center
Move the turn signal lever all the way up or (DIC). See Vehicle Messages 0 139. To turn
| : Press this button to make the front down to signal a turn. the chime and message off, move the turn
and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off. signal lever to the off position.
Press again to turn the flashers off. Partially raise or lower the lever for less
than one second until the arrow starts to
When the hazard warning flashers are on, flash to signal a lane change. This causes
the vehicle's turn signals will not work. the turn signals to automatically flash three
times. It will flash six times if Tow/Haul
Mode is active. Holding the turn signal lever
for more than one second will cause the
turn signals to flash until the lever is
released.
The lever returns to its starting position
whenever it is released.
148 Lighting
Fog Lamps Some localities have laws that require the If the vehicle is off, the lights will stay on
headlamps to be on with the fog lamps. for approximately 10 minutes.
Task Lighting If any Task lights are on, if the button has
not been pressed after approximately
5 seconds, pressing it again will turn off all
Task Lights.
Auxiliary Roof-Mounted Lamp

If equipped, this button includes wiring
provisions for a dealer or a qualified service
center to install an auxiliary roof lamp.
If equipped, the fog lamp control is near the

exterior lamp control to the left of the
steering column.
If equipped, task lighting projects light from
The vehicle must be on for the fog lamps to the outside mirrors away from the vehicle.
come on.
While the vehicle is parked, press K to
# : Press to turn the fog lamps on or off. select one of the following options:
A light will come on in the instrument . Left and Right Task Lights Illuminated
cluster.
. Left Task Light Illuminated
When the fog lamps are turned on, the . Right Task Light Illuminated
parking lamps automatically turn on. Work Truck
. Left and Right Task Lights Off
When the headlamps are changed to high
If the vehicle leaves a parked position, the
beam, the fog lamps also go off. When the
lights will immediately turn off.
high-beam headlamps are turned off, the fog
lamps will come on again.
Lighting 149
Exterior Cargo Lamps The cargo lamps provide more light in the
cargo area or on the sides of the vehicle,
if needed. The lamps inside the pickup box,
in the tailgate handle, for the hitch, and/or
the cargo mirror lamps also turn on,
if equipped.
If the vehicle is in P (Park), R (Reverse),
or N (Neutral) the Cargo Lamp Switch causes
the lights to cycle through the following
states for each button press:
Initial Press
Base Level ‐ Center High Mounted Stop Lamp
(CHMSL)/Cargo Bed Lights – On
For information on roof-mounted emergency Work Truck ‐ Cargo Mirror Lights – On
lamp installation, see www.gmupfitter.com
‐ Cargo Switch Indicator (if equipped) – On
or contact your dealer.
Next Press (if within 5 seconds of the
If the vehicle has this button, the vehicle
previous button press)
may have the snow plow prep package. See
Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 307. ‐ CHMSL/Cargo Bed Lights – On
‐ Cargo Mirror Lights – Off
‐ Cargo Switch Indicator (if equipped) – On
Next Press
‐ CHMSL/Cargo Bed Lights – Off
‐ Cargo Mirror Lights – Off
‐ Cargo Switch Indicator (if equipped) – Off
150 Lighting
Become familiar with and follow all state Dome Lamps
and local laws that apply to cargo lamp
operation.
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control

This feature adjusts the brightness of all The dome lamp controls are in the overhead
illuminated controls. The instrument panel console.
illumination control is next to the exterior
lamp control. The dome lamps come on when any door is
opened, K on the remote key is pressed,
D : Press D − to dim or +D to brighten or when the vehicle is turned off.
the lights.
To operate, press the following buttons:
Work Truck and Custom This feature is functional at night, or when
the headlamps or parking lamps are on. j OFF : Press to turn off the dome
lamps. An indicator light on the button will
turn on when the dome lamp override is
activated. Press j OFF again to
deactivate this feature and the indicator
light will turn off.
Lighting 151
+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the dome lamps Rear Reading Lamps All lamps will gradually dim and turn off
on or off manually. The rear reading lamps are over the rear after about 30 seconds.
seats. Entry lighting can be disabled manually by
Reading Lamps
closing all doors, pressing Q on the remote
There are reading lamps on the overhead key, or starting the vehicle.
console and over the rear seats. These lamps
This feature can be changed. On the
come on when any door is opened, K on infotainment home screen, select Settings >
the remote key is pressed, or when the Vehicle > Lighting > Vehicle Locator Lights.
vehicle is turned off.
Front Reading Lamps Exit Lighting
The front reading lamps are in the overhead Some exterior lamps and interior lamps turn
console. on when the driver door is opened after the
Press the lamp lens to turn the rear reading vehicle is turned off.
lamps on or off.
The exterior and interior lamps remain on
for a set amount of time, then automatically
Lighting Features turn off.
Entry Lighting The interior lights turn on when the vehicle
is turned off.
The interior lamps turn on when pressing K
The exterior lamps turn off immediately by
on the remote key or opening any doors,
turning the exterior lamp control off.
and the dome lamp control is in the door
position. This feature can be changed. On the
infotainment home screen, select Settings >
Some exterior lamps also turn on when
Vehicle > Exit Lighting.
pressing K on the remote key or opening
Press the lamp lenses to turn the front any doors. Low-beam lamps will only turn
reading lamps on or off. on briefly at night, or in areas with limited
lighting.
152 Lighting
Battery Load Management A high electrical load occurs when several of Battery Power Protection
the following are on, such as: headlamps,
The vehicle has Electric Power Management high beams, fog lamps, rear window This feature helps prevent the battery from
(EPM), which estimates the battery's defogger, climate control fan at high speed, being drained, if the interior courtesy lamps
temperature and state of charge. It then heated seats, engine cooling fans, trailer or reading lamps are accidentally left on.
adjusts the voltage for best performance loads, and loads plugged into accessory If any of these lamps are left on, they
and extended life of the battery. power outlets. automatically turn off after 10 minutes,
When the battery's state of charge is low, if the ignition is off. The lamps will not
EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of come back on again until one of the
the voltage is raised slightly to quickly bring the battery. It does this by balancing the
the charge back up. When the state of following occurs:
generator's output and the vehicle's . The ignition is turned on.
charge is high, the voltage is lowered electrical needs. It can increase engine idle
slightly to prevent overcharging. The speed to generate more power, whenever . The doors are closed and then re-opened.
voltmeter gauge or the voltage display on needed. It can temporarily reduce the power
the Driver Information Center (DIC), demands of some accessories.
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver
if equipped, may show the voltage moving The exterior lamps turn off about 10 minutes
up or down. This is normal. If there is a Normally, these actions occur in steps or
levels, without being noticeable. In rare after the vehicle is turned off, if the parking
problem, an alert will be displayed. lamps or headlamps have been manually
cases at the highest levels of corrective
The battery can be discharged at idle if the action, this action may be noticeable to the left on. This protects against draining the
electrical loads are very high. This is true for driver. If so, a DIC message might be battery. To restart the 10-minute timer, turn
all vehicles. This is because the generator displayed and it is recommended that the the exterior lamp control to the O position
(alternator) may not be spinning fast driver reduce the electrical loads as much as and then back to the ; or 2 position.
enough at idle to produce all the power that possible.
is needed for very high electrical loads. To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the vehicle must be on or in
accessory mode.
Infotainment System 153

Infotainment System Voice Recognition
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Introduction
Read the following pages to become familiar
Introduction Phone with the features.
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Overview (Base Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone { Warning
Overview (Uplevel Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 for Uplevel Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone Taking your eyes off the road for too
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 for Base Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 long or too often while using any
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto (Base infotainment feature can cause a crash.
Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 You or others could be injured or killed.
Radio Apple CarPlay and Android Auto Do not give extended attention to
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 (Uplevel Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 infotainment tasks while driving. Limit
AM-FM Radio (Uplevel Radio) . . . . . . . . . . 161 your glances at the vehicle displays and
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Settings focus your attention on driving. Use voice
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Settings (Base Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 commands whenever possible.
Settings (Uplevel Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Teen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 The infotainment system has built-in
Audio Players
Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . 163 Trademarks and License Agreements features intended to help avoid distraction
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Trademarks and License by disabling some features when driving.
Bluetooth Audio (Base Radio) . . . . . . . . . . 163 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 These features may gray out when they are
Bluetooth Audio (Uplevel Radio) . . . . . . . 164 unavailable. Many infotainment features are
also available through the instrument cluster
Navigation and steering wheel controls.
Using the Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . 165
Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Before driving:
Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 . Become familiar with the operation,
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 center stack controls, steering wheel
Global Positioning System (GPS) . . . . . . . 167 controls, and infotainment display.
Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Problems with Route Guidance . . . . . . . . 168
154 Infotainment System

. Set up the audio by presetting favorite
stations, setting the tone, and adjusting
Overview (Base Radio)
the speakers. Infotainment System
. Set up phone numbers in advance so they The infotainment system is controlled by using the infotainment display, controls on the
can be called easily by pressing a single center stack, steering wheel controls, and voice recognition, if available.
control or by using a single voice
command.
See Distracted Driving 0 199.
Active Noise Cancellation (ANC)
If equipped, ANC reduces engine noise in the
vehicle’s interior. ANC requires the
factory-installed audio system, radio,
speakers, amplifier (if equipped), induction
system, and exhaust system to work
properly. Deactivation is required by your
dealer if related aftermarket equipment is
installed.
1. { (Home Page) 2. 7
. Press to go to the Home Page. See . Radio: Press and release to go to
“Home Page” later in this section. the previous station or channel.
. Press to exit Android Auto or Apple Press and hold to fast seek the
CarPlay. To enter back into Android next strongest previous station or
Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and channel. See AM-FM Radio (Base
hold. See Apple CarPlay and Radio) 0 159 or
Android Auto (Base Radio) 0 177 or AM-FM Radio (Uplevel Radio) 0 161.
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
(Uplevel Radio) 0 179.

. USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek to . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek the Move an Icon to Another Page
the beginning of the current or next track. Press and hold to fast 1. Drag the icon to the edge of the display
previous track. Press and hold to forward through a track. Release to toward the desired page.
quickly reverse through a track. return to playing speed. See USB
Release to return to playing speed. Port 0 163 or Bluetooth Audio 2. Continue dragging and dropping
See USB Port 0 163 or (Base Radio) 0 163 or Bluetooth application icons as desired.
Bluetooth Audio (Base Radio) 0 163 Audio (Uplevel Radio) 0 164.
or Bluetooth Audio (Uplevel Radio)
Overview (Uplevel Radio)
5. v
0 164. . Press and release to access the Infotainment System
3. O (Power) phone display or answer an The infotainment system is controlled by
. Press to turn the power on. incoming call. using the infotainment display, controls on
. Press to mute/unmute the system Home Page the center stack, steering wheel controls,
when on. and voice recognition, if available.
The Home Page is where vehicle application
. Press and hold to display the
icons are accessed. Some applications are
power off screen or the option to
disabled when the vehicle is moving.
display the power off screen.
. Turn to decrease or increase the Swipe left or right across the display to
volume. access the pages of icons.
4. 6 Managing Home Page Icons
. Radio: Press and release to go to 1. Touch and hold any of the Home Page
the next station or channel. Press icons to enter edit mode.
and hold to fast seek the next 2. Continue holding the icon and drag it to
strongest station or channel. the desired position. 1. {
3. Release your finger to drop the icon in . Press to go to the Home Page. See
the desired position. “Home Page” later in this section.

. Press to exit Android Auto or Apple Managing Home Page Icons Steering Wheel Controls
CarPlay. To enter back into Android 1. Touch and hold any of the Home Page
Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and icons to enter edit mode.
hold. See Apple CarPlay and
Android Auto (Base Radio) 0 177 or 2. Continue holding the icon and drag it to
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto the desired position.
(Uplevel Radio) 0 179. 3. Release your finger to drop the icon in
2. O (Power) the desired position.
. Press to turn the power on. Move an Icon to Another Page
. Press and hold to turn the 1. Drag the icon to the edge of the display
power off. toward the desired page.
. Press to mute/unmute the system 2. Continue dragging and dropping
when on. application icons as desired.
. Turn to decrease or increase the Move an Icon to the Application Tray
volume. If equipped, some audio controls can be
To move an icon to the application tray on adjusted at the steering wheel.
Home Page the left side of the screen, drag the icon to
the applications tray.
g : Press to answer an incoming call or
The Home Page is where vehicle application start voice recognition. See Bluetooth
icons are accessed. Some applications are (Pairing and Using a Phone for Uplevel
disabled when the vehicle is moving. Radio) 0 170 or Bluetooth (Pairing and Using
Swipe left or right across the display to a Phone for Base Radio) 0 174 or
access the pages of icons. Bluetooth (Overview) 0 170.
Card view is located on the right side of the c : Press to decline an incoming call or
screen. Scroll up and down through the end a current call. Press to mute or unmute
different cards. Individual cards cannot be the infotainment system when not on a call.
added or deleted. For most of the apps in
the cards, an open card view app will
temporarily not be shown in card view.

Phone Settings
Touch the Phone icon to display the Phone Touch the Settings icon to display the
main page. See Bluetooth (Pairing and Using Settings menu. See Settings (Uplevel Radio)
a Phone for Uplevel Radio) 0 170 or 0 182 or Settings (Base Radio) 0 181.
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone for
Base Radio) 0 174 or Apple CarPlay
Bluetooth (Overview) 0 170. If equipped, touch the Apple CarPlay icon to
activate Apple CarPlay after a supported
Maps device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and
If equipped, touch the Maps icon to display Android Auto (Base Radio) 0 177 or
the navigation map. See Using the Apple CarPlay and Android Auto (Uplevel
Navigation System 0 165. Radio) 0 179.
The favorites and volume switches are on
the back of the steering wheel.
Google Assistant Android Auto
1. Favorite: When on a radio source, press If equipped, touch the Google Assistant icon If equipped, touch the Android Auto icon to
to select the next or previous audio to open the Google Assistant app. See Voice activate Android Auto after a supported
broadcast favorite. When listening to a Recognition 0 168. device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and
media device, press to select the next or Android Auto (Base Radio) 0 177 or
Google Play Apple CarPlay and Android Auto (Uplevel
previous track.
If equipped, touch to download some of Radio) 0 179.
2. Volume: Press to increase or decrease
your favorite apps in your vehicle.
the volume.
Downloading apps on Google Play requires
Shortcut Tray
Using the System you to sign into a Google Account and have For uplevel radios, the shortcut tray is left
internet connectivity in your vehicle. Some of the display. It shows up to five
Audio third-party apps require a separate account applications.
and, in some cases, a paid subscription for For base radios, the shortcut tray is near the
Touch the Audio icon to display the active
in-vehicle access. bottom of the display. It shows up to four
audio source page. Examples of available
sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if applications.
equipped), USB, AUX, and Bluetooth.

Infotainment Display Features Touch and Hold done up, down, right, or left. This feature is
only available when vehicle is parked and
Infotainment display features show on the
not in motion.
display when available. When a feature is
unavailable, it may gray out. When a Nudge
feature is touched, it may highlight.
Infotainment Gestures
Use the following finger gestures to control
the infotainment system.
Touch/Tap
Touch and hold can be used to start another
gesture, or to move or delete an application.
Drag
Nudge is used to move items a short
distance on a list or a map. To nudge, hold
and move the selected item up or down to
a new location.
Fling or Swipe
Touch/tap is used to select an icon or

option, activate an application, or change
the location inside a map.
Drag is used to move applications on the
Home Page, or to pan the map. To drag the
item, it must be held and moved along the
display to the new location. This can be

Fling or swipe is used to scroll through a Pinch Software Updates
list, pan the map, or change page views. Do
this by placing a finger on the display then Over-the-Air Software Updates
moving it rapidly up and down or right If equipped, see “Updates” under Settings
and left. (Uplevel Radio) 0 182 or Settings (Base
Spread Radio) 0 181 for details on software updates.
Radio
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio)
Pinch is used to zoom out on a map, certain
images, or a web page. Place finger and Playing the Radio
thumb apart on the display, then move From the Home Page, touch the Audio icon
them together. to display the active audio source page.
Choose from a list of the three most
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle recently used sources listed at the left side
Spread is used to zoom in on a map, certain Information and Radio Displays
images, or a web page. Place finger and of the screen. Choose More to display a list
thumb together on the display, then move For vehicles with high gloss surfaces or of available Sources. Examples of available
them apart. vehicle displays, use a microfiber cloth to sources are AM, FM, SiriusXM (if equipped),
wipe surfaces. Before wiping the surface MyMedia, USB, AUX (if equipped), and
with the microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle Bluetooth.
brush to remove dirt that could scratch the
surface. Then use the microfiber cloth by Infotainment System Sound Menu
gently rubbing to clean. Never use window From any of the audio source main pages,
cleaners or solvents. Periodically hand wash touch Sound to display the following:
the microfiber cloth separately, using mild
Equalizer : Touch to adjust Bass, Midrange,
soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener.
and Treble using the controls on the
Rinse thoroughly and air dry before
infotainment display.
next use.

Fade/Balance : Touch to adjust using the Direct Tune A valid AM or FM station automatically
controls on the infotainment display or by tunes to the new frequency but will not
tapping/dragging the crosshair. close the direct tune display. When listening
to SiriusXM, touch Go after entering the
Finding a Station channel. Touch S or z at the top of the
Seeking a Station display to exit out of Direct Tune.
Storing Radio Station Favorites
Favorites are displayed in the area at the
top of the display.
Access Direct Tune by touching the Tune AM, FM, and SiriusXM Radio Stations :
icon on the AM, FM, or SiriusXM screen to Touch and hold Hold to Set or previously
bring up the keypad. Navigate up and down stored station to overwrite it at the top of
through all frequencies using 7 or 6. the screen to store the current station or
Directly enter a station or channel using the channel as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite
From the AM, FM, or SiriusXM screen, touch keypad. When a new station or channel is to recall a favorite station or channel.
7 or 6 to search for the previous or next entered, the information about that station Favorites can also be stored by touching H
strong station. or channel displays on the right side. This in a station or channel list. It appears
information updates with each new valid highlighted once saved as a favorite.
Browsing Stations frequency tuned to.
From the AM, FM, or SiriusXM screen, touch The number of favorites displayed is
The keypad grays out entries that do not automatically adjusted by default, but can
Browse to list all available stations. Navigate contribute to a valid frequency and
up and down through all stations by be manually adjusted in Settings in the
automatically places a decimal point within System tab under Favorites and then Set
scrolling the list. Touch the station you want the frequency number.
to listen to. Touch H to save the station Number of Audio Favorites. It can also be
or channel as a favorite. Touch (X) next to enter station to delete adjusted in Settings in the Apps tab under
one number at a time, touch and hold to Audio and then Set Number of Audio
If equipped, touch Update Station List to delete all numbers. Favorites.
update the active stations in your area.

AM-FM Radio (Uplevel Radio) Storing Radio Station Favorites Radio Text Category
Saved favorite stations will show at the When on, category information about
Playing the Radio current radio content will be shown.
bottom of the now playing screen.
From the Home Page, touch the Audio icon
AM or FM favorites can be stored by Radio Data System (RDS)
to display the now playing screen for the
pressing and holding a favorite slot.
active audio source. Touch the source button RDS relies on receiving specific RDS
such as FM or AM in the left corner to Audio Settings information from radio stations and only
change your source. works when the information is available.
Audio settings vary by region.
It is possible that a radio station could
Finding a Station
From the now playing screen, touch k and broadcast information that causes the radio
Seeking a Station the following may display. to work improperly.
From the AM or FM screen, touch the back Sound In addition, RDS features are region and
or forward buttons to search for the . Equalizer country of sale specific. This means specific
previous or next strong station. RDS content may not be available in your
. Fade/Balance
Tune listening area or in the country you operate
. Sound Mode (if equipped) the vehicle.
Touch Y on the infotainment display to Bose AudioPilot To turn RDS features on or off, see "Audio
enter the Tune screen. Enter a frequency Settings" previously.
If equipped, adjusts the volume based on
using the keypad.
the noise inside the vehicle and vehicle The following RDS features may be
Touch the H to save the station as a speed. supported by radio broadcasters in your
favorite. Manage Radio Favorites listening area:
Entering a valid AM or FM frequency will Displays a list of audio favorites that can be RDS features
automatically tune to the new station but moved or deleted. . Display radio station call letters
not close the Tune screen.
Radio Text (RDS) . Display messages from radio stations
Touch the Go button or frequency in the list . Provide radio station category information
to begin playing the station. The tune page When on, radio station call letters and
messages from radio stations will be shown. (when available)
will close and return to the now playing
screen.

Satellite Radio model and require a complete working SiriusXM Settings
electrical system, cell reception, and GPS
SiriusXM Radio Service From the SiriusXM now playing screen,
signal.
touch the user settings icon in the upper
If equipped, vehicles with a valid SiriusXM Reference the SiriusXM user guide for use right to display the SiriusXM settings
radio subscription can receive SiriusXM and subscription information.
The settings include subscription
programming.
Playing SiriusXM Content information, help and support, and listener
SiriusXM radio has a wide variety of preferences.
programming and commercial-free music, Touch r, j, r or [ on the now playing
coast to coast, in digital-quality sound. In screen to rewind, pause, play, or fast Radio Reception
the U.S., see www.siriusxm.com or call forward content.
Unplug electronic devices from the accessory
1-888-601-6296. In Canada, see power outlets if there is interference or
www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. Finding a Channel
static in the radio.
When SiriusXM is active, the channel name, From the SiriusXM now playing screen,
number, song title, and artist appear on the touch o CH or CHp to open the SXM tuner FM
display. channel list. FM signals only reach about 16 to 65 km (10
To directly tune to a channel, touch the to 40 mi). Although the radio has a built-in
SiriusXM with 360L electronic circuit that automatically works to
Tune icon to enter a channel number using
SiriusXM with 360L interface has enhanced the keypad. reduce interference, some static can occur,
in-vehicle listening experience for especially around tall buildings or hills,
subscribers. The experience now offers more Browsing Content causing the sound to fade in and out.
categories and system learned Touch ( to view different browsing
recommendations toward discovering more AM
content.
personalized content. The range for most AM stations is greater
Browse will include Channels, Music, On than for FM, especially at night. The longer
To use the full SiriusXM 360L program, Demand shows and episodes, Sports and
including streaming content and listening range can cause station frequencies to
News content. interfere with each other. Static can also
recommendations, OnStar Connected Access
is required and Terms and Conditions occur when things like storms and power
accepted. Connected vehicle services vary by

lines interfere with radio reception. When as snow and ice. If the vehicle has a
this happens, try reducing the treble on the sunroof, and it is open, or a roof loaded
Caution (Continued)
radio. with cargo, reception may be affected. the unconnected end comes in contact
with liquids or another power source such
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
Audio Players as the accessory power outlet.
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
provides digital radio reception. Tall Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices USB Audio
buildings or hills can interfere with satellite To play music via USB:
radio signals, causing the sound to fade in When using media devices such as USB and
and out. In addition, traveling or standing mobile devices, consider the source. 1. On the audio now playing page, touch
under heavy foliage, bridges, garages, Untrusted media devices could contain files source and select USB.
or tunnels may cause loss of the SiriusXM that affect system operation or performance 2. If there is no device connected, follow
signal for a period of time. Some cellular and should be avoided. the screen prompts to connect the
services may interfere with SXM reception device.
causing loss of signal.
USB Port
3. Supported media content will appear on
The vehicle may be equipped with multiple the display.
Mobile Device Usage USB ports. Ports may also be used for
Mobile device usage, such as making or charging. Music may be played from a Bluetooth Audio (Base Radio)
receiving calls, charging, or just having the connected USB device.
Music may be played from a paired
mobile device on may cause static Bluetooth device. See Bluetooth (Pairing and
interference in the radio. Unplug the mobile Caution
Using a Phone for Uplevel Radio) 0 170 or
device or turn it off if this happens. To avoid vehicle damage, unplug all Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone for
accessories and disconnect all accessory Base Radio) 0 174 or Bluetooth (Overview)
Multi-Band Antenna cables from the vehicle when not in use. 0 170 for help pairing a device.
The multi-band roof antenna may be used Accessory cables left plugged into the
Volume and song selection may be
for radio, navigation, and other vehicle, unconnected to a device, could be
controlled by using the infotainment
communication systems, depending on the damaged or cause an electrical short if controls or the mobile device. If Bluetooth is
equipped options. To ensure clear reception, (Continued)
selected and no volume is present, check the
keep the antenna clear of obstructions, such
volume setting on the infotainment system.

Music can be launched by touching All devices launch audio differently. When To play music via Bluetooth:
Bluetooth from the recent sources list on selecting Bluetooth as a source, the radio 1. On the audio now playing page, touch
the left of the display or by touching the may show as paused on the display. Press source and select the desired Bluetooth
More option and then touching the play on the device or touch p on the mobile device.
Bluetooth device. vehicle display to begin playback. 2. If there is no mobile device connected,
To play music via Bluetooth: Browse functionality will be provided where follow the screen prompts to pair the
1. Power on the device, and pair to connect supported by the Bluetooth device. This device.
the device. media content will not be part of the 3. Supported media content will appear on
2. Once paired, touch Audio from the Home MyMedia source mode. the display.
Page, then touch Bluetooth from the Some smartphones support sending Manage Bluetooth Devices
recent sources list on the left of the Bluetooth music information to display on
display. the radio. When the radio receives this Managing Bluetooth devices allows you to
information, it will check to see if any is add, delete, or select another paired mobile
Bluetooth Sound Menu device.
available and display it. For more
See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” information about supported Bluetooth Only one Bluetooth mobile device can be
under AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 159 or features, visit your brand website. See active at a time.
AM-FM Radio (Uplevel Radio) 0 161. Online Account 0 409 for details.
Some smartphones support sending
Manage Bluetooth Devices See Radio Frequency Statement 0 415. Bluetooth music information to display on
From the Home Page: the radio. For more information about
Bluetooth Audio (Uplevel Radio) supported Bluetooth features, visit your
1. Touch Audio.
Music may be played from a connected brand website. See Online Account 0 409 for
2. Touch Devices to add or delete devices. details.
Bluetooth mobile device.
When touching Bluetooth, the radio may See Radio Frequency Statement 0 415.
Volume and song selection may be
not be able to launch the audio player on
controlled by using the infotainment
the connected device to start playing. When
controls. If Bluetooth is selected and no
the vehicle is not moving, use the mobile
volume is present, check the volume setting
device to begin playback.
on the infotainment system or the
connected mobile device.

Navigation Voice Assistant To recenter the map to the current location,
If equipped, Google Maps can be controlled touch the location icon.
Using the Navigation System by voice commands, see Google Assistant Maps
The Navigation software is provided by under Voice Recognition 0 168.
Auto-downloaded Maps
Google Maps. The information provided in Language and Units
this section is a general overview and is Google Maps downloads maps automatically
To change the language, see Settings
subject to change. For the latest functional for use when not connected to the Internet.
(Uplevel Radio) 0 182 or
information, see g.co/mapsincar. Offline maps make map data available to
Settings (Base Radio) 0 181.
vehicle features regardless of connectivity.
Accept the Terms and Conditions to use. To change the units, see Instrument Cluster These offline maps are only available with
Internet Connectivity (Base Level) 0 112 or an applicable connected services plan.
Google Maps relies on a subscription data Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) 0 113.
To turn on auto-download:
plan for full functionality, including Mute Settings 1. Open Google Maps.
availability of offline maps. With an During active route guidance, Google Maps
applicable connected services plan, Google 2. Touch the settings icon.
can give audible voice directions, traffic
Maps can be used offline when driving 3. Touch Privacy center, then select
alerts, or can be muted. In the Google Maps
through connectivity dead zones by Offline maps.
app, touch Settings, then Mute settings to
auto-downloading offline maps prior to access the options. Alternatively, audible 4. Select Auto-download offline maps.
going offline. voice directions and traffic alerts can be 5. Check the Internet connection and wait
Profiles muted by touching the sound icon on the for the download to finish.
Sign in to a Google Account for personalized turn card during active navigation.
Downloading Offline Maps
service. Information available in the Google Compass 1. Open Google Maps.
Account will be shown. The Google Maps orientation can be 2. Touch Settings, then Offline maps.
To log into a profile, see Accounts under changed between the current direction of
3. Touch the Select your own map
Settings (Uplevel Radio) 0 182 or travel, north and route overview. Touch the
square icon.
Settings (Base Radio) 0 181. compass to switch between these options.
4. Adjust the map to cover the desired area
to download.

5. Touch Download. A second pin in the menu is the route 3. Select the desired search result from
overview. Touch this pin to show more the list.
Navigation Symbols details of the destination or to remove the 4. Touch the Add stop icon.
The following are the most common destination.
Adding a Stop on Route by Category
symbols that may appear in Google Maps.
Destination 1. While in turn-by-turn navigation, touch
Searching for a Destination the Search icon at the bottom.
2. Select a category.
A destination can be searched using Google
Assistant. 3. Select the desired search result from
the list.
To search for a destination without Google
Assistant: 4. Touch the Add stop icon.
This indicates the vehicle’s current location 1. Open Google Maps. Adding a Home or Work Address
and direction on the map. To edit a home or work address, an account
2. Touch the Search field.
3. Enter the destination. must be logged in. See Accounts under
Settings (Uplevel Radio) 0 182 or
4. Touch the navigation icon. Settings (Base Radio) 0 181.
Alternate Routes 1. Open Google Maps.
Alternate routes are displayed as separate 2. Touch Settings, then touch Edit home
lines. While in either turn-by-turn navigation or work.
The destination pin marks the location of or on the route overview, touch the 3. Enter the address.
the final destination. Touch the pin to view suggested alternate route.
the destination address or to add it or Search by Category
Adding a Stop on Route by Voice
remove it from the Favorites list. Hide the Destinations can be searched by category,
information by touching the pin one more 1. While in turn-by-turn navigation, touch
such as restaurant or grocery store.
time. It will automatically time out if no the Search icon at the bottom.
1. Open Google Maps.
action is taken. 2. Touch the Google Assistant mic icon and
say the destination to search by voice. 2. Touch the search bar.
3. Touch Categories, then select a category.

4. Touch the desired location, then touch At times, other interference such as the . The surface streets run parallel to a
the navigation icon. satellite condition, road configuration, freeway.
Avoid Tolls, Highways, or Ferries condition of the vehicle, and/or other . The vehicle has been transferred by a
circumstances can affect the navigation vehicle carrier or a ferry.
1. Open Google Maps. system's ability to determine the accurate . The current position calibration is set
2. Touch the settings icon. position of the vehicle. incorrectly.
3. Select Route options. This system might not be available or . The vehicle is traveling at high speed.
4. Select the desired options and then interference can occur if any of the . The vehicle changes directions more than
touch X to close. following are true: once, or the vehicle is turning on a turn
. Signals are obstructed by tall buildings, table in a parking lot.
An Alternative Way for General Route
Options trees, large trucks, or a tunnel. . The vehicle is entering and/or exiting a
. Satellites are being repaired or improved. parking lot, garage, or a lot with a roof.
1. During active route guidance, touch
Route Overview. For more information if the GPS is not . The GPS signal is not received.
2. Select Route options. functioning properly, see Problems with . A roof carrier is installed on the vehicle.
Route Guidance 0 168. . Tire chains are installed on the vehicle.
3. Select the desired option and then touch
. The tires are replaced or worn.
X to close. Vehicle Positioning
. The tire pressure for the tires is incorrect.
Traffic Layers At times, the position of the vehicle on the . This is the first navigation use after the
1. Open Google Maps. map could be inaccurate due to one or more
map data is updated.
2. Touch the settings icon. of the following reasons:
. The 12-volt battery has been disconnected
. The road system has changed.
3. Toggle between Traffic on or off. for several days.
. The vehicle is driving on slippery road
. The vehicle is driving in heavy traffic
Global Positioning System (GPS) surfaces such as sand, gravel, or snow.
where driving is at low speeds, and the
The current position of the vehicle is . The vehicle is traveling on winding roads vehicle is stopped and started repeatedly.
determined by using satellite signals and or long, straight roads.
various vehicle signals. . The vehicle is approaching a tall building
or a large vehicle.

Problems with Route Guidance To recalibrate the vehicle's position on the 1. Press g on the steering wheel controls,
map, park with the vehicle running for two touch Google Assistant on the Home
Inappropriate route guidance can occur to five minutes, until the vehicle position screen, or use the wake up words “Hey
under one or more of the following updates. Make sure the vehicle is parked in Google” or “OK Google” to activate voice
conditions: a location that is safe and has a clear view recognition. Google Assistant must be set
. The turn was not made on the road of the sky and away from large as the Default Assistant for the g and
indicated. obstructions. the wake word options to work.
. Route guidance might not be available
2. Clearly speak one of the commands
when using automatic rerouting for the Voice Recognition described later in this section.
next right or left turn.
. The route might not be changed when If equipped, Google Assistant allows for Canceling Google Assistant
hands-free use of media and messaging,
using automatic rerouting. . Press c on the steering wheel controls
navigation and climate control functionality
. There is no route guidance when turning in the vehicle. This feature can be started by to cancel the Google Assistant request.
at an intersection. pressing g on the steering wheel, touching
. Automatic rerouting might display a route Helpful Hints for Speaking Commands
Google Assistant on the Home screen, or by
returning to the set waypoint if heading using the wake up words “Hey Google” or Voice recognition identifies commands that
for a destination without passing through “OK Google.” are naturally stated in sentence form,
a set waypoint. or direct commands that state the
. The route prohibits the entry of a vehicle
However, not all features within these areas application and the task.
are supported by voice commands and
due to a regulation by time or season or For best results:
requires the user to have a valid data
any other regulation which may be given.
subscription plan or connected to WiFi in . Speak the command naturally, not too
. Some routes might not be searched. order to use some of the Google Assistant fast, not too slow.
. The route to the destination might not be features. . Use direct commands without a lot of
shown if there are new roads, if roads extra words. For example, “Call <name>
have recently changed, or if certain roads Using Voice Recognition
at work,” “Play” followed by the artist or
are not listed in Maps. Voice recognition becomes available once song name, or “Play” followed by the
the system is initialized. This begins when radio station number.
the vehicle is turned on. Initialization may
take a few moments.

Direct commands are more clearly “Play <Media> on <Audio Source>” : Play “Find a <Place of Interest>” : Find and
understood by the system. An example of a media like a song or channel using a initiate navigation to a POI in the command.
direct command is “Dial <number>.” specified audio source such as Pandora or “Add <destination> on my way” : Adds a
If a cell phone number was saved with a Spotify. This command may require an way-point to the current route.
name and a place, the direct command online connection.
“Take me home” : Starts navigation to
should include both. For example “Call Voice Recognition for the Phone Home location set in Google maps.
<name> at work.”
Make sure the phone is paired using Onboard Vehicle Commands
Voice Recognition for the Radio Bluetooth to use the phone related voice
commands. These commands can be used to adjust
When voice is started, the voice recognition vehicle temperature, control window
commands for AM, FM, SiriusXM (if “Call <contact name>” : Initiate a call to a defrosters and obtain fuel information.
equipped), and media apps (if supported) are stored contact. The command may include
available. location if the contact has location numbers “Turn on the A/C” : Turns on the air
stored. You must accept Personal Results conditioning.
“Play <AM frequency> AM” : Tune to the
radio station frequency identified in the permission during set up for access to the “How much gas do I have left” : Find out
command (like “nine fifty”). contacts. how much fuel your vehicle has left.
“Play <FM frequency> FM” : Tune to the “Call < phone number>” : Initiate a call to a “Set temperature to <desired number>
radio station frequency identified in the phone number of seven digits or 10 digits. degrees” : Set to a specific temperature
command (like “one oh one point one”). “Send a message to <contact name>” : Send inside your vehicle.
“Play channel <SXM channel number> on a message to a stored contact.
Phone Assistant Voice Recognition
SiriusXM” : Tune to the SiriusXM radio Voice Recognition for Navigation
station channel number identified in the While a device is connected via Bluetooth,
command. This command may require an Navigation commands can be used to start, Android Auto, or CarPlay, press and hold g
online connection. cancel route, or add way points/POI. on the steering wheel controls to pass
“Navigate to <destination address>” : through and launch the Voice Assistant on
“Play <SXM channel name> on Sirius XM” : the connected mobile phone (e.g, Google
Tune to the SiriusXM radio station channel Initiate navigation to the address in the
command. assistant, Siri, etc.).
name identified in the command. This
command may require an online connection.

Phone system. The system can be used while the Audio System
vehicle is on or in accessory mode. The
When using the Bluetooth system, sound
Bluetooth (Overview) range of the Bluetooth system can be up to
comes through the vehicle's front audio
9.1 m (30 ft). Not all mobile devices support
The vehicle’s Bluetooth system can interact system speakers and overrides the audio
all functions and not all mobile devices work
with a mobile device to: system. The volume level while on a mobile
with the Bluetooth system. See Online
device phone call can be adjusted by
. Place and receive calls in a Account 0 409 for more information about
pressing the steering wheel volume controls
hands-free mode. compatible mobile devices.
or the volume controls for the infotainment
. Share the device’s address book or system. The adjusted volume level remains
Controls
contact list with the vehicle. the same for later calls. The volume cannot
. Stream audio (music, podcasts). Use the controls on the infotainment display be lowered beyond a certain level.
and the steering wheel to operate the
. Notify receipt of text messages.
Bluetooth system. Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a
To minimize driver distraction, before
driving, and with the vehicle parked:
Steering Wheel Controls Phone for Uplevel Radio)
. Become familiar with the features of the g : Press and release to answer incoming Pairing
mobile device. Organize the phone book calls on your connected Bluetooth mobile
and contact lists clearly and delete device. Press and hold for mobile device A Bluetooth-enabled mobile device must be
duplicate or unused entries. assistant. paired to the Bluetooth system and then
connected to the vehicle before it can be
. Review the controls and operation of the c : Press to end a call, decline a call, used. See the mobile device manufacturer's
infotainment system. or cancel an operation. Press to mute or user guide for Bluetooth functions before
. Pair mobile device(s) to the vehicle. The unmute the infotainment system when not pairing the device.
system may not work with all mobile on a call.
devices. See “Pairing” later in this section. Pairing Information
Infotainment System Controls . Touch the Phone icon on the home page
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use a For information about how to navigate the of the infotainment display.
Bluetooth-capable mobile device with a menu system using the infotainment . If no mobile device has been paired, a
Hands-Free Profile to make and receive controls, see Using the System 0 157.
phone calls. The infotainment system and message on the infotainment display will
voice recognition are used to control the show the Manage Phones option. Touch

this option and the Phones screen will used last. To link to a different paired 7. See the phone manufacturer's user guide
display. See “Pairing a Phone” later in this mobile device, see “Linking to a Different for information on this process. Once the
section. Phone” later in this section. phone is paired, it will show as
. A Bluetooth mobile device with music Pairing a Phone Connected.
capability can be paired to the vehicle as 8. If the vehicle name does not appear on
1. Make sure Bluetooth has been enabled
a phone and a music player at the your phone under the “other devices” or
on the phone before starting the pairing
same time. “available devices” menu, there are a few
process.
. Up to 10 devices can be paired to the ways to start the pairing process over:
Bluetooth system. 2. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. . If a previously paired mobile device is
. The pairing process is disabled when the 3. If no mobile device is connected, touch not connecting to the Bluetooth
vehicle is moving. Manage Phones and the Phones screen system, try forgetting the mobile
will display. device on both the vehicle’s
. Pairing only needs to be completed once,
unless the pairing information on the If another mobile device is connected infotainment system and also on the
mobile device changes or the phone is already, touch Settings, Connections, and mobile device. Then repeating the
deleted from the system. then Phones. pairing process. See “Deleting a
4. Touch Add Phone. Paired Phone” below for removing
. If a previously paired mobile device is not the phone from the Bluetooth
connecting to the Bluetooth system, try If a previously added phone is system. See the phones manufactures
forgetting the mobile device on both the disconnected, the “Add Phone” card will user guide for removing the
vehicle’s infotainment system and also on just be a “+” card. infotainment system from the phone.
the mobile device. Then repeat the 5. Follow the on-screen prompts to pair the . Turn Bluetooth off then back on, on
pairing process. phone. your phone.
. If multiple paired mobile devices are 6. Follow the instructions on the phone to . Go back to the beginning of the
within range of the system, the system confirm the six-digit code showing on
connects to the paired mobile device that Phone menus on the infotainment
the infotainment display and touch Pair. display and restart the pairing
is set to First to Connect. If there is no The code on the phone and infotainment
mobile device set to First to Connect, it process.
display needs to be acknowledged for . Turn the phone off and then back on.
will link to the mobile device which was pairing to be successful.
. Reset the phone, but this step should
be done as a last effort.

9. If the phone prompts to accept Phones and mobile devices can be added, 2. Touch Option on the phone card to show
connection or allow phone book removed, connected, and disconnected. the phone’s or mobile device’s settings.
download, touch Always Accept and A sub-menu will display whenever a request 3. Touch Disconnect.
Allow. The phone book may not be is made to add or manage phones and
available if not accepted. mobile devices. Deleting a Paired Phone
10. To pair additional phones, touch Settings, Accessing the Device List Screen To delete a paired phone:
Connections, and then Phones. 1. Open the Device List Screen. See
There are two ways to access the device list
First to Connect Paired Phones screen: “Accessing the Device List Screen”
If multiple paired phones are within range Using the Settings Icon
of the system, the system connects to the 2. Touch Option on the phone card to show
1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home the phone’s or mobile device’s settings.
paired phone that is set as First to Connect. Page or the Settings icon on the shortcut
To enable a paired phone as the First to 3. Touch Forget Phone.
tray near the left of the display.
Connect phone: Connecting to a Different Phone
2. Touch Connections.
1. Make sure the phone is turned on. To connect to a different phone, the new
3. Touch Phones.
2. Touch the Settings icon on the phone must be in the vehicle and paired to
home page. Using the Phone Icon the Bluetooth system.
3. Touch Connections. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page To connect to a different phone:
4. Touch Phone. or the Phone icon on the shortcut tray
near the left of the display. 1. Open the Device List Screen. See
5. Touch Options under the connected “Accessing the Device List Screen”
phone. 2. Touch * on the Phones screen. previously in this section.
6. Touch First to Connect from the phone’s 3. Touch Connected Phone. 2. Touch the new phone you want to
settings menu. The settings will be Disconnecting a Connected Phone connect to from the list of available
enabled for that device. phones. See “First to Connect Paired
To disconnect a phone: Phones” previously in this section.
1. Open the Device List Screen. See
“Accessing the Device List Screen”

Switching to Handset or To make a call using the Contacts menu: Making a Call Using the Keypad
Hands-Free Mode 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page To make a call by dialing the numbers:
To switch between handset or or on the shortcut tray near the left of
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page
hands-free mode: the display.
or on the shortcut tray near the left of
. While the active call is hands-free, touch 2. Touch Contacts. the display.
the Audio Output option, then touch 3. There are two methods to search for 2. Touch Keypad and enter a phone
Phone to switch to the handset mode. contacts: number.
The mute icon will not be available or . Search bar – Touch the search icon 3. Touch the phone icon on the
functional while Handset mode is active. on the top right of the Phones infotainment display to start dialing the
. While the active call is on the handset, window and type the name or number.
touch the Audio Output option, then number of the contact on the
touch Car Speakers to switch to the keyboard. Search results will be Searching Contacts Using the Keypad
hands-free mode. displayed corresponding to the user To search for contacts using the keypad:
input. Touch the name to call.
Making a Call Using Contacts . Scroll – Touch the list and scroll, 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page.
Calls can be made through the Bluetooth or use the scrollbar on the left side 2. Touch Keypad and enter partial phone
system using personal phone contact of the Phones window. Touch the numbers or contact names using the
information for all phones that support the name to call. digits on the keypad to search.
Phone Book feature. Become familiar with Results appear on the right side of the
Making a Call Using the Recents Menu display. Touch one to place a call.
the phone settings and operation and that
the phone is set to allow the sharing of The Recents menu accesses the recents call
contacts over Bluetooth with the vehicle. list from your phone. Accepting or Declining a Call
Verify the phone supports this feature and To make a call using the Recents menu: When an incoming call is received, the
that the phone is set to allow the sharing of infotainment system mutes and a ring tone
contacts over Bluetooth with the vehicle. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page is heard in the vehicle.
or on the shortcut tray near the left of
The Contacts menu accesses the phone book the display. Accepting a Call
stored in the phone.
2. Touch Recents. There are two ways to accept a call:
3. Touch the name or number to call. . Press g on the steering wheel controls.

. Touch Answer on the infotainment Ending a Call . The pairing process is disabled when the
display. vehicle is moving.
. Press c on the steering wheel controls.
Declining a Call . Pairing only needs to be completed once,
. Touch # on the infotainment display, unless the pairing information on the cell
There are two ways to decline a call: next to a call, to end only that call. phone changes or the cell phone is
. Press c on the steering wheel controls. deleted from the system.
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones
. Touch Decline on the infotainment . If multiple paired cell phones are within
display. The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can send range of the system, the system connects
numbers during a call. This is used when to the paired cell phone that is set to
Call Waiting calling a menu-driven phone system. Use the First to Connect. If there is no phone set
Keypad to enter the number. to First to Connect, it will link to the
Call waiting must be supported on the
Bluetooth phone and enabled by the device which was used last. To link to a
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a different paired phone, see “Linking to a
wireless service carrier to work.
Phone for Base Radio) Different Phone” later in this section.
Accepting a Call
Pairing Pairing a Phone
Press g to answer, then touch Switch on
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone must be 1. Make sure Bluetooth has been enabled
the infotainment display.
paired to the Bluetooth system and then on the cell phone before starting pairing.
Declining a Call connected to the vehicle before it can be 2. Touch the PHONE icon on the Home
Press c to decline, then touch Decline on used. See the cell phone manufacturer's user Page or the phone shortcut on the
the infotainment display. guide for Bluetooth functions before pairing applications tray at the bottom of the
the cell phone. screen.
Switching Between Calls (Call Waiting
Calls Only) Pairing Information 3. Touch Phone at the top of the
. A Bluetooth phone with music capability infotainment display. There may also be
To switch between calls, touch Phone on the an Add option in the middle of the
can be paired to the vehicle as a phone
Home Page to display Call View. While in Phone screen. Touching this Add Phone
and a music player at the same time.
Call View, touch the call information of the option will shortcut to the Phone
call on hold to change calls. . Up to 10 devices can be paired to the
List menu.
Bluetooth system.
4. Touch Add Phone.

5. Select the vehicle name shown on the 10. Repeat Steps 1−8 to pair additional 3. Touch the pencil next to the connected
infotainment display from your phone’s phones. cell phone or mobile device to display
Bluetooth Settings list. First to Connect Paired Phones the cell phone’s or mobile device’s
6. Follow the instructions on the cell phone information display.
to confirm the six-digit code shown on If multiple paired cell phones are within the 4. Touch Disconnect.
the infotainment display and touch Pair. range of the system, the system connects to
the paired cell phone that is set as First to Deleting a Paired Phone
7. Start the pairing process on the cell Connect. To enable a paired phone as the 1. Touch PHONE on the Home Page or the
phone to be paired to the vehicle. See First to Connect phone, make sure the phone shortcut on the applications tray
the cell phone manufacturer's user guide phone is turned on, then touch Settings, at the bottom of the display.
for information on this process. Once the then System, and then touch Phones.
cell phone is paired, it will show under 2. Touch Phones.
Phones will display all paired and all
Connected. connected phones, and media player devices. 3. Touch the pencil next to the connected
8. If the vehicle does not appear on your Phones can be added and removed, cell phone to display the cell phone’s or
phone, there are a few ways to start the connected and disconnected. To set a phone mobile device’s information display.
pairing process over: as First to Connect, touch y to the right 4. Touch Forget Device.
. Turn the phone off and then back on. of the phone to open the phone’s settings Linking to a Different Phone
. Go back to the beginning of the menu. Select the First to Connect option, to
enable the setting for that device. To link to a different cell phone, the new
Phone menus on the infotainment
cell phone must be in the vehicle and paired
display and restart the pairing Listing All Paired and Connected Phones to the Bluetooth system.
process.
1. Touch PHONE on the Home Page or the 1. Touch PHONE on the Home Page or the
. Reset the phone, but this step should phone shortcut on the applications tray phone shortcut on the applications tray
be done as a last effort. at the bottom of the display. at the bottom of the display.
9. If the phone prompts to accept 2. Touch Phones. 2. Touch Phones.
connection or allow phone book
download, select Always Accept and Disconnecting a Connected Phone 3. Touch the new cell phone to link to from
Allow. The phone book may not be 1. Touch PHONE on the Home Page. the not connected phone list. See “First
available if not accepted. to Connect Paired Phones” previously in
2. Touch Phones.

this section for more information about The Recents menu accesses the recents call 2. Touch Keypad and enter partial phone
setting the device as the First to Connect list from your cell phone. numbers or contact names using the
or as a Secondary Phone. To make a call using the Contacts menu: digits on the keypad to search.
Switching to Handset or 1. Touch Phone on the Home Page. Results appear on the right side of the
screen. Touch one to place a call.
Handsfree Mode 2. Touch Contacts.
To switch between handset or 3. The Contacts list can be searched by Accepting or Declining a Call
handsfree mode: using the first character. Touch A-Z on When an incoming call is received, the
. While the active call is hands-free, touch the infotainment display to scroll infotainment system mutes and a ring tone
the Handset display option to switch to through the list of names. is heard in the vehicle.
the handset mode. Select the name to call. Accepting a Call
The mute icon will not be available nor 4. Select the desired contact number to call. There are three ways to accept a call:
functional while Handset mode is active.
To make a call using the Recents menu: . Press g on the steering wheel controls.
. While the active call is on the handset,
touch the Handset display icon to switch 1. Touch Phone on the Home Page. . Touch Answer on the infotainment
to the hands-free mode. 2. Touch Recents. display.
3. Touch the name or number to call. . Select Answer on the instrument cluster
Making a Call Using Contacts and Recent using the select control.
Calls Making a Call Using the Keypad
Declining a Call
Calls can be made through the Bluetooth To make a call by dialing the numbers:
system using personal cell phone contact There are three ways to decline a call:
1. Touch Phone on the Home Page.
information for all cell phones that support . Press i on the steering wheel controls.
the Phone Book feature. Become familiar 2. Touch Keypad and enter a phone
number. . Touch Ignore on the infotainment display.
with the cell phone settings and operation.
. Select Ignore on the instrument cluster
Verify the cell phone supports this feature. 3. Touch # to start dialing the number. using the select control.
The Contacts menu accesses the phone book Searching Contacts Using the Keypad
stored in the cell phone.
To search for contacts using the keypad:
1. Touch Phone on the Home Page.

Call Waiting Three-Way Calling Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
Call waiting must be supported on the Three-way calling must be supported on the (Base Radio)
Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the Bluetooth phone and enabled by the
If equipped, Android Auto and/or Apple
wireless service carrier to work. wireless service carrier to work.
CarPlay capability may be available through
Accepting a Call To start a three-way call while in a a compatible smartphone. If available, the
There are three ways to accept a current call: Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons will
call-waiting call: 1. In the Call View, select Add Call to add change from gray to color on the Home
another call. Page of the infotainment display.
. Press g on the steering wheel controls.
. Touch Switch on the infotainment display. 2. Initiate the second call by selecting from To use Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay:
Recents, Contacts, or Keypad. For Wired Phone Projection
. Select Switch on the instrument cluster
using the select control. 3. When the second call is active, press the 1. Download the Android Auto app to your
merge icon to conference the three-way smartphone from the Google Play store
Declining a Call call together. for phones running Android 9 and below.
There are three ways to decline a Ending a Call There is no app required for Apple
call-waiting call: CarPlay.
. Press i on the steering wheel controls.
. Press i on the steering wheel controls.
2. Connect your Android phone or Apple
. Touch Ignore on the infotainment display. . Touch b next to a call to end only iPhone by using the factory-provided
. Select Ignore on the instrument cluster
that call. phone USB cable and plugging into a
using the select control. . Select End on the instrument cluster using USB data port. For best performance, it is
the select control. highly recommended to use the device’s
Switching Between Calls (Call Waiting factory-provided USB cable, which should
Calls Only) Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones be replaced after significant wear to
To switch between calls, press the phone The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can send maintain connection quality. Aftermarket
icon on the Home Page to display the Call numbers during a call. This is used when or third-party cables may not work.
View. While in Call View, touch the call calling a menu-driven phone system. Use the
information of the call on hold to change Keypad to enter the number.
calls.

3. When the phone is first connected to 2. For first time connection, there are two The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons
activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, ways to set up wireless projection: on the Home Page will illuminate depending
accept the terms and conditions on both . Connect your Android phone or Apple on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or
the infotainment system and the phone. iPhone by using the factory-provided Apple CarPlay may automatically launch
4. Follow the instructions on the phone. phone USB cable and plugging into a upon wireless connection. If not, touch the
USB data port. For best performance, Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the
The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons Home Page to launch.
it is highly recommended to use the
on the Home Page will illuminate depending
device’s factory-provided USB cable, Wireless CarPlay and/or Wireless Android
on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or
which should be replaced after Auto may experience occasional service
Apple CarPlay may automatically launch
significant wear to maintain disruption due to outside Wi-Fi interference.
upon USB connection. If not, touch the
connection quality. Aftermarket or
Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the To disconnect the phones wireless
third-party cables may not work.
Home Page to launch. projection:
. Connecting the phone over Bluetooth.
Press { on the center stack to return to the See Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a 1. Select Settings from the Home Page.
Home Page. Phone for Uplevel Radio) 0 170 or 2. Select Phone.
For Wireless Phone Projection Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone 3. Select 4 or the pencil icon next to the
for Base Radio) 0 174 or
If equipped, verify your phone is wireless phone to be disconnected.
Bluetooth (Overview) 0 170.
compatible by visiting the Google Android 4. Select Disconnect.
3. Make sure Wi-Fi and Bluetooth is turned
Auto or Apple CarPlay support page. 5. Select Disconnect Phone.
on the phone for wireless projection
1. Download the Android Auto app to your to work.
smartphone from the Google Play store Press { on the center stack to return to the
4. When the phone is first connected to Home Page.
for phones running Android 9 and below.
activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto,
There is no app required for Apple Features are subject to change. For further
agree to the terms and conditions on
CarPlay. information on how to set up Android Auto
both the infotainment system and the
phone. and Apple CarPlay in the vehicle, visit your
brand website. See Online Account 0 409 for
5. Follow the instructions on the phone. details.

Android Auto is provided by Google and is Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 3. When the phone is first connected to
subject to Google’s terms and privacy policy. activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto,
Apple CarPlay is provided by Apple and is (Uplevel Radio) accept the terms and conditions on both
subject to Apple’s terms and privacy policy. If equipped, Android Auto and/or Apple the infotainment system and the phone.
Data plan rates apply. For Android Auto CarPlay capability may be available through 4. Follow the instructions on the phone.
support and to see if your phone is a compatible smartphone. If available, the
compatible, see https://support.google.com/ Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons will The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons
androidauto. For Apple CarPlay support and change from gray to color on the Home on the Home Page will illuminate depending
to see if your phone is compatible, see Page of the infotainment display. on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or
www.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Apple or Apple CarPlay may automatically launch
To use Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay: upon USB connection. If not, touch the
Google may change or suspend availability
at any time. Android Auto, Android, Google, For Wired Phone Projection Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the
Google Play, and other marks are Home Page to launch.
1. Download the Android Auto app to your
trademarks of Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a smartphone from the Google Play store Press { on the center stack to return to the
trademark of Apple Inc. for phones running Android 9 and below. Home Page.
Press { on the center stack to exit Android There is no app required for Apple
CarPlay. For Wireless Phone Projection
Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into
Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and 2. Connect your Android phone or Apple Verify your phone is wireless compatible by
iPhone by using the factory-provided visiting the Android Auto or Apple CarPlay
hold { on the center stack. support page.
phone USB cable and plugging into a
Apple CarPlay can be disabled from the USB data port. For best performance, it is 1. Download the Android Auto app to your
infotainment system. To do this, select highly recommended to use the device’s smartphone from the Google Play store
Home>Settings>System>Phones and then factory-provided USB cable, which should for phones running Android 9 and below.
Phone Options on the phone card. Use the be replaced after significant wear to There is no app required for Apple
On/Off toggled to turn off Apple CarPlay for maintain connection quality. Aftermarket CarPlay.
that phone. or third-party cables may not work.

2. For first time connection, there are two The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons Android Auto is provided by Google and is
ways to set up wireless projection: on the Home Page will illuminate depending subject to Google’s terms and privacy policy.
. Connect your Android phone or Apple on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay is provided by Apple and is
iPhone by using the factory-provided Apple CarPlay may automatically launch subject to Apple’s terms and privacy policy.
phone USB cable and plugging into a upon wireless connection. If not, touch the Data plan rates apply. For Android Auto
USB data port. For best performance, Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the support and to see if your phone is
it is highly recommended to use the Home Page to launch. compatible, see https:/www.android.com/
device’s factory-provided USB cable, Wireless CarPlay and/or Wireless Android auto/compatability. For Apple CarPlay
which should be replaced after Auto may experience occasional service support and to see if your phone is
significant wear to maintain disruption due to outside Wi-Fi interference. compatible, see www.apple.com/ios/carplay/
connection quality. Aftermarket or . Apple or Google may change or suspend
third-party cables may not work. To disconnect the phones wireless availability at any time. Google, Android,
projection: Android Auto, Google Maps, and other
. Connecting the phone over Bluetooth.
See Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a 1. Select Settings from the Home Page. marks are trademarks of Google LLC. Apple
Phone for Uplevel Radio) 0 170 or 2. Select Connections. CarPlay is a trademark of Apple Inc.
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone 3. Select Phones. Press { on the center stack to exit Android
for Base Radio) 0 174 or Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into
Bluetooth (Overview) 0 170. 4. Select Option.
Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and
5. Select disconnect.
3. Make sure Wi-Fi and Bluetooth is turned hold { on the center stack.
on the phone for wireless projection 6. Select disconnect phone.
to work. Apple CarPlay can be disabled from the
phone infotainment system. To do this, select
4. When the phone is first connected to Home>Settings>Connections>Phones and
activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, Press { on the center stack to return to the
Home Page. then Phone Options on the phone card. Use
agree to the terms and conditions on the On/Off toggled to turn off Apple CarPlay
both the infotainment system and the Features are subject to change. For further for that phone.
phone. information on how to set up Android Auto
5. Follow the instructions on the phone. and Apple CarPlay in the vehicle, visit your
brand website. See Online Account 0 409 for
details.

Settings Language Sounds
Sets the display language used on the Allows adjustment of the infotainment
Settings (Base Radio) infotainment display. It may also use the system sounds.
The settings menu may be organized into selected language for voice recognition and Favorites
three categories. Select the desired category audio feedback.
Allows adjustment of the infotainment
by touching System, Apps, or Vehicle. Phones favorite settings.
To access the menus: Allows connecting to a different cell phone Preferences
1. Touch Settings on the Home Page on the or mobile device source, disconnecting a cell
infotainment display. phone or media device, or deleting a cell Allows the infotainment system to disable
phone or media device. or enable the download of new updates in
2. Touch the desired category to display a the background.
list of available options. Wi-Fi Networks
About
3. Touch to select the desired feature Shows connected and available Wi-Fi
setting. networks. Shows the infotainment system software
4. Touch the options on the infotainment information.
If a 4G LTE data package is not active on the
display to disable or enable a feature. vehicle, the infotainment system can be Return to Factory Settings
5. Touch z to go to the top level of the connected to an external protected Wi-Fi Allows resetting the infotainment system
Settings menu. network, such as a mobile device or home settings in the vehicle.
hotspot, to utilize connected services.
System Wi-Fi Hotspot
Apps
The menu may contain the following: Allows adjustment of different Wi-Fi The menu may contain the following:
Time / Date features. Android Auto
Allows setting of the clock. Display Allows interacting directly with a mobile
Allows adjustment of the infotainment device on the infotainment display. See
display. Apple CarPlay and Android Auto (Base
Radio) 0 177 or Apple CarPlay and Android
Auto (Uplevel Radio) 0 179.

Apple CarPlay Comfort and Convenience Trailering
Allows interacting directly with your mobile Allows adjustment of different comfort and Allows adjustment of different trailering
device on the infotainment display. See convenience settings. settings.
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto (Base Lighting Teen Driver
Radio) 0 177 or Apple CarPlay and Android
Auto (Uplevel Radio) 0 179. Allows adjustment of different lighting See Teen Driver 0 185.
settings. Valet Mode
Audio
Power Door Locks This will lock the infotainment system and
Allows adjustment of different audio
settings. Allows adjustment of different door lock steering wheel controls. It may also limit
settings. access to vehicle storage locations,
Phone if equipped.
Remote Lock, Unlock, and Start
Allows adjustment of different phone To enable valet mode:
settings. Allows adjustment of different remote lock
settings. 1. Enter a four-digit code on the keypad.
Vehicle 2. Select Enter to go to the confirmation
Ride Height
The menu may contain the following: screen.
Allows adjustment of different ride height
Rear Seat Reminder settings. 3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
Allows for a chime and a message when the Power Assist Steps Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or unlock the
rear door has been opened before or during system. Touch Back to go back to the
operation of the vehicle. Allows adjustment of different running previous menu.
board settings.
Climate and Air Quality
Seating Position
Settings (Uplevel Radio)
Allows adjustment of different climate To access the Settings menus:
settings. Allows adjustment of different seat settings.
1. Touch Settings on the Home Page on the
Collision/Detection Systems Suspension
infotainment display.
Allows adjustment of different driver Allows adjustment of different suspension 2. Touch the desired category to display a
assistance system settings. settings. list of available options.

3. Touch to select the desired feature Vehicle-to-Phone Sharing Climate and Air Quality
setting. Trusted Device Adjusts different climate settings.
4. Touch the options on the infotainment
display to disable or enable a feature. Allows for setting a phone as your trusted Collision/Detection Systems
device to establish a secure communication Adjusts different driver assistance system
5. Touch S to go back. channel between your phone and vehicle settings.
The Settings menu may contain the that enables convenient features like instant
profile unlocking and account sign in. When Comfort and Convenience
following:
nearby, your trusted device is recognized Adjusts different comfort and convenience
Connections automatically via a unique Bluetooth settings.
connection. Requires the MyBrand
The menu may contain the following: Lighting
mobile app.
Phones Adjusts different lighting settings.
Vehicle
Allows connecting to a different cell phone Power Door Locks
or mobile device source, disconnect a cell The menu may contain the following:
phone or media device, or delete a cell Adjusts different door lock settings.
Teen Driver
phone or media device. Remote Lock, Unlock, and Start
See Teen Driver 0 185.
Wi-Fi Networks Adjusts different remote lock settings.
Rear Seat Reminder
Shows connected and available Wi-Fi Ride Height
networks. Allows for a chime and a message when the
rear door has been opened before or during Adjusts different ride height settings.
Wi-Fi Hotspot operation of the vehicle. Power Assist Steps
Allows adjustment of different Wi-Fi Buckle to Drive
features. Adjusts different running board settings.
This feature can prevent shifting out of Park Seating Position
when the driver, and if applicable the front
passenger, seat belt is not buckled. See Adjusts different seating position settings.
Buckle To Drive 0 58. Suspension
Adjusts different suspension settings.

Trailering Location Services Keyboard & speech
Adjusts different trailering settings. Touch to view the Location Services screen. Touch to change keyboard and speech
App permissions settings.
Apps and Notifications
Touch to view the Permission manager Quick Startup
Shows a list of installed apps and the
permissions used. screen. This allows your infotainment system to
GM Privacy Statement quickly resume its last session.
Date / Time
Touch to view the GM Privacy Statement While the vehicle is in park, press and hold
Allows setting of the clock. the mute/end call button on the steering
screen.
wheel for 15 seconds to reboot the
Display Google legal infotainment system.
Allows adjustment of the infotainment Touch to view the Google legal screen. Reset Options
display.
Storage Touch to change reset settings.
Sounds
This menu shows the storage info on the About
Allows adjustment of the infotainment infotainment system. Touch to view the infotainment system
system sounds.
Security software information.
Users Legal Information
This menu allows adjustment of the
Modifies the infotainment system’s users. infotainment security settings. Touch to view legal and license information.
Accounts System Updates
Allows adding or adjusting of the user The menu may contain the following: This menu allows adjustment of the vehicle
accounts. update settings.
Language
Privacy This will set the display language used on Google
The menu may contain the following: the infotainment display. This menu allows adjustment of the Google
settings.

Teen Driver Set up/Add keys to activate Teen Driver and Driver restrictions will be applied
assign restrictions to the key: whenever this remote key is used to
If equipped, this allows multiple keys to be operate the vehicle.
registered for beginner drivers to encourage Any vehicle key can be registered, up to a
maximum of eight keys. Label the key to . If the remote key has already been
safe driving habits. When the vehicle is
tell it apart from the other keys. registered, the option to remove the
started with a Teen Driver key, it will
key displays. If Remove is touched,
automatically activate certain safety For a pushbutton start system: the remote key is no longer
systems, allow setting of some features, and 1. Start the vehicle. registered. A confirmation message
limit the use of others. The Report Card will
2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle displays, and Teen Driver restrictions
record vehicle data about driving behavior
must be in P (Park). For manual will not be applied if this remote key
that can be viewed later. When the vehicle
transmissions, the vehicle must be is used to operate the vehicle.
is started with a registered key, the Driver
Information Center (DIC) displays a message stopped with the parking brake set. In vehicles with a pushbutton start system,
that Teen Driver is active. 3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle if a Teen Driver and a non-Teen Driver key
and then Teen Driver. are both present at start up, the vehicle will
To access:
4. Enter the PIN. recognize the non-Teen Driver key to start
1. Touch Settings on the Home Page, then the vehicle. The Teen Driver settings will not
touch Vehicle, and then Teen Driver. 5. Place the remote key you wish to be active.
2. Create a Personal Identification Number register in the transmitter pocket. The
key does not need to be the one that For a keyed ignition system:
(PIN) by choosing a four-digit PIN.
Re-enter the PIN to confirm. To change started the vehicle. See Remote Key 1. Start the vehicle.
the PIN, touch Change PIN. Operation 0 15 for transmitter pocket 2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle
location. must be in P (Park). For manual
The PIN is required to: 6. From the Teen Driver menu, touch Setup transmissions, the vehicle must be
. Set up/Add or remove keys. Keys or Add/Remove Teen Driver Keys. stopped with the parking brake set.
. Change Teen Driver settings. . If the remote key has not previously 3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle
. Change or clear the Teen Driver PIN. been registered, the option to add and then Teen Driver.
. Access or delete Report Card data. the key displays. Touch Add and a 4. Enter the PIN.
confirmation message displays. Teen

5. Touch Setup Keys or Add/Remove Teen Teen Driver Speed Limiter : Limits the that contain explicit content, and the Explicit
Driver Keys. The system displays maximum speed of the vehicle. When the Content Filter selection in the Audio Settings
instructions for registering or speed limiter is turned on and the vehicle is will be unavailable for change.
unregistering a key. A confirmation started with a Teen Driver key, the DIC When Teen Driver is Active:
message displays. displays a message that the top speed is
. If equipped, the radio will mute when the
Manage Settings or Teen Driver Settings limited.
driver seat belt, and in some vehicles the
Depending on the options of your vehicle, On certain vehicles, when the Speed Limiter front passenger seat belt, is not buckled.
the following menu items may be displayed: is turned ON, the vehicle’s maximum The audio from any device paired to the
acceleration will be limited. The DIC will vehicle will also be muted.
Buckle to Drive : When turned ON, Buckle to display a message that the acceleration is . An object placed on the front passenger
Drive prevents the driver from shifting out limited.
of P (Park) for a period of time after the seat, such as a briefcase, handbag,
brake pedal is pressed if the driver, or on Teen Driver Speed Warning : Displays a grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic
some vehicles the detected passenger, has warning in the DIC when exceeding a device, could cause the passenger sensing
not buckled their seat belt. On some selectable speed. Turn the speed warning on system to falsely sense an unbuckled
vehicles, Buckle to Drive is always ON when or off and choose the desired speed warning front passenger and mute the radio.
Teen Driver is active and is not configurable. level. The speed warning does not limit the If this happens, remove the object from
See Buckle To Drive 0 58. speed of the vehicle. On some infotainment the seat. See Passenger Sensing System
systems, touch Set Teen Driver Speed 0 69.
Audio Volume Limit : Allows a maximum Warning to set the warning speed. . Some safety systems, such as Automatic
audio volume to be set. Turn the audio Emergency Braking, if equipped, cannot
volume limit on or off. Use the arrows to Set Teen Driver Speed Warning : Choose the
desired speed warning level. The speed be turned off.
choose the maximum allowable level for the
warning does not limit the speed of the . The gap setting for Adaptive Cruise
audio volume. On some infotainment
systems, touch Set Audio Volume Limit to vehicle. Control and alert timing for Forward
choose the maximum allowable audio SiriusXM Explicit Content Filter : Allows the Collision Alert, if equipped, cannot be
volume level. SiriusXM Explicit Content Filter to be turned changed.
ON or OFF. When ON, the teen driver will . When trying to change a safety feature
Set Audio Volume Limit : Use the arrows to that is not configurable in Teen Driver,
choose the maximum allowable level for the not be able to listen to SiriusXM stations
the feature may be grayed out or
audio volume. removed from the infotainment menu,

or the DIC will display a message . Overspeed Warnings – the number of . Tailgating Alerts (if equipped) – the
indicating that Teen Driver is active and times the speed warning setting was number of times the driver was alerted
the action is not available. exceeded. for following a vehicle ahead too closely.
. Super Cruise or Ultra Cruise, if equipped, . Wide Open Throttle – the number of Report Card Data
is not available. times the accelerator pedal was pressed
nearly all the way down. Cumulative Data is saved for all trips until
. Enhanced Low Fuel Warning (if equipped)
the Report Card is reset or until the
– When the vehicle is low on fuel, the . Forward Collision Alerts (if equipped) – maximum count is exceeded. If the
low fuel light on the instrument cluster the number of times the driver was maximum count is exceeded for a Report
flashes and the DIC low fuel warning notified when approaching a vehicle Card line item, that item will no longer be
cannot be dismissed. ahead too quickly and at potential risk for updated in the Report Card until it is reset.
. Do not tow a trailer if equipped with a crash. Each item will report a maximum of
Automatic Emergency Braking. . Forward Automatic Braking, also called 1,000 counts. The distance driven will report
Automatic Emergency Braking (if a maximum of 64 374 km (40,000 mi).
Report Card
equipped) – the number of times the
The vehicle owner must secure the driver’s vehicle detected that a forward collision To delete Report Card data, do one of the
consent to record certain vehicle data when was imminent and applied the brakes. following:
the vehicle is driven with a registered Teen . . From the Report Card display, touch
Reverse Automatic Braking (if equipped) –
Driver key. There is one Report Card per the number of times the vehicle detected Reset.
vehicle. Data is only recorded when a that a rearward collision was imminent . Touch Clear PIN and All Teen Driver Keys
registered Teen Driver key is used to and applied the brakes. from the Teen Driver menu. This will also
operate the vehicle. . unregister any Teen Driver keys and
Traction Control – the number of times
The Report Card data is collected from the the Traction Control System activated to delete the PIN.
time Teen Driver is activated or the last reduce wheel spin or loss of traction. Forgotten PIN
time the Report Card was reset. The . Stability Control – the number of events
following items may be recorded: See your dealer to reset the PIN.
which required the use of electronic
. Distance Driven – the total distance stability control.
driven. . Antilock Braking System Active – The
. Maximum Speed – the maximum vehicle number of Antilock Brake System
speed detected. activations.

Trademarks and License Connected Access plan and may vary by
vehicle model. Content varies by SiriusXM
Agreements subscription plan. GM connected vehicle
services vary by vehicle model and require
FCC Information
active service plan, working electrical
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 415. system, cell reception and GPS signal. See
onstar.com for details and limitations.
Trial length and service availability may vary
by model, model year or trim. Service will SiriusXM, Pandora, Stitcher and all related
automatically stop at the end of your trial logos are trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc.
subscription period unless you decide to and its respective subsidiaries.
continue service. If you do not wish to enjoy SiriusXM satellite service is only available in
your trial, you can cancel by calling the the 48 contiguous United States (and Puerto
"Made for iPhone," means that an electronic number below. All SiriusXM services require Rico with limited availability) and Canada.
accessory has been designed to connect a subscription, each sold separately by
In Canada: Some deterioration of service
specifically to iPhone, and has been certified SiriusXM after the trial period. Service
may occur in extreme northern latitudes.
by the developer to meet Apple subject to the applicable SiriusXM Customer
This is beyond the control of SiriusXM.
performance standards. Apple is not Agreement and Privacy Policy, visit
www.siriusxm.com (USA) or www.siriusxm.ca Explicit Language Notice: Channels with
responsible for the operation of this device
(Canada) to see complete terms and how to frequent explicit language are indicated with
or its compliance with safety and regulatory
cancel which includes calling 1-866-635-2349 an “XL” after the channel name.
standards. Please note that the use of this
(USA) or 1-888-539-7474 (Canada). Some Family-friendly packages are available by
accessory with iPhone may affect wireless
services and features are subject to device contacting SiriusXM:
performance. iPhone are trademarks of
Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other capabilities and location availability. Content . USA Customers — See www.siriusxm.com
countries. varies by SiriusXM subscription package. All or call 1-888-601-6296.
fees, content and features are subject to . Canada Customers — See
change. www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677.
SiriusXM with 360L: Some features, It is prohibited to copy, decompile,
including streaming content and listening disassemble, reverse engineer, hack,
recommendations, require an active OnStar manipulate, or otherwise make available any

technology or software incorporated in U.S. Patents at the following address LICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO
receivers compatible with the SiriusXM www.immersion.com/patent-marking.html LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED
Satellite Radio System or that support the and other patents pending. FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL
SiriusXM website, the Online Service or any Bose INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM
of its content. MPEG LA, LLC. SEE
Bose AudioPilot and Bose Centerpoint HTTPS://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
General Requirements: surround are registered trademarks of Bose
1. A License Agreement from SiriusXM is Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. VC-1
required for any product that THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE VC-1
incorporates SiriusXM Technology and/or Bluetooth
PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE
for use of any of the SiriusXM marks to The Bluetooth word mark and logos are PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A
be manufactured, distributed, owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN
or marketed in the SiriusXM use of such marks by General Motors is COMPLIANCE WITH THE VC-1 STANDARD
Service Area. under license. Other trademarks and trade (“VC-1 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE VC-1
2. For products to be distributed, marketed, names are those of their respective owners. VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A
and/or sold in Canada, a separate Java CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND
agreement is required with Sirius XM NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS
Canada Inc. Java is a registered trademark of Oracle OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER
and/or its affiliates. LICENSED TO PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO
MPEG4–AVC (H.264) LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED
FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM
PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE MPEG LA, LLC. SEE
PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A HTTPS://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN
COMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD MPEG4–Visual
TouchSense Technology and TouchSense (“AVC VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN ANY MANNER
System 1000 Series Licensed from VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A THAT COMPLIES WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUAL
Immersion Corporation. TouchSense System CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND STANDARD IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT FOR USE
1000 is protected under one or more of the NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS BY A CONSUMER ENGAGING IN PERSONAL
OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES.

MP3
MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology
licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson.
WMV/WMA
This product includes technology owned by
Microsoft Corporation and under a license
from Microsoft Licensing, GP. Use or
distribution of such technology outside of
this product is prohibited without a license
from Microsoft Corporation and/or Microsoft
Licensing, GP as applicable.
Climate Controls 191

Climate Controls Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with this system.
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Dual Automatic Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . 196
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
1. Fan Control 9 : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to

2. Air Delivery Mode Controls increase or decrease the fan speed.
3. TEMP (Temperature Control) TEMP : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise
4. Recirculation to increase or decrease the temperature
inside the vehicle.
5. A/C (Air Conditioning)
6. ON/OFF Air Delivery Mode Controls : Press z, Y,
7. MAX Defrost or [ to change the direction of the
airflow. Any combination of the three
8. Rear Window Defogger (If Equipped) or controls can be selected. An indicator light
Heated Mirrors (If Equipped)
comes on in the selected mode button.
192 Climate Controls

To change the current mode, select one or @ : Press to turn on recirculation. An The rear window defogger only works when
more of the following. An indicator light will indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated the engine is running. The defogger can be
illuminate: to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle. turned off by turning the vehicle off or to
It can also be used to help reduce outside accessory mode.
z : Air is directed to the windshield, air and odors that enter the vehicle.
outboard A/C outlets, and side window If equipped with heated outside mirrors,
outlets. Avoid using recirculation for long periods of press f to turn them on or off. See Heated
time in cold or damp conditions. Using Mirrors 0 37.
Y : Air is directed to the A/C outlets. recirculation in cold or damp conditions can
[ : Air is directed to the floor outlets, result in window fogging. Caution
with some air directed to the windshield, A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning on Using a razor blade or sharp object to
outboard A/C outlets, and side window or off. An indicator light comes on to show clear the inside rear window can damage
outlets. that the air conditioning is enabled. If the the rear window defogger. Repairs would
0 MAX : Air is directed to the windshield fan is turned off, the air conditioner will not not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
and the fan runs at a higher speed if not run. The A/C light will stay on even if the Do not clear the inside rear window with
already above a medium fan speed. This outside temperatures are below freezing. sharp objects.
mode overrides the previous mode selected Rear Window Defogger
and clears fog or frost from the windshield
more quickly. When the control is pressed 1 REAR : If equipped, press to turn the
again, the system returns to the previous rear window defogger on or off. An indicator
mode setting and fan speed. light on the button comes on to show that
the rear window defogger is on.
For best results, clear all snow and ice from
the windshield before defrosting.

Dual Automatic Climate Control System Climate Control Display
The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with this system.
Uplevel Shown
1. Driver and Passenger Temperature
1. Driver and Passenger Temperature 7. Fan Control Settings
Controls 8. Power Button 2. Fan Control
2. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 9. MAX Defrost 3. Driver and Passenger Temperature
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls 10. Rear Window Defogger (If Equipped) or Controls
4. SYNC (Synchronized Temperature) Heated Mirrors (If Equipped) 4. Recirculation
5. Recirculation 5. A/C (Air Conditioning)
6. A/C (Air Conditioning) 6. Sync (Synchronized Temperature)
7. Auto (Automatic Operation)
8. Air Delivery Mode Controls
9. On/Off (Power)
10. Front Climate Selection

The fan, air delivery mode, air conditioning, To improve fuel efficiency and to cool the SYNC : Press to link the passenger
driver and passenger temperatures, and Sync vehicle faster, recirculation may be temperature setting to the driver setting.
settings can be controlled by touching automatically selected in warm weather. The SYNC indicator light will turn on. When
CLIMATE on the infotainment home screen. The recirculation light will not come on the passenger setting is adjusted, the SYNC
A selection can then be made on the front indicator light will turn off.
climate control page displayed. when automatically controlled. See @
under “Manual Operation” for more details. Air Delivery Mode Control : Press z, Y,
The fan speed setting appears briefly on the or [ to change the direction of the
display screen when the center stack climate Manual Operation
airflow. Any combination of the three
controls are adjusted.
9 : Press to increase or decrease the fan controls can be selected. An indicator light
Automatic Operation speed. The fan speed setting appears on the comes on in the selected mode button.
The system automatically controls the fan main display. Pressing either button cancels Changing the mode cancels the automatic
speed, air delivery, air conditioning, and automatic fan control and the fan is operation and the system goes into manual
recirculation in order to heat or cool the controlled manually. mode. Press AUTO to return to automatic
vehicle to the desired temperature. Press AUTO to return to automatic operation.
When AUTO is lit, all four functions operate operation. To change the current mode, select one or
automatically. Each function can also be Driver and Passenger Temperature Control : more of the following:
manually set and the selected setting is The temperature can be adjusted separately
displayed. Functions not manually set will for the driver and passenger. z : Air is directed to the windshield,
continue to be automatically controlled, outboard A/C outlets, and side window
Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise outlets.
even if the AUTO indicator is not lit.
to increase or decrease the driver or
For automatic operation: passenger temperature setting. The driver Y : Air is directed to the A/C outlets.
1. Press AUTO. side or passenger side temperature display [ : Air is directed to the floor outlets,
shows the temperature setting increasing or with some air directed to the windshield,
2. Set the temperature. Allow the system
decreasing. outboard A/C outlets, and side window
time to stabilize. Adjust the temperature
as needed for best comfort. outlets.

0 MAX : Air is directed to the windshield Rear Window Defogger remote start. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 21,
and the fan runs at a higher speed if not Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 54, and
already above a medium fan speed. This 1 REAR : If equipped, press to turn the Heated Steering Wheel 0 105.
mode overrides the previous mode selected rear window defogger on or off. An indicator
and clears fog or frost from the windshield light on the button comes on to show that Sensors
more quickly. When the control is pressed the rear window defogger is on.
again, the system returns to the previous The rear window defogger only works when
mode setting and fan speed. the engine is running. The defogger can be
For best results, clear all snow and ice from turned off by turning the vehicle off or to
the windshield before defrosting. accessory mode.
If equipped with heated outside mirrors,
@ : Press to turn on recirculation. An press f to turn them on or off. See Heated
indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated
to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle. Mirrors 0 37.
It can also be used to help reduce outside
Caution
air and odors that enter the vehicle.
Using a razor blade or sharp object to
Avoid using recirculation for long periods of clear the inside rear window can damage
time in cold or damp conditions. Using The solar sensor, on top of the instrument
the rear window defogger. Repairs would
recirculation in cold or damp conditions can panel near the windshield, monitors the
result in window fogging. not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Do not clear the inside rear window with solar heat.
A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning on sharp objects. The climate control system uses the sensor
or off. An indicator light comes on to show information to adjust the temperature, fan
that the air conditioning is enabled. If the Remote Start Climate Control Operation : speed, recirculation, and air delivery mode
fan is turned off, the air conditioner will not If equipped with remote start, the climate for best comfort.
run. The A/C light will stay on even if the control system may run when the vehicle is
outside temperatures are below freezing. started remotely. If equipped with heated or Do not cover the sensor; otherwise the
ventilated seats or a heated steering wheel, automatic climate control system may not
these features may come on during a work properly.

Afterblow Feature . Clear snow off the hood to improve
visibility and help decrease moisture
If equipped, under certain conditions, the
drawn into the vehicle.
fan may stay on or may turn on and off
several times after you turn off and lock the . Keep the path under the front seats clear
vehicle. This is normal. of objects to help circulate the air inside
of the vehicle more effectively.
. Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors
Air Vents can adversely affect system performance.
Use the sliding knobs on the center and side Check with your dealer before adding
air vents to change the direction of the equipment to the outside of the vehicle.
airflow. . Do not attach any devices to the air vent
Air vents blow warm air on the side slats. Doing so restricts airflow and may
windows in cold weather. If Floor, Defog, cause damage to the air vents. 1. Open the lower glove box door
or Defrost modes are selected, a small completely.
amount of air will come from the vents Maintenance
closest to the window.
To close the front A/C vents, move the Passenger Compartment Air Filter
sliding knobs to the full down position for The filter reduces the dust, pollen, and other
vertical slats or away from you for airborne irritants from outside air that is
horizontal slats. pulled into the vehicle.
To close the rear A/C vents, move the The filter should be replaced as part of
sliding knobs to the full inboard position. routine scheduled maintenance. See
Operation Tips Maintenance Schedule 0 396. To find out
. Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves from what type of filter to use, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts 0 401.
air inlets at the base of the windshield
that could block airflow.
2. Push the dampener arm to the left until
it releases the glove box.

4. Pull lever on left side of the filter door During service, all refrigerants should be
and slide left, then remove the door. reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting
Remove the old filter. refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is
5. Install the new air filter. harmful to the environment and may also
create unsafe conditions based on
6. Reinstall the filter door. inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other
7. Reverse the steps to reinstall the health-based concerns.
glove box.
The air conditioning system requires periodic
See your dealer if additional assistance is maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule
needed. 0 396.
Service
3. Press the sides of the glove box door All vehicles have a label underhood that
inward and rotate the door downward to identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle.
remove. The refrigerant system should only be
serviced by trained and certified technicians.
The air conditioning evaporator should never
be repaired or replaced by one from a
salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced
by a new evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
198 Driving and Operating

Driving and Operating Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Advanced Driver Assistance Systems
Advanced Driver Assistance Systems . . . 253
Engine Exhaust Assistance Systems for Parking or
Driving Information Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Driving for Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . 199 Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . 223 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Surround Vision System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Impaired Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Assistance Systems for Driving . . . . . . . . 264
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Drive Systems Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Automatic Emergency
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Brakes Braking (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . 271
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Truck-Camper Loading Information . . . . . 214 Ride Control Systems Fuel
Traction Control/Electronic Stability Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Starting and Operating Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Locking Rear Axle (Automatic Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Mechanical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . 220 Locking Rear Axle (Electronic) . . . . . . . . . 240 Filling the Tank (Pickup Models) . . . . . . . 274
Vehicle Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Filling the Tank (Chassis Cab and Box
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Delete Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . 277
Parking over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . 222 Adaptive Cruise Control (Camera) . . . . . . 242
Driving and Operating 199

Trailer Towing Driving Information Distracted Driving
General Towing Information . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Driving Characteristics and Distraction comes in many forms and can
Driving for Better Fuel Economy take your focus from the task of driving.
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here Exercise good judgment and do not let other
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 are some driving tips to get the best fuel activities divert your attention away from
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 economy possible: the road. Many local governments have
Trailering App . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 . Set the climate controls to the desired enacted laws regarding driver distraction.
temperature after the engine is started, Become familiar with the local laws in
Conversions and Add-Ons or turn them off when not required. your area.
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . 307 . Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly. To avoid distracted driving, keep your eyes
Adding a Snow Plow or Similar on the road, keep your hands on the
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 . Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops.
. Avoid idling the engine for long periods steering wheel, and focus your attention on
Pickup Conversion to Chassis Cab . . . . . 309 driving.
of time.
. Do not use a phone in demanding driving
. When road and weather conditions are
situations. Use a hands-free method to
appropriate, use cruise control.
place or receive necessary phone calls.
. Always follow posted speed limits or
. Watch the road. Do not read, take notes,
drive more slowly when conditions
or look up information on phones or
require.
other electronic devices.
. Keep vehicle tires properly inflated.
. Designate a front seat passenger to
. Combine several trips into a single trip.
handle potential distractions.
. Replace the vehicle's tires with the same . Become familiar with vehicle features
TPC Spec number molded into the tire's before driving, such as programming
sidewall near the size. favorite radio stations and adjusting
. Follow recommended scheduled climate control and seat settings. Program
maintenance. all trip information into any navigation
device prior to driving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parked to . Assume that other road users Control of a Vehicle
retrieve items that have fallen to the (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers)
floor. are going to be careless and make Braking, steering, and accelerating are
. Stop or park the vehicle to tend to mistakes. Anticipate what they may do important factors in helping to control a
children. and be ready. vehicle while driving.
. Allow enough following distance between
. Keep pets in an appropriate carrier or
you and the driver in front of you.
Braking
restraint.
. Avoid stressful conversations while . Focus on the task of driving. Braking action involves perception time and
reaction time. Deciding to push the brake
driving, whether with a passenger or on a
cell phone. Impaired Driving pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.
Death and injury associated with impaired
{ Warning driving is a global tragedy. Average driver reaction time is about
three-quarters of a second. In that time, a
Taking your eyes off the road too long or
too often could cause a crash resulting in { Warning vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels
20 m (66 ft), which could be a lot of
injury or death. Focus your attention on Drinking alcohol or taking drugs and then distance in an emergency.
driving. driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes,
perceptions, attentiveness, and judgment Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include:
Refer to the infotainment section for more can be affected by even a small amount . Keep enough distance between you and
information on using that system and the of alcohol or drugs. You can have a the vehicle in front of you.
navigation system, if equipped, including serious — or even fatal — collision if you . Avoid needless heavy braking.
pairing and using a cell phone. drive after drinking or taking drugs. . Keep pace with traffic.
Defensive Driving Do not drive while under the influence of If the engine ever stops or a brake fault
alcohol or drugs, or ride with a driver occurs, the brakes may lose power assist.
Defensive driving means “always expect the More effort will be required to stop the
unexpected.” The first step in driving who has been drinking or is impaired by
drugs. Find alternate transportation vehicle. It may take longer to stop.
defensively is to wear the seat belt. See
Seat Belts 0 57. home; or if you are with a group,
designate a driver who will remain sober.

Steering Hydraulic Power Steering (2500/3500 If power steering assist is lost because the
Series) engine stops or the system malfunctions,
Caution the vehicle can be steered but may require
(2500/3500 Series – All Regular Cab, Double increased effort. See your dealer.
To avoid damage to the steering system, Cab/Crew Cab with Base Interior)
do not drive over curbs, parking barriers,
or similar objects at speeds greater than
The power steering system may require { Warning
maintenance. See Power Steering Fluid Do not hold the brake pedal and press
3 km/h (1 mph). Use care when driving 0 324.
over other objects such as lane dividers the accelerator pedal at the same time.
and speed bumps. Damage caused by If power steering assist is lost because the Damage may occur to the power steering
misuse of the vehicle is not covered by engine stops or the system malfunctions, and power brake systems which could
the vehicle warranty. the vehicle can be steered but may require lead to reduced performance, up to and
increased effort. See your dealer. including loss of steering and brake
(2500/3500 Series – Double Cab/Crew Cab assist.
with Uplevel Interior)
The vehicle has a power steering system Caution
that varies the amount of effort required to
steer the vehicle. Less steering effort is Do not hold the steering wheel at full
required at slower speeds. At faster speeds, rotation for more than 15 seconds and/or
the required steering effort increases. The at an elevated RPM. Damage may occur
system helps the steering wheel return to to the power steering system and there
center at low speeds. Pressing the Tow/Haul may be loss of power steering assist.
mode button adjusts steering effort for
driving conditions described in Tow/Haul Curve Tips
Mode 0 227. . Take curves at a reasonable speed.
The power steering system may require . Reduce speed before entering a curve.
maintenance. See Power Steering Fluid . Maintain a reasonable steady speed
0 324. through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve The vehicle's right wheels can drop off the Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking
before accelerating gently into the edge of a road onto the shoulder while reasonable care suited to existing conditions,
straightaway. driving. Follow these tips: and by not overdriving those conditions. But
1. Ease off the accelerator and then, skids are always possible.
Steering in Emergencies
if there is nothing in the way, steer the If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these
. There are some situations when steering
vehicle so that it straddles the edge of suggestions:
around a problem may be more effective the pavement.
than braking. . Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal
. Holding both sides of the steering wheel 2. Turn the steering wheel about and steer the way you want the vehicle
one-eighth of a turn, until the right front to go. The vehicle may straighten out. Be
allows you to turn 180 degrees without
tire contacts the pavement edge. ready for a second skid if it occurs.
removing a hand.
. Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows 3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight . Slow down and adjust your driving
steering while braking. down the roadway. according to weather conditions. Stopping
distance can be longer and vehicle control
Off-Road Recovery Loss of Control can be affected when traction is reduced
by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other
Skidding material on the road. Learn to recognize
There are three types of skids that warning clues — such as enough water,
correspond to the vehicle's three control ice, or packed snow on the road to make
systems: a mirrored surface — and slow down
. Braking Skid — wheels are not rolling. when you have any doubt.
. Steering or Cornering Skid — too much . Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration,
speed or steering in a curve causes tires or braking, including reducing vehicle
to slip and lose cornering force. speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any
. Acceleration Skid — too much throttle sudden changes could cause the tires to
causes the driving wheels to spin. slide.
Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only
the braking skid.

Off-Road Driving . Remove any underbody air deflector,
if equipped. Re-attach the air deflector Warning (Continued)
Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be used for after off-road driving. . Keep cargo in the cargo area as far
off-road driving. Vehicles without four-wheel . Know the local laws that apply to off-road forward and as low as possible. The
drive and vehicles not equipped with All driving. heaviest things should be on the floor,
Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) tires must forward of the rear axle.
not be driven off-road except on a level, To gain more ground clearance if needed, it
may be necessary to remove the front fascia . Heavy loads on the roof raise the
solid surface. For contact information about
the original equipment tires, see the lower air dam, if equipped. However, driving vehicle's center of gravity, making it
warranty manual. without the air dam reduces fuel economy. more likely to roll over. You can be
seriously or fatally injured if the
One of the best ways for successful off-road Caution vehicle rolls over. Put heavy loads
driving is to control the speed. inside the cargo area, not on the roof.
Operating the vehicle for extended
periods without the front fascia lower air
{ Warning dam installed can cause improper airflow
For more information about loading the
When driving off-road, bouncing and vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 209 and
to the engine. Reattach the front fascia Tires 0 346.
quick changes in direction can easily air dam after off-road driving.
throw you out of position. This could Environmental Concerns
cause you to lose control and crash. You Loading the Vehicle for Off-Road Driving . Always use established trails, roads, and
and your passengers should always wear areas that have been set aside for public
seat belts. { Warning off-road recreational driving and obey all
. Unsecured cargo on the load floor can posted regulations.
Before Driving Off-Road be tossed about when driving over . Do not damage shrubs, flowers, trees,
. Have all necessary maintenance and rough terrain. You or your passengers or grasses or disturb wildlife.
service work completed. can be struck by flying objects. Secure . Do not park over things that burn. See
. Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, and check the cargo properly. Parking over Things That Burn 0 222.
inflation pressure in all tires, including the (Continued)
spare, if equipped.
. Read all the information about
four-wheel-drive vehicles in this manual.

Driving on Hills . If an incline must be driven across, and
{ Warning the vehicle starts to slide, turn downhill.
Driving safely on hills requires good This should help straighten out the
judgment and an understanding of what the Driving to the top of a hill at high speed
can cause a crash. There could be a vehicle and prevent the side slipping.
vehicle can and cannot do.
drop-off, embankment, cliff, or even . Never go downhill forward or backward
another vehicle. You could be seriously with either the transmission or transfer
{ Warning injured or killed. As you near the top of a case in N (Neutral). The brakes could
Many hills are simply too steep for any hill, slow down and stay alert. overheat and you could lose control.
vehicle. Driving up hills can cause the . When driving down a hill, keep the
vehicle to stall. Driving down hills can . Use headlamps even during the day to vehicle headed straight down. Use a low
cause loss of control. Driving across hills make the vehicle more visible. gear because the engine will work with
can cause a rollover. You could be injured . Avoid turns that take the vehicle across the brakes to slow the vehicle and help
or killed. Do not drive on steep hills. the incline of the hill. Driving across an keep the vehicle under control.
incline puts more weight on the downhill
Before driving on a hill, assess the wheels, which could cause a downhill { Warning
steepness, traction, and obstructions. If the slide or a rollover.
terrain ahead cannot be seen, get out of the If the vehicle has the two-speed
. Loose gravel, muddy spots, or even wet automatic transfer case, shifting the
vehicle and walk the hill before driving grass can cause the tires to slip sideways,
further. transfer case to N (Neutral) can cause
downhill. If the vehicle slips sideways, it your vehicle to roll even if the
When driving on hills: can hit something and potentially transmission is in P (Park). This is because
. Use a low gear and keep a firm grip on roll over. the N (Neutral) position on the transfer
the steering wheel. . Hidden obstacles can make the steepness case overrides the transmission. You or
. Maintain a slow speed. of the incline more severe. If a rock is someone else could be injured. If leaving
. When possible, drive straight up or down driven across with the uphill wheels, or if the vehicle, set the parking brake and
the hill. the downhill wheels drop into a rut or
shift the transmission to P (Park). Shift
depression, the vehicle can tilt even more.
. Slow down when approaching the top of the transfer case to any position but
the hill. N (Neutral).

2. Shift into P (Park) and then restart the
{ Warning engine. { Warning
Heavy braking when going down a hill . If driving uphill when the vehicle Getting out of the vehicle on the
can cause your brakes to overheat and stalls, shift to R (Reverse), release the downhill side when stopped across an
fade. This could cause loss of control and parking brake, and back incline is dangerous. If the vehicle rolls
you or others could be injured or killed. straight down. over, you could be crushed or killed.
Apply the brakes lightly when descending . Never try to turn the vehicle around. Always get out on the uphill side of the
a hill and use a low gear to keep vehicle If the hill is steep enough to stall the vehicle and stay well clear of the
speed under control. vehicle, it is steep enough to cause it rollover path.
to roll over.
If a brake fade condition is detected, a DIC . If you cannot make it up the hill, Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, or Ice
warning message is displayed. Adjust brake back straight down the hill.
pedal use and shift to a lower transmission Use a low gear when driving in mud — the
. Never back down a hill in N (Neutral) deeper the mud, the lower the gear. Keep
gear to reduce braking. using only the brake. The vehicle can the vehicle moving to avoid getting stuck.
If the brakes continue to fade to a severe roll backward quickly and you could
condition, additional DIC messages are lose control. Traction changes when driving on sand. On
loose sand, such as on beaches or sand
displayed. The brake system warning light . If driving downhill when the vehicle
dunes, the tires tend to sink into the sand.
will illuminate, and the vehicle speed may stalls, shift to a lower gear, release This affects steering, accelerating, and
be limited. See Brake System Warning Light the parking brake, and drive straight braking. Drive at a reduced speed and avoid
0 124. down the hill. sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers.
If the vehicle stalls on a hill: 3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted after
Traction is reduced on hard packed snow
1. Apply the brakes to stop the vehicle, and stalling, set the parking brake, shift into
and ice and it is easy to lose control. Reduce
then apply the parking brake. P (Park), and turn the vehicle off.
vehicle speed when driving on hard packed
3.1. Leave the vehicle and seek help. snow and ice.
3.2. Stay clear of the path the vehicle
would take if it rolled downhill.
{ Warning
If the standing water is not too deep, drive Driving on Wet Roads
through it slowly. At faster speeds, water
Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, or rivers can get into the engine and cause it to stall. Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle
Stalling can occur if the exhaust pipe is traction and affect your ability to stop and
can be dangerous. Ice conditions vary
under water. Do not turn off the ignition accelerate. Always drive slower in these
greatly and the vehicle could fall through
when driving through water. If the exhaust types of driving conditions and avoid driving
the ice; you and your passengers could through large puddles and deep-standing or
drown. Drive your vehicle on safe pipe is under water, the engine will not
start. When going through water, the brakes flowing water.
surfaces only.
get wet and it may take longer to stop. See
Driving in Water “Driving on Wet Roads” later in this section. { Warning
After Off-Road Driving Wet brakes can cause crashes. They
{ Warning Remove any brush or debris that has
might not work as well in a quick stop
and could cause pulling to one side. You
Driving through rushing water can be collected on the underbody or chassis, could lose control of the vehicle.
dangerous. Deep water can sweep your or under the hood. These accumulations can
vehicle downstream and you and your be a fire hazard. Reinstall underbody air After driving through a large puddle of
passengers could drown. If it is only deflector and air dam if removed. water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply
shallow water, it can still wash away the the brake pedal until the brakes work
After operation in mud or sand, have the
ground from under your tires. Traction brake linings cleaned and checked. These normally.
could be lost, and the vehicle could roll substances can cause glazing and uneven Flowing or rushing water creates strong
over. Do not drive through rushing water. braking. Check the body structure, driveline, forces. Driving through flowing water
steering, suspension, wheels, tires, and could cause the vehicle to be carried
exhaust system for damage and check the away. If this happens, you and other
Caution fuel lines and cooling system for any vehicle occupants could drown. Do not
Do not drive through standing water if it leakage. ignore police warnings and be very
is deep enough to cover the wheel hubs, More frequent maintenance service is cautious about trying to drive through
axles, or exhaust pipe. Deep water can required. See the Maintenance Schedule flowing water.
damage the axle and other vehicle parts. 0 396.

Hydroplaning . Keep the vehicle serviced and in good . Be alert on top of hills; something could
shape. be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash).
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build
. Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires, and . Pay attention to special road signs (e.g.,
up under the vehicle's tires so they actually
ride on the water. This can happen if the cooling system. falling rocks area, winding roads, long
road is wet enough and you are going fast . Shift to a lower gear when going down grades, passing or no-passing zones) and
enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it steep or long hills. take appropriate action.
has little or no contact with the road. Winter Driving
There is no hard and fast rule about { Warning
hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow Using the brakes to slow the vehicle on a Driving on Snow or Ice
down when the road is wet. long downhill slope can cause brake
overheating, can reduce brake Caution
Other Rainy Weather Tips performance, and could result in a loss of To avoid damage to the wheels and
Besides slowing down, other wet weather braking. Shift the transmission to a lower brake components, always clear snow and
driving tips include: gear to let the engine assist the brakes ice from inside the wheels and
. Allow extra following distance. on a steep downhill slope. underneath the vehicle before driving.
. Pass with caution.
Snow or ice between the tires and the road
. Keep windshield wiping equipment in
good shape. { Warning creates less traction or grip, so drive
carefully. Wet ice can occur at about 0 °C
. Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or with (32 °F) when freezing rain begins to fall.
filled. the ignition off is dangerous. This can Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
. Have good tires with proper tread depth. cause overheating of the brakes and loss until roads can be treated.
See Tires 0 346. of steering assist. Always have the engine
running and the vehicle in gear. For Slippery Road Driving:
. Turn off cruise control.
. Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly
Hill and Mountain Roads . Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in causes the wheels to spin and makes the
its own lane. Do not swing wide or cross surface under the tires slick.
Driving on steep hills or through mountains the center line. . Turn on Traction Control. See Traction
is different than driving on flat or rolling Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 236.
terrain. Tips include:

. The Antilock Brake System (ABS) improves Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program
vehicle stability during hard stops, but 0 410. To get help and keep everyone in the Warning (Continued)
the brakes should be applied sooner than vehicle safe: For more information about CO, see
when on dry pavement. See Antilock . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. Engine Exhaust 0 222.
Brake System (ABS) 0 233. . Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror.
. Allow greater following distance and To save fuel, run the engine for short
watch for slippery spots. Icy patches can { Warning periods to warm the vehicle and then shut
occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded the engine off and partially close the
areas. The surface of a curve or an Snow can trap engine exhaust under the window. Moving about to keep warm also
overpass can remain icy when the vehicle. This may cause exhaust gases to helps.
surrounding roads are clear. Avoid sudden get inside. Engine exhaust contains
If it takes time for help to arrive, when
steering maneuvers and braking while carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be
running the engine, push the accelerator
on ice. seen or smelled. It can cause
pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than
. Turn off cruise control. unconsciousness and even death. the idle speed. This keeps the battery
Cold Weather Mode If the vehicle is stuck in snow: charged to restart the vehicle and to signal
. Clear snow from the base of the for help with the headlamps. Do this as
In very low temperatures, a cold weather little as possible, to save fuel.
message may display on the Driver vehicle, especially any blocking the
Information Center (DIC). The engine speed, exhaust pipe. If the Vehicle Is Stuck
transmission shift patterns, and cabin fan . Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on
Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to
speed may operate differently to enable the the vehicle side that is away from the
free the vehicle when stuck in sand, mud,
vehicle to warm up quicker. You can wind, to bring in fresh air.
ice, or snow. See “Rocking the Vehicle to Get
manually override the cabin fan speed in . Fully open the air outlets on or under It Out” later in this section.
cold weather mode. the instrument panel.
The Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Blizzard Conditions . Adjust the climate control system to Control can often help to free a stuck
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and signal circulate the air inside the vehicle and vehicle. See Traction Control/Electronic
for help. Stay with the vehicle unless there set the fan speed to the highest Stability Control 0 236. If TC/ESC cannot free
is help nearby. If possible, use Roadside setting. See “Climate Control Systems.” the vehicle, see “Rocking the Vehicle to Get
(Continued) it Out” following.

wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning
{ Warning before shifting gears. Slowly spinning the
If the vehicle's tires spin at high speed, wheels in the forward and reverse directions
they can explode, and you or others causes a rocking motion that could free the
could be injured. The vehicle can vehicle. If that does not get the vehicle out
overheat, causing an engine compartment after a few tries, it might need to be towed
fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as out. See Transporting a Disabled Vehicle
little as possible and avoid going above 0 381. Recovery hooks can be used, if the
vehicle has them.
56 km/h (35 mph).
Recovery Hooks
For information about using tire chains on
the vehicle, see Tire Chains 0 364. { Warning
Rocking the Vehicle to Get It Out Never pull on recovery hooks from the Caution
side. The hooks could break and you and Never use recovery hooks to tow the
Caution others could be injured. When using vehicle. The vehicle could be damaged,
Do not hold the steering wheel at full recovery hooks, always pull the vehicle and the repairs would not be covered by
rotation for more than 15 seconds and/or from the front. the vehicle warranty.
at an elevated RPM. Damage may occur
to the power steering system and there If equipped, there are recovery hooks at the
may be loss of power steering assist. front of the vehicle. Use them if the vehicle
is stuck off-road and needs to be pulled
Turn the steering wheel left and right to some place to continue driving.
clear the area around the front wheels. Then
make sure the wheels are pointed straight Vehicle Load Limits
ahead. For four-wheel-drive vehicles, shift
into Four-Wheel Drive High. Turn the TCS
It is very important to know how much
off. Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) weight the vehicle can carry. This
and a forward gear, spinning the wheels as weight is called the vehicle capacity
little as possible. To prevent transmission weight and includes the weight of all

occupants, cargo, and all Tire and Loading Information Label pressures (4). For more information on
nonfactory-installed options. Two labels tires and inflation see Tires 0 346 and
on the vehicle may show how much Tire Pressure 0 351.
weight it was designed to carry: the There is also important loading
Tire and Loading Information label and information on the vehicle Certification/
the Certification/Tire label. Tire label. It may show the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the
{ Warning Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for
Do not load the vehicle any heavier the front and rear axles. See
than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating “Certification/Tire Label” later in this
(GVWR), or either the maximum section.
front or rear Gross Axle Weight
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit
Rating (GAWR). This can cause Label Example
systems to break and change the 1. Locate the statement "The combined
way the vehicle handles. This could A vehicle-specific Tire and Loading weight of occupants and cargo
cause loss of control and a crash. Information label is attached to the should never exceed XXX kg or
Overloading can also reduce stopping center pillar (B-pillar). The Tire and XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s placard.
performance, damage the tires, and Loading Information label shows the 2. Determine the combined weight of
shorten the life of the vehicle. number of occupant seating the driver and passengers that will
positions (1), and the maximum vehicle be riding in your vehicle.
capacity weight (2) in kilograms and 3. Subtract the combined weight of the
pounds. driver and passengers from XXX kg
The Tire and Loading Information label or XXX lbs.
also shows the size of the original 4. The resulting figure equals the
equipment tires (3) and the available amount of cargo and
recommended cold tire inflation luggage load capacity. For example,

if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. If aftermarket accessories are installed on
and there will be five 150 lb the vehicle, for example a rooftop carrier, be
passengers in your vehicle, the sure to add the weight of all installed
amount of available cargo and accessories to the combined weight of
luggage and cargo.
luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded on
the vehicle. That weight may not
safely exceed the available cargo and
luggage load capacity calculated in
Step 4. Example 2
6. If your vehicle will be towing a
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2
trailer, load from your trailer will be = 453 kg (1,000 lb)
transferred to your vehicle. Consult
this manual to determine how this Then subtract Accessory Weight, for
Example 1 example a rooftop cargo box =
reduces the available cargo and 18.1 kg (40 lb)
luggage load capacity of your 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg
vehicle. = 453 kg (1,000 lb) (150 lb) × 5 = 340 kg (750 lb)
See Trailer Towing 0 281 for important Then subtract Accessory Weight, for 3. Remaining available capacity for Cargo
information on towing a trailer, towing example a rooftop cargo box = Weight = 94.9 kg (210 lb)
safety rules, and trailering tips. 15.8 kg (35 lb)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg
(150 lb) × 2 = 136 kg (300 lb)
3. Remaining available capacity for Cargo
Weight = 301.2 kg (665 lb)

Certification/Tire Label Weight Rating (GAWR). To determine
the actual loads on the front and rear
axles, weigh the vehicle at a weigh
station. Your dealer can help with this.
Be sure to spread the load equally on
both sides of the centerline.
The Certification/Tire label may also
contain important information about
the Front Axle Reserve Capacity.
{ Warning
Example 3
In the case of a sudden stop or
Label Example collision, things carried in the bed of
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3
= 453 kg (1,000 lb) your truck could shift forward and
A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire label
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg come into the passenger area,
is attached to the center pillar (B-pillar).
(200 lb) × 5 = 453 kg (1,000 lb) injuring you and others. If you put
The label may show the size of the
3. Available Cargo Weight = 0 kg (0 lb) things in the bed of your truck, you
vehicle's original tires and the inflation
should make sure they are properly
Refer to the Tire and Loading pressures needed to obtain the gross
secured.
Information label for specific weight capacity of the vehicle. This is
information about the vehicle's capacity called Gross Vehicle Weight
weight and seating positions. The Rating (GVWR). The GVWR includes the Caution
combined weight of the driver, weight of the vehicle, all occupants, and Overloading the vehicle may cause
passengers, accessories, and cargo cargo. damage. Repairs would not be covered by
should never exceed the vehicle's The Certification/Tire label also may the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the
capacity weight. show the maximum weights for the vehicle.
front and rear axles, called Gross Axle

Using heavier suspension components There is also important loading Any load that extends beyond the
to get added durability might not information for off-road driving in this vehicle's taillamp area must be properly
change the weight ratings. Ask your manual. See “Loading the Vehicle for marked according to local laws and
dealer to help load the vehicle the Off-Road Driving“ under Off-Road regulations.
right way. Driving 0 203. Remember not to exceed the Gross Axle
Two-Tiered Loading Weight Rating (GAWR) of the front or
{ Warning rear axle.
Things you put inside the vehicle can Depending on the model of the pickup,
strike and injure people in a sudden an upper load platform can be created Add-On Equipment
stop or turn, or in a crash. by positioning three or four 5 cm (2 in) When carrying removable items, a limit
by 15 cm (6 in) wooden planks across on how many people carried inside the
. Put things in the cargo area of the
the width of the pickup box. The planks vehicle may be necessary. Be sure to
vehicle. Try to spread the weight must be inserted in the pickup box
evenly. weigh the vehicle before buying and
depressions. installing the new equipment.
. Never stack heavier things, like
When using this upper load platform,
suitcases, inside the vehicle so be sure the load is securely tied down Caution
that some of them are above the to prevent it from shifting. The load's Overloading the vehicle may cause
tops of the seats. center of gravity should be positioned damage. Repairs would not be covered by
. Do not leave an unsecured child in a zone over the rear axle. The zone is the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the
restraint in the vehicle. located in the area between the front vehicle.
. When you carry something inside of each wheel well and the rear of each
wheel well. The center of gravity height Remember not to exceed the Gross Axle
the vehicle, secure it whenever Weight Rating (GAWR) of the front or
you can. must not extend above the top of the
pickup box flareboard. rear axle.
. Do not leave a seat folded down
unless you need to.

2. Secondary Load Areas When installing and loading a slide-in
* Equipment Maximum Weight
3. GM Approved Accessory Mounting camper, check the manufacturer's
Ladder Rack and 340 kg (750 lb) Points instructions.
Cargo Structural members (1) and (2) are included When carrying a slide-in camper, the
Cross Toolbox and 181 kg (400 lb) in the pickup box design. Additional
total cargo load of the vehicle is the
Cargo accessories should use these load points.
Depending on the accessory design, use a weight of the camper plus:
Side Boxes and 113 kg per side spacer under the accessory at the load . Everything added to the camper after
Cargo (250 lb per side) points to remove gap. The holes for GM it left the factory.
approved accessories (3) are not intended for . Everything in the camper.
* The combined weight for all aftermarket equipment. See
rail-mounted equipment should not . All the people inside.
www.gmupfitter.com for additional pickup
exceed 454 kg (1,000 lb). box load bearing structural information. The CWR is the maximum weight of the
load the vehicle can carry. It does not
Loading Points Truck-Camper Loading Information include the weight of the people inside.
A vehicle-specific Truck-Camper Loading But, use about 68 kg (150 lb) for
Information label is attached to the each seat.
inside of the vehicle's glove box. This The total cargo load must not be more
label indicates if a slide-in camper can than the vehicle's CWR.
be carried, how much of a load the
vehicle can carry, and how to correctly Refer to the Truck-Camper Loading
spread out the load. It will help to Information label in the glove box for
match the right slide-in camper to the dimensions A and B as shown in the
vehicle. following illustration.
Your dealer can help make a good
vehicle-camper match and help
determine the Cargo Weight
1. Primary Load Points
Rating (CWR).

center of gravity (1) should fall within
the truck's recommended center of
gravity zone (2) when installed.
Any accessories or other equipment
that are added to the vehicle must be
weighed. Then, subtract this extra
weight from the CWR. This extra weight
may shorten the center of gravity zone
Use the rear edge of the load floor for of the vehicle.
measurement purposes. The If the slide-in camper and its load
recommended location for the cargo weighs less than the CWR, the center of
center of gravity is in zone C for the 1. Camper Center of Gravity gravity zone for the vehicle may be
CWR. It is the point where the mass of larger.
2. Recommended Center of Gravity
a body is concentrated and,
Location Zone Secure loose items to prevent weight
if suspended at that point, would
balance the front and rear. When the truck is used to carry a shifts that could affect the balance of
slide-in camper, the total cargo load of the vehicle. When the truck-camper is
Here is an example of proper truck and loaded, drive to a scale and weigh on
the truck consists of the manufacturer's
camper match: the front and on the rear wheels
camper weight figure, the weight of
installed additional camper equipment separately to determine axle loads.
not included in the manufacturer's Individual axle loads should not exceed
camper weight figure, the weight of either of the gross axle weight ratings
camper cargo, and the weight of (GAWR). The total axle loads should not
passengers in the camper. The total exceed the vehicle's gross vehicle
cargo load should not exceed the truck's weight rating (GVWR). These ratings are
cargo weight rating, and the camper's given on the Certification/Tire label
attached to the B-pillar. See

“Certification/Tire Label” under Vehicle Caution (Continued) Ignition Positions
Load Limits 0 209. If weight ratings are . Avoid making hard stops for the first
exceeded, move or remove items to 300 km (200 mi). Hard stops with new
bring all weights below the ratings. brake linings can result in premature
See your dealer for more information wear and earlier replacement. Follow
on curb weights, cargo weights, Cargo this guideline every time brake linings
Weight Rating, and the correct center of are replaced.
gravity zone. . Do not tow a trailer. See Trailer
Towing 0 281 for the trailer towing
capabilities of the vehicle and more
Starting and Operating information.
New Vehicle Break-In After the break-in period, the engine
speed and load can be gradually
Caution Base Model Shown, Others Similar
increased.
During the first 800 km (500 mi) of Vehicles equipped with Keyless Access have
driving this vehicle, overall performance On new vehicles, the various mechanical and pushbutton starting.
will benefit by following these break-in electrical systems adjust during the first
6,400 km (4,000 miles) of routine driving to The remote key must be in the vehicle for
period recommendations: the system to operate. If the pushbutton
provide optimal fuel economy and
. Avoid full throttle starts and abrupt transmission shift performance. start is not working, the vehicle may be
stops. near a strong radio antenna signal causing
Electrical systems will adapt and calibrate interference to the Keyless Access system.
. Avoid exceeding the following engine during the break-in period. A one-time See Remote Key Operation 0 15.
speeds when accelerating or occurrence of clicks and similar vehicle
downshifting to slow or brake the noises is normal during this process. To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle must be
vehicle: on and the brake pedal must be applied.
Normal driving charges the vehicle battery
Gasoline engines: 4000 rpm to achieve the best operation of the vehicle.
Diesel engines: 3000 rpm
(Continued)

to right while attempting to start the 5. Set the parking brake. See Electric
{ Warning vehicle. If this does not work, the vehicle Parking Brake 0 234.
Turning off the vehicle while moving may needs service.
cause loss of power assist in the brake Unless an emergency exists, do not turn the { Warning
and steering systems and disable the engine off when the vehicle is moving. This Turning off the vehicle while moving may
airbags. While driving, only shut the will cause a loss of power assist in the brake cause loss of power assist in the brake
vehicle off in an emergency. and steering systems and disable the and steering systems and disable the
airbags. airbags. While driving, only shut the
Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF (No Indicator vehicle off in an emergency.
If the vehicle must be shut off in an
Lights) : When the vehicle is stopped, press
emergency:
ENGINE START/STOP once to turn the Accessory Mode (Amber Indicator Light) :
engine off. 1. If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, and
must be shut off while driving, press and This mode allows some electrical accessories
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the vehicle will hold ENGINE START/STOP button for to be used when the engine is off.
turn off, and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) longer than two seconds, or press twice With the vehicle off, pressing the ENGINE
will remain active. See Retained Accessory in five seconds. START/STOP button one time without the
Power (RAP) 0 220. brake pedal applied will place the vehicle in
2. Brake using a firm and steady pressure.
If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the vehicle Do not pump the brakes repeatedly. This accessory mode.
will return to accessory mode and display may deplete power assist, requiring The vehicle will switch from accessory mode
the message SHIFT TO PARK in the Driver increased brake pedal force. to off after five minutes to prevent battery
Information Center (DIC). When the vehicle is rundown.
3. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can
shifted into P (Park), the vehicle will turn off.
be done while the vehicle is moving. ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Light) : This
The vehicle may have an electric steering After shifting to N (Neutral), firmly apply mode is for driving and starting. With the
column lock. The lock is activated when the the brakes and steer the vehicle to a vehicle off, and the brake pedal applied,
ignition is turned off and driver door is safe location. pressing ENGINE START/STOP button once
opened. A sound may be heard as the lock 4. Come to a complete stop, shift to will turn the ignition on. Once engine
actuates or releases. The steering column P (Park), and make sure engine is off. cranking begins, release the button. Engine
lock may not release with the wheels turned The shift lever must be in P (Park) to cranking will continue until the engine
off center. If this happens, the vehicle may turn the vehicle off. starts. See Starting the Engine 0 218.
not start. Move the steering wheel from left

Service Mode Move the shift lever to P (Park) or When the low fuel warning light is on
This power mode is available for service and N (Neutral). To restart the engine when the and the FUEL LEVEL LOW message is
diagnostics, and to verify the proper vehicle is already moving, use displayed in the Driver Information
operation of the malfunction indicator lamp N (Neutral) only. Center (DIC), press ENGINE START/STOP
as may be required for emission inspection to continue engine cranking.
Caution
purposes. With the vehicle off, and the Caution
brake pedal not applied, pressing and Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
holding the ENGINE START/STOP button for vehicle is moving. If you do, you could Cranking the engine for long periods of
more than five seconds will place the vehicle damage the transmission. Shift to P (Park) time, by returning the ignition to the
in Service Mode. The instruments and audio only when the vehicle is stopped. START position immediately after
systems will operate as they do when the cranking has ended, can overheat and
vehicle is on, but the vehicle will not be able Starting Procedure damage the cranking motor, and drain
to be driven. The engine will not start in 1. The remote key must be in the vehicle. the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
Service Mode. Press the ENGINE START/STOP Press ENGINE START/STOP with the brake between each try, to let the cranking
button again to turn the vehicle off. pedal applied. When the engine begins motor cool down.
cranking, let go of the button.
Starting the Engine 2. If the engine does not start after five to
The driver may observe a minor, and
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the temporary, brake pedal kickback when 10 seconds, especially in very cold
Duramax diesel supplement. starting the vehicle. This is normal. weather (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
be flooded with too much gasoline. Try
Caution The idle speed will go down as the pushing the accelerator pedal all the way
engine gets warm. Do not race the to the floor and holding it there while
If you add electrical parts or accessories, engine immediately after starting it. pressing ENGINE START/STOP for up to a
you could change the way the engine Operate the engine and transmission maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at least
operates. Any resulting damage would gently to allow the oil to warm up and 15 seconds between each try, to allow
not be covered by the vehicle warranty. lubricate all moving parts. the cranking motor to cool down. When
See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 307. the engine starts, let go of the button
and accelerator. If the vehicle starts
briefly but then stops again, do the
same thing. This clears the extra gasoline

from the engine. Do not race the engine
immediately after starting it. Operate { Warning
the engine and transmission gently until Improper use of the heater cord or an
the oil warms up and lubricates all extension cord can damage the cord and
moving parts. may result in overheating and fire.
Engine Heater . Plug the cord into a three-prong
electrical utility receptacle that is
If equipped, the engine heater can provide protected by a ground fault detection
easier starting and better fuel economy function. An ungrounded outlet could
during engine warm-up in cold weather cause an electric shock.
conditions at or below −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles
. Use a weatherproof, heavy-duty,
with an engine heater should be plugged in
at least four hours before starting. An 15 amp-rated extension cord if needed.
internal thermostat in the plug-end of the To Use the Engine Heater Failure to use the recommended
cord may exist, which will prevent engine 1. Turn off the engine. extension cord in good operating
heater operation at temperatures above condition, or using a damaged heater
2. Check the heater cord for damage. If it is or extension cord, could make it
−18 °C (0 °F). damaged, do not use it. See your dealer overheat and cause a fire, property
for a replacement. Inspect the cord for damage, electric shock, and injury.
{ Warning damage yearly.
. Do not operate the vehicle with the
Do not plug in the engine block heater 3. Plug the heater cord into the connector
heater cord permanently attached to
while the vehicle is parked in a garage or on the vehicle.
the vehicle. Possible heater cord and
under a carport. Property damage or 4. Plug the cord into a grounded 110-volt thermostat damage could occur.
personal injury may result. Always park AC outlet that is protected by a ground (Continued)
the vehicle in a clear open area away fault detection function.
from buildings or structures.

. Power Windows (during RAP this
Warning (Continued) functionality will be lost when any door Warning (Continued)
is opened) apply the parking brake. See Electric
. While in use, do not let the heater . Sunroof (during RAP this functionality will Parking Brake 0 234 and
cord touch vehicle parts or sharp be lost when any door is opened) Four-Wheel Drive 0 227.
edges. Never close the hood on the . Auxiliary Power Outlet
heater cord.
. Audio System
. Before starting the vehicle, unplug the
. OnStar System { Warning
cord, reattach the cover to the plug, It can be dangerous to get out of the
and securely fasten the cord. Keep the Vehicle Shutdown vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in
cord away from any moving parts.
Your vehicle is equipped with a sophisticated P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set.
5. Before starting the engine, be sure to on-board system to diagnose any potential The vehicle can roll. If you have left the
unplug and store the cord. issues. Many of these operations can occur engine running, the vehicle can move
after you shut off the engine. You may hear suddenly. You or others could be injured.
The length of time the heater should remain fans, pumps, solenoids, etc. running for an To be sure the vehicle will not move,
plugged in depends on several factors. Ask a extended period after you shut down. even when you are on fairly level ground,
dealer in the area where you will be parking
use the steps that follow. With
the vehicle for the best advice on this. Shifting Into Park four-wheel drive, if the transfer case is in
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) N (Neutral), the vehicle will be free to
{ Warning roll, even if the shift lever is in P (Park).
When the vehicle is turned from on to off, Be sure the transfer case is in a drive
Parking on grades with poor traction such
the following features (if equipped) will
as ice, snow, mud, or gravel may cause gear. If towing a trailer, see Driving
continue to function for up to 10 minutes,
or until the driver door is opened. These the vehicle to unintentionally move and Characteristics and Towing Tips 0 277.
features will also work when the vehicle is could result in injury, death, and/or
vehicle damage. If equipped with 1. Hold the brake pedal down, then set the
on or in accessory mode:
four-wheel drive, use AUTO or 4 (High) to parking brake. See Electric Parking Brake
. Infotainment System 0 234.
provide additional traction. Be sure to
(Continued)

2. Move the shift lever into P (Park) by If you have to leave the vehicle with the parking pawl in the transmission. You will
pulling the shift lever toward you and engine running, be sure the vehicle is in then be able to pull the shift lever out of
moving it up as far as it will go. P (Park) and the parking brake is firmly set P (Park).
3. Be sure the transfer case, if equipped, is before you leave it. After moving the shift
in a drive gear, not in N (Neutral). lever into P (Park), hold the regular brake Shifting out of Park
pedal down. Then, see if you can move the This vehicle is equipped with an electronic
4. Turn the vehicle off. shift lever away from P (Park) without first shift lock release system. The system is
5. Take the remote key with you. pulling it toward you. If you can, it means designed to prevent movement of the shift
that the shift lever was not fully locked into lever out of P (Park), unless the brake pedal
Leaving the Vehicle with the Engine P (Park).
Running is applied and the ignition is on or in
Torque Lock Service Mode.
{ Warning If you are parking on a hill and you do not The shift lock release is always functional
It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle shift the transmission into P (Park) properly, except in the case of an uncharged or low
the weight of the vehicle may put too much voltage – less than 9 volt – battery.
with the engine running. The vehicle
could move suddenly if the shift lever is force on the parking pawl in the If the vehicle has an uncharged or low
not fully in P (Park) with the parking transmission. You may find it difficult to pull voltage battery, try charging or jump
brake firmly set. the shift lever out of P (Park). This is called starting the battery. See Jump Starting -
torque lock. To prevent torque lock, set the North America 0 378.
If you have four-wheel drive and the parking brake and then shift into P (Park)
transfer case is in N (Neutral), the vehicle To shift out of P (Park):
properly before you leave the driver seat.
will be free to roll, even if the shift lever 1. Apply the brake pedal.
When you are ready to drive, move the
is in P (Park). So be sure the transfer case 2. Release the parking brake if it is applied.
shift lever out of P (Park) before you release
is in a drive gear – not in N (Neutral). the parking brake. See Electric Parking Brake 0 234.
And, if you leave the vehicle with the 3. Pull the shift lever toward you, then
If torque lock does occur, you may need to
engine running, it could overheat and move it to the desired position, and
have another vehicle push yours a little
even catch fire. You or others could be release.
uphill to take some of the pressure from the
injured. Do not leave the vehicle with the
engine running unless you have to.

If the vehicle still cannot be shifted out of Extended Parking Engine Exhaust
P (Park):
It is best not to park with the vehicle
1. Ease the pressure on, or release the shift running. If the vehicle is left running, be { Warning
lever. sure it will not move and there is adequate Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide
2. While holding the brake pedal, push the ventilation. (CO), which cannot be seen or smelled.
shift lever all the way into P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park 0 220 and Exposure to CO can cause
3. Pull the shift lever toward you, then Engine Exhaust 0 222. unconsciousness and even death.
move it to the desired position, and
release. If the vehicle is left parked and running with Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
the remote key outside the vehicle, it will . The vehicle idles in areas with poor
If equipped, the Buckle to Drive feature may continue to run for up to 15 minutes.
prevent shifting from P (Park). See Buckle To ventilation (parking garages, tunnels,
Drive 0 58. If the vehicle is left parked and running with deep snow that may block underbody
the remote key inside the vehicle, it will airflow or tail pipes).
If there is still a problem shifting, have the continue to run for up to 30 minutes.
vehicle serviced soon. . The exhaust smells or sounds strange
The vehicle could turn off sooner if it is or different.
Parking over Things That Burn parked on a hill, due to lack of . The exhaust system leaks due to
available fuel. corrosion or damage.
{ Warning The timer will reset if the vehicle is taken . The vehicle exhaust system has been
Things that can burn could touch hot out of P (Park) while it is running. modified, damaged, or improperly
exhaust parts under the vehicle and When the vehicle was produced, it came repaired.
ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves, with the auto-shutdown feature enabled. . There are holes or openings in the
dry grass, or other things that can burn. If you are not the primary owner of your vehicle body from damage or
vehicle, please note that this feature may aftermarket modifications that are not
have been disabled by a previous owner. completely sealed.
The vehicle owners can have this feature (Continued)
re-enabled at owner cost at any GM service
center.

Warning (Continued) Automatic Transmission { Warning
If unusual fumes are detected or if it is If equipped, there is an electronic shift lever It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle
suspected that exhaust is coming into the position indicator within the instrument if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park)
vehicle: cluster. This display comes on when the with the parking brake firmly set. The
ignition is in accessory mode, on, vehicle can roll.
. Drive it only with the windows or service mode.
completely down. Do not leave the vehicle when the engine
There are several different positions for the
. Have the vehicle repaired immediately. is running. If you have left the engine
shift lever.
running, the vehicle can move suddenly.
Never park the vehicle with the engine
You or others could be injured. To be
running in an enclosed area such as a
sure the vehicle will not move, even
garage or a building that has no fresh air
when you are on fairly level ground,
ventilation.
always set the parking brake and move
the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting
Running the Vehicle While Parked Into Park 0 220 and Driving
It is better not to park with the engine See Driver Mode Control 0 238 and “Range Characteristics and Towing Tips 0 277.
running. Selection Mode” under Manual Mode 0 226.
If the vehicle is left with the engine running, P : This position locks the rear wheels. Use
follow the proper steps to be sure the P (Park) when starting the engine because
{ Warning
vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park the vehicle cannot move easily. If equipped with four-wheel drive, the
0 220 and Engine Exhaust 0 222. vehicle will be free to roll if the transfer
When parked on a hill, especially when the case is in N (Neutral), even when the shift
If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer, see vehicle has a heavy load, you might notice
Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips lever is in P (Park). You or someone else
an increase in the effort to shift out of
0 277. P (Park). See “Torque Lock” under Shifting could be seriously injured. Be sure the
Into Park 0 220. transfer case is in a drive gear — 2 m, 4 m,
(Continued)

Also, use N (Neutral) when the vehicle is
Warning (Continued) being towed.
Caution
or 4 n — or set the parking brake before A transmission hot message may display
placing the transfer case in N (Neutral). { Warning if the automatic transmission fluid is too
hot. Driving under this condition can
See Four-Wheel Drive 0 227. Shifting into a drive gear while the
damage the vehicle. Stop and idle the
engine is running at high speed is
R : Use this gear to back up. engine to cool the automatic
dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on
transmission fluid. This message clears
the brake pedal, the vehicle could move
Caution very rapidly. You could lose control and
when the transmission fluid has cooled
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the vehicle is sufficiently.
hit people or objects. Do not shift into a
moving forward could damage the drive gear while the engine is running at D : This position is for normal driving.
transmission. The repairs would not be high speed. It provides the best fuel economy. If more
covered by the vehicle warranty. Shift to power is needed for passing, press the
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle is accelerator pedal down.
stopped. Caution
. When going less than about 55 km/h (35
Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) with mph), push the accelerator pedal about
To rock the vehicle back and forth to get the engine running at high speed may
out of snow, ice, or sand without damaging halfway down.
damage the transmission. The repairs . When going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or
the transmission, see If the Vehicle Is Stuck would not be covered by the vehicle
0 208. more, push the accelerator all the
warranty. Be sure the engine is not way down.
N : In this position, the engine does not running at high speed when shifting the
connect with the wheels. To restart the By doing this, the vehicle shifts down to
vehicle.
engine when the vehicle is already moving, the next gear and has more power.
use N (Neutral) only.

Use D (Drive) and Tow/Haul Mode when Grade Braking is available in all modes, L : This position allows selection of a range
towing a trailer, carrying a heavy load, including Range Selection Mode. See Manual of gears appropriate for current driving
driving on steep hills, or driving off-road. Mode 0 226. Grade Braking assists in conditions. If equipped, see “Range Selection
Shift the transmission to a lower gear if the maintaining desired vehicle speeds when Mode” under Manual Mode 0 226.
transmission shifts too often. driving on downhill grades by using the
engine and transmission to slow the vehicle. Caution
Downshifting the transmission in slippery
road conditions could result in skidding. See The transmission uses adaptive shift Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle
“Skidding” under Loss of Control 0 202. controls. The adaptive shift control process in one place on a hill using only the
continually compares key shift parameters accelerator pedal may damage the
The vehicle has a shift stabilization feature
to pre-programmed ideal shifts stored in the transmission. The repair will not be
that adjusts the transmission shifting to the
current driving conditions in order to reduce transmission’s computer. The transmission covered by the vehicle warranty. If the
rapid upshifts and downshifts. This shift constantly makes adjustments to improve vehicle is stuck, do not spin the tires.
stabilization feature is designed to vehicle performance according to how the When stopping on a hill, use the brakes
determine, before making an upshift, if the vehicle is being used, such as with a heavy to hold the vehicle in place.
engine is able to maintain vehicle speed by load or when the temperature changes.
analyzing things such as vehicle speed, During this adaptive shift control process,
throttle position, and vehicle load. If the shifting might feel different as the
shift stabilization feature determines that a transmission determines the best settings.
current vehicle speed cannot be maintained, When temperatures are very cold, the
the transmission does not upshift and transmission's gear shifting may be delayed
instead holds the current gear. In some to provide more stable shifts until the
cases, this could appear to be a delayed engine warms up. Shifts could be more
shift, however the transmission is operating noticeable with a cold transmission. This
normally. difference in shifting is normal.

Manual Mode When the shift lever is moved from In vehicles with gasoline engines, when the
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), a number shift lever is moved from D (Drive) to
Range Selection Mode displays next to the L, indicating the current L (Manual Mode), a downshift may occur.
transmission range. The gear that the transmission is operating
This number is the highest gear that the in when the shift lever is moved from D
transmission will allow while operating in (Drive) to L (Manual Mode) determines if a
L (Manual Mode). All gears below that downshift occurs. See the following chart.
number are available. As driving conditions
change, the transmission can automatically
shift to lower gears. For example, when L5 is
Range Selection Mode helps control the selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are
vehicle transmission and vehicle speed while automatically shifted by the transmission,
driving downhill or towing a trailer. but 6 (Sixth) cannot be used until the plus/
It permits the manual selection of a desired minus button on the shift lever is used to
gear range. change to the range.
To use this feature:
1. Move the shift lever to L (Manual Mode).
2. Press the plus/minus buttons on the
shift lever to select the desired gear
range for current driving conditions.

10-Speed Automatic Transmission
Gear before shifting from D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode) 10th 9th 8th 7th 6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st
Range after shifting from D (Drive) to L (Manual
L7 L7 L7 L6 L5 L4 L3 L3 L2 L1
Mode) – Tow/Haul not engaged
Range after shifting from D (Drive) to L (Manual
L7 L7 L6 L5 L4 L3 L3 L3 L2 L1
Mode) – Tow/Haul engaged
Tow/Haul Mode Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking

The Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the Grade Braking is available in all modes,
transmission shift pattern to reduce shift including Range Selection Mode. See Manual
cycling. This provides increased performance, Mode 0 226. Grade Braking assists in
vehicle control, and enhanced transmission maintaining desired vehicle speeds when
and engine cooling when driving down steep driving on downhill grades by using the
hills or mountain grades, when towing, engine and transmission to slow the vehicle.
or when hauling heavy loads. See Driver See Towing Equipment 0 285.
Mode Control 0 238 to activate Tow/
Haul Mode.
Drive Systems
For vehicles without Driver Mode Control,
Four-Wheel Drive
press the Tow/Haul button on the center If equipped, four-wheel drive engages the
stack. front axle for extra traction. The transfer
If equipped with Active Hydraulic Assist, the case control panel is to the left of the
vehicle will provide a stiffer steering instrument panel. See Instrument Panel
response when Tow/Haul Mode is engaged Overview 0 5.
to provide enhanced steering functionality.

Read the appropriate section for transfer Automatic Transfer Case
case operation before using. Warning (Continued)
Two-Speed Transfer Case
lever is in P (Park). You or someone else
Caution could be seriously injured. Be sure the
Do not drive on clean, dry pavement in transfer case is in a drive gear — 2 m, 4 m,
4 m or 4 n for an extended period of time. or 4 n — or set the parking brake before
These conditions may cause: placing the transfer case in N (Neutral).
. Overheating. See Shifting Into Park 0 220.
. Oil leakage.
. Damage to internal and external Caution
components of the front axle.
Extended high-speed operation in 4 n
. Premature wear on the vehicle’s
may damage or shorten the life of the
powertrain. drivetrain.
. Additional driveline noise. Work Truck Shown, All Other Models Similar
An engagement noise and bump is normal
Driving on clean, dry pavement in 4 m or when shifting between 4 n and 4 m or If equipped, the transfer case controls are
4 n may: N (Neutral), with the engine running. used to shift into and out of four-wheel
drive.
. Cause a vibration to be felt in the Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control
steering system. To shift the transfer case, press the desired
and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control button. The indicator in the instrument
. Cause tires to wear faster. (ESC) off. See Traction Control/Electronic cluster will flash while a shift is in progress.
Stability Control 0 236. The indicator displayed will change to
{ Warning indicate the setting requested.
If equipped with four-wheel drive, the
vehicle will be free to roll if the transfer
case is in N (Neutral), even when the shift
(Continued)

When the shift is complete the indicator will 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This setting transmission to the desired gear and
stop flashing. The DIC message turns off engages the front axle and delivers extra manually release the parking brake or press
once the shift is complete. If the transfer torque. Choose 4 n when driving off-road in the accelerator pedal to begin driving. See
case cannot complete a shift request, it will deep sand, deep mud, or deep snow, and Electric Parking Brake 0 234.
go back to its last chosen setting. while climbing or descending steep hills. If equipped, use 4 n, AUTO, or 4 m to provide
The settings are: While driving in 4 n, keep vehicle speed additional traction when parking on a steep
N (Neutral) : Use only when the vehicle below 60 km/h (36 mph). grade with poor traction such as ice, snow,
needs to be towed. See Recreational Vehicle mud, or gravel.
Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control
Towing 0 382 or Transporting a Disabled and StabiliTrak/ESC off. See Traction Control/ Shifting Into 4 n
Vehicle 0 381. Electronic Stability Control 0 236. 1. The ignition must be on and the vehicle
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving Shifts between 2m, 4 m, and AUTO must be stopped or moving less than
on most streets and highways. The front 5 km/h (3 mph) with the transmission in
axle is not engaged. This setting provides Any of these shifts can be made at normal N (Neutral). It is best for the vehicle to
the best fuel economy. driving speed. be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).
AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive) : Use The actual 4x4 shift request is only made 2. Press 4 n. The actual 4x4 shift request is
when road surface conditions are variable. after the button is released. The only made after the button is released.
When driving in AUTO, the front axle is 4x4 indicator will remain flashing until the The 4x4 indicator will remain flashing
engaged, and the vehicle's power is sent to shift request has completed. A DIC message until the shift request has completed.
the front and rear wheels automatically displays to indicate that the 4x4 transfer A DIC message displays to indicate that
based on driving conditions. This setting case has been requested to shift to the new the 4x4 transfer case has been requested
provides slightly lower fuel economy desired state. to shift to the new desired state.
than 2 m. Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the DIC Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the
message disappears, the 4x4 indicator stops DIC message disappears, the
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use this
flashing, and the current setting is indicated. 4x4 indicator stops flashing and the
setting when extra traction is needed, such
current setting is indicated.
as when driving on snowy or icy roads, When a shift to 2 m is completed successfully
when off-roading, or when plowing snow. while in P (Park), the parking brake will If vehicle speed is higher when shift request
engage. To resume driving, shift the occurs, a DIC message displays. Reduce
vehicle speed.

If the transmission is not in N (Neutral) 2. Press 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m. The actual 4x4 transfer case will remain in its original state.
when shift request occurs, a DIC message shift request is only made after the This will be indicated in the instrument
displays. The vehicle will allow 20 seconds button is released. The 4x4 indicator will cluster.
for the shift to occur. After this time, an remain flashing until the shift request With the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h
indicator in the instrument cluster will has completed. A DIC message displays (3 mph), and the transmission in N (Neutral),
indicate that the transfer case is in 4 n. to indicate the state of the request. attempt the shift again.
Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the Shifting Into N (Neutral)
Caution DIC message disappears, the
Shifting the transmission into gear before 4x4 indicator stops flashing, and the To shift into N (Neutral):
the requested mode indicator light has current setting is indicated. 1. Start the vehicle.
stopped flashing could damage the If vehicle speed is higher when shift 2. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral).
transfer case. request occurs, a DIC message displays.
3. Shift the transfer case to 2 m.
Reduce vehicle speed.
If the transmission is not shifted into 4. Apply the parking brake and/or brake
N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed to If the transmission is not in N (Neutral) pedal.
5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, the when shift request occurs, DIC messages will
display. The vehicle will allow 20 seconds for 5. Press 2 m five times in 10 seconds until
transfer case will remain in its original state.
This will be indicated in the instrument this shift to occur. After this time, a the N (Neutral) indicator starts flashing in
cluster. indicator in the instrument cluster will the instrument cluster. When the shift is
indicate that the transfer case is in 4 n. complete, the indicator stops flashing.
With the vehicle moving less than If the parking brake and/or brake pedal
5 km/h (3 mph) and the transmission in Caution is not applied within 20 seconds, the
N (Neutral), attempt the shift again. transfer case will remain in the original
Shifting the transmission into gear before
Shifting Out of 4 n state.
the requested mode indicator light has
stopped flashing could damage the 6. If the transmission is not shifted into
1. The vehicle must be stopped or moving
transfer case. N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed
less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with the
to 5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds,
transmission in N (Neutral) and the
If the transmission is not shifted into the transfer case will remain in its
ignition on. It is best for the vehicle to
N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed to original state. This will be indicated in
be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).
5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, the the instrument cluster.

Shifting Out of N (Neutral) Part-time Transfer Case When the shift is complete the indicator will
To shift out of N (Neutral): stop flashing. The DIC message turns off
Two-Speed Transfer Case
once the shift is complete. If the transfer
1. Turn the ignition on with the engine off. case cannot complete a shift request, it will
See Ignition Positions 0 216. go back to its last chosen setting.
2. Set the parking brake. See Electric The settings are:
Parking Brake 0 234.
3. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). N (Neutral) : Use only when the vehicle
needs to be towed. See Recreational Vehicle
4. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. Transfer Towing 0 382 or Transporting a Disabled
case shifts out of N (Neutral) can only be Vehicle 0 381.
made into 2 m. When the shift to 2 m is
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving
complete, the indicator in the instrument
on most streets and highways. The front
cluster will stop flashing. If the transfer
axle is not engaged. This setting provides
case cannot complete a shift, the
the best fuel economy.
indicator will return to the previously Work Truck Shown, All Other Models Similar
selected setting. 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use this
If equipped, the transfer case controls are setting when extra traction is needed, such
used to shift into and out of four-wheel as when driving on snowy or icy roads,
drive. when off-roading, or when plowing snow.
To shift the transfer case, press the desired 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This setting
button. The indicator in the instrument engages the front axle and delivers extra
cluster will flash while a shift is in progress. torque. Choose 4 n when driving off-road in
The indicator displayed will change to deep sand, deep mud, or deep snow, and
indicate the setting requested. while climbing or descending steep hills.
While driving in 4 n, keep vehicle speed
below 60 km/h (36 mph).

Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control If equipped, use 4 n or 4 m to provide for the shift to occur. After this time, a
and StabiliTrak/ESC off. See Traction Control/ additional traction when parking on a steep indicator in the instrument cluster will
Electronic Stability Control 0 236. grade with poor traction such as ice, snow, indicate that the transfer case is in 4 n.
mud, or gravel.
Shifts between 2m, 4 m, and 4n Caution
Shifting Into 4 n
Any of these shifts can be made at normal Shifting the transmission into gear before
driving speed. 1. The ignition must be on and the vehicle the requested mode indicator light has
must be stopped or moving less than stopped flashing could damage the
Shifting into 4 m will not complete at vehicle 5 km/h (3 mph) with the transmission in
speeds above 120 km/h (75 mph), the shift transfer case.
N (Neutral). It is best for the vehicle to
will complete when speed is reduced. be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). If the transmission is not shifted into
The actual 4x4 shift request is only made 2. Press 4 n. The actual 4x4 shift request is N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed to
after the button is released. The only made after the button is released. 5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, the
4x4 indicator will remain flashing until the The 4x4 indicator will remain flashing transfer case will remain in its original state.
shift request has completed. A DIC message until the shift request has completed. This will be indicated in the instrument
displays to indicate that the 4x4 transfer A DIC message displays to indicate that cluster.
case has been requested to shift to the new the 4x4 transfer case has been requested
desired state. With the vehicle moving less than
to shift to the new desired state. 5 km/h (3 mph) and the transmission in
Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the DIC Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the N (Neutral), attempt the shift again.
message disappears, the 4x4 indicator stops DIC message disappears, the
flashing, and the current setting is indicated. 4x4 indicator stops flashing and the Shifting Out of 4 n
current setting is indicated. 1. The vehicle must be stopped or moving
When a shift to 2 m is completed successfully
If vehicle speed is higher when shift request less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with the
while in P (Park), the parking brake will
occurs, a DIC message displays. Reduce transmission in N (Neutral) and the
engage. To resume driving, shift the
vehicle speed. ignition on. It is best for the vehicle to
transmission to the desired gear and
be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).
manually release the parking brake or press If the transmission is not in N (Neutral)
the accelerator pedal to begin driving. See when shift request occurs, a DIC message 2. Press 4 m or 2 m. The actual 4x4 shift
Electric Parking Brake 0 234. displays. The vehicle will allow 20 seconds request is only made after the button is
released. The 4x4 indicator will remain

flashing until the shift request has With the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h Shifting Out of N (Neutral)
completed. A DIC message displays to (3 mph), and the transmission in N (Neutral), To shift out of N (Neutral):
indicate the state of the request. attempt the shift again.
1. Turn the ignition on with the engine off.
Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the Shifting Into N (Neutral) See Ignition Positions 0 216.
DIC message disappears, the
4x4 indicator stops flashing, and the To shift into N (Neutral): 2. Set the parking brake. See Electric
current setting is indicated. 1. Start the vehicle. Parking Brake 0 234.
If vehicle speed is higher when shift 2. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). 3. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral).
request occurs, a DIC message displays. 3. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. 4. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. Transfer
Reduce vehicle speed. case shifts out of N (Neutral) can only be
4. Apply the parking brake and/or brake
If the transmission is not in N (Neutral) pedal. made into 2 m. When the shift to 2 m is
when shift request occurs, DIC messages will complete, the indicator in the instrument
display. The vehicle will allow 20 seconds for 5. Press 2 m five times in 10 seconds until cluster will stop flashing. If the transfer
this shift to occur. After this time, a the N (Neutral) indicator starts flashing in case cannot complete a shift, the
indicator in the instrument cluster will the instrument cluster. When the shift is indicator will return to the previously
indicate that the transfer case is in 4 n. complete, the indicator stops flashing. selected setting.
If the parking brake and/or brake pedal
is not applied within 20 seconds, the
Caution
transfer case will remain in the original Brakes
Shifting the transmission into gear before state.
the requested mode indicator light has Antilock Brake System (ABS)
6. If the transmission is not shifted into
stopped flashing could damage the N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed The Antilock Brake System (ABS) helps
transfer case. to 5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, prevent a braking skid and maintain steering
the transfer case will remain in its while braking hard.
If the transmission is not shifted into original state. This will be indicated in
N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed to ABS performs a system check when the
the instrument cluster. vehicle is first driven. A momentary motor
5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, the
transfer case will remain in its original state. or clicking noise may be heard while this
This will be indicated in the instrument test is going on, and the brake pedal may
cluster. move slightly. This is normal.

Electric Parking Brake Before leaving the vehicle, check the red
parking brake status light to ensure that the
Work Truck Shown, Others Similar parking brake is applied.
EPB Apply
To apply the EPB:
If there is a problem with ABS, this warning 1. Be sure the vehicle is at a complete stop.
light stays on. See Antilock Brake System 2. Press the EPB switch momentarily.
(ABS) Warning Light 0 125.
The red parking brake status light will flash
ABS does not change the time needed to and then stay on once the EPB is fully
get a foot on the brake pedal and does not applied. If the red parking brake status light
always decrease stopping distance. If you flashes continuously, then the EPB is only
get too close to the vehicle ahead, there will partially applied or there is a problem with
not be enough time to apply the brakes if the EPB. A DIC message will display. Release
that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always the EPB and try to apply it again. If the
leave enough room ahead to stop, even The Electric Parking Brake (EPB) can always light does not come on, or keeps flashing,
with ABS. be applied, even if the vehicle is off. In the have the vehicle serviced. Do not drive the
Using ABS case of insufficient electrical power, vehicle if the red parking brake status light
however, the EPB cannot be applied or is flashing. See your dealer.
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake released. To prevent draining the battery, If the amber service parking brake warning
pedal down firmly. Hearing or feeling ABS avoid unnecessary repeated cycles of light is on, press the EPB switch. Continue to
operate is normal. the EPB. hold the switch until the red parking brake
Braking in Emergencies The system has a red parking brake status status light remains on. If the amber service
light and an amber service parking brake parking brake warning light is on, see your
ABS allows steering and braking at the same dealer.
time. In many emergencies, steering can warning light. See Electric Parking Brake
help even more than braking. Light 0 125 and Service Electric Parking Brake
Light 0 125. There are also parking
brake-related Driver Information Center (DIC)
messages.

If the EPB is applied while the vehicle is apply the brake pedal as the driving
moving, the vehicle will decelerate as long
Caution situation dictates. Brake Assist disengages
as the switch is pressed. If the switch is Driving with the parking brake on can when the brake pedal is released.
pressed until the vehicle comes to a stop, overheat the brake system and cause
the EPB will remain applied. premature wear or damage to brake Hill Start Assist (HSA)
The vehicle may automatically apply the EPB system parts. Make sure that the parking
in some situations when the vehicle is not brake is fully released and the brake { Warning
moving. This is normal, and is done to warning light is off before driving. Do not rely on the HSA feature. HSA does
periodically check the correct operation of not replace the need to pay attention
the EPB system, or at the request of other If you are towing a trailer and parking on a and drive safely. You may not hear or
safety functions that utilize the EPB. hill, see Driving Characteristics and Towing
feel alerts or warnings provided by this
Tips 0 277.
If the EPB fails to apply, block the rear system. Failure to use proper care when
wheels to prevent vehicle movement. Automatic EPB Release driving may result in injury, death,
The EPB will automatically release if the or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving
EPB Release 0 200.
vehicle is running, placed into gear, and an
To release the EPB: attempt is made to drive away. Avoid rapid
acceleration when the EPB is applied, to When the vehicle is stopped on a grade, Hill
1. Turn the ignition on or to
preserve parking brake lining life. Start Assist (HSA) prevents the vehicle from
accessory mode.
rolling in an unintended direction during the
2. Apply and hold the brake pedal. transition from brake pedal release to
Brake Assist
3. Press the EPB switch momentarily. accelerator pedal apply. The brakes release
Brake Assist detects rapid brake pedal when the accelerator pedal is applied. If the
The EPB is released when the red parking applications due to emergency braking accelerator pedal is not applied within a few
brake status light is off. situations and provides additional braking to minutes, the Electric Parking Brake will
If the amber service parking brake warning activate the Antilock Brake System (ABS) if apply. The brakes may also release under
light is on, release the EPB by pressing and the brake pedal is not pushed hard enough other conditions. Do not rely on HSA to hold
holding the EPB switch. Continue to hold the to activate ABS normally. Minor noise, brake the vehicle.
switch until the red parking brake status pedal pulsation, and/or pedal movement
light is off. If either light stays on after during this time may occur. Continue to
release is attempted, see your dealer.

HSA is available when the vehicle is facing the vehicle on the intended path. Trailer Driver Information Center (DIC). Both
uphill in a forward gear, or when facing Sway Control (TSC) is also on automatically traction control and StabiliTrak/ESC are
downhill in R (Reverse). The vehicle must when the vehicle is started. See Trailer Sway automatically disabled in this condition.
come to a complete stop on a grade for HSA Control (TSC) 0 295.
to activate. If cruise control is being used and traction
control or StabiliTrak/ESC begins to limit
Ride Control Systems wheel spin, cruise control will disengage.
Cruise control may be turned back on when
Traction Control/Electronic road conditions allow.
Stability Control Both systems come on automatically when The indicator light for both systems is in the
the vehicle is started and begins to move. instrument cluster. This light will:
System Operation The systems may be heard or felt while . Flash when TCS is limiting wheel spin.
The vehicle has a Traction Control System they are operating or while performing . Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is activated.
(TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability diagnostic checks. This is normal and does
Control (ESC) system. These systems help not mean there is a problem with the . Turn on and stay on when either system
limit wheel spin and assist the driver in vehicle. is not working.
maintaining control, especially on slippery If either system fails to turn on or to
It is recommended to leave both systems on
road conditions. activate, a message displays in the Driver
for normal driving conditions, but it may be
TCS activates if it senses any of the drive necessary to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets Information Center (DIC), and d comes on
wheels are spinning or beginning to lose stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the and stays on to indicate that the system is
traction. When this happens, TCS applies the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 208 and “Turning the inactive and is not assisting the driver in
brakes to the spinning wheels and reduces Systems Off and On” later in this section. maintaining control. The vehicle is safe to
engine power to limit wheel spin. drive, but driving should be adjusted
When the transfer case (if equipped) is in
accordingly.
StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the vehicle Four-Wheel Drive Low, the stability system
senses a difference between the intended is automatically disabled, g comes on, and If d comes on and stays on:
path and the direction the vehicle is actually the appropriate message will appear on the 1. Stop the vehicle.
traveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies
braking pressure to any one of the vehicle 2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 seconds.
wheel brakes to assist the driver in keeping 3. Start the engine.

Drive the vehicle. If d comes on and stays If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g is Hill Descent Control (HDC)
on, the vehicle may need more time to pressed, the system will not turn off until
If equipped, Hill Descent Control (HDC) sets
diagnose the problem. If the condition the wheels stop spinning.
and maintains vehicle speed while driving
persists, see your dealer. To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC, down steep grades in a forward or reverse
Turning the Systems Off and On press and hold g until the traction off light gear. The HDC switch is on the center stack.
i and the StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g Press 5 to enable or disable HDC. Vehicle
come on and stay on in the instrument speed must be below 50 km/h (31 mph).
cluster, then release. The appropriate
message will display in the DIC.
To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on again,
press and release g. The traction off light
The button for TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC is on i and the StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g in
the center stack. the instrument cluster turn off.
Caution StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically turn on if When enabled, the HDC light displays on
the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h (35 mph). the instrument cluster.
Do not repeatedly brake or accelerate Traction control will remain off.
heavily when TCS is off. The vehicle A blinking HDC light indicates the system is
driveline could be damaged. The vehicle has a Trailer Sway Control (TSC) actively applying the brakes to maintain
feature and a Hill Start Assist (HSA) feature. vehicle speed. HDC can maintain vehicle
See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 0 295 or speeds between 1 and 22 km/h (1 and
To turn off only TCS, press and release g.
Hill Start Assist (HSA) 0 235. 14 mph) on grades greater than or equal
The traction off light i displays in the to 10%.
instrument cluster. The appropriate message Adding accessories can affect the vehicle
will display in the DIC. To turn TCS on again, performance. See Accessories and If HDC is to be used for more than
Modifications 0 311. three minutes or on grades steeper than
press and release g. The traction off light
25%, the transfer case should be put into
i displayed in the instrument cluster will Four-Wheel Drive Low (4 n) to reduce the
turn off. possibility of brake overheating.

Noise from the Electronic Brake Control Driver Mode Control
Module (EBCM) is normal when HDC is
active. Driver Mode Control (DMC) allows the driver
to adjust the overall driving experience to
When HDC is activated, the initial HDC better suit preference by adjusting multiple
speed is set to the current driving speed. systems to fit specific driving needs. Drive
It can be increased or decreased by pressing mode availability and affected vehicle
+RES or SET- on the steering wheel, or by subsystems are dependent upon vehicle trim
applying the accelerator or brake pedal. This level, region, and optional features.
adjusted speed becomes the new set speed.
HDC will remain enabled between 30 and
Mode Activation
60 km/h (19 and 37 mph); however, vehicle
speed cannot be set or maintained in this
range. HDC will automatically disable if the Uplevel Shown, Base Level Similar
vehicle speed is above 80 km/h (50 mph) or To activate drive modes, turn the knob
above 60 km/h (37 mph) for at least clockwise.
30 seconds.
Depending on vehicle trim, the Tow/Haul
5 must be pressed again to re-enable HDC. mode button may be on the drive mode
HDC may disable after an extended period control knob or the center stack. Press _
of use. If this happens, HDC will require or turn the knob clockwise to enter
time to cool down. The length of time HDC the mode.
remains active depends on road conditions,
grade, set speed, vehicle loading, and Modes
outside temperature. Work Truck
Normal Mode : Use for normal city and
When enabled, if the vehicle speed is above highway driving to provide a smooth ride.
30 km/h (19 mph) and below 60 km/h This setting provides balance between
(37 mph), a DIC message will display. comfort and handling. This is the standard/

default mode. There is no persistent _ Tow/Haul Mode : Use this mode For more information on trailer weight
indicator in the instrument cluster for when hauling heavy loads to provide specifications, see Towing Equipment 0 285.
this mode. increased performance and vehicle control.
Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the transmission Locking Rear Axle (Automatic
6 Snow/Ice Mode : Snow/Ice Mode
improves vehicle acceleration on snow and shift pattern, trailer sway, and steering. Mechanical)
ice covered roads. When active, Snow/Ice If the vehicle is turned off with Tow/Haul If equipped, the automatic mechanical
Mode will adjust acceleration to optimize Mode active and then restarted within four locking rear axle engages to provide
traction on slippery surfaces. This can hours or less, Tow/Haul will remain active. additional traction on snow, mud, ice, sand,
compromise the acceleration on dry asphalt. Otherwise, the vehicle will start in or gravel.
This feature is not intended for use when Normal Mode.
When traction is low, and there is significant
the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, ice, snow, If the vehicle has a diesel engine, exhaust wheel speed difference between the wheels
or gravel. If the vehicle becomes stuck, see If braking is automatically activated when on the rear axle, the device will engage,
the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 208. Tow/Haul Mode is selected. It maintains connecting the rear wheels together and
vehicle speed by automatically allowing the drive wheel with the most
7 Off-Road Mode : Use this mode for implementing a shift pattern that uses the traction to move the vehicle. When there is
off-road recreational driving. Off-Road Mode engine and the transmission to slow the no longer a driveline load from side-to-side,
should be used to improve driving at vehicle. The system will command the device will disengage.
moderate speeds, on grass, gravel, dirt, downshifts and use the turbocharger on the
unpaved roads, or snow-covered roads. The The device is only active below 40 km/h
engine to reduce vehicle speed when the
accelerator pedal is tuned for off-road use. (25 mph) but can remain engaged at higher
brake is applied. The normal tow/haul shift
This mode modifies pedal mapping, speeds if a driveline load is present.
pattern will return once the vehicle is on a
transmission shift pattern, Antilock Brake low grade or when the accelerator pedal is During engagement and disengagement:
System (ABS), StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability pressed. . A “bump” may be felt. This is normal.
Control (ESC), and Traction Control System
(TCS) performance. While in the Electronic Range Select (ERS) . The vehicle may experience binding in
Mode, grade breaking is deactivated, tight turns. This is normal.
For more information on off-road driving see allowing the driver to select a range and
Off-Road Driving 0 203. To assist in disengagement, turn the
limiting the highest gear available. See steering wheel to the right and left while
Manual Mode 0 226. traveling at a low speed.

Locking Rear Axle (Electronic) Caution Cruise Control
If equipped, the electronic locking rear axle If the vehicle’s axle is locked while driving If equipped, cruise control allows the vehicle
can give the vehicle additional traction from on pavement, the drivetrain could be to maintain a set speed of 40 km/h
the rear wheels when traveling in off-road damaged. Repairs would not be covered (25 mph) or more without active
situations such as mud, snow, steep hills, by the vehicle warranty. Do not use the acceleration. Cruise control does not work at
and uneven terrain. The electronic locking locking axle on pavement. speeds below about 40 km/h (25 mph).
rear axle button is on the center stack, see
Instrument Panel Overview 0 5. To lock the electronic rear axle: { Warning
1. The vehicle speed must be below Cruise control can be dangerous where
30 km/h (18.6 mph). you cannot drive safely at a steady
2. Press and release the electronic rear axle speed. Do not use cruise control on
locking switch. winding roads or in heavy traffic.
3. Wait for the light in the switch to stop Cruise control can be dangerous on
flashing and remain illuminated to show slippery roads. On such roads, fast
that the electronic rear axle is locked. changes in tire traction can cause
The electronic locking rear axle will excessive wheel slip, and you could lose
disengage when the vehicle speed exceeds control. Do not use cruise control on
40 km/h (25 mph). The Off-Road mode slippery roads.
allows the electronic axle lock to remain
Uplevel Shown, Other Models Similar engaged at higher vehicle speeds. Cruise control will disengage if:
After pressing the switch to unlock the axle, . The Traction Control System (TCS) and/or
Caution it may remain locked due to torque in the StabiliTrack/Electronic Stability Control
driveline. The axle is more easily unlocked (ESC) activates to limit wheel spin. See
Do not lock the axle while the tires are
by turning the steering wheel to the right Traction Control/Electronic Stability
spinning. The vehicle drivetrain could be Control 0 236.
and to the left while traveling at a low
damaged. The repairs would not be
speed. . TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off.
covered by the vehicle warranty.

. A collision alert occurs. See Forward SET− : Press down briefly to set the speed Resuming a Set Speed
Collision Alert (FCA) System. See Forward and engage cruise control. If cruise control is If cruise control is engaged and then the
Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 264. already engaged, use to decrease the vehicle
speed. brake pedal is applied or * is pressed,
. The brakes are applied.
cruise control is disengaged without erasing
When road conditions allow for cruise * : Press to disengage cruise control the set speed from memory.
control to be safely used, cruise control can without erasing the set speed from memory.
Once the vehicle reaches about 40 km/h
be turned on again.
Setting Cruise Control (25 mph) or more, briefly press and release
If cruise control is on when not in use, SET− up to +RES. The vehicle returns to the
or +RES could get pressed and engage cruise previous set speed.
control when not desired. Keep cruise Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control
control off when it is not being used. Press
If cruise control is already engaged:
5 to turn off cruise control. . Press and hold up to +RES until the
To set a speed: desired speed is reached, then release it.
1. Press 5. . To increase vehicle speed in small
increments, briefly press up to +RES and
2. Accelerate to the desired speed. release it. For each press, the vehicle goes
3. Press down to SET− and release it. about 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.
4. Remove your foot from the accelerator The speedometer reading can be displayed
5 : Press to turn cruise control on or off. pedal. in either English or metric units. See
A white indicator light comes on in the The cruise control indicator light on the Instrument Cluster (Base Level) 0 112 or
instrument cluster when cruise control is instrument cluster displays green when Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) 0 113. The
turned on. cruise control is engaged at the set speed. increment value used depends on the units
See Instrument Cluster (Base Level) 0 112 or displayed.
+RES : If there is a set speed in memory,
press up briefly to resume to that speed or Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) 0 113.
press and hold to accelerate. If cruise control
is already engaged, use to increase the
vehicle speed.

Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control While going downhill, Cruise Grade Braking Adaptive Cruise Control (Camera)
If cruise control is already engaged: helps maintain the set speed.
If equipped, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
. Press and hold down to SET– until the Cruise Grade Braking is enabled when the allows the cruise control set speed and
desired lower speed is reached, then vehicle is on and cruise control is active. following gap to be selected. Read this
release it. It assists in maintaining the driver-selected entire section before using this system. The
. To decrease vehicle speed in small set speed when driving on downhill grades following gap is the following time between
increments, briefly press down to SET– by using the engine and transmission to your vehicle and a vehicle detected directly
and release it. For each press, the vehicle slow the vehicle. ahead in your path, moving in the same
goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower. For other forms of descent control, see Hill direction. If no vehicle is detected in your
Descent Control (HDC) 0 237, Automatic path, ACC works like regular cruise control.
Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise ACC uses a windshield mounted front
Control Transmission 0 223, and Tow/Haul Mode
0 227. camera sensor.
Use the accelerator pedal to increase the See Radio Frequency Statement 0 415.
vehicle speed. When you take your foot off Ending Cruise Control
of the accelerator pedal, the vehicle will There are four ways to end cruise control: If a vehicle is detected in your path, ACC can
begin slowing down to the set speed. While . Lightly apply the brake pedal. apply acceleration or limited, moderate
pressing the accelerator pedal or shortly braking to maintain the selected following
. Press *. gap. To disengage ACC, apply the brake.
following the release to override cruise
control, briefly pressing down to SET– will . Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). If ACC is controlling the vehicle speed when
result in cruise control being set to the . Press 5. the Traction Control System (TCS) or
current vehicle speed. StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Erasing Speed Memory system activates, ACC may automatically
Using Cruise Control on Hills disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic
The cruise control set speed is erased from
How well cruise control works on a hill memory if 5 is pressed and when the Stability Control 0 236. When road
depends on the vehicle speed, the load, and vehicle is turned off. conditions allow ACC to be safely used, ACC
the steepness of the hill. When going up a can be turned back on. Disabling the TCS or
steep hill, you may have to apply the StabiliTrak/ESC system will disengage and
accelerator pedal to maintain the desired prevent engagement of ACC.
cruise speed.

ACC can reduce the need for you to
frequently brake and accelerate, especially { Warning
when used on expressways, freeways, and ACC will not detect or brake for children,
interstate highways. When used on other pedestrians, animals, or other objects.
roads, you may need to take over the
control of braking or acceleration more Do not use ACC when:
often. . On winding and hilly roads or when
the sensors are blocked by snow, ice,
{ Warning or dirt. The system may not detect a
ACC has limited braking ability and may vehicle ahead. Keep the entire front of
the vehicle clean.
not have time to slow the vehicle down
enough to avoid a collision with another . Visibility is poor due to rain, snow,
vehicle you are following. This can occur fog, dirt, insect residue, or dust; when
other foreign objects obscure the
J : Press to turn the system on or off. The
when vehicles suddenly slow or stop indicator turns white on the instrument
ahead, or enter your lane. Also see camera and/or radar; or when the
cluster when ACC is turned on.
“Alerting the Driver” later in this section. vehicle in front or oncoming traffic
causes additional environmental RES+ : Press briefly to resume the previous
Complete attention is always required set speed or to increase vehicle speed if ACC
obstructions, such as road spray. ACC
while driving and you should be ready to performance is limited under these is already activated. To increase speed by
take action and apply the brakes. See conditions. about 1 km/h (1 mph), press RES+ briefly. To
Defensive Driving 0 200. increase speed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph)
. On slippery roads where fast changes
mark on the speedometer, hold RES+.
in tire traction can cause excessive
wheel slip. SET– : Press briefly to set the speed and
. With extremely heavy cargo loaded in activate ACC or to decrease vehicle speed if
the cargo area or rear seat, or when ACC is already activated. To decrease speed
the vehicle is loaded in excess of load by about 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET– briefly.
limits. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 209. To decrease speed to the next 5 km/h
(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,
hold SET–.

* : Press to disengage ACC without erasing Warning (Continued)
the selected set speed.
if the brakes are not applied manually.
[ : Press to select a following gap setting You and others could be seriously injured
for ACC of Far, Medium, or Near.
or killed.
The speedometer reading can be displayed
in either English or metric units. See Regular Cruise Control Indicator Setting Adaptive Cruise Control
Instrument Cluster (Base Level) 0 112 or
Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) 0 113. The When ACC is engaged, a green o or \ If J is on when not in use, SET–/RES+
increment value used depends on the units indicator will be lit on the instrument cluster could be pressed by mistake and engage
displayed. and the following gap will be displayed. ACC when not desired. Keep J off when
When the regular cruise control is engaged, cruise is not being used.
Switching Between ACC and Regular Cruise
Control a green J indicator will be lit on the Select the set speed desired for ACC. This is
instrument cluster; the following gap will the vehicle speed when no vehicle is
To switch between ACC and regular cruise not display. detected in your path.
control, press and hold *. A Driver
When the vehicle is turned on, the cruise While the vehicle is moving, ACC will not set
Information Display (DIC) message displays.
control mode will be set to the last mode at a speed lower than 5 km/h (3 mph),
See Vehicle Messages 0 139.
used before the vehicle was turned off. although it can be resumed. The minimum
allowable set speed is 25 km/h (15 mph).
{ Warning To set ACC while moving:
Always check the cruise control indicator
1. Press J.
on the instrument cluster to determine
which mode cruise control is in before 2. Get up to the desired speed.
ACC Indicator (Base ACC Indicator (Uplevel) using the feature. If ACC is not active, the 3. Press and release SET–.
Level) vehicle will not automatically brake for 4. Remove foot from the accelerator.
other vehicles, which could cause a crash
After ACC is set, it may immediately apply
(Continued)
the brakes if a vehicle ahead is detected
closer than the selected following gap.

ACC can also be set while the vehicle is A green ACC indicator and the set speed . To increase vehicle speed in smaller
stopped if ACC is on and the brake pedal is display on the instrument cluster. The increments, press RES+ briefly. For each
applied. vehicle ahead indicator may be flashing if a press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h
vehicle ahead was present and moved. See (1 mph) faster.
The ACC indicator displays in the instrument
cluster and Head-Up Display (HUD), “Approaching and Following a Vehicle” later . To increase vehicle speed in larger
if equipped. When ACC is turned on, the in this section. increments, hold RES+. While holding
indicator will be lit white. When the ACC is Once ACC has resumed, the vehicle speed RES+, the vehicle speed increases to the
active, the indicator turns green. will increase to the set speed under the next 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then continues
following conditions: to increase by 5 km/h (5 mph) at a time.
Be mindful of speed limits, surrounding
traffic speeds, and weather conditions when . There is no vehicle ahead. The set speed can also be increased while
selecting the set speed. . The vehicle ahead is beyond the selected the vehicle is stopped.
following gap. . If stopped with the brake pedal applied,
Resuming a Set Speed
. The vehicle speed is not being limited press RES+ until the desired set speed is
If the ACC is set at a desired speed and then because of a sharp turn. displayed.
the brakes are applied, ACC is disengaged . If ACC is holding the vehicle at a stop and
without erasing the set speed from memory. Increasing Speed While ACC Is at a Set Speed
there is another vehicle directly ahead,
To begin using ACC again, press RES+ up If ACC is already activated, do one of the pressing RES+ will increase the set speed.
briefly. following: . Pressing RES+ when there is no longer a
. If the vehicle is moving more than 5 km/h . Use the accelerator to get to the higher vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is
(3 mph), it returns to the previous set speed. Press SET–. Release SET– and the pulling away and the brake is not applied
speed. accelerator pedal. The vehicle will now with cause the ACC to resume.
. If the vehicle is stopped with the brake cruise at the higher speed.
When it is determined that there is no
pedal applied, press RES+ and release the When the accelerator pedal is pressed, vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is beyond
brake pedal. ACC will hold the vehicle ACC will not brake because it is the selected following gap, then the vehicle
until RES+ or the accelerator pedal is overridden. The ACC indicator will turn speed will increase to the set speed.
pressed. blue on the instrument cluster and HUD,
if equipped.
. Press and hold RES+ until the desired set
speed is displayed, then release it.

Reducing Speed While ACC Is at a Set Speed Selecting the Follow Distance Gap
If ACC is already activated, do one of the When a slower moving vehicle is detected
following: ahead within the selected following gap,
. Use the brake to get to the desired lower ACC will adjust the vehicle's speed and
speed. Release the brake and press SET–. attempt to maintain the follow distance gap
The vehicle will now cruise at the lower selected.
speed. Press [ on the steering wheel to adjust
. Press and hold SET– until the desired the following gap. Each press cycles the gap
lower speed is reached, then release it. button through three settings: Far, Medium, Medium Gap Setting
. To decrease the vehicle speed in smaller or Near.
increments, press SET− briefly. For each When pressed, the current gap setting
press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h displays briefly on the instrument cluster
(1 mph) slower. and HUD, if equipped. The gap setting will
. To decrease the vehicle speed in larger be maintained until it is changed.
increments, hold SET−. While holding
SET−, the vehicle speed decreases to the
next 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then continues
to decrease by 5 km/h (5 mph) at a time.
The set speed can also be decreased while Near Gap Setting
the vehicle is stopped.
. If stopped with the brake applied, press If equipped, and a trailer is electrically
or hold SET− until the desired set speed is connected, the gap setting display will be as
displayed. follows:
Far Gap Setting

Courtesy Gap
Press and hold [ on the steering wheel
when vehicle is moving to temporarily
increase the gap with the vehicle ahead to
allow for merging traffic.
Press and hold [ when stopped to cancel
ACC from resuming automatically (if the
stop is brief) and remain stationary. This can
Far Gap Setting with Trailer Near Gap Setting with Trailer be used to allow traffic to merge between
you and the vehicle ahead. Press RES+ or
Since each gap setting corresponds to a
the accelerator pedal to resume ACC.
following time (Far, Medium, or Near), the
following distance will vary based on vehicle Following distance gap will return to the
speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the original selection after hold.
further back your vehicle will follow a Alerting the Driver
vehicle detected ahead. Consider traffic and
weather conditions when selecting the
following gap. The range of selectable gaps
may not be appropriate for all drivers and
Medium Gap Setting with Trailer driving conditions.
Changing the gap setting automatically
changes the alert timing sensitivity (Far,
Medium, or Near) for the Forward Collision With Head-Up Display
Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) System 0 264.

The vehicle ahead indicator is in the
instrument cluster and HUD (if equipped). { Warning
It only displays when a vehicle is detected When using ACC to pass a vehicle or
in your vehicle’s path moving in the same perform a lane change, the following
direction. If this symbol is not displaying, distance to the vehicle being passed may
ACC will not respond to or brake for vehicles be reduced. ACC may not apply sufficient
Without Head-Up Display ahead. acceleration or braking when passing a
ACC automatically slows the vehicle down vehicle or performing a lane change.
If ACC is engaged, driver action may be and adjusts vehicle speed to follow a Always be ready to manually accelerate
required when ACC cannot apply sufficient detected vehicle ahead at the selected or brake to complete the pass or lane
braking because of approaching a vehicle following gap. The vehicle speed increases or change.
too rapidly. decreases to follow a detected vehicle in
When this condition occurs, the collision front of your vehicle when that vehicle is Stationary or Very Slow-Moving Objects
alert symbol will flash on the windshield. traveling slower than your vehicle set speed.
Either eight beeps will sound from the front, It may apply limited braking, if necessary.
When braking is active, the brake lamps will
{ Warning
or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat,
come on. The automatic braking may feel or ACC may not detect and react to stopped
if equipped, will pulse five times. To view
sound different than if the brakes were or slow-moving vehicles ahead of you. For
screen, touch Settings > Vehicle > Collision/ applied manually. This is normal. example, the system may not brake for a
Detection Systems. vehicle it has never detected moving. This
Passing a Vehicle While Using ACC
can occur in stop-and-go traffic or when a
See Defensive Driving 0 200. If the set speed is high enough, and the left vehicle suddenly appears due to a vehicle
Approaching and Following a Vehicle turn signal is used to pass a vehicle ahead ahead changing lanes. Your vehicle may
in the selected following gap, ACC may not stop and could cause a crash. Use
assist by gradually accelerating the vehicle caution when using ACC. Your complete
prior to the lane change. attention is always required while driving
and you should be ready to take action
and apply the brakes.

Irregular Objects Affecting ACC ACC Automatically Disengages check traffic ahead before proceeding. In
ACC may have difficulty detecting the ACC may automatically disengage and the addition, the left and right sides of the
following objects: driver will need to manually apply the Safety Alert Seat (if equipped) will pulse
brakes to slow the vehicle if: three times, or three beeps will sound. To
. Vehicles in front of your vehicle that have
view available settings from the
a rear aspect that is low, small, . The front camera is blocked or visibility is
or irregular reduced. Vehicle > Collision/Detection Systems > Alert
. An empty truck or trailer that has no . The Traction Control System (TCS) or Type > Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier.
cargo in the cargo bed StabiliTrak/ESC system has activated or
been disabled. When the vehicle ahead drives away, ACC
. Vehicles with cargo extending from the
resumes automatically if the stop was brief.
back end . There is a fault in the system.
If necessary, press RES+ or the accelerator
. Non-standard shaped vehicles, such as . A DIC message displays to indicate that pedal to resume ACC. If stopped for more
vehicle transport, vehicles with a side car ACC is temporarily unavailable. than two minutes or if the driver door is
fitted, or horse carriages The ACC indicator will turn white when ACC opened and the driver seat belt is
. Vehicles that are low to the road surface is no longer active. unbuckled, the ACC automatically applies the
. Objects that are close to the front of your Electric Parking Brake (EPB) to hold the
In some cases, when ACC is temporarily vehicle. The EPB status light will turn on.
vehicle unavailable, regular cruise control may be
. Vehicles on which extremely heavy cargo See Electric Parking Brake 0 234. To release
used. See “Switching Between ACC and the EPB, press the accelerator pedal.
is loaded in the cargo area or rear seat Regular Cruise Control” previously in this
section. Always consider driving conditions A DIC warning message may display
before using either cruise control system. indicating to shift to P (Park) before exiting
the vehicle. See Vehicle Messages 0 139.
Notification to Resume ACC
ACC will maintain a follow gap behind a { Warning
detected vehicle and slow your vehicle to a If ACC has stopped the vehicle, and if ACC
stop behind that vehicle. is disengaged, turned off, or canceled, the
If the stopped vehicle ahead has driven vehicle will no longer be held at a stop.
away and ACC has not resumed, the vehicle (Continued)
ahead indicator will flash as a reminder to

Warning (Continued) { Warning Warning (Continued)
The vehicle can move. When ACC is The ACC will not automatically apply the attention in curves and be ready to use
holding the vehicle at a stop, always be brakes if your foot is resting on the the brakes if necessary. Select an
prepared to manually apply the brakes. accelerator pedal. You could crash into a appropriate speed while driving in curves.
vehicle ahead of you.
ACC may operate differently in a sharp
{ Warning Curves in the Road curve. It may reduce the vehicle speed if the
curve is too sharp.
Leaving the vehicle without placing it in
P (Park) can be dangerous. Do not leave { Warning If equipped, the curve speed control
the vehicle while it is being held at a On curves, ACC may not detect a vehicle indicator b may illuminate green when
stop by ACC. Always place the vehicle in ahead in your lane. You could be startled ACC is actively controlling the vehicle speed
P (Park) and turn off the ignition before if the vehicle accelerates up to the set and detects a sharp curve on the road
leaving the vehicle. speed, especially when following a vehicle ahead.
exiting or entering exit ramps. You could ACC automatically slows the vehicle down
ACC Override lose control of the vehicle or crash. Do while navigating the curve and may increase
If using the accelerator pedal while ACC is not use ACC while driving on an entrance speed out of the curve, but will not exceed
active, the ACC indicator turns blue on the or exit ramp. Always be ready to use the the set speed.
instrument cluster and in the HUD, brakes if necessary.
if equipped, to indicate that automatic
braking will not occur. ACC will resume
operation when the accelerator pedal is not { Warning
being pressed. On curves, ACC may respond to a vehicle
in another lane, or may not have time to
react to a vehicle in your lane. You could
crash into a vehicle ahead of you, or lose
control of your vehicle. Give extra
(Continued)

When following a vehicle and entering a Other Vehicle Lane Changes Do Not Use ACC on Hills
curve, ACC may not detect the vehicle ahead
and accelerate to the set speed. When this
happens, the vehicle ahead indicator will not
appear.
ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead until it Do not use ACC when driving on steep hills
is completely in the lane. The brakes may as ACC may not detect a vehicle ahead.
need to be manually applied. Towing with ACC
Objects Not Directly in Front of Your Vehicle If equipped when towing a trailer, ACC
ACC may detect a vehicle that is not in your
lane and apply the brakes. The detection of objects in front of the driving characteristics such as following gap,
vehicle may not be possible if: acceleration rates and braking rates may be
ACC may occasionally provide an alert and/ modified to provide a better towing
. The vehicle or object ahead is not within
or braking that is considered unnecessary. experience.
It could respond to vehicles in different your lane.
lanes or stationary objects when entering or . The vehicle ahead is shifted, not centered, When ACC is used with vehicles equipped
exiting a curve. This is normal operation. or is shifted to one side of the lane. with aftermarket trailer brake controller,
The vehicle does not need service. Driving in Narrow Lanes disengage ACC before applying the manual
trailer brake. ACC will not automatically
Vehicles in adjacent traffic lanes or roadside disengage when manual trailer brake is
objects may be incorrectly detected when applied.
located along the roadway.
ACC may be used when towing a trailer
when trailer attached is within GM-approved
allowable size and weight limits. See Trailer
Towing 0 281.

When towing a trailer with ACC, it is Conditions that are associated with low . Low sun angles cause the camera to not
important to properly set the Trailer Gain. visibility, such as fog, rain, snow, or road detect objects, or it is more difficult to
See “Integrated Trailer Brake Control spray, may limit ACC performance. Water detect objects in the same traffic lane.
System” in Towing Equipment 0 285 for droplets from rain or snow that remain on . Lighting is poor in the evening or early
Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure. the windshield may also limit ACC’s ability morning
Use Tow/Haul mode when driving down to detect objects. . There are multiple changes in brightness
steep hills or mountain grades, or when System operation may be limited under or shadows along the vehicle roadway.
hauling heavy loads. See Driver Mode snow, heavy rain, or road spray conditions. . In a tunnel without the headlamps on,
Control 0 238. or in a tunnel when there is a vehicle in
Disengaging ACC { Warning front that does not have its taillamps on.
Camera visibility may be limited and the . Subjected to strong light from opposing
There are three ways to disengage ACC:
ACC system may not work properly if the lane traffic in the front of the vehicle,
. Step lightly on the brake pedal. such as high-beam headlamps from
windshield is not clear. Do not use ACC if
. Press *. moisture is present on the inside of the oncoming traffic.
. Press J. windshield or the windshield washer is Accessory Installations and Vehicle
used in cold weather. Turn on the front Modifications
Erasing Speed Memory
defroster and make sure the windshield is Do not install or place any object around
The ACC set speed is erased from memory if clear before using ACC. Before driving, the front camera windshield area that would
J is pressed or if the ignition is turned off. check that the windshield wipers are in obstruct the front camera view.
Weather Conditions Affecting ACC good condition and replace them if worn.
Do not install objects on top of the vehicle
If the interior temperature is extremely Lighting Conditions Affecting ACC that overhang and obstruct the front
high, the instrument cluster may indicate camera, such as a canoe, kayak, or other
that ACC is temporarily unavailable. This can The ACC front camera can be affected by items that can be transported on the
be caused by extreme hot weather poor lighting conditions, and ACC may have vehicle roof.
conditions with direct sunlight on the front limited performance when:
Do not modify the hood, headlamps, or fog
camera. ACC will return to normal operation . There are changes in brightness, such as
lamps, as this may limit the camera’s ability
once the cabin temperature is lower. entering and exiting tunnels, bridges, and to detect an object.
overpasses.

Cleaning the Sensing System
The camera sensor on the windshield behind
{ Warning Warning (Continued)
Do not rely on the Driver Assistance . Work if the detection sensor is
the rearview mirror can become blocked by
snow, ice, dirt, mud, or debris. This area Systems. These systems do not replace covered up, such as with a sticker,
needs to be cleaned for ACC to operate the need for paying attention and driving magnet, or metal plate.
properly. safely. You may not hear or feel alerts or . Work if the area surrounding the
warnings provided by these systems. detection sensor is damaged or not
The vehicle headlamps may need to be
Failure to use proper care when driving properly repaired.
cleaned due to dirt, snow, or ice. Objects
that are not illuminated correctly may be may result in injury, death, or vehicle Complete attention is always required
difficult to detect. damage. See Defensive Driving 0 200. while driving, and you should be ready to
If ACC will not operate, regular cruise control Under many conditions, these systems take action and apply the brakes and/or
may be available. See “Switching Between will not: steer the vehicle to avoid crashes.
ACC and Regular Cruise Control” previously . Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
in this section. Always consider driving Audible or Safety Alert Seat
or animals.
conditions before using either cruise control Some driver assistance features alert the
. Detect vehicles or objects outside the
system. driver of obstacles by beeping. To view
area monitored by the system.
For cleaning instructions, see “Washing the available settings from the infotainment
. Work at all driving speeds. screen, touch Settings > Vehicle > Comfort
Vehicle” under Exterior Care 0 385.
. Warn you or provide you with enough and Convenience.
time to avoid a crash.
Advanced Driver Assistance If equipped with the Safety Alert Seat, the
. Work under poor visibility or bad driver seat cushion may provide a vibrating
Systems weather conditions. pulse alert instead of beeping. To view
This vehicle may have features that work . Work if the detection sensor is not available settings from the infotainment
together to help avoid crashes or reduce cleaned or is covered by ice, snow, screen, touch Settings > Vehicle > Collision/
crash damage while driving, backing, and mud, or dirt. Detection Systems.
parking. Read this entire section before (Continued)
using these systems.

Cleaning Radio Frequency
Depending on vehicle options, keep these This vehicle may be equipped with driver
areas of the vehicle clean to ensure the best assistance systems that operate using radio
driver assistance feature performance. Driver frequency. See Radio Frequency Statement
Information Center (DIC) messages may 0 415.
display when the systems are unavailable or
blocked. Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing
If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera (RVC),
Surround Vision, Rear Park Assist (RPA),
Front Park Assist (FPA), and Rear Cross
. Front and rear bumpers and the area Traffic Alert (RCTA) may help the driver park
below the bumpers or avoid objects. Always check around the
vehicle when parking or backing.
. Front grille and headlamps
. Front camera lens in the front grille or The RVC, RPA, and Surround Vision will not
near the front emblem work properly if the tailgate is down. If the
tailgate is down, do not use these systems.
. Front side and rear side panels
. Outside of the windshield in front of the Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
rearview mirror
When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse),
. Side camera lens on the bottom of the the RVC displays an image of the area
outside mirrors behind the vehicle in the infotainment
. Rear side corner bumpers display. The previous screen displays when
. Rear Vision Camera in the tailgate handle the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after
. Rear Camera Mirror and Cargo View a short delay. To return to the previous
Camera in the Center High-Mounted screen sooner, press any button on the
Stoplamp infotainment system, shift into P (Park), or,

while in D (Drive), reach a vehicle speed of 1. View Displayed by the Rear Vision
approximately 12 km/h (8 mph). The rear Camera Warning (Continued)
vision camera is in the tailgate handle. 2. Corners of the Rear Bumper vehicle before driving. Failure to use
Displayed images may be farther or closer proper care may result in injury, death,
than they appear. The area displayed is or vehicle damage.
limited and objects that are close to either
corner of the bumper or under the bumper Surround Vision System
do not display.
If equipped the Surround Vision system can
A warning triangle may display to show display various views surrounding the
that Rear Park Assist (RPA) has detected an vehicle in the infotainment display. See
object. This triangle changes from amber to below for camera view descriptions and
red and increases in size the closer the more information.
object.
If equipped with Hitch View, see Surround { Warning
Vision System 0 255. The Surround Vision cameras have blind
1. View Displayed by the Rear Vision spots and will not display all objects near
Camera { Warning the corners of the vehicle. Folding outside
The camera(s) do not display children, mirrors that are out of position may not
pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic, display surround view correctly. Always
animals, or any other object outside of check around the vehicle when parking or
the cameras’ field of view, below the backing.
bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown
distances may be different from actual
distances. Do not drive or park the
vehicle using only these camera(s).
Always check behind and around the
(Continued)

Touch the camera view buttons along the
{ Warning bottom of the infotainment display to
The camera(s) do not display children, access each view (if equipped):
pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic,
animals, or any other object outside of 1. Front/Rear Standard View
the cameras’ field of view, below the Displays an image of the area in front
bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown or behind the vehicle. To select, touch
distances may be different from actual Front/Rear Standard View on the
distances. Do not drive or park the infotainment display when a camera
vehicle using only these camera(s). view is active.
1. Views Displayed by the Surround
Vision Cameras Always check behind and around the When the hitch guidance is selected,
2. Area Not Shown vehicle before driving. Failure to use Rear Standard View will remain visible
proper care may result in injury, death, across gear changes, otherwise the
or vehicle damage. view will toggle between Front and
Rear Standard View based on gear
Camera Views position.
If equipped, the front view camera
also displays when the Park Assist
system detects an object within
30 cm (12 in).
To access this view when in a forward
gear above 12 km/h (8 mph), select
1. Views Displayed by the Surround CAMERA on the infotainment display
Vision Cameras and select Rear Standard View. The
2. Area Not Shown view will close after 8 seconds and
can be closed early by selecting X,
Home or Back.

2. Front/Rear Top-Down View by selecting X, Home or Back. Shifting vehicle guidance mode is selected.
Displays a front or rear overhead view into P (Park) while in this view will Standard Guidance Lines show
of the vehicle. To view, select Front/ automatically engage the Electric current and intended vehicle path.
Rear Top-Down View on the Parking Brake (EPB). . Hitch Guidance Line is available in
infotainment display when the camera 5. Surround View Rear Standard View or Cargo Bed
app is active. Displays an image of the area View when the Trailering Guidance
3. Front/Rear side View surrounding the vehicle. Surround mode is selected. Hitch Guidance
Displays a view that shows objects View is displayed alongside the displays a single centered guidance
next to the front or rear sides of the currently selected view when below line on the infotainment display to
vehicle. To select, touch Front/Rear 12 km/h (8 mph). Surround View is assist with aligning the vehicle’s
Side View on the infotainment display disabled when above 12 km/h (8 mph). hitch with a trailer coupler. Align
when a camera view is active. Touch 6. Camera App Guidance Lines the Hitch Guidance Line with the
the button to toggle between front trailer coupler by continuously
The Camera App supports three
and rear camera views. Park Assist and steering the vehicle to keep the
possible guidance modes: No
RCTA overlays are not available when guidance line centered on the
Guidance, Vehicle Guidance and
Front/Rear Side View is active. coupler when backing. Park Assist
Trailering Guidance. To change
overlays will not display when the
4. Hitch View guidance mode, select the appropriate
Hitch Guidance Line is active.
Displays a zoomed-in view of the hitch guidance icon. Depending on the
guidance mode and view selected, . Rear Trailer Guidance Lines are
area to assist with aligning the available in the Rear Trailer View
vehicle’s hitch ball with the trailer different guidance lines may appear.
A grayed-out icon indicates that when the Trailering Guidance
coupler and monitoring the trailer mode is selected and the rear
connection. To view, select Hitch View guidance lines are not available.
Certain views do not support Guidance trailer camera calibration has been
on the infotainment display when the successfully completed. Rear Trailer
Camera App is active. To access this lines.
. Standard Guidance Lines are
Guidance Lines show the intended
view when in a forward gear above path (yellow) and the current path
12 km/h (8 mph), select CAMERA on available in Front/Rear Standard
(blue) of the trailer. The current
the infotainment display and select Views, Front/Rear Top-Down Views
path guidance lines will converge
Hitch View. The view will close after and Surround View when the
with the intended path guidance
eight seconds and can be closed early lines.

7. Interior Trailer View gooseneck trailer. To view, select CAMERA on the infotainment
Displays a view of the interior of the Cargo Bed View on the display and select Bed Hitch View.
trailer. The feature is available when a infotainment display when the The view will close after 8 seconds
trailer is connected. The feature Camera App is active. To access and can be closed early by
requires user installation of an this view when in a forward gear selecting X, Home or Back. When
accessory trailer camera on the above 12 km/h (8 mph), select the Bed Hitch View is selected
interior of the trailer per the accessory CAMERA on the infotainment when not in Drive the cargo bed
trailer camera installation instructions display and select Cargo Bed View. lighting is turned on automatically.
(see your dealer for accessory trailer The view will close after 8 seconds The feature can be enabled or
camera(s) and information). To view, and can be closed early by disabled. To view available settings
select Interior Trailer View on the selecting X, Home or Back. When from the infotainment screen,
infotainment display when the Camera the Cargo Bed View is selected touch Settings > Vehicle >
App is active. To access this view when not in Drive the cargo bed Collision/Detection Systems.
when in a forward gear above lighting is turned on automatically. 9. Transparent Trailer View
12 km/h (8 mph), select CAMERA on The feature can be enabled or Displays a view that allows the driver
the infotainment display and select disabled. To view available settings to virtually “see through” the trailer.
Interior Trailer View. The view will from the infotainment screen, The feature is available when a
close after 8 seconds and can be touch Settings > Vehicle > compatible trailer is connected, a valid
closed early by selecting X, Home Collision/Detection Systems. profile is selected and the vehicle is
or Back. . Bed Hitch View not in Reverse. The feature requires
8. Cargo Bed View/Bed Hitch View Displays a zoomed-in view of the user installation of an accessory trailer
Use the plus and minus icons on the bed hitch area to assist with camera on the rear exterior surface of
infotainment display to zoom in aligning the vehicle’s hitch with the trailer per the accessory trailer
or out. the trailer coupler and monitoring camera installation instructions (see
. Cargo Bed View the trailer connection. To view, your dealer for accessory trailer
select Bed Hitch View on the camera(s) and information). To view,
Displays a view of the truck bed infotainment display when the select Transparent Trailer View on the
and the area behind the vehicle to Camera App is active. To access infotainment display when the Camera
assist in cargo or hitch monitoring this view when in a forward gear App is active. To access this view
or hitching to a fifth wheel or above 12 km/h (8 mph), select when in a forward gear above

12 km/h (8 mph), select CAMERA on 10. Rear Trailer Views position of the trailer when a
the infotainment display and select . Rear Trailer View compatible profile is configured
Transparent Trailer View. The view can and selected via the Trailering App.
Displays a view of the area behind
be closed by selecting X, Home or To view, select Rear Side View with
the trailer when a trailer is
Back on the infotainment screen. Available Articulation Functionality
connected. The feature requires
In order to calibrate the system, a on the infotainment display when
user installation of an accessory
minimum clearance of 61 cm (24 in) the Camera App is active. To access
trailer camera on the rear exterior
behind the rear vision camera is this view when in a forward gear
surface of the trailer per the
required. When the system is above 12 km/h (8 mph), select
accessory trailer camera
calibrated and trailer position is CAMERA on the infotainment
installation instructions (see your
known one of three views will be display and select Rear Side View
dealer for accessory trailer
shown; Transparent Trailer View, Left with Available Articulation
camera(s) and information). To
Transparent Trailer View or Right Functionality. The view can be
view, select Rear Trailer View on
Transparent Trailer View. The closed by selecting X, Home
the infotainment display when the
Transparent Trailer View is shown or Back.
Camera App is active. To access
when the position of the trailer is this view when in a forward gear . Picture-in-Picture Side View
relatively straight behind the vehicle. above 12 km/h (8 mph), select Displays a rearward split view of
The Left or Right Transparent Trailer CAMERA on the infotainment the left and right sides of the
view is shown when the position of display and select Rear Trailer vehicle and trailer with an overlay
the trailer is too far to the left or View. The view can be closed by view of the area behind the trailer
right. When the system is not selecting X, Home or Back. when a trailer is connected. The
calibrated or trailer position is not . Rear Side View with Available feature requires user installation of
known the Transparent Trailer Articulation Functionality an accessory trailer camera on the
Picture-in-Picture View will be shown. rear exterior surface of the trailer
Displays a rearward split view of
For fifth-wheel and gooseneck trailers, per the accessory trailer camera
the left and right sides of the
the size of the image overlaid on the installation instructions (see your
vehicle and trailer, when a trailer is
face of the trailer can be adjusted by dealer for accessory trailer
connected. The view will
touching (+) or (−) on the camera(s) and information). To
automatically pan to show more of
infotainment display. view, select Picture-in-Picture Side
the left or right side based on the
View on the infotainment display

when the Camera App is active. To position of the trailer is too far to the left relative to the vehicle. (Available only in
access this view when in a forward or right. The overlay can be enabled or Reverse, Guidelines On, Rear Trailering
gear above 12 km/h (8 mph), select disabled. To view available settings from Views).
CAMERA on the infotainment the infotainment screen, touch Settings >
display and select Picture-in-Picture Vehicle > Collision/Detection Systems. { Warning
Side View. The view can be closed . Jack-Knife Detection and Alert Use Hitch Guidance only to help back the
by selecting X, Home or Back.
The vehicle may be equipped with vehicle to a trailer hitch or, when
Additional Views and Alerts Jack-Knife Detection. The system will track traveling above 12 km/h (8 mph), to
. Turn Signal Activated Views the position of the trailer relative to the briefly check the status of your trailer. Do
Displays a rearward view of the left or vehicle. As the front of the trailer not use for any other purpose, such as
right side of the vehicle and trailer when approaches the rear of the vehicle, a making lane change decisions. Before
a trailer is connected. Views are provided warning or an alert will be displayed. making a lane change, always check the
based on turn signal activation with the A warning indicates to the driver to
mirrors and glance over your shoulder.
right-side view being shown when the proceed with caution, an alert indicates
Improper use could result in serious
right turn signal is active and the left side that a collision is imminent. Based on
vehicle equipment and user settings, the injury to you or others.
view being shown when the left turn
signal is active. The feature can be visual warning or alert may be
HD Surround Vision with Trailer Camera
enabled or disabled.To view available accompanied by audible or safety alert
Provisions
settings from the infotainment screen, seat notifications. To view available
settings from the infotainment screen, If equipped, this feature provides additional
touch Settings > Vehicle > Collision/
touch Settings > Vehicle > Collision/ views to aid in trailering/towing. The
Detection Systems. The view can be
Detection Systems. system shows multiple views in the
closed early by selecting X, Home or Back.
. Trailer Angle Indicator infotainment display using five cameras
A Trailer Length Indicator Overlay is mounted around the vehicle and up to two
available in the Turn Signal Activated The vehicle may be equipped with a
additional accessory cameras that can be
Views when the trailer is relatively Trailer Angle Indicator. The Trailer Angle
mounted on or in a trailer. The front camera
straight behind the vehicle and a Indicator gives the driver a visual
is in the grille under the front emblem, the
compatible profile is configured and representation of the trailer’s position
side cameras are on the bottom of the
selected via the Trailering App. The outside mirrors, the rear camera is in the
overlay will not be visible when the tailgate handle and the bed camera is

mounted on the rear of the cab. . Surround View . Surround View
Additionally, up to two accessory cameras . Guidance Lines . Guidance Lines
can be mounted to the rear and/or interior . Hitch Guidance . Hitch Guidance
of the trailer. See your dealer for accessory
trailer cameras. To access, touch CAMERA on Surround Vision (360 Degrees) Surround Vision
the infotainment display or shift to If equipped, the Surround Vision system can If equipped, this feature provides, additional
R (Reverse). To return to the previous screen display various views surrounding the views to aid in trailering/towing. The Front
when not in reverse, touch the Home or vehicle in the infotainment display using Vision Camera and Surround Vision cameras
Back buttons on the infotainment display. four cameras mounted around the vehicle. are not supported. The system can show
Certain trailer views require a compatible The front camera is in the grille under the various views in the infotainment display
trailer profile be configured and selected. front emblem, the side cameras are on the using cameras mounted in and around the
A compatible trailer is a box type trailer bottom of the outside mirrors, and the rear vehicle and trailer. The rear camera is in the
(cargo, camper, etc.) with a conventional camera is in the tailgate handle. tailgate handle and the cargo bed camera is
hitch. The Surround Vision system can be accessed mounted on the rear of the cab. Up to two
by selecting CAMERA in the infotainment accessory cameras can be mounted to the
Available camera views: rear and/or interior of the trailer. See your
. Front/Rear Standard View
display or when the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse). To return to the previous screen dealer for these accessory cameras.
. Front/Rear Top-Down View sooner, when not in R (Reverse), press the The system can be accessed by selecting
. Rear Bowl View Home or Back button on the infotainment CAMERA in the infotainment display or
. Front/Rear Side View system, shift into P (Park), or, while in D when the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).
. Hitch View (Drive), reach a vehicle speed of To return to the previous screen sooner,
. Bed View approximately 12 km/h (8 mph). when not in R (Reverse), press the Home or
Available camera views: Back button on the infotainment system or
. Rear trailer View
shift into P (Park).
. Rear Side view with a available . Front/Rear Standard View
articulation functionality . Front/Rear Top-Down View Available camera views:
. Picture-in-Picture Side View . . Rear Standard View
Rear Bowl View
. Interior Trailer View . . Hitch View
Front/Rear Side View
. Transparent trailer View . . Bed View
Hitch View
. Rear Trailer View

. Interior Trailer View . The accessory trailer cameras are . The accessory rear trailer camera is not
. Guidance Lines swapped at the hitch connector. Ensure connected or connected to the incorrect
. Hitch Guidance that the camera mounted to the rear of input.
the trailer is connected to the rear trailer The preview may not be provided or the
Troubleshooting camera input. wrong preview may be provided if:
The Transparent Trailer calibration may take . The accessory trailer camera is mounted,
. The accessory cameras are not recognized.
longer than expected or not calibrate if: angled or rotated outside of the defined Ensure that the accessory camera(s) are
. The vehicle is driven too fast during mounting location (see camera connected and power cycle the vehicle.
calibration. Speed should be maintained installation instructions).
. The accessory trailer cameras are
below 50 km/h (31 mph). Distortion may be observed in the calibrated swapped at the hitch connector. Ensure
. The vehicle is not driven straight during Transparent Trailer View if: that the accessory camera(s) are
calibration. Steering should be maintained . The accessory trailer camera is mounted, connected to the correct input.
as straight as possible, excessive steering angled or rotated outside of the defined . The accessory trailer camera(s) are
during calibration may extend mounting location (see camera connected to the correct camera input.
calibration time. installation instructions). . The accessory trailer camera(s) are not
. The calibration is attempted in low light.
The Transparent Trailer image is not the installed according to the installation
Calibration should be attempted when right size: instructions.
there is enough light.
. The size of the image overlaid on the face A feature may be unavailable or not
. The calibration is attempted during
of the trailer may be too large or too activating as expected if:
adverse weather conditions. Calibration small if the measurements input into the
during conditions such as snow or heavy . The customization is disabled. Check the
Trailering App are not accurate. customization settings where applicable.
rain should be avoided.
. The road surface is not ideal for The Transparent Trailer icon may appear . The accessory trailer cameras are
calibration. Calibration should be grayed out if: swapped at the hitch connector. Ensure
attempted on an alternate road surface. . A compatible trailer profile is not that the accessory camera(s) are
configured or a non-compatible trailer connected to the correct camera input.
profile is selected.
. The vehicle is in R (Reverse).
. The trailer is not connected.

. The accessory trailer cameras were When an object is first detected around the
plugged in when the vehicle was running. { Warning vehicle, one beep will be heard from the
The vehicle needs to be off, with all doors The Park Assist system does not detect front or rear (depending on the object's
closed, for at least five minutes prior to children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, location), or the driver's seat will pulse two
plugging in a trailer camera. or objects located below the bumper or times if equipped with Safety Alert Seat.
A view may switch automatically if: that are too close or too far from the When the object is very close to the vehicle,
vehicle. It is not available at speeds the beeps will be continuous or the driver's
. The vehicle is shifted to another gear.
greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To prevent seat will pulse five times. Beeps in the front
Park Assist are higher pitched than beeps in the rear.
injury, death, or vehicle damage, even
The vehicle may be equipped with Rear Park with Park Assist, always check the area Turning the Features On or Off
Assist (RPA) or Front and Rear Park Assist around the vehicle and check all mirrors
(FRPA). Under certain conditions, the Park before moving forward or backing.
Assist system can assist the driver as the
vehicle moves at speeds of less than 8 km/h
(5 mph). The sensors on the bumpers may
detect objects up to 1.2 m (4 ft) in front and
1.8 m (6 ft) behind the vehicle within a zone
25 cm (10 in) high off the ground and below Press X on the center stack to turn on or
bumper level. These detection distances may off the Front and Rear Park Assist. The
be shorter during warmer or humid weather. indicator light next to the button comes on
Blocked sensors will not detect objects and when the features are on and turns off
can also cause false detections. Keep the when the features have been disabled.
sensors clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and The instrument cluster may have a Park Front and Rear Park Assist can be turned
slush; and clean sensors after a car wash in Assist display with bars that show “distance Off, On, or On with Towbar. To view
freezing temperatures. to object” and object location information available settings from the infotainment
for the Front and Rear Park Assist system. screen, touch Settings > Vehicle > Comfort
As the object gets closer, more bars light up and Convenience. If Park Assist is turned off
and the bars change color from yellow to through vehicle personalization, the Park
amber to red. Assist button will be disabled. To turn Park

Assist on again, select On in vehicle Use caution while backing up when towing red flashing alert on the windshield and
personalization. The On with Towbar setting a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones that rapidly beeps or pulses the drivers seat (if
allows Park Assist to work properly with a extend out from the back of the vehicle do equipped). FCA also lights an amber visual
trailer hitch. Some larger trailer hitches may not move further back when a trailer is alert if following another vehicle much too
not be compatible. towed. closely.
Turn off Park Assist when towing a trailer. RCTA is disabled when the trailer connection FCA detects vehicles within a distance of
To turn the RPA symbols on or off, from the status is displayed. approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at
infotainment screen, touch Settings > RCTA can be turned off. To view available speeds above 8 km/h (5 mph).
Vehicle > Comfort and Convenience > Rear settings from the infotainment screen, touch
Park Assist Symbols. Settings > Vehicle > Collision/Detection { Warning
Systems. FCA is a warning system and does not
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) apply the brakes. When approaching a
System Assistance Systems for Driving slower-moving or stopped vehicle ahead
If equipped, when the vehicle is shifted into If equipped, when driving the vehicle in a too rapidly, or when following a vehicle
R (Reverse), RCTA shows a red warning forward gear, Forward Collision Alert (FCA), too closely, FCA may not provide a
triangle with a left or right pointing arrow Front Pedestrian Braking, (FPB), Lane warning with enough time to help avoid
on the infotainment display to warn of Departure Warning (LDW), Side Blind Zone a crash. It also may not provide any
traffic coming from the left or right. This Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert (LCA), and/or warning at all. FCA does not warn of
system detects objects coming from up to the Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) can pedestrians, animals, signs, guardrails,
20 m (65 ft) from the left or right side of help to avoid a crash or reduce crash bridges, construction barrels, or other
the vehicle. When an object is detected, damage. objects. Be ready to take action and
either three beeps sound from the left or apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving
right or three Safety Alert Seat pulses occur
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
0 200.
on the left or right side, depending on the System
direction of the detected vehicle. If equipped, the FCA system may help to FCA can be disabled. To view available
avoid or reduce the harm caused by settings from the infotainment screen, touch
front-end crashes. When approaching a Settings > Vehicle > Collision/Detection
vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a Systems.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead from the front, or both sides of the Safety
Warning (Continued) Alert Seat will pulse five times. When this
or snow, or if the headlamps or Collision Alert occurs, the brake system may
windshield are not cleaned or in proper prepare for driver braking to occur more
condition. Keep the windshield, rapidly which can cause a brief, mild
headlamps, and FCA sensors clean and in deceleration. Continue to apply the brake
good repair. pedal as needed.
Tailgating Alert
FCA warnings will not occur unless the FCA Collision Alert
system detects a vehicle ahead. When a
vehicle is detected, the vehicle ahead
indicator will display green. Vehicles may
not be detected on curves, highway exit
ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if a
vehicle ahead is partially blocked by
pedestrians or other objects. FCA will not The vehicle ahead indicator will display
detect another vehicle ahead until it is With Head-Up Display amber when you are following a vehicle
completely in the driving lane. ahead much too closely.
{ Warning Selecting the Alert Timing

FCA does not provide a warning to help
avoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle.
FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead if
the FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
Without Head-Up Display
or ice, or if the windshield is damaged.
It may also not detect a vehicle on When your vehicle approaches another
winding or hilly roads, or in conditions detected vehicle too rapidly, the red FCA The Collision Alert control is on the steering
that can limit visibility such as fog, rain, display will flash on the windshield. Also, wheel. Press [ to set the FCA timing to
(Continued) eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound Far, Medium, or Near. The first button press

shows the current setting on the DIC. If there is no vehicle detected ahead, or the help avoid or lessen the severity of crashes
Additional button presses will change this vehicle ahead is out of sensor range, dashes when driving in a forward gear. Depending
setting. The chosen setting will remain until will be displayed. on the situation, the vehicle may
it is changed and will affect the timing of automatically brake moderately or hard. This
both the Collision Alert and the Tailgating Unnecessary Alerts automatic emergency braking can only occur
Alert features. The timing of both alerts will FCA may provide unnecessary alerts for if a vehicle is detected. This is shown by the
vary based on vehicle speed. The faster the turning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes, FCA vehicle ahead indicator being lit. See
vehicle speed, the farther away the alert will objects that are not vehicles, or shadows. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 264.
occur. Consider traffic and weather These alerts are normal operation and the The system works when driving in a forward
conditions when selecting the alert timing. vehicle does not need service. gear between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h
The range of selectable alert timings may (50 mph). It can detect vehicles up to
not be appropriate for all drivers and driving Cleaning the System
approximately 60 m (197 ft).
conditions. If the FCA system does not seem to operate
If your vehicle is equipped with Adaptive properly, this may correct the issue: { Warning
Cruise Control (ACC), changing the FCA . Clean the outside of the windshield in
AEB is an emergency crash preparation
timing setting automatically changes the front of the rearview mirror.
following gap setting (Far, Medium, feature and is not designed to avoid
. Clean the entire front of the vehicle.
or Near). crashes. Do not rely on AEB to brake the
. Clean the headlamps. vehicle. AEB will not brake outside of its
Following Distance Indicator operating speed range and only responds
Automatic Emergency to detected vehicles.
If equipped, the following distance to a Braking (AEB)
moving vehicle ahead in your path is AEB may not:
indicated in following time in seconds on If equipped, AEB may help avoid or reduce
. Detect a vehicle ahead on winding or
the Driver Information Center (DIC). See the harm caused by front-end crashes. AEB
Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) also includes Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA). hilly roads.
0 132 or Driver Information Center (DIC) When the system detects a vehicle ahead in . Detect all vehicles, especially vehicles
(Uplevel) 0 133. The minimum following your path that is traveling in the same with a trailer, tractors, muddy
time is 0.5 seconds away. direction that you may be about to crash vehicles, etc.
into, it can provide a boost to braking or (Continued)
automatically brake the vehicle. This can

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) . Heavy rain or snow is interfering with
Warning (Continued) object detection.
. Detect a vehicle when weather limits IBA may activate when the brake pedal is
. There is a problem with the StabiliTrak/
applied quickly by providing a boost to
visibility, such as in fog, rain, or snow. Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system.
braking based on the speed of approach and
. Detect a vehicle ahead if it is partially distance to a vehicle ahead. The AEB system does not need service.
blocked by pedestrians or other
objects. Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedal Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
movement during this time is normal and
Complete attention is always required the brake pedal should continue to be System
while driving, and you should be ready to applied as needed. IBA will automatically If equipped, the FPB system may help avoid
take action and apply the brakes and/or disengage only when the brake pedal is or reduce the harm caused by front-end
steer the vehicle to avoid crashes. released. crashes with pedestrians near the forward
path of the vehicle when driving in a
AEB may slow the vehicle to a complete { Warning forward gear. FPB displays an amber ~
stop to try to avoid a potential crash. If this
IBA may increase vehicle braking in when a nearby pedestrian is detected ahead.
happens, AEB may stop the vehicle
situations when it may not be necessary. When approaching a detected pedestrian too
momentarily. Firmly press the accelerator to
You could block the flow of traffic. If this quickly, FPB provides a red flashing alert on
continue driving.
occurs, take your foot off the brake pedal the windshield and rapidly beeps or pulses
and then apply the brakes as needed. the driver seat (if equipped with Safety Alert
{ Warning Seat). FPB can provide a boost to braking or
AEB may automatically brake the vehicle AEB and IBA can be disabled. To view automatically brake the vehicle. This system
suddenly in situations where it is available settings from the infotainment includes Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA), and
unexpected and undesired. It could screen, touch Settings > Vehicle > Collision/ the Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
respond to a turning vehicle ahead, Detection Systems. system may also respond to pedestrians.
guardrails, signs, and other non-moving See Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
A system unavailable message may 0 266.
objects. To override AEB, firmly press the display if:
accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so. . The front of the vehicle or windshield is The FPB system can detect and alert to
not clean. pedestrians in a forward gear at speeds
between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h

(50 mph). During daytime driving, the FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alert and
system detects pedestrians up to a distance Brake through vehicle personalization. To
of approximately 40 m (131 ft). During view available settings from the
nighttime driving, system performance is infotainment screen, touch Settings >
very limited. Vehicle > Collision/Detection Systems.
Detecting the Pedestrian Ahead
{ Warning Without Head-Up Display
FPB does not provide an alert or
automatically brake the vehicle, unless it When the vehicle approaches a pedestrian
detects a pedestrian. FPB may not detect ahead too rapidly, the red FPB alert display
will flash on the windshield. Eight rapid
pedestrians, including children:
high-pitched beeps will sound from the
. When the pedestrian is not directly front, or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat
ahead, fully visible, or standing will pulse five times. When this Pedestrian
upright, or when part of a group. FPB alerts and automatic braking will not
Alert occurs, the brake system may prepare
occur unless the FPB system detects a
. Due to poor visibility, including for driver braking to occur more rapidly
pedestrian. When a pedestrian that may
nighttime conditions, fog, rain, which can cause a brief, mild deceleration.
enter the vehicle’s forward path is detected,
or snow. Continue to apply the brake pedal as
the pedestrian ahead indicator will be
needed. Cruise control may be disengaged
. If the FPB sensor is blocked by dirt, displayed.
when the Front Pedestrian Alert occurs.
snow, or ice.
Front Pedestrian Alert
. If the headlamps or windshield are not Automatic Braking
cleaned or in proper condition. If FPB detects it is about to crash into a
Be ready to take action and apply the pedestrian directly ahead, and the brakes
brakes. For more information, see have not been applied, FPB may
Defensive Driving 0 200. Keep the automatically brake moderately or brake
hard. This can help to avoid some very low
windshield, headlamps, and FPB sensor
speed pedestrian crashes or reduce
clean and in good repair. With Head-Up Display pedestrian injury. FPB can automatically
brake to detected pedestrians between

8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph). Cleaning the System
Automatic braking levels may be reduced Warning (Continued)
If FPB does not seem to operate properly,
under certain conditions, such as higher result in injury, death, or vehicle damage.
cleaning the outside of the windshield in
speeds. Before making a lane change, always
front of the rearview mirror may correct the
FPB may slow the vehicle to a complete issue. check mirrors, glance over your shoulder,
stop to try and avoid a potential collision and use the turn signals.
with a pedestrian. If this happens, Automatic Lane Change Alert (LCA)
Braking may hold the vehicle at a stop LCA Detection Zones
If equipped, the Lane Change Alert (LCA)
momentarily. Firmly press the accelerator system is a lane-changing aid that can assist
pedal to release Automatic Braking. drivers with avoiding lane change crashes
with moving vehicles in the side blind zone,
{ Warning or blind spot areas or with vehicles rapidly
FPB may alert or automatically brake the approaching these areas from behind. When
vehicle suddenly in situations where it is a vehicle is detected in the blind zone, the
unexpected and undesired. It could falsely LCA warning display will light up in the
alert or brake for objects similar in shape corresponding side mirror and will flash if
or size to pedestrians, including shadows. the turn signal is on. The Side Blind Zone
This is normal operation and the vehicle Alert (SBZA) system is included as part of
the LCA system. 1. SBZA Detection Zone
does not need service. To override 2. LCA Detection Zone
Automatic Braking, firmly press the
accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so. { Warning When towing a trailer, LCA feature is
LCA does not alert the driver to vehicles disabled. When not towing a trailer, the LCA
Automatic Braking can be disabled through sensor covers a zone of approximately one
outside of the system detection zones,
vehicle settings. To view available settings lane over from both sides of the vehicle,
pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals. It may
from the infotainment screen, touch Settings or 3.5 m (11 ft). The height of the zone is
not provide alerts when changing lanes approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and
> Vehicle > Collision/Detection Systems > under all driving conditions. Failure to use
Front Pedestrian Detection. 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. Drivers are also
proper care when changing lanes may
(Continued)

warned of vehicles rapidly approaching this How the System Works
area up to approximately 70 m (230 ft) Warning (Continued)
The LCA/TSBZA symbol lights up in the side
behind the vehicle. lanes under all driving conditions. Failure mirrors when the system detects a moving
Trailer Side Blind Zone Area (TSBZA) to use proper care when changing lanes vehicle in the next lane over that is in the
may result in injury, death, or vehicle trailer side blind zone. This indicates it may
If equipped, the TSBZA system is a damage. Before making a lane change, be unsafe to change lanes. Before making a
lane-changing aid that assists drivers with always check mirrors, glance over your lane change, check the SBZA display, check
avoiding crashes that occur with moving shoulder, and use the turn signals. mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and use
vehicles in the side blind zone, or blind spot the turn signals.
areas. The trailer side blind zone area adds TSBZA Detection Zones
the blind zone area along the side of a
trailer that the host vehicle is pulling.
When the vehicle is in a forward gear, the
left or right side mirror display will light up
if a moving vehicle is detected in that trailer
blind zone. If the turn signal is activated and Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror
a vehicle is also detected on the same side, Display Display
the display will flash as an extra warning 1. SBZA Detection Zone
not to change lanes. Since this system is When the vehicle is started, both outside
2. TSBZA Detection Zone
part of the Lane Change Alert system, read mirror LCA/TSBZA displays will briefly come
the entire Lane Change Alert section before 3. LCA Detection Zone
on to indicate the system is operating.
using this feature. The Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) warning When the vehicle is in a forward gear, the
area starts at approximately the middle of left- or right-side mirror display will light up
{ Warning the vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft). The if a moving vehicle is detected in that blind
Trailer Side Blind Zone Alert (TSBZA) warning zone. If the turn signal is activated in the
TSBZA does not alert the driver to
area starts at approximately 3 m (10 ft) to same direction as a detected vehicle, this
vehicles outside of the system detection
the trailing edge of the vehicle and goes display will flash as an extra warning not to
zones, pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals. back up to 15 m (49 ft) behind the vehicle.
It may not provide alerts when changing change lanes.
The maximum trailer length is 12 m (39 ft).
(Continued)

LCA/TSBZA displays may not come on when LCA/TSBZA may not always alert the driver When TSBZA is disabled for any reason
passing a vehicle quickly, or when passing a to vehicles in the side blind zone, especially other than the driver turning it off, the
stopped vehicle. LCA/TSBZA may alert to in wet conditions. The system does not need Trailer Side Blind Zone Alert On option will
objects attached to the vehicle, such as a to be serviced. The system may light up due not be available on the
bicycle, or object extending out to either to guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and other personalization menu.
side of the vehicle or trailer. This is normal non-moving objects. This is normal system
system operation; the vehicle does not need operation; the vehicle does not need service. Driving with a Trailer
service. LCA/TSBZA may not operate when the LCA/ Although this system is intended to help
LCA/TSBZA can be disabled through vehicle TSBZA sensors in the left or right corners of drivers avoid lane change crashes, it does
settings. To view available settings from the the rear bumper are covered with mud, dirt, not replace driver vision and therefore
infotainment screen, touch Settings > snow, ice, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. should be considered a lane change aid.
Vehicle > Collision/Detection Systems. For cleaning instructions, see "Washing the Even with the TSBZA system, the driver
If SBZA is disabled by the driver, the TSBZA Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 385. If the DIC must check carefully for objects outside of
mirror displays will not light up. displays the system unavailable message the reporting zone (e.g., a fast approaching
after cleaning both sides of the vehicle vehicle) or vehicle along the side of the
When the System Does Not Seem to toward the rear corners of the vehicle, see trailer before changing lanes.
Work Properly your dealer. Use caution while changing lanes when
LCA/TSBZA displays may not come on when If the DIC displays the system unavailable towing a trailer.
passing a vehicle quickly, or when passing a message after cleaning both sides of the
stopped vehicle. The LCA/TSBZA detection vehicle toward the rear corners of the
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
zones that extend back from the side of the vehicle, see your dealer If equipped, LDW may help avoid crashes
vehicle do not move further back when a due to unintentional lane departures. LDW
trailer is towed. Use caution while changing If the LCA/TSBZA displays do not light up
when vehicles are in the blind zone and the uses a camera sensor to detect the lane
lanes when towing a trailer. LCA/TSBZA may markings at speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
alert to objects attached to the vehicle, such system is clean, the system may need
service. Take the vehicle to your dealer. greater. It may provide an alert if the
as a trailer, bicycle, or object extending out vehicle is crossing a lane without using a
to either side of the vehicle or trailer. This is turn signal in that direction. LDW light will
normal system operation; the vehicle does not alert if the turn signal is active in the
not need service.

direction of lane departure, or if LDW depending on the lane departure direction.
detects that you are accelerating, braking or Warning (Continued) LDW will not alert if the turn signal is active
actively steering. the windshield, headlamps, and camera in the direction of lane departure or if LDW
sensors clean and in good repair. Do not detects that you are accelerating, braking or
{ Warning use LDW in bad weather conditions. actively steering.
The LDW system does not steer the
vehicle. The LDW system may not: How the System Works Fuel
. Provide enough time to avoid a crash. LDW utilizes a camera sensor installed on
the windshield ahead of the rearview mirror
Top Tier Fuel
. Detect lane markings under poor
to detect lane markings. GM recommends the use of TOP TIER
weather or visibility conditions. This
Detergent Gasoline to keep the engine clean,
can occur if the windshield or To turn LDW on and off, press @ on the
reduce engine deposits, and maintain
headlamps are blocked by dirt, snow, center stack. The control indicator will light optimal vehicle performance. Look for the
or ice; if they are not in proper when LDW is on. TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com
condition; or if the sun shines directly
for a list of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline
into the camera.
marketers and applicable countries.
. Detect road edges.
. Detect lanes on winding or hilly roads.
If LDW only detects lane markings on one
side of the road, it will only warn you Base Uplevel
when departing the lane on the side
where it has detected a lane marking. When LDW is on, @ or n is green if
Always keep your attention on the road LDW is available to warn of a lane
and maintain proper vehicle position departure. If the vehicle crosses a detected
within the lane, or vehicle damage, lane marking without using the turn signal
injury, or death could occur. Always keep in that direction, @ or n changes to
(Continued) amber and flashes. Additionally, there will
be three beeps, on the right or left,

Recommended Fuel Prohibited Fuels Fuels in Foreign Countries
For diesel engine vehicles, see “Fuel for Caution The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post fuel
Diesel Engines” in the Duramax diesel octane ratings in anti-knock index (AKI). For
supplement. Do not use fuels with any of the fuel not to use in a foreign country, see
following conditions; doing so may Prohibited Fuels 0 273.
damage the vehicle and void its
warranty: Fuel Additives
. For vehicles that are not FlexFuel, fuel TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highly
labeled greater than 15% ethanol by recommended for use with your vehicle.
volume, such as mid-level ethanol If your country does not have TOP TIER
blends (16–50% ethanol), E85, Detergent Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel
If the vehicle has a yellow sticker on the or FlexFuel. System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to the
fuel door, E85 or FlexFuel can be used. If the vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at every oil
vehicle does not have a yellow sticker, do . Fuel with any amount of methanol,
methylal, ferrocene, and aniline. These change or 15 000 km (9,000 mi), whichever
not use gasoline with ethanol levels greater occurs first. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and
than 15% by volume. See E85 or FlexFuel fuels can corrode metal fuel system
parts or damage plastic and rubber ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus−
0 273. Gasoline will help keep your vehicle’s engine
parts.
Regular unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM fuel deposit free and performing optimally.
. Fuel containing metals such as
specification D4814 with a posted octane
rating (R+M)/2 of 87 or greater is methylcyclopentadienyl manganese E85 or FlexFuel
recommended. Do not use gasoline with a tricarbonyl (MMT), which can damage
the emissions control system and Vehicles with a yellow fuel sticker on the
posted octane rating of less than 87, as this fuel door can use either unleaded gasoline
will result in reduced performance and spark plugs.
or fuel containing up to 85% ethanol (E85).
driveability. If heavy knocking is heard when . Fuel with a posted octane rating of All other vehicles should use only the
using gasoline rated at 87 or greater, the less than the recommended fuel. Using unleaded gasoline as described in
engine needs service. this fuel will lower fuel economy and Recommended Fuel 0 273.
performance, and may decrease the
life of the emissions catalyst.

The use of E85 or FlexFuel is encouraged The only GM approved aftermarket additive Filling the Tank (Pickup Models)
when the vehicle is designed to use it. E85 is ACDelco Fuel System Treatment
or FlexFuel is made from renewable sources. Plus-FlexFuel. Follow the instructions on the If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the
bottle for proper use. This product is Duramax diesel supplement.
To help locate fuel stations that carry E85 or
FlexFuel, the U.S. Department of Energy has available at your GM dealer. An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which
an alternative fuel website. See side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See
Caution Fuel Gauge 0 116.
www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/locator/stations.
Some additives are not compatible with
E85 or FlexFuel should meet ASTM
Specification D 5798 or CAN/CGSB–3.512 in
E85 or FlexFuel and can harm the { Warning
vehicle's fuel system. Use only additives Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently
Canada. Do not use the fuel if the ethanol
approved by GM for E85 or FlexFuel and can cause injury or death.
content is greater than 85%. Fuel mixtures
that do not meet ASTM or CGSB vehicles. Damage caused by unapproved
additives would not be covered by the Follow these guidelines to help avoid
specifications can affect driveability and injuries to you and others:
could cause the malfunction indicator lamp vehicle warranty.
to come on. . Read and follow all the instructions on
the fuel pump island.
The starting characteristics of E85 or FlexFuel Caution
make it unsuitable for use when . Turn off the engine when refueling.
Do not use fuel containing methanol.
temperatures fall below −18 °C (0 °F). Use . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking
It can corrode metal parts in the fuel
gasoline or add gasoline to the E85 or materials away from fuel.
FlexFuel. system and also damage plastic and
rubber parts. That damage would not be . Do not leave the fuel pump
Because E85 or FlexFuel has less energy per covered under the vehicle warranty. unattended.
liter (gallon) than gasoline, the vehicle will . Avoid using electronic devices while
need to be refilled more often. See Filling To help keep the engine running efficiently, refueling.
the Tank (Chassis Cab and Box Delete fill the tank with gasoline, up to E15, after
Models) 0 276 or Filling the Tank (Pickup . Do not re-enter the vehicle while
filling the tank with E85 one or two times.
Models) 0 274. pumping fuel.
(Continued)

The capless refueling system does not have Filling the Tank with a Portable Fuel
Warning (Continued) a fuel cap. Fully insert and latch the fill Container
. Keep children away from the fuel nozzle, begin fueling. If the vehicle runs out of fuel and must be
pump and never let children filled from a portable fuel container:
pump fuel. { Warning
. Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a Overfilling the fuel tank by more than
metallic object to discharge static three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may
electricity from your body. cause:
. Fuel can spray out if the fill nozzle is . Vehicle performance issues, including
inserted too quickly. This spray can engine stalling and damage to the fuel
happen if the tank is nearly full, and is system.
more likely in hot weather. Insert the 1. Locate the capless funnel adapter.
. Fuel spills.
fill nozzle slowly and wait for any hiss 2. Insert and latch the funnel into the
noise to stop before beginning to . Under certain conditions, fuel fires. capless fuel system.
flow fuel.
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds
after you have finished pumping before
{ Warning
removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from Attempting to refuel from a portable fuel
painted surfaces as soon as possible. See container without using the funnel
Exterior Care 0 385. Push the fuel door adapter may cause fuel spillage and
closed. damage the capless fuel system. This
could cause a fire. You or others could be
{ Warning badly burned and the vehicle could be
damaged.
If a fire starts while you are refueling, do
not remove the fill nozzle. Shut off the 3. Remove and clean the funnel adapter
flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or and return it to the storage location.
by notifying the station attendant. Leave
the area immediately.

Filling the Tank (Chassis Cab and Warning (Continued) { Warning
Box Delete Models) . Keep children away from the fuel Overfilling the fuel tank by more than
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the pump and never let children three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may
Duramax diesel supplement. pump fuel. cause:
An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which . Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a . Vehicle performance issues, including
side of the vehicle the fuel fill is on. See metallic object to discharge static engine stalling and damage to the fuel
Fuel Gauge 0 116. electricity from your body. system.
. Fuel can spray out if the fuel cap is . Fuel spills.
{ Warning opened too quickly. This spray can
. Under certain conditions, fuel fires.
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently happen if the tank is nearly full, and is
and can cause injury or death. more likely in hot weather. Open the
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds
fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss
Follow these guidelines to help avoid after you have finished pumping before
noise to stop, then unscrew the cap all
injuries to you and others: removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from
the way.
painted surfaces as soon as possible. See
. Read and follow all the instructions on Exterior Care 0 385. Reinstall the cap by
the fuel pump island. Turn the fuel cap counterclockwise to
remove. Fully insert and latch the fill nozzle, turning it clockwise until it clicks.
. Turn off the engine when refueling. begin fueling. For models with dual fuel
. Keep sparks, flames, and smoking tanks, the fuel gauge shows an average of { Warning
materials away from fuel. both tanks. When refueling, refuel the If a fire starts while you are refueling, do
. Do not leave the fuel pump primary front tank first, then add fuel to the not remove the fill nozzle. Shut off the
unattended. auxiliary rear tank. flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or
. by notifying the station attendant. Leave
Avoid using electronic devices while
refueling. the area immediately.
. Do not re-enter the vehicle while
pumping fuel.
(Continued)

Caution Warning (Continued) Driving Characteristics and
If a new fuel cap is needed, get the right . Bring the fill nozzle in contact with Towing Tips
type of cap from your dealer. The wrong the inside of the fill opening before
type of fuel cap may not fit properly, operating the nozzle. Maintain contact { Warning
may turn on the malfunction indicator until filling is complete. You can lose control when towing a
lamp, and could damage the fuel system . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking trailer if the correct equipment is not
and emissions system. See Malfunction materials away from fuel. used or the vehicle is not driven properly.
Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 123. . Avoid using electronic devices while For example, if the trailer is too heavy or
pumping fuel. the trailer brakes are inadequate for the
Filling a Portable Fuel Container . When transporting a fuel container or
load, the vehicle may not stop as
expected. You and others could be
other material that can catch fire in
{ Warning the truck bed, secure the container to
seriously injured. The vehicle may also be
Never fill a portable fuel container while damaged, and the repairs would not be
prevent spills.
it is in the vehicle. Static electricity covered by the vehicle warranty. Pull a
trailer only if all the steps in this section
discharge from the container can ignite Trailer Towing have been followed. Ask your dealer for
the fuel vapor. You or others could be
advice and information about towing a
badly burned and the vehicle could be General Towing Information trailer with the vehicle.
damaged. To help avoid injury to you
and others: Only use towing equipment that has been
designed for the vehicle. Contact your dealer Driving with a Trailer
. Dispense fuel only into approved or trailering dealer for assistance with
containers. Trailering is different than just driving the
preparing the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read
vehicle by itself. Trailering affects handling,
. Do not fill a container while it is the entire section before towing a trailer.
acceleration, braking, and durability.
inside a vehicle, in a vehicle's trunk, in To tow a disabled vehicle, see Transporting Successful and safe trailering requires proper
a pickup bed, or on any surface other a Disabled Vehicle 0 381. To tow the vehicle use of the correct equipment.
than the ground. behind another vehicle such as a motor
(Continued) home, see Recreational Vehicle Towing
0 382.

The following information has many . Tow in D (Drive). Tow/Haul Mode is
time-tested, important trailering tips and recommended for heavier trailers. See { Warning
safety rules. Many of these are important Tow/Haul Mode 0 227. If the transmission To prevent serious injury or death from
for your safety and that of your passengers. downshifts too often, a lower gear may carbon monoxide (CO), when towing a
Read this section carefully before towing a be selected using Manual Mode. See trailer:
trailer. Manual Mode 0 226.
. Do not drive with the liftgate, trunk/
When towing a trailer: If equipped, the following advanced driver hatch, or rear-most window open.
. Become familiar with, and follow all state assistance features should be turned off
. Fully open the air outlets on or under
and local laws that apply to trailer when towing a trailer, and may turn off
automatically when a trailer is detected: the instrument panel.
towing. These requirements vary from
state to state. . Park Assist . Adjust the climate control system to a
. State laws may require the use of . Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB) setting that brings in only outside air.
See “Climate Control Systems” in the
extended side view mirrors. If your . Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
Index.
visibility is limited or restricted while . Rear Cross Traffic Braking (RCTB)
towing, install extended side view mirrors . Lane Change Alert (LCA)
For more information about carbon
on your vehicle, even if not required. monoxide, see Engine Exhaust 0 222.
. Super Cruise and Adaptive Cruise Control
. Do not tow a trailer during the first
(ACC), unless equipped with trailering Towing a trailer requires experience. The
800 km (500 mi) of vehicle use to prevent functionality, see Adaptive Cruise Control
damage to the engine, axle, or other combination of the vehicle and trailer is
(Camera) 0 242. longer and not as responsive as the vehicle
parts.
. Perform the first oil change before heavy Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) and itself. Get used to the handling and braking
Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) should be set of the combination by driving on a level
towing.
to Alert unless equipped with Super Cruise. road surface before driving on public roads.
. Do not drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and
do not make starts at full throttle during Do not use Automatic Parking Assist (APA) The trailer structure, the tires, and the
the first 800 km (500 mi) of trailer while towing a trailer. brakes must all be rated to carry the
towing. intended cargo. Inadequate trailer
equipment can cause the combination to
operate in an unexpected or unsafe manner.
Before driving, inspect all trailer hitch parts

and attachments, safety chains, electrical beyond the passed vehicle before returning Driving on Grades
connectors, lamps, tires, and mirrors. See to the lane. Pass on level roadways. Avoid
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear
Towing Equipment 0 285. If the trailer has passing on hills if possible.
before starting down a long or steep
electric brakes, start the combination
Backing Up downhill grade. If the transmission is not
moving and then manually apply the trailer
shifted down, the brakes may overheat and
brake controller to check that the trailer Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with result in reduced braking efficiency.
brakes work. During the trip, occasionally one hand. To move the trailer to the left,
check that the cargo and trailer are secure move that hand to the left. To move the The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Shift the
and that the lamps and any trailer brakes trailer to the right, move that hand to the transmission to a lower gear if the
are working. right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, transmission shifts too often under heavy
have someone guide you. loads and/or hilly conditions.
Towing with a Stability Control System
Making Turns When towing at higher altitudes, engine
When towing, the stability control system coolant will boil at a lower temperature
might be heard. The system reacts to than at lower altitudes. If the engine is
vehicle movement caused by the trailer, Caution
turned off immediately after towing at high
which mainly occurs during cornering. This is Turn more slowly and make wider arcs altitude on steep uphill grades, the vehicle
normal when towing heavier trailers. when towing a trailer to prevent damage could show signs similar to engine
to your vehicle. Making very sharp turns overheating. To avoid this, let the engine
Following Distance could cause the trailer to contact the run, preferably on level ground, with the
Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle vehicle. transmission in P (Park) for a few minutes
ahead as you would when driving without a before turning the engine off. If the
trailer. This can help to avoid heavy braking Make wider turns than normal when towing, overheat warning comes on, see Engine
and sudden turns. so the trailer will not go over soft shoulders, Overheating 0 322.
over curbs, or strike road signs, trees,
Passing or other objects. Always signal turns well in Viewing Systems
More passing distance is needed when advance. Do not steer or brake suddenly. If equipped, the viewing systems on the
towing a trailer. The combination of the vehicle can improve visibility while hitching,
vehicle and trailer will not accelerate as backing, and driving with a trailer. See
quickly and is much longer than the vehicle Advanced Driver Assistance Systems 0 253.
alone. It is necessary to go much farther

Parking on Hills 2. Let up on the brake pedal.
Warning (Continued)
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of
{ Warning the chocks. . Do not move the vehicle if someone is
in the path of the trailer. Some parts
To prevent serious injury or death, 4. Stop and have someone pick up and of the trailer might be underwater and
always park your vehicle and trailer on a store the chocks. not visible to people who are assisting
level surface when possible. in launching the boat.
Launching and Retrieving a Boat
When parking your vehicle and your trailer Backing the Trailer into the Water Disconnect the trailer wiring before backing
on a hill: the trailer into the water to prevent damage
1. Press and hold the brake pedal, but do { Warning to the electrical circuits. Reconnect the
not shift into P (Park). Turn the wheels . Have all passengers get out of the wiring to the trailer after removing the
toward the curb if facing downhill or vehicle before backing onto the sloped trailer from the water. If the trailer has
into traffic if facing uphill. part of the ramp. Lower the driver and electric brakes that can function when the
2. Have someone place chocks under the passenger side windows before trailer is submerged, it might help to leave
trailer wheels. backing onto the ramp. This will the electrical trailer connector attached to
provide a means of escape in the maintain trailer brake functionality while on
3. Gradually release the brake pedal to the boat ramp.
unlikely event the vehicle slides into
allow the chocks to absorb the load of
the water. To back the trailer into the water:
the trailer.
. If the boat launch surface is slippery, 1. If equipped, place the vehicle in
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the
parking brake and shift into P (Park). have the driver remain in the vehicle Four-Wheel Drive High or Automatic
with the brake pedal applied while the Four-Wheel Drive.
5. Release the brake pedal. boat is being launched. The boat
2. Slowly back down the boat ramp until
Leaving After Parking on a Hill launch can be especially slippery at
the boat is floating, but no further than
low tide when part of the ramp was
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. necessary.
previously submerged at high tide. Do
. Start the engine. not back onto the ramp to launch the 3. Press and hold the brake pedal, but do
. Shift into a gear. boat if you are not sure the vehicle not shift into P (Park).
. Release the parking brake. can maintain traction. 4. Have someone place chocks under the
(Continued) front wheels of the vehicle.

5. Gradually release the brake pedal to
allow the chocks to absorb the load of
Caution Caution
the trailer. If the vehicle tires begin to spin and the Towing a trailer improperly can damage
6. Reapply the brake pedal. Then, apply the vehicle begins to slide toward the water, the vehicle and result in costly repairs
parking brake and shift into P (Park). remove your foot from the accelerator not covered by the vehicle warranty. To
pedal and apply the brake pedal. Seek tow a trailer correctly, follow the
7. Release the brake pedal.
help to have the vehicle towed up directions in this section and see your
Pulling the Trailer from the Water the ramp. dealer for important information about
To pull the trailer out of the water: towing a trailer with the vehicle.
Maintenance when Trailer Towing
1. Press and hold the brake pedal. Trailering is different than just driving the
2. Start the engine and shift into gear. The vehicle needs service more often when
vehicle by itself. Trailering affects handling,
used to tow trailers. See Maintenance
3. Release the parking brake. acceleration, braking, and durability.
Schedule 0 396. It is especially important to
4. Let up on the brake pedal. Successful, safe trailering takes correct
check the engine oil, axle lubricant, belts,
equipment, and it has to be used properly.
5. Drive slowly until the tires are clear of cooling system, and brake system before
the chocks. and during each trip. The following information has many
time-tested, important trailering tips and
6. Stop and have someone pick up and Check periodically to see that all nuts and
safety rules. Many of these are important
store the chocks. bolts on the trailer hitch are tight.
for your safety and that of your passengers.
7. Slowly pull the trailer from the water. Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing Read this section carefully before pulling a
8. Once the vehicle and trailer have been trailer.
The cooling system may temporarily
driven from the sloped part of the boat
ramp, the vehicle can be shifted from
overheat during severe operating conditions. Trailer Weight
See Engine Overheating 0 322.
four-wheel-drive high. Shift into the drive
mode that is appropriate for the road Trailer Towing { Warning
conditions. Never exceed the towing capacity for
If equipped with a diesel engine, see the your vehicle.

Safe trailering requires monitoring the The only way to be sure the weight is not the GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR for
weight, speed, altitude, road grades, outside exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh the vehicle is on the Trailering Information
temperature, and how frequently the vehicle the tow vehicle and trailer combination, Label.
is used to tow a trailer. fully loaded for the trip, getting individual To check that the weight of the vehicle and
weights for each of these items. trailer are within the GCWR for the vehicle,
Trailer Weight Ratings
A trailering information label on the B-pillar follow these steps:
When towing a trailer, the combined weight shows tow rating information for the
of the vehicle, vehicle contents, trailer, and 1. Start with the "curb weight" from the
vehicle. Trailering Information Label.
trailer contents must be below all of the
maximum weight ratings for the vehicle, 2. Add the weight of the trailer loaded with
including:
{ Warning cargo and ready for the trip.
. Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) You and others could be seriously injured 3. Add the weight of all passengers.
. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
or killed if the trailer is too heavy or the
4. Add the weight of all cargo in the
trailer brakes are inadequate for the load.
. Maximum Trailer Weight Rating vehicle.
The vehicle may be damaged, and the
. Gross Axle Weight Rating-Rear (GAWR-RR) repairs would not be covered by the 5. Add the weight of hitch hardware such
. Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating vehicle warranty. as a draw bar, ball, load equalizer bars,
or sway bars.
See “Weight-Distributing Hitch and Only tow a trailer if all the steps in this
Adjustment” under Towing Equipment 0 285 6. Add the weight of any accessories or
section have been followed. Ask your aftermarket equipment added to the
to determine if equalizer bars are required dealer for advice and information about
to obtain the maximum trailer weight vehicle.
towing a trailer.
rating. The resulting weight cannot exceed the
See “Trailer Brakes” under Towing Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) GCWR value on the Trailering Information
Equipment 0 285 to determine if brakes are Label.
GCWR is the total allowable weight of the
required based on the trailer weight. The GCWR can also be confirmed by
completely loaded vehicle and trailer
including any fuel, passengers, cargo, weighing the truck and trailer on a public
equipment, and accessories. Do not exceed scale. The truck and trailer should be loaded
for the trip with passengers and cargo.

. The vehicle-trailer combination have been the Maximum Tongue Weight Rating.
used enough together for the software to Always verify that the weight of the vehicle,
estimate the combined vehicle and trailer vehicle contents, trailer, trailer contents and
weight. trailer tongue are below all of these
. The estimated weight could exceed the maximum weight ratings. See “Maximum
vehicle’s maximum GCWR. Trailer Weight” below.
If the GCW alert message is displayed, stop Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
the vehicle when it is safe and check the
vehicle and trailer weight using a scale. See For information about the vehicle's
“Maximum Trailer Weight” below. maximum load capacity, see Vehicle Load
Limits 0 209. When calculating the GVWR
with a trailer attached, the trailer tongue
{ Warning weight must be included as part of the
Gross Combined Weight (GCW) Alert Always determine the actual weights of weight the vehicle is carrying.
If equipped, the GCW Alert can display a the loaded vehicle and trailer using a
vehicle scale before beginning a trip. Maximum Trailer Weight
message in the Driver Information
Center (DIC), indicating that the estimated Never use the GCW Alert to determine The maximum trailer weight rating is
combined weight of the vehicle and trailer whether the vehicle and trailer are calculated assuming the tow vehicle has a
may exceed the vehicle’s GCWR, under properly loaded or overloaded. Do not driver, a front seat passenger, and all
certain circumstances. See “Gross Combined drive with an overloaded vehicle or required trailering equipment. This value
Weight Rating” above. The vehicle does not trailer. Death, serious injury, or property represents the heaviest trailer the vehicle
actually measure the loaded weight of your damage could occur. can tow, but it may be necessary to reduce
vehicle or trailer. It uses vehicle data to the trailer weight to stay within the GCWR,
estimate these weights after you begin GCWR is only one of the maximum weight GVWR, maximum trailer tongue load,
a trip. ratings applicable to your vehicle and trailer. or GAWR-RR for the vehicle.
The alert will not activate unless: The GCW Alert does not estimate whether Use the Trailering Information Label to
the vehicle alone exceeds the GVWR, the determine how much the trailer can weigh.
. The feature is turned on in the trailering
rear-axle weight exceeds GAWR-RR, the
application. See Trailering App 0 297.
trailer exceeds the Maximum Trailer Weight
Rating or the trailer tongue weight exceeds

Weights listed apply for conventional trailers The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating
and gooseneck/fifth-wheel trailers unless for a conventional trailer hitch or a fifth
otherwise noted. wheel/gooseneck hitch is shown on the
Trailering Information Label.
Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating
Do not exceed a maximum trailer tongue
The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating weight of 907 kg (2,000 lb) for a
is the allowable trailer tongue weight that conventional trailer hitch.
the vehicle can support using a conventional
trailer hitch. It may be necessary to reduce The trailer tongue weight contributes to the
the overall trailer weight to stay within the Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW). GVW includes
maximum trailer tongue weight rating while the curb weight of your vehicle, any
still maintaining the correct trailer load passengers, cargo, equipment and the trailer
balance. A fifth-wheel or gooseneck hitch tongue weight. Vehicle options, passengers,
may support a higher tongue weight. cargo, and equipment reduce the maximum The trailer tongue weight (1) should be 10–
allowable tongue weight the vehicle can 15% and fifth-wheel or gooseneck tongue
carry, which also reduces the maximum weight should be 15–25% of the total loaded
allowable trailer weight. trailer weight (2). Some specific trailer types,
such as boat trailers, fall outside of this
Trailer Load Balance range. Always refer to the trailer owner’s
The correct trailer load balance must be manual for the recommended trailer tongue
maintained to ensure trailer stability. weight for each trailer. Never exceed the
Incorrect load balance is a leading cause of maximum loads for the vehicle, hitch, and
trailer sway. trailer.
The trailer load balance percentage is
calculated as: weight (1) divided by
weight (2) times 100.
After loading the trailer, separately weigh
the trailer and then the trailer tongue and
calculate the trailer load balance percentage
to see if the weights and distribution are

appropriate for your vehicle. If the trailer trailer tongue. If using a weight-distributing Towing Equipment
weight is too high, it may be possible to hitch, do not exceed the GAWR-RR before
transfer some of the cargo into your vehicle. applying the weight distribution spring bars. Hitches
If the trailer tongue weight is too high or
too low, it may be possible to rearrange { Warning
some of the cargo inside of the trailer.
In order to avoid serious injury or
Do not exceed the maximum allowable property damage, always follow the hitch
tongue weight for your vehicle. Use the manufacturer's instructions when securing
shortest hitch extension available to position your draw bar/coupling device to the
the hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This will vehicle's hitch receiver.
help reduce the effect of the trailer tongue
weight on the trailer hitch and the rear axle. Ensure that the draw bar/coupling device
is secured with a locking retainer pin or
If a cargo carrier is used in the trailer hitch
other means such that rotation of the pin
receiver, choose a carrier that positions the
load as close to the vehicle as possible. or locking mechanism will not cause the
Make sure the total weight, including the pin to back out or loosen during use.
The GAWR-RR for the vehicle is on the Failure to correctly secure the draw bar/
carrier, is no more than half of the Trailering Information Label.
maximum allowable tongue weight for the coupling device to the receiver can result
vehicle or 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less. Ask your dealer for trailering information or in separation of the hitch/receiver while
assistance. towing.
Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR-RR)
The GAWR-RR is the total weight that can be
supported by the rear axle of the vehicle. Do
not exceed the GAWR-RR for the vehicle,
with the tow vehicle and trailer fully loaded
for the trip including the weight of the

Conventional Hitch Always use the correct hitch equipment for Consider using mechanical sway controls
A conventional hitch is bolted to the frame your vehicle. Crosswinds, large trucks going with any trailer. Ask a trailering professional
or cross member of the tow vehicle, and is by, and rough roads can affect the trailer about sway controls or refer to the trailer
generally rated Class 2, 3, or 4. and the hitch. manufacturer's recommendations and
Proper hitch equipment for your vehicle instructions.
Gooseneck Hitch
helps maintain control of the vehicle-trailer Weight-Distributing Hitch and
A gooseneck hitch is designed to be coupled combination. Many trailers can be towed Adjustment
to a special hitch leveraging a hitch ball, and using a weight-carrying hitch which has a
is mounted over the rear axle in the coupler latched to the hitch ball, or a tow A weight-distributing hitch may be useful
truck bed. eye latched to a pintle hook. Other trailers with some trailers. Use the following
may require a weight-distributing hitch that guidelines to determine if a
Fifth-Wheel Hitch
uses spring bars to distribute the trailer weight-distributing hitch should be used.
A fifth-wheel hitch is mounted over the rear tongue weight between your vehicle and
axle in the truck bed, and leverages a trailer axles. Fifth-wheel and gooseneck
hinged plate — the same type of hitch hitches may also be used. See “Maximum
leveraged by semi trucks. Generally, Trailer Tongue Weight” under Trailer Towing
fifth-wheel hitches accommodate large 0 281 for weight limits with various hitch
trailers with as many as one, two, or three types.
axles.

Vehicle Maximum Trailer Weight Weight Distributing Hitch Hitch Distribution
2500/3500 Up to 9 080 kg (20,000 lb) Not Required* 25%
*Weight distributing hitch required on vehicles equipped with On/Off Road (OOR) and Mud Terrain (MT) tires with trailers over 10,000 lbs.
Towing with Model 2500/3500 Trucks 5. Install and adjust the tension in the
1. Position the truck so that the trailer is weight-distributing bars per the
ready to connect. Keep the trailer manufacturer’s recommendations so that
detached. the height of the front fender is
approximately H2−[(H2−H1)/4] (1/4 the
2. Measure the height of the top of the difference between the two measured
front wheel opening at the fender to the ride heights, below the secondary ride
ground (H1). height {H2}).
3. Attach the vehicle to the trailer. Do not 6. Visually inspect the trailer and
attach weight distribution bars at weight-distributing hitch to ensure that
this time. the manufacturer’s recommendations
4. Measure the height of the top of the have been met.
front wheel opening on the fender to
1. Front of Vehicle the ground (H2).
2. H1/H2 Body to Ground Distance

Measurement Height Example 2500/3500 (mm)
H1 1 040
H2 1 080
H2−H1 40
(H2−H1)/4 10
H2−[(H2−H1)/4] 1 070
Tires maximum amount specified on the Trailering Two Inch Adapter Sleeve and
. Do not tow a trailer while using a Information Label. See “Trailer Weight" Retainer Pin
compact spare tire on the vehicle. under Trailer Towing 0 281.
The 2500/3500 series vehicles are equipped
. Tires must be properly inflated to support The hitch should be in the pickup bed so with a 2-1/2” square receiver. An adapter is
loads while towing a trailer. See Tires that its centerline is over or near the rear provided to allow the use of a 2” draw bar,
0 346 for instructions on proper tire axle. Take care that it is not so far forward along with a hitch retainer pin, and
inflation. that it will contact the back of the cab in retainer clip.
sharp turns. This is especially important for
Fifth-Wheel and Gooseneck Trailering short box pickups. Trailer pin box extensions Safety Chains
Fifth-wheel and gooseneck trailers can be and sliding fifth-wheel hitch assemblies may Always attach safety chains between the
used with many pickup models. These be used. There should be at least 15 cm vehicle and the trailer. Instructions about
trailers place a larger percentage of the (6 in) of clearance between the top of the safety chains may be provided by the hitch
weight (kingpin weight) on the tow vehicle pickup box and the bottom of the trailer manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer.
than conventional trailers. Make sure this shelf that extends over the box.
weight does not cause the vehicle to exceed If the trailer being towed weighs up to
Attach the hitch to the tow vehicle frame 2 271 kg (5,000 lb) with a factory-installed
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) or Gross rails. Do not use the pickup box for support.
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). Fifth-wheel step bumper, safety chains may be attached
or gooseneck kingpin weight should be 15 –
25% of the trailer weight up to the

to the attaching points on the bumper; brake system. If you do, both the vehicle frame. The harness requires the installation
otherwise, safety chains should be attached antilock brakes and the trailer brakes may of a trailer connector, which is available
to holes on the trailer hitch. not function, which could result in a crash. through your dealer.
Cross the safety chains under the tongue of Auxiliary Battery Use only a round, seven-wire connector with
the trailer to help prevent the tongue from flat blade terminals meeting SAE J2863
contacting the road if it becomes separated If equipped, the vehicle's auxiliary battery specifications for proper electrical
from the hitch. Always leave enough slack in can be used to supply electrical power to connectivity.
the safety chains to allow the combination additional equipment that may be added,
such as a slide-in camper. The seven-wire harness contains the
to turn. Never allow safety chains to drag following trailer circuits:
on the ground. Locate the auxiliary battery connector under
the hood on the driver side of the vehicle, Stop/Turn
Trailer Brakes Yellow/Blue
next to the engine compartment fuse block. Signal Left
Loaded trailers over 900 kg (2,000 lb) must Follow the proper installation instructions Stop/Turn Signal
be equipped with brake systems and with included with any electrical equipment that Green/Violet
Right
brakes for each axle. Trailer braking is installed.
equipment conforming to Canadian Tail/Parking Lamps Gray/Brown
Standards Association (CSA) requirement Caution Reverse Lamps White/Green
CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is To prevent draining the auxiliary battery,
recommended. Battery Feed Red/Green
always turn off electrical equipment
State or local regulations may require when not in use and do not use any Ground White
trailers to have their own braking system if equipment that may exceed the Electric Trailer Brake Blue
the loaded weight of the trailer exceeds maximum amperage rating of 30 amps.
certain minimums that can vary from state Heavy-Duty Trailer Wiring Harness Package
to state. Read and follow the instructions for Trailer Wiring Harness
the trailer brakes so they are installed, If equipped, the trailer wiring harness, with
Basic Trailer Wiring a seven-pin connector and a four-pin
adjusted, and maintained properly. Never
attempt to tap into your vehicle's hydraulic If the vehicle is not equipped with a trailer connector, is mounted on the vehicle's rear
connector on the rear bumper, a seven-wire bumper.
trailering harness is tied to the vehicles

3. Left Turn/Brake on the top left hand side (A) and the rear
4. Right Turn/Brake trailer auxiliary camera (B) should be
installed on the top right hand side.
The trailer connectors contain the following

circuits.
1. Left Turn/Brake
2. Tail Lamps If equipped with the fifth-wheel/gooseneck
trailer package, the harness connector is
3. Reverse Lamps mounted on the inside of the pickup bed
4. Battery Feed behind the rear wheel.
5. Right Turn/Brake
6. Electric Brakes
7. Ground
If equipped, trailering camera connectors are
available in the bumper trailer receptacle in
place of the four pin connector. The inside
1. Ground trailer auxiliary camera should be installed
2. Tail Lamps

Reverse Lamps White/Green When a trailer cannot be detected, the
trailer-related DIC messages and/or
Battery Feed Red/Green Trailering App alerts will not display.
Ground White Pressing START LIGHT TEST in the Trailering
Electric Trailer Brake Blue App automatically activates trailer lamps.
The Trailering App is not a substitute for
manually inspecting your trailer lamps. See
If equipped with the heavy-duty trailering
Trailering App 0 297.
option, see “Heavy-Duty Trailer Wiring
Harness Package” earlier in this section. Trailer Connection and Lamp Messages
When the camper-wiring harness is ordered
without the heavy-duty trailering package, a When a trailer is properly connected and
seven-wire harness with a seven-pin working, no trailer connection or lamp
Camper/Fifth-Wheel Trailer Wiring Package connector is at the rear of the vehicle and is messages appear on the DIC. However; if
tied to the vehicle's frame. the vehicle detects an issue with a trailer
For vehicles without the fifth-wheel/ connection or lamp, you may see the
gooseneck trailer package, the seven-wire
Trailer Lamps following DIC message(s):
camper harness is under the rear bumper,
Always check that all trailer lamps are . TRAILER DISCONNECTED CHECK
attached to the frame near the rear
crossmember. A connector must be added to working at the beginning of each trip, and CONNECTION appears when a connected
the wiring harness that connects to the periodically on longer trips. trailer is disconnected. It appears
camper. immediately when the vehicle is on,
If equipped, the Trailering App will monitor or upon the next start-up if the trailer
The harness contains the following camper/ the RH turn/brake lamp circuit, LH turn/ was disconnected while the vehicle was
trailer circuits: brake lamp circuit, running lamp circuit, and off. Check the trailer connection as
Stop/Turn reverse lamp circuits on the trailer. DIC appropriate.
Yellow/Blue messages and Trailering App alerts may
Signal Left . CHECK TRAILER LAMP appears when there
display if lighting circuit issues are detected
Stop/Turn Signal is a detected lamp or wiring fault on the
Green/Violet on the trailer.
Right trailer. Check the trailer wiring and lamps.
Tail/Parking Lamps Gray/Brown


Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul Mode The ITBC system is integrated with the
when lightly loaded or not towing will not vehicle’s brake, antilock brake, and
When properly connected, the trailer turn
cause damage; however, it is not StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
signals will illuminate to indicate the vehicle
recommended and may result in unpleasant systems. In trailering conditions that cause
is turning, changing lanes, or stopping.
engine and transmission driving the vehicle’s antilock brake or StabiliTrak/
When towing a trailer, the arrows on the
characteristics, heavy or light steering ESC systems to activate, power sent to the
instrument cluster will illuminate even if the
efforts, and reduced fuel economy. trailer's brakes will be automatically
trailer is not properly connected or the bulbs
adjusted to minimize trailer wheel lock-up.
are burned out. Integrated Trailer Brake Control System This does not imply that the trailer has
Tow/Haul Mode The vehicle may have an Integrated Trailer StabiliTrak/ESC.
Brake Control (ITBC) system for use with If the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake,
For instructions on how to enter Tow/Haul
electric trailer brakes or most electric over or StabiliTrak/ESC systems are not
Mode, see Driver Mode Control 0 238.
hydraulic trailer brake systems. These functioning properly, the ITBC system may
Tow/Haul assists when pulling a heavy instructions apply to both types of electric not function fully or at all. Make sure all of
trailer or a large or heavy load. See Tow/ trailer brakes. these systems are fully operational to allow
Haul Mode 0 227. the ITBC system to function properly.
Tow/Haul Mode is designed to be most The ITBC system is powered through the
effective when the vehicle and trailer vehicle's electrical system. Turning the
combined weight is at least 75% of the ignition off will also turn off the ITBC
vehicle's Gross Combined Weight Rating system. The ITBC system is fully functional
(GCWR). See “Trailer Weight” under Trailer only when the ignition is in on.
Towing 0 281.
This symbol is on the Trailer Brake Control
Tow/Haul Mode is most useful when towing Panel on vehicles with an ITBC system. The { Warning
a heavy trailer or carrying a large or power output to the trailer brakes is Connecting a trailer that has an air brake
heavy load: proportional to the amount of vehicle system may result in reduced or
. Through rolling terrain. braking. This available power output to the complete loss of trailer braking, including
. In stop-and-go traffic. trailer brakes can be adjusted to a wide
increased stopping distance or trailer
. In busy parking lots. range of trailering situations.
instability which could result in serious
(Continued)

The ITBC control panel is on the center stack To turn the output to the trailer off, adjust
Warning (Continued) or center console. See Instrument Panel the Trailer Gain setting to 0.0. This setting
injury, death, or property damage. Only Overview 0 5. The control panel allows can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with a
use the ITBC system with electric or adjustment to the amount of output, trailer connected or disconnected.
electric over hydraulic trailer brake referred to as Trailer Gain, available to the TRAILER OUTPUT: This displays anytime a
systems. trailer brakes and allows manual application trailer with electric brakes is connected.
of the trailer brakes. Use the ITBC control Output to the trailer brakes is based on the
Trailer Brake Control Panel panel and the DIC trailer brake display page amount of vehicle braking present and
to adjust and display power output to the relative to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is
trailer brakes. displayed from 0 to 100% for each gain
Trailer Brake DIC Display Page setting.
The ITBC display page indicates: The Trailer Output will indicate “- - - - - -” on
. Trailer Gain setting the Trailer Brake Display Page whenever the
following occur:
. Output to the trailer brakes
. No trailer is connected.
. Trailer connection
. A trailer without electric brakes is
. System operational status
connected. No DIC message displays.
To display: . A trailer with electric brakes has become
. Scroll through the DIC menu pages disconnected. A CHECK TRAILER WIRING
. Press a Trailer Gain (+) or (−) button message displays on the DIC.
. Activate the Manual Trailer Brake Apply . There is a fault present in the wiring to
1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply Lever
2. Trailer Symbol Lever the trailer brakes. A CHECK TRAILER
WIRING message displays on the DIC.
3. Trailer Gain Adjustment Buttons TRAILER GAIN: Press a Trailer Gain button to
. The ITBC system is not working due to a
The trailer symbol on the control panel will recall the current Trailer Gain setting. Each
press and release of the gain buttons will fault. A SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM
light amber when a trailer with electric message displays in the DIC.
brakes is connected. then change the Trailer Gain setting. Press
the Trailer Gain (+) or (-) to adjust. Press and
hold to continuously adjust the Trailer Gain.

Manual Trailer Brake Apply Lever To adjust Trailer Gain for each towing Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages
condition:
Slide this lever to apply the trailer’s electric TRAILER BRAKES CONNECTED: This message
brakes independent of the vehicle’s brakes. 1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer will briefly display when a trailer with
Use this lever to adjust the Trailer Gain to attached on a level road surface electric brakes is first connected to the
achieve proper power output to the trailer representative of the towing condition vehicle. This message will automatically turn
brakes. Under certain circumstances, this and free of traffic at about 32–40 km/h off in about 10 seconds. This message can
lever can also be used to apply additional (20–25 mph) and fully apply the Manual be acknowledged before it automatically
trailer braking. The trailer and vehicle brake Trailer Brake Apply Lever. turns off.
lamps will come on when either the vehicle Adjusting Trailer Gain at speeds lower CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This message will
brakes or trailer brakes are applied and than 32–40 km/h (20–25 mph) may display if:
properly connected. result in an incorrect gain setting.
. The ITBC system first determines
Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure 2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using the Trailer connection to a trailer with electric brakes
Gain (+) or (−) adjustment buttons, to and then the trailer harness becomes
Trailer Gain should be set for a specific just below the point of trailer wheel disconnected from the vehicle.
trailering condition and it must be lock-up, indicated by trailer wheel squeal
readjusted anytime vehicle loading, trailer . The disconnect occurs while the vehicle is
or tire smoke when a trailer wheel locks.
loading, or road surface conditions change. stationary, this message will
Trailer wheel lock-up may not occur if automatically turn off in about
towing a heavily loaded trailer. Adjust 30 seconds. This message will also turn
{ Warning the Trailer Gain to the highest allowable off if it is acknowledged or if the trailer
Trailer brakes that are over-gained or setting for the towing condition. harness is reconnected.
under-gained may not stop the vehicle 3. Readjust Trailer Gain anytime vehicle . The disconnect occurs while the vehicle is
and the trailer as intended and can result loading, trailer loading, or road surface moving, this message will continue until
in a crash. Always follow the instructions conditions change or if trailer wheel the vehicle is turned off. This message
to set the Trailer Gain for the proper lock-up is noticed at any time while will also turn off if it is acknowledged or
trailer stopping performance. towing. if the trailer harness is reconnected.

. There is an electrical fault in the wiring to possible to adjust brake gain based on road
the trailer brakes. This message will conditions. The trailer brakes may remain Warning (Continued)
continue as long as there is an electrical functional until the next time the vehicle is trailer instability. Use caution. Drive
fault in the trailer wiring. This message turned off. slowly and allow for increased stopping
will also turn off if it is acknowledged. distances.
TRAILER BRAKES DISABLED SERVICE
To determine whether the electrical fault is REQUIRED: This message will display when
on the vehicle side or trailer side of the there is a problem with the ITBC system. A GM dealer may be able to diagnose and
trailer wiring harness connection: If this message continues over multiple repair problems with the trailer. However,
1. Disconnect the trailer wiring harness restarts, have the vehicle serviced. any diagnosis and repair of the trailer is not
from the vehicle. covered under the vehicle warranty. Contact
If either the CHECK TRAILER WIRING, TRAILER your trailer dealer for assistance with trailer
2. Turn the vehicle off. BRAKES DISABLED SERVICE REQUIRED, repairs and trailer warranty information.
3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the vehicle SERVICE TRAILER BRAKES, or REDUCED
back to RUN. TRAILER BRAKING message displays while Trailer Sway Control (TSC)
driving, the ITBC system may not be fully
4. If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message functional or may not function at all. When Vehicles with StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability
reappears, the electrical fault is on the traffic conditions allow, carefully pull the Control (ESC) have a Trailer Sway Control
vehicle side. vehicle over to the side of the road and turn (TSC) feature. Trailer sway is unintended
5. If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message the vehicle off. Check the wiring connection side-to-side motion of a trailer while towing.
only reappears when connecting the to the trailer and turn the vehicle back on. If the vehicle is towing a trailer and the TSC
trailer wiring harness to the vehicle, the If either of these messages continue, either detects that sway is increasing, the vehicle
electrical fault is on the trailer side. the vehicle or trailer needs service. brakes are selectively applied at each wheel,
to help reduce excessive trailer sway.
SERVICE TRAILER BRAKES or REDUCED If equipped with the Integrated Trailer Brake
TRAILER BRAKING: This message will display { Warning Control (ITBC) system, and the trailer has an
if the electric trailer brake performance is Driving while the trailer braking system is electric brake system, StabiliTrak/ESC may
either reduced or non-functional. malfunctioning may increase loading on also apply the trailer brakes.
HOLD LAST KNOWN GAIN: This message will the vehicle's braking system or lead to
display if it is no longer possible to adjust (Continued)
the trailer brake gain. Trailer brakes may or
may not still be functional, and it is not

aftermarket devices may have on vehicle
Warning (Continued) handling or trailer brake performance is not
If the trailer begins to sway, reduce known.
vehicle speed by gradually removing your
foot from the accelerator. Then pull over { Warning
to check the trailer and vehicle to help Use of aftermarket electronic trailer sway
correct possible causes, including an control devices could result in reduced
improperly or overloaded trailer, trailer brake performance, loss of trailer
unrestrained cargo, improper trailer hitch brakes, or other malfunctions, and result
configuration, or improperly inflated or in a crash. You or others could be
incorrect vehicle or trailer tires. See seriously injured or killed. Before using
Towing Equipment 0 285 for trailer one of these devices:
If TSC is enabled, the Traction Control ratings and hitch setup recommendations. . Ask the device or trailer manufacturer
System (TCS)/StabiliTrak/ESC warning light if the device has been thoroughly
will flash on the instrument cluster. Reduce Aftermarket Electronic Trailer Sway tested for compatibility with the
vehicle speed by gradually removing your Control Devices make, model, and year of your vehicle
foot from the accelerator. If trailer sway Some trailers may come equipped with an and any optional equipment installed
continues, StabiliTrak/ESC can reduce engine electronic device designed to reduce or on your vehicle.
torque to help slow the vehicle. TSC will not control trailer sway. Aftermarket equipment . Before driving, check the trailer brakes
function if StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off. See manufacturers also offer similar devices that
Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control are working properly, if equipped.
connect to the wiring between the trailer Drive the vehicle with the trailer
0 236. and the vehicle. These devices may interfere attached on a level road surface that
with the vehicle’s trailer brake or other is free of traffic at about 32-40 km/h
{ Warning systems, including integrated anti-sway (20-25 mph) and fully apply the
Trailer sway can result in a crash and in systems, if equipped. Messages related to manual trailer brake apply lever. Also,
serious injury or death, even if the trailer connections or trailer brakes could check the trailer brake lamps and
vehicle is equipped with TSC. appear on the DIC. The effects of these other lamps are functioning correctly.
(Continued) (Continued)

Trailer tires deteriorate over time. The trailer 2. The brake lights turn on for about
Warning (Continued) tire sidewall will show the week and year two seconds.
. If the trailer brakes are not operating the tire was manufactured. Many trailer tire 3. The left turn signal light flashes three
properly at any time, or if a DIC manufacturers recommend replacing tires times.
message indicates problems with the more than six years old.
trailer connections or trailer brakes, 4. The right turn signal light flashes three
Overloading is another leading cause of times.
carefully pull the vehicle over to the trailer tire blow-outs. Never load your trailer
side of the road when traffic 5. The reverse lights turn on for about
with more weight than the tires are two seconds.
conditions allow. designed to support. The load rating is
located on the trailer tire sidewall. 6. Steps 2–5 repeat for approximately
Trailer Tires one minute and 45 seconds, or until the
Always know the maximum speed rating for test deactivates.
Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from vehicle the trailer tires before driving. This may be
tires. Trailer tires are designed with stiff significantly lower than the vehicle tire Touch Stop to stop the test. The test
sidewalls to help prevent sway and to speed rating. The speed rating may be on automatically ends after one minute and
support heavy loads. These features can the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed rating is 45 seconds.
make it difficult to determine if the trailer not shown, the default trailer tire speed The sequence also deactivates when any of
tire pressures are low only based on a visual rating is 105 km/h (65 mph). the following occur:
inspection.
. The vehicle is turned off.
Always check all trailer tire pressures before Trailering App
. The transmission is shifted out of P (Park).
each trip when the tires are cool. Low trailer
tire pressure is a leading cause of trailer tire
Trailer Lights App . The brake pedal is pressed.
blow-outs. If equipped, the Trailer Lights App is on the . The turn signal is activated.
infotainment home screen. . The hazard warning lights are activated.
If the vehicle is equipped with a trailer tire
pressure monitoring system, see the trailer Touch Start to cycle the trailer lamps on and Trailering App
tire pressure monitoring system description off to determine if they are working. The
and the trailering app. test follows this sequence: If equipped, the Trailering App is on the
infotainment home screen.
1. The running lights turn on first and
remain on throughout the sequence.

If equipped this feature allows profiles for Create a Trailer Profile Trailer Tire Pressure Setup
connected trailers to be created to view Touch Add Trailer on the trailer detection If the Trailer TTPMS is detected, touch the
status, to store and track trailer usage pop-up or touch + Add Trailer in the Tire Pressure Monitoring icon to set up tire
information, and to set up towing assist Trailering App. pressure monitoring.
features.
Follow the on-screen instructions to set up The trailer tire pressure sensors can transmit
The Trailering App welcome page appears profile. up to 7 m (23 feet) from the hitch receiver of
when the Trailering App is opened for the the vehicle.
first time from the infotainment home After a profile is created, set up for
screen. additional features may become available, A trailer must be electrically connected to
such as Tow/Haul Mode reminder, Trailer the vehicle before starting the
When a trailer is electrically connected and Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TTPMS), sensor-to-vehicle learn process.
a trailer profile has not been created, there maintenance reminders, or towing assist.
will be an option to create a profile, use a After selecting Start from the Learn Sensors
guest profile, or select Accessory/No trailer. Import a Trailer Profile screen, use the Tool Method or the Manual
Touch Import on the trailer detection pop-up Method (described below) to learn each tire
When a trailer is electrically connected and sensor, during which the current tire number
after a Trailer Profile has been created, the or touch Import in the Trailering App.
will be highlighted.
trailer detection pop-up appears with a list Follow the on-screen instructions to import a
of all of the custom Trailer Profiles made on profile. Each sensor has a maximum of two minutes
the vehicle. To load an existing Trailer to learn. After a sensor is learned, a
Profile, select one of the Trailer Profiles After a profile is imported, it can be selected checkmark appears next to the tire, the
listed, or load the Guest Trailer Profile by from the trailer list. The Tow/Haul Mode vehicle horn sounds, the vehicle brake lamps
selecting GUEST TRAILER. Touching reminder, Brake Gain Setting, and Trailer flash, and all working trailer lamps flash.
Accessory/No trailer will select Accessory/No Tire Pressure sensor learning, if equipped, do It then moves to the next sensor.
trailer as the active Trailer Profile and will not import.
Touch Stop to cancel the process.
dismiss the pop- up. Shifting the vehicle Trailer Feature Setup
from P (Park) will select Guest Trailer as the The recommended tire pressure must be
active Trailer Profile and will dismiss the Tow/Haul Mode Reminder entered for the trailer tires. This allows the
pop-up. vehicle to alert when the tire pressure is
To turn the Tow/Haul Mode Reminder high or low.
setting on, touch Yes. To turn it off,
touch No.

TTPMS must learn the location of the 3. Activate the tool near the valve stem or Certain trailer features require a compatible
installed tire sensors to show correct air adjust the air pressure of this tire until trailer profile be configured and selected.
pressure and temperature for each tire. To the horn chirps and all working vehicle A compatible trailer is a box type trailer
set up, use one of the following options or and trailer lights flash. (cargo, camper, etc.) with a conventional
see a tire or trailer dealer for service. The The process stops without saving the hitch.
learning process must be repeated when the sensor locations if this step takes more
trailer tires are rotated or replaced. Transparent Trailer Setup
than two minutes.
Tool Method: A TTPMS activation tool can 4. Move to the next tire and repeat Step 3 If equipped, a rear trailer camera must be
be purchased separately to learn the sensor for each sensor. The horn chirps twice mounted on the trailer and electrically
locations. when all sensors are completed. connected to the vehicle before transparent
trailer feature can be used. See Assistance
Manual Method: Without the tool, the air 5. Return to the vehicle to complete the Systems for Parking or Backing 0 254.
pressure can be increased or decreased in setup.
each tire for 10 seconds. Do not exceed the Follow the on-screen instructions to enter
maximum inflation pressure found on the Maintenance Reminders trailer dimensions.
tire sidewalls. Make sure to readjust tire To set up maintenance reminders, touch the Trailer dimensions must be in range and
pressure to the recommended level when Trailer Maintenance icon. Follow the transparent trailer must be calibrated prior
the process is complete. on-screen prompts. The maximum number to use:
Sensor Learning Steps of reminders is 50. 1. If trailer dimensions are out of range,
Towing Assist this feature will be unavailable.
To complete the sensor-to-vehicle learn
process: 2. Ensure rear trailer camera is connected.
To set up towing assist features,
1. Touch Start on the Learn Sensors screen. if equipped, touch the towing assist icon. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions to drive
The horn chirps twice and the Learning forward to complete calibration.
1. Select the number of axles on the trailer.
Active screen appears on the Dimensions for a conventional hitch trailer:
infotainment screen. 2. Enter trailer dimensions as prompted.
. Trailer Length: 300 cm (118.1 in) – 970 cm
2. Start with the driver side front Follow the on-screen instructions to (381.8 in). Measure from the center of the
trailer tire. complete setup for available features. coupler to the furthest rear point on the
trailer.

. Trailer Width: 120 cm (47.2 in) – 260 cm . Trailer Box Width: 3 cm (1 in) – 300 cm . Trailer Length: 300 cm (118.1 in) – 1300 cm
(102.3 in). Measure from the left edge of (118.1 in). Measure the flat width at the (511.8 in). Measure from center of coupler
the trailer to the right edge. front bottom corners of the trailer. to furthest rear point on the trailer.
. Trailer Height: 1 cm (0.39 in) – 450 cm . Hitching Point Length: 3 cm (1 in) – 1. If trailer dimensions are out of range,
(177.1 in). Measure from the ground to 1524 cm (600 in). Measure from the center this feature will be unavailable.
tallest point of the trailer. of the king pin (for fifth wheel) or coupler 2. Ensure rear trailer camera is connected.
. Hitching Point Length: 180 cm (70.8 in) – (for gooseneck) to the middle of tires.
3. Follow the on-screen instructions to drive
970 cm (381.8 in). Measure from the . Vehicle Cab to Trailer Length: 3 cm (1 in) –
forward to complete calibration.
center of the coupler to the middle of 610 cm (240.2 in). Measure from the back
tires. of the vehicle cab to the front bottom Jack-Knife Alert Setup
. Trailer Tongue Length: 50 cm (19.6 in) – corner of the trailer.
If equipped, follow the on-screen instructions
220 cm (86.6 in). Measure from the center . Vehicle Cab to Hitch Length: 3 cm (1 in) –
to drive forward to complete calibration.
of the coupler to the trailer front wall if 305 cm (120.1 in). Measure from the back
trailer has a flat front. If it does not have of vehicle cab to the center of the king Trailer Length Indicator Setup
a flat front, measure from the center of pin (for fifth wheel) or coupler (for
If equipped, follow the on-screen instructions
the coupler to the point where the taper gooseneck).
to drive forward to complete calibration.
meets the full width of the trailer.
.
Rear Trailer Guidance Setup Trailer Side Blind Zone Alert Setup
Vehicle Hitch Height: 10 cm (3.9 in) –
100 cm (39.3 in). Measure from the If equipped, a rear trailer camera must be
If equipped, trailer dimensions must be in
ground to the top of coupler. mounted on the trailer and electrically
range to enable this feature.
. Vehicle Hitch Length: 10 cm (3.9 in) – connected to the vehicle before rear trailer
100 cm (39.3 in). Measure from the hitch guidance feature can be used. See Assistance Follow the on-screen instructions to enter
receiver to the center of ball. Systems for Parking or Backing 0 254. trailer dimensions.
Follow the on-screen instructions to enter . Trailer Length: 300 cm (118.1 in) – 1200 cm
Dimensions for a bed hitch (gooseneck or (472.4 in). Measure from center of coupler
fifth wheel) trailer: trailer dimensions.
to furthest rear point on the trailer.
. Trailer Length: 300 cm (118.1 in) – 2500 cm Trailer dimensions must be in range to . Vehicle Hitch Length: 10 cm (3.9 in) –
(984.2 in). Measure from the front bottom enable this feature.
100 cm (839.3 in). Measure from the hitch
corner of the trailer to the furthest rear receiver to the center of ball.
point of the trailer.

If trailer dimensions are out of range, this Scroll right or left to see more options. If a trailer connection is detected without
feature will be unavailable. Each section shows high level status any faults, the view will display No Issues
information for the feature. Selecting a Found.
Status View
section will open up a new screen with When a trailer is connected, the Trailering
additional information and/or options. App detects the trailer connection using the
Selecting a camera view will open up a new Stop/Turn Signal lighting circuits and alerts
screen to preview the camera image. The the driver by requesting a trailer profile
status view displays mileage and fuel setup through the Trailering App on the
economy information. infotainment screen. If a default trailer
profile is selected, the Trailering App will not
Lights display a Trailer Detection Alert to the user
when a trailer is connected.
When a trailer is connected and the vehicle
If a trailer is connected, the Status view is off, the Trailering App will periodically
shows status information for the active pulse the lighting circuits of the trailer to
trailer profile. verify it is still connected. The trailer lights
If no trailer is connected, the Status view may periodically flash as a result of this
shows the last trailer profile with a status of trailer connection detection. These flashes
Not Connected. may be more visible in dark ambient light
environments. The flashing or flickering
The Status view shows:
This view displays the names of the trailer lights are a normal condition and the
. Lights Trailering App has built-in protections to
connector pins, a graphic of the trailer
. Tires connector, and a graphic of the back of the prevent the battery from draining. When
. Maintenance trailer. Theft Alert is enabled, the frequency and
. Cameras pattern of this flashing will change.
Any connector pin that failed will be amber
. Checklists color, and the location of the corresponding If a connected trailer becomes disconnected,
. Weight connection will be highlighted on the a message about the trailer disconnect will
. Towing Assist graphic of the back of the trailer. appear on the Driver Information Center
(DIC) immediately (if vehicle is on) or the

next time the vehicle is turned on (if trailer 1. The running lights turn on first and Tires
was disconnected while vehicle is off). Check remain on throughout the sequence.
your trailer connection if needed. 2. The brake lights turn on for about
Connection Problem two seconds.
If any of the trailer connections are lost, a 3. The left turn signal light flashes three
message about the connection issue appears times.
on the DIC. The infotainment screen will also 4. The right turn signal light flashes three
show the connection issue in the Lights times.
Status view. 5. The reverse lights turn on for about
Connection Trailer Lighting Faults Detected two seconds.
Tire Pressure and Temperature
The Trailering App monitors for electrical 6. Steps 2-5 repeat for approximately
faults on the trailer lights. A message about one minute and 45 seconds, or until the If the TTPMS sensor-to-vehicle learn process
the lighting issue appears on the DIC. The test deactivates. was completed, the status view will display
infotainment screen will also show the the current tire pressure and temperature of
Touch Stop to stop the test. The test will the trailer tires related to the active Trailer
lighting issue in the Lights Status view. automatically end after one minute and
Repair your trailer lights if needed. A trailer Profile. If a tire’s pressure is low or high, the
45 seconds. color of the pressure value will be amber.
lighting issue is not covered by your GM
warranty. The sequence also deactivates when any of If a sensor malfunctions, the values are
the following occur: dashed lines. If the screen displays “Service
The Running Lights connection may not . The vehicle is turned off. Tire Pressure Monitoring System,” the
detect partial outages. Activate the light test vehicle needs to be taken to a dealer for
. The transmission is shifted out of
to check all trailer lamps. See “Light Test” service.
following. P (Park).
. The brake pedal is pressed. Touch to set up the TTPMS for the Trailer
Light Test . The turn signal is activated. Profile. See “Trailer Tire Pressure Setup”
Touch Start Light Test to cycle the trailer previously in this section for details on the
. The hazard warning lights are activated.
lights on and off to determine if they are setup. Also, touch Sensor Setup if the trailer
working. The test follows this sequence: tires were rotated or if the tire pressure
sensors in the tires were replaced for this
Trailer Profile. The vehicle will need to

relearn the tire sensors and their locations. The progress bar turns red when the Cameras
See “Trailer Tire Pressure Setup” previously maintenance item reaches 100% complete.
in this section. Touch New Reminder to add a new
Touch Edit Target Pressure to change the maintenance reminder.
recommended tire pressure for the trailer Suggested reminders that were previously
tires. This will change the number at which set will not appear. Suggested reminders
the vehicle displays alerts related to trailer that have not been set have empty boxes
tire pressure. next to them. The maximum number of
Maintenance reminders is 50.
Maintenance Notifications
This view shows a preview of the selected
Touch Reset to reset time and mileage camera view. Touch X to exit the preview.
values for the reminder. Touch the camera icon to open the
Touch Remind Me Later to delay the camera app.
reminder. Checklist View
If an Upcoming Alert (90%) is dismissed, it
will not appear again.
If a Maintenance Due Alert (100%) is
Touch to view a list of maintenance dismissed, it will appear when the vehicle is
reminders for the Trailer Profile. turned off and back on again.
The Maintenance Status view displays Always follow all of the maintenance
reminders for the Trailer Profile. Touch a instructions that came with your trailer.
reminder to view, reset, delete, or edit it.
Resetting a reminder will reset the time and
mileage values for the reminder. The This view shows the recommended steps to
progress bar turns yellow when the take before towing a trailer.
maintenance item reaches 90% complete.

Touch the box next to each item if that step Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). For more Trailers View
has been completed. information on the GCW Alert, see Trailer
Touch the trailer profile icon/name in the
Towing 0 281.
Touch 4 to access a detailed view of each Status View to view, activate, create, edit,
step. Within each detailed view, touch Next Towing Assist or delete Trailer Profiles.
and Previous to navigate between steps. If a trailer is connected, touch the Trailer
A trailer should be connected to complete
Touch Clear All to clear the completed this portion of profile setup. Profile name to activate a Trailer Profile.
statuses from all items in the current There can be up to five Custom Trailer
Touch to set up towing assist features for
checklist. Profiles on the vehicle.
the Trailer Profile. See "Towing Assist" for
Custom Checklist Items details on the setup. The Custom Trailer Profiles and Guest Trailer
For each of the Trailer Profile checklists, Guest Trailer Status View are in order of the most frequently used.
there is an option to create custom items to The Accessory/No Trailer profile is shown
view in the checklist. The custom item will If the Guest Trailer Profile is active, the below the Custom Trailer Profiles and Guest
appear at the bottom of the checklist. Status view shows: Trailer Profile.
. Lights
Guest Trailer and No Trailer Connected Guest Trailer
. Cameras
If a Guest Trailer Profile is active, or if no If the Guest Trailer Profile is the active
. Checklist
trailer is connected, the checklist will show Trailer Profile, trailer detection, lights/
. Weight connections status, theft, and the Tow/Haul
all of the checklists associated with Custom
Trailer Profiles in addition to default Scroll right or left to see more options. reminder alerts can be sent. The system will
checklist. not track total mileage or fuel economy, but
The Trailer Status view displays mileage and the system will track trip mileage and fuel
Weight fuel economy information. Mileage and fuel economy if the Guest Trailer Profile is active.
economy will reset after the trailer The TTPMS or maintenance reminders
Touch to turn on or off the Gross Combined disconnects.
Weight (GCW). cannot be set up for a Guest Trailer Profile.
Accessory/No Trailer Status View The Guest Trailer Profile cannot be edited.
When on, an alert may be presented when
the combined weight of the vehicle and If the Accessory/No Trailer profile is active,
trailer may exceed the vehicle’s Gross trailer status information is not available.

Accessory/No Trailer If there was an error in setting the brake . Tow/Haul Mode Reminder Alert
If the Accessory/No Trailer Profile is active, gain for a Trailer Profile, there will be a . Theft Alert
alerts will not be sent and the system will notification. This pop-up will not appear if . Maintenance Alert
not track mileage or fuel economy. The the Guest Trailer Profile is active or if there . Delete/Remove Trailer
TTPMS or maintenance reminders cannot be is no trailer connected.
Trailer Name
set up for the Accessory/No Trailer Profile. Trailer brake gain should be set for a specific
The Accessory/No Trailer profile cannot be trailering condition and must be adjusted Touch to edit the Trailer Profile’s name. Use
edited. anytime vehicle loading, trailer loading, at least one character and no spaces.
No Trailer Connected or road surface conditions change. Total Mileage
When there is no trailer connected, Trailer Editing a Trailer Profile Touch to edit the Trailer Profile’s mileage.
Profiles cannot be activated but most Touch Reset to reset trailer mileage to zero,
options can be edited. or enter a new value and touch Save.
Trailer Brake Gain Memory Effect on Maintenance Reminders
The system can store the brake gain setting If the mileage is reset or changed, and
of a Trailer Profile or a Guest Trailer Profile. mileage has already accumulated, any
When a Trailer Profile or Guest Trailer Profile maintenance reminders that have been set
is selected, and a brake gain setting is set up will be adjusted accordingly.
for that Trailer Profile, the system will recall Average Fuel Economy
the stored brake gain value.
Touch the trailer profile icon/name in the Touch to reset the average fuel economy for
If a Trailer Profile is already active and the Status View to access the Trailer the trailer profile. Touch Reset to reset fuel
brake gain setting has been set for that Profile view: economy.
Trailer Profile, the system will recall the
. Trailer Name Delete/Remove Trailer
brake gain value whenever the vehicle is
turned on. . Total Mileage
Touch to remove the Trailer Profile and all
. Average Fuel Economy of its settings.
. Set as Default Trailer
. GCW Alert

On the pop-up, touch Remove to remove the GCW Alerts Touch Theft Alert to turn on/off Theft Alerts
Trailer Profile from the vehicle. Touch Cancel Touch GCW Alert to turn on/off the GCW for the selected profile. These alerts are
to dismiss the pop-up and return to the Alert for the selected profile. These alerts based on the Trailer Profile, so the settings
previous view. are based on the Trailer Profile, so the for each Trailer Profile must be turned on
Remove is displayed if there is a connected settings for each Trailer Profile must be or off.
OnStar plan active with the vehicle. turned on or off. A smartphone will receive a notification that
Removing a trailer profile will remove the Turn this setting off to not receive GCW the trailer related to the selected Trailer
profile from the vehicle but the profile will Alerts in the DIC when that Trailer Profile is Profile is disconnected from the vehicle,
still be associated with the user account. active. if the setting is on for the active Trailer
However, if there is not a connected OnStar Profile, the vehicle has an OnStar or
plan, then the remove button will read Maintenance Alerts connected service plan and the smartphone
DELETE and the profile will be deleted Touch Maintenance Alert to turn on/off number has been added to the account for
permanently. Maintenance Alerts for the selected profile. this notification.
Set as Default Trailer These alerts are based on the Trailer Profile, If the setting is turned off for a given Trailer
so the settings for each Trailer Profile must Profile, the smartphone will not receive this
Touch Set as Default Trailer to select the be turned on or off.
current profile as default. security notification even if the Trailer
All Maintenance Alerts for that active Trailer Profile is active.
The default Trailer profile will be Profile will be received when the setting
automatically selected each time a new Tow/Haul Mode Reminder
is on.
connection is detected. The Trailer Detection This is a reminder to turn on the Tow/Haul
Alert will no longer appear. Turn this setting off to dismiss Maintenance Mode when towing a trailer. See Driver
Alerts when that Trailer Profile is active. Mode Control 0 238.
If this setting is turned off, the current
trailer profile is not the default trailer. Theft Alert Touch Tow/Haul Mode Reminder to turn on/
Theft alert can be set if a trailer is off Tow/Haul Mode reminders for the
connected and the alert is enabled. When selected profile. These alerts are based on
the trailer is disconnected and the vehicle is the Trailer Profile, so the settings for each
off, an alarm will sound. Trailer Profile must be turned on or off.

If Tow/Haul Mode is off and this setting is Before installing a snow plow on the vehicle,
on for a Trailer Profile, each time the vehicle
Caution follow these guidelines:
is turned on, a reminder will appear in the Some electrical equipment can damage
DIC to turn on Tow/Haul Mode when the the vehicle or cause components to not Caution
Trailer Profile is active. work and would not be covered by the If the vehicle does not have the snow
If Tow/Haul Mode is on and this setting is vehicle warranty. Always check with your plow prep package, RPO VYU, adding a
on for a Trailer Profile, the reminder will not dealer before adding electrical equipment. plow can damage the vehicle, and the
appear when the Trailer Profile is active. repairs would not be covered by the
Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's vehicle warranty. Unless the vehicle was
12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not
Conversions and Add-Ons operating.
built to carry a snow plow, do not add
one to the vehicle. If the vehicle has RPO
Add-On Electrical Equipment The vehicle has an airbag system. Before VYU, then the payload the vehicle can
attempting to add anything electrical to the carry will be reduced when a snow plow
vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
{ Warning Vehicle 0 73 and Adding Equipment to the
is installed. The vehicle can be damaged
if either the front or rear axle ratings or
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 73. the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
vehicle service and Emission Inspection/
For information on wiring auxiliary switches, are exceeded.
Maintenance testing. See Malfunction
see www.gmupfitter.com or contact your
Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 123. dealer. The plow the vehicle can carry depends on
A device connected to the DLC — such as many things, such as:
an aftermarket fleet or driver-behavior Adding a Snow Plow or Similar . The options the vehicle came with, and
tracking device — may interfere with Equipment the weight of those options.
vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle
. The weight and number of passengers to
operation and cause a crash. Such devices Caution be carried.
may also access information stored in the
Do not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph) with a . The weight of items added to the vehicle,
vehicle’s systems.
snow plow mounted to the vehicle. The like a tool box or truck cap.
vehicle could overheat and be damaged. . The total weight of any additional cargo
to be carried.

To safely carry a snow plow on the vehicle: vehicle with the attached snowplow does (W x (A + W.B.)) /W.B.= Weight the accessory
. With a snow plow attached, the engine not exceed the GVW rating, the front and is adding to the front axle.
coolant temperature gauge may show a rear axle ratings, or the front and rear Where:
higher temperature than while driving weight distribution ratio (refer to the GM
without one. The snow plow could block Upfitter Manual). IW = Weight of added accessory
the airflow to the radiator. This could be Front axle reserve capacity is the difference IA = Distance that the accessory is in
more noticeable as vehicle speed between the Front Gross Axle Weight front of the front axle
increases. At speeds above 72 km/h Rating (GAWR) and the front axle weight of IW.B. = Vehicle Wheelbase
(45 mph), this may cause the engine the vehicle with full fuel, passengers, and
coolant to overheat. Move or angle the any other cargo. This is the amount of For example, adding a 318 kg (700 lb) snow
snow plow blade to allow increased weight that can be added to the front axle plow actually adds more than 318 kg (700 lb)
airflow to the radiator. before reaching the Front GAWR. to the front axle. Using the formula, if the
. To increase the airflow, move the snow snow plow is 122 cm (4 ft) in front of the
To calculate the amount of weight any front front axle and the wheelbase is 305 cm
plow blade position. accessory, such as a snow plow, is adding to
. If driving more than 24 km/h (15 mph), (10 ft), then:
the front axle, use this formula:
angle the plow blade position. IW = 318 kg (700 lb)
. Make sure the weight on the front and IA = 122 cm (4 ft)
rear axles does not exceed the axle rating
for each. IW.B. = 305 cm (10 ft)
. Follow the snowplow manufacturer’s (W x (A + W.B.)/W.B. = (318 x (122 + 305))/305
recommendations for any rear ballast that = 445 kg (980 lb)
may be required. Rear ballast may be This means if the front axle reserve capacity
required to ensure a proper front and rear is more than 445 kg (980 lb), the snow plow
weight distribution ratio even though the could be added without exceeding the
actual weight at the front axle may be front GAWR.
less than the front axle rating.
. The snowplow manufacturer or installer
Heavier equipment can be added on the
front of the vehicle if less cargo or fewer
can assist in determining the amount of
passengers are carried, or by positioning
rear ballast required to ensure that the
cargo toward the rear. This reduces the load

on the front. However, the front GAWR, rear Pickup Conversion to Chassis Cab
GAWR, and Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) must never be exceeded. We are aware that some vehicle owners
might consider having the pickup box
{ Warning removed and a commercial or recreational
body installed. Owners should be aware
On some vehicles that have certain front that, as manufactured, there are differences
mounted equipment, such as a snow between a chassis cab and a pickup with the
plow, it may be possible to load the front box removed which could affect vehicle
axle to the front Gross Axle Weight safety. The components necessary to adapt
Rating (GAWR) but not have enough a pickup to permit its safe use with a
weight on the rear axle to have proper specialized body should be installed by the
braking performance. If the brakes cannot body builder.
work properly, the vehice could crash.
Always follow the snow plow
manufacturer or installer's
recommendation for rear ballast to
ensure a proper front and rear weight
distribution ratio. Maintaining a proper
front and rear weight distribution ratio is
necessary to provide proper braking
performance.
See your dealer for additional advice and

information about using a snow plow on the
vehicle. Also, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 209.
310 Vehicle Care

Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Vehicle Care Noise Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Left) . . . . 342
Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Right) . . . 343
Automatic Transmission Shift Lock
General Information Control Function Check (Mechanical Wheels and Tires
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 Shifter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
California Perchlorate Materials Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . . 311 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Vehicle Checks Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Doing Your Own Service Work . . . . . . . . . 312 Windshield Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Tire Terminology and Definitions . . . . . . 349
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Engine Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . 314 Headlamp Aiming Tire Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . 352
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Front Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . . 352
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Automatic Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . 318 Bulb Replacement Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Engine Air Filter Life System . . . . . . . . . . . 318 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . 360
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Different Size Tires and Wheels . . . . . . . 362
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . 362
Overheated Engine Protection Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps . . . . . . 334 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 363
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, and Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Engine Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Brake Pad Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 Electrical System Jump Starting
Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 Electrical System Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Jump Starting - North America . . . . . . . . 378
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . 338
Vehicle Care 311

Towing the Vehicle General Information special handling may apply. See
Transporting a Disabled Vehicle . . . . . . . 381 www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . 382 For service and parts needs, visit your perchlorate.
dealer. You will receive genuine GM parts
Appearance Care and GM-trained and supported service Accessories and Modifications
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 people.
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 Adding non-dealer accessories or making
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 Genuine GM parts have one of these marks: modifications to the vehicle can affect
vehicle performance and safety, including
such things as airbags, braking, stability,
ride and handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, Advanced Driver
Assistance Systems, and electronic systems
like antilock brakes, traction control, and
stability control. These accessories or
modifications could even cause malfunction
or damage not covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Caution
When adding accessories or other
California Perchlorate Materials equipment after the purchase of your
vehicle, ensure you are not exceeding the
Requirements vehicle axle weight ratings or overall
Certain types of automotive applications, weight ratings. Overloading the vehicle
such as airbag initiators, seat belt may cause damage. Repairs would not be
pretensioners, and lithium batteries covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not
contained in electronic keys, may contain (Continued)
perchlorate materials. Perchlorate Material –
312 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Checks Keep a record with all parts receipts and list
Caution (Continued) the mileage and the date of any service
overload the vehicle. See Vehicle Load work performed. See Maintenance Records
Limits 0 209 and
Doing Your Own Service Work
0 402.
Trailer Towing 0 281 for those specific
weight ratings. { Warning Caution
It can be dangerous to work on your Even small amounts of contamination can
Damage to suspension components caused vehicle if you do not have the proper cause damage to vehicle systems. Do not
by modifying vehicle height outside of knowledge, service manual, tools, allow contaminants to contact the fluids,
factory settings will not be covered by the or parts. Always follow owner’s manual reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
vehicle warranty. procedures and consult the service
Damage to vehicle components resulting manual for your vehicle before doing any Hood
from modifications or the installation or use service work.
of non-GM certified parts, including control { Warning
module or software modifications, is not If doing some of your own service work, use
covered under the terms of the vehicle the proper service manual. It tells you much Turn the vehicle off before opening the
warranty and may affect remaining more about how to service the vehicle than hood. If the engine is running with the
warranty coverage for affected parts. this manual can. To order the proper service hood open, you or others could be
manual, see Publication Ordering injured.
GM Accessories are designed to complement Information 0 414.
and function with other systems on the
vehicle. See your dealer to accessorize the This vehicle has an airbag system. Before
vehicle using genuine GM Accessories attempting to do your own service work, { Warning
installed by a dealer technician. see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle Components under the hood can get hot
0 73. from running the engine. To help avoid
Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 73. If equipped with remote vehicle start, open the risk of burning unprotected skin,
the hood before performing any service never touch these components until they
work to prevent remote starting the vehicle have cooled, and always use a glove or
accidentally. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 21. towel to avoid direct skin contact.
Vehicle Care 313

Clear any snow from the hood before To close the hood:
opening. 1. Before closing the hood, be sure all filler
To open the hood: caps are on properly, and all tools are
1. Pull the hood release lever with the removed.
i symbol. It is on the lower left side 2. Pull the hood down until the strut
of the instrument panel. system is no longer holding up the hood.
3. Allow the hood to fall. Check to make
sure the hood is latched completely.
Repeat this process with additional force
if necessary.
{ Warning
Do not drive the vehicle if the hood is
not latched completely. The hood could
open fully, block your vision, and cause a
crash. You or others could be injured.
Always close the hood completely before
driving.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle and locate The Driver Information Center (DIC) will
the secondary release lever under the display a message if the hood is not fully
front center of the hood. Push the closed, and the vehicle is moving. Stop and
secondary hood release lever to the right turn off the vehicle, check the hood for
to release. obstructions, and close the hood again.
3. After you have partially lifted the hood, Check to see if the message still appears on
the gas strut system will automatically the DIC.
lift the hood and hold it in the fully
open position.
314 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview
Vehicle Care 315

1. Remote Negative (–) Location. See Jump Engine Oil { Warning
Starting - North America 0 378.
For diesel engine vehicles, see “Engine Oil” The engine oil dipstick handle may be
2. Positive (+) Terminal (Under Cover). See in the Duramax diesel supplement.
Jump Starting - North America 0 378. hot; it could burn you. Use a towel or
3. Battery - North America 0 328. To ensure proper engine performance and glove to touch the dipstick handle.
long life, careful attention must be paid to
4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 319. engine oil. Following these simple, but If a low oil Driver Information Center (DIC)
5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine important steps will help protect your message displays, check the oil level.
Oil” under Engine Oil 0 315. investment:
Follow these guidelines:
6. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See . Use engine oil approved to the proper
. To get an accurate reading, park the
Cooling System 0 320. specification and of the proper viscosity
vehicle on level ground. Check the engine
7. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir. See grade. See “Selecting the Right Engine
oil level after the engine has been off for
Power Steering Fluid 0 324. Oil” in this section.
at least two hours. Checking the engine
. Check the engine oil level regularly and oil level on steep grades or too soon after
8. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add
Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 315. maintain the proper oil level. See engine shutoff can result in incorrect
“Checking Engine Oil” and “When to Add readings. Accuracy improves when
9. Auxiliary Battery. Battery - North Engine Oil” in this section.
America 0 328. checking a cold engine prior to starting.
. Change the engine oil at the appropriate Remove the dipstick and check the level.
10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid time. See Engine Oil Life System 0 317. . If unable to wait two hours, the engine
0 327. . Always dispose of engine oil properly. See must be off for at least 15 minutes if the
11. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 338. “What to Do with Used Oil” in this engine is warm, or at least 30 minutes if
12. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. section. the engine is not warm. Pull out the
See Cooling System 0 320. dipstick, wipe it with a clean paper towel
Checking Engine Oil or cloth, then push it back in all the way.
13. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See
“Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer Check the engine oil level regularly, every Remove it again, keeping the tip down,
Fluid 0 325. 650 km (400 mi), especially prior to a long and check the level.
trip. The engine oil dipstick handle is a loop.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the See Engine Compartment Overview 0 314 for
Duramax diesel supplement. the location.
316 Vehicle Care

When to Add Engine Oil Caution (Continued)
damaged. Drain the excess oil or limit
driving of the vehicle, and seek a service
professional to remove the excess oil.
See Engine Compartment Overview 0 314 for

the location of the engine oil fill cap. Caution
If the oil is below the cross-hatched area at Add enough oil to put the level somewhere Failure to use the recommended engine
the tip of the dipstick and the engine has in the proper operating range. Push the oil or equivalent can result in engine
been off for at least 15 minutes, add 1 L (1 dipstick all the way back in when through. damage not covered by the vehicle
qt) of the recommended oil and then warranty.
recheck the level. See “Selecting the Right Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Engine Oil” later in this section for an Selecting the right engine oil depends on Viscosity Grade
explanation of what kind of oil to use. For both the proper oil specification and
engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities viscosity grade. See Recommended Fluids Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade engine oil.
and Specifications 0 404. and Lubricants 0 400. Cold Temperature Operation: In an area of
extreme cold, where the temperature falls
Caution Specification below −29 °C (−20 °F), use SAE 0W-30 oil. An
Use full synthetic engine oils that meet the oil of this viscosity grade will provide easier
Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above cold starting for the engine at extremely
or below the acceptable operating range dexos1 specification. Engine oils that have
been approved by GM as meeting the low temperatures.
shown on the dipstick are harmful to the
engine. If the oil level is above the dexos1 specification are marked with the When selecting an oil of the appropriate
dexos1 approved logo. viscosity grade, it is recommended to select
operating range (i.e., the engine has so
much oil that the oil level gets above the an oil of the correct specification. See
“Specification” earlier in this section.
cross-hatched area that shows the proper
operating range), the engine could be
(Continued)
Vehicle Care 317

Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil Flushes Engine Oil Life System will perform this work and reset the system.
It is also important to check the oil regularly
Do not add anything to the oil. The When to Change Engine Oil over the course of an oil drain interval and
recommended oils meeting the dexos1
This vehicle has a computer system that keep it at the proper level.
specification are all that is needed for good
performance and engine protection. indicates when to change the engine oil and If the system is ever reset accidentally, the
filter. This is based on a combination of oil must be changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
Engine oil system flushes are not
factors which include engine revolutions, since the last oil change. Remember to reset
recommended and could cause engine
engine temperature, and miles driven. Based the oil life system whenever the oil is
damage not covered by the vehicle
on driving conditions, the mileage at which changed.
warranty.
an oil change is indicated can vary
considerably. For the oil life system to work How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
What to Do with Used Oil
properly, the system must be reset every Reset the system whenever the engine oil is
Used engine oil contains certain elements time the oil is changed. changed so that the system can calculate
that can be unhealthy for your skin and
On some vehicles, when the system has the next engine oil change. Always reset the
could even cause cancer. Do not let used oil
calculated that oil life has been diminished, engine oil life to 100% after every oil
stay on your skin for very long. Clean your
a CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes change. It will not reset itself. To reset the
skin and nails with soap and water, or a
on to indicate that an oil change is engine oil life system:
good hand cleaner. Wash or properly
dispose of clothing or rags containing used necessary. Change the oil as soon as 1. Display the oil life percentage on the
engine oil. See the manufacturer's warnings possible within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC)
about the use and disposal of oil products. It is possible that, if driving under the best (Base Level) 0 132 or Driver Information
conditions, the oil life system might indicate Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 133.
Used oil can be a threat to the environment. that an oil change is not necessary for up to
If you change your own oil, be sure to drain 2. Press the thumbwheel on the steering
a year. The engine oil and filter must be wheel, or the trip odometer reset stem if
all the oil from the filter before disposal. changed at least once a year and, at this
Never dispose of oil by putting it in the the vehicle does not have DIC controls,
time, the system must be reset. For vehicles for several seconds. When the
trash or pouring it on the ground, into without the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. confirmation message displays, select
message, an oil change is needed when the YES. The oil life will change to 100%.
Recycle it by taking it to a place that REMAINING OIL LIFE percentage is near 0%.
collects used oil. Your dealer has trained service people who
318 Vehicle Care

The oil life system can also be reset as difficult, this should be done at the dealer. When to Change Engine Air Filter
follows: Contact the dealer for additional information
When the Driver Information Center (DIC)
1. Display the oil life percentage on the or the procedure can be found in the service
displays a message to replace the engine air
DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) manual. See Publication Ordering
filter at the next oil change, follow this
(Base Level) 0 132 or Driver Information Information 0 414.
timing.
Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 133.
Caution When the DIC displays a message to replace
2. Fully press the accelerator pedal slowly the engine air filter soon, replace the engine
three times within five seconds. Use of the incorrect automatic
transmission fluid may damage the air filter at the earliest convenience.
3. If the display changes to 100%, the
vehicle, and the damage may not be The system must be reset after the engine
system is reset.
covered by the vehicle warranty. Always air filter is changed.
If the vehicle has a CHANGE ENGINE OIL use the correct automatic transmission If the DIC displays a message to check the
SOON message and it comes back on when fluid. See Recommended Fluids and engine air filter system, see your dealer.
the vehicle is started and/or the oil Lubricants 0 400.
life percentage is near 0%, the engine oil How to Reset Engine Air Filter Life
life system has not been reset. Repeat the Change the fluid and filter at the scheduled System
procedure. maintenance intervals listed in Maintenance
To reset:
Schedule 0 396. Be sure to use the
Automatic Transmission Fluid transmission fluid listed in Recommended 1. Place the vehicle in P (Park).
When to Check and Change Automatic Fluids and Lubricants 0 400. 2. Display the Air Filter Life on the DIC. See
Transmission Fluid Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
Engine Air Filter Life System Level) 0 132 or Driver Information Center
It is usually not necessary to check the This feature provides the engine air filter’s (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 133.
transmission fluid level. The only reason for remaining life and best timing for a change.
fluid loss is a transmission leak or 3. Press T on the steering wheel, or press
The timing to change and engine air filter the trip odometer reset stem if the
overheated transmission. This vehicle is not depends on driving and environmental
equipped with a transmission fluid level vehicle does not have the DIC controls,
conditions. to move to the Reset/Disable display
dipstick. There is a special procedure for
checking and changing the transmission fluid
in these vehicles. Because this procedure is
Vehicle Care 319

area. Select Reset, then press the To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/
thumbwheel or press the reset stem for filter: { Warning
several seconds. If part replacement is necessary, the part
4. Press the thumbwheel or the reset stem must be replaced with one of the same
to confirm the reset. part number or with an equivalent part.
Use of a replacement part without the
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter same fit, form, and function may result
The engine air cleaner/filter is on the in personal injury or damage to the
passenger side of the engine compartment. vehicle.
See Engine Compartment Overview 0 314.
5. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/
When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/ filter.
Filter 6. Reverse Steps 2–4 to reinstall the filter
If the vehicle is not equipped with the cover housing.
engine air filter life system, see 1. Locate the air cleaner/filter assembly. 7. If equipped, reset the engine air filter life
Maintenance Schedule 0 396 for intervals on See Engine Compartment Overview 0 314. system after replacing the engine air
inspecting and replacing the engine air filter. see Engine Air Filter Life System
2. Remove the eight screws on top of the
cleaner filter. 0 318.
cover of the housing, then lift the cover.
How to Inspect/Replace the Engine Air 3. Remove the engine air cleaner/filter from
Cleaner/Filter the housing. Take care to dislodge as { Warning
little dirt as possible. Operating the engine with the air
Do not start the engine or have the engine
4. Clean the engine air cleaner/filter sealing cleaner/filter off can cause you or others
running with the engine air cleaner/filter
housing open. Before removing the engine surfaces and the housing. to be burned. Use caution when working
air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine on the engine. Do not start the engine or
air cleaner/filter housing and nearby drive the vehicle with the air cleaner/
components are free of dirt and debris. Do filter off, as flames may be present if the
not clean the engine air cleaner/filter or engine backfires.
components with water or compressed air.
320 Vehicle Care

Caution Engine Coolant
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can The cooling system in the vehicle is filled
easily get into the engine, which could with DEX-COOL engine coolant. This coolant
damage it. Always have the air cleaner/ is designed to remain in the vehicle for
5 years or 240 000 km (150,000 mi),
filter in place when driving.
whichever occurs first.
Cooling System The following explains the cooling system
and how to check and add coolant when it
If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel is low. If there is a problem with engine
engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. overheating, see Engine Overheating 0 322.
The cooling system allows the engine to What to Use
maintain the correct working temperature.
1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View)
{ Warning 2. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap { Warning
Plain water, or other liquids such as
An underhood electric fan can start up
even when the engine is not running and { Warning alcohol, can boil before the proper
Do not touch heater, radiator, a/c pipes coolant mixture will. With plain water or
can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing,
or hoses, or other engine parts. They can the wrong mixture, the engine could get
and tools away from any underhood
be very hot and can burn you. Do not too hot but there would not be an
electric fan.
run the engine if there is a leak; all overheat warning. The engine could catch
coolant could leak out. That could cause fire and you or others could be burned.
an engine fire and can burn you. Fix any Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
leak before driving the vehicle. water and DEX-COOL coolant. This mixture:
. Gives freezing protection down to −37 °C
(−34 °F), outside temperature.
. Gives boiling protection up to 129 °C
(265 °F), engine temperature.
Vehicle Care 321

. Protects against rust and corrosion. The vehicle must be on a level surface when How to Add Coolant to the Coolant
. Will not damage aluminum parts. checking the coolant level. Surge Tank
. Helps keep the proper engine
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see
temperature. “Cooling System” in the Duramax diesel
supplement for the proper coolant fill
Caution procedure.
Do not use anything other than a mix of
DEX-COOL coolant that meets GM { Warning
Standard GMW3420 and clean, drinkable
Spilling coolant on hot engine parts can
water. Anything else can cause damage
burn you. Coolant contains ethylene
to the engine cooling system and the
glycol and it will burn if the engine parts
vehicle, which would not be covered by
are hot enough.
the vehicle warranty.
Never dispose of engine coolant by putting

it in the trash, or by pouring it on the
Check to see if coolant is visible in the { Warning
coolant surge tank. If the coolant inside the
ground, or into sewers, streams, or bodies of Plain water, or other liquids such as
coolant surge tank is boiling, wait until it
water. Have the coolant changed by an alcohol, can boil before the proper
cools down. The coolant level should be at
authorized service center, familiar with legal coolant mixture will. With plain water or
or above the indicated mark. If it is not,
requirements regarding used coolant the wrong mixture, the engine could get
there may be a leak in the cooling system.
disposal. This will help protect the too hot but there would not be an
environment and your health. If coolant is visible but the coolant level is overheat warning. The engine could catch
not at or above the indicated mark, see the fire and you or others could be burned.
Checking Coolant following sections on how to add coolant to
The coolant surge tank is in the engine the coolant surge tank following.
compartment on the driver side of the
vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview
0 314.
322 Vehicle Care

1. Remove the coolant surge tank pressure
{ Warning cap when the cooling system, including
Caution
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot the coolant surge tank pressure cap and If the pressure cap is not tightly installed,
cooling system are under pressure. upper radiator hose, is no longer hot. coolant loss and engine damage may
Turning the pressure cap, even a little, Turn the pressure cap slowly occur. Be sure the cap is properly and
can cause them to come out at high counterclockwise about one full turn. If a tightly secured.
speed and you could be burned. Never hiss is heard, wait for that to stop.
turn the cap when the cooling system, A hiss means there is still some Engine Overheating
including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait pressure left.
If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel
for the cooling system and pressure cap 2. Keep turning the pressure cap slowly, engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.
to cool. and remove it.
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with the Caution
proper mixture to the full cold mark. Do not run the engine if there is a leak
Caution
4. With the coolant surge tank pressure cap in the engine cooling system. This can
Failure to follow the specific coolant fill off, start the engine and let it run until cause a loss of all coolant and can
procedure could cause the engine to the engine coolant temperature gauge damage the system and vehicle. Have
overheat and could cause system indicates approximately 90 °C (195 °F). any leaks fixed right away.
damage. If coolant is not visible in the
By this time, the coolant level inside the
surge tank, contact your dealer. coolant surge tank may be lower. If the The vehicle has several indicators to warn of
level is lower, add more of the proper engine overheating.
If no coolant is visible in the surge tank, add
mixture to the coolant surge tank until There is a coolant temperature gauge in the
coolant.
the level reaches the indicated mark. vehicle's instrument cluster. See Engine
5. Replace the pressure cap tightly. Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 118.
6. Verify coolant level after the engine is In addition, there are ENGINE OVERHEATED
shut off and the coolant is cold. STOP ENGINE, ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE
If necessary, repeat coolant fill procedure ENGINE, and ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
Steps 1–6. messages in the Driver Information
Center (DIC).
Vehicle Care 323

If the decision is made not to lift the hood If Steam is Coming from the Engine . Tows a trailer; see Trailer Towing 0 281.
when this warning appears, get service help Compartment If the ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE or
right away. See Roadside Assistance Program the ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE
0 410. { Warning message appears with no sign of steam, try
If the decision is made to lift the hood, Steam and scalding liquids from a hot this for a minute or so:
make sure the vehicle is parked on a level cooling system are under pressure. 1. Turn the air conditioning off.
surface. Turning the pressure cap, even a little, 2. Turn the heater on to the highest
Check to see if the engine cooling fans are can cause them to come out at high temperature and to the highest fan
running. If the engine is overheating, the speed and you could be burned. Never speed. Open the windows as necessary.
fans should be running. If they are not, do turn the cap when the cooling system, 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off the
not continue to run the engine and have the including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral) and
vehicle serviced. for the cooling system and pressure cap let the engine idle.
If the engine or transmission detects an to cool. If the temperature overheat gauge is no
impending hot fluid condition, then the longer in the overheat zone or an overheat
transmission may force upshifts to limit If No Steam is Coming from the Engine warning no longer displays, the vehicle can
temperatures. Downshifts may also be Compartment be driven. Continue to drive the vehicle
prevented in this instance. Normal operation slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE or
may continue unless the display indicates vehicle distance from the vehicle in front.
the ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE
there is a hot condition and engine should If the warning does not come back on,
message, along with a low coolant
be idled. continue to drive normally and have the
condition, can indicate a serious problem.
cooling system checked for proper fill and
If there is an engine overheat warning, but function.
no steam is seen or heard, the problem may
not be too serious. Sometimes the engine If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and
can get a little too hot when the vehicle: park the vehicle right away.
. Climbs a long hill on a hot day. If there is still no sign of steam and the
. Stops after high-speed driving. vehicle is equipped with an engine driven
. Idles for long periods in traffic. cooling fan, push down the accelerator until
the engine speed is about twice as fast as
324 Vehicle Care

normal idle speed for at least five minutes may continue unless the display indicates so an increase in fan noise may be heard.
while the vehicle is parked. If the warning is there is a hot condition and engine should This is normal and should not be mistaken
still there, turn off the engine and get be idled. as the transmission slipping or making extra
everyone out of the vehicle until it shifts. It is merely the cooling system
cools down. Caution functioning properly. The fan will slow down
If there is no sign of steam, idle the engine After driving in the overheated engine when additional cooling is not required and
for five minutes while parked. If the warning protection operating mode, the engine oil the clutch partially disengages.
is still displayed, turn off the engine until it will be severely degraded. Any repairs This fan noise may be heard when starting
cools down. performed before the engine is cool may the engine. It will go away as the fan clutch
cause engine damage. Allow the engine partially disengages.
Overheated Engine Protection to cool before attempting any repair.
Operating Mode Repair the cause of coolant loss, change Power Steering Fluid
the oil, and reset the oil life system. See
If an overheated engine condition exists and
the ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED message Engine Oil 0 315.
displays, an overheat protection mode which
alternates firing groups of cylinders helps to Engine Fan
prevent engine damage. In this mode, a loss If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel
in power and engine performance will be engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.
noticed. This operating mode allows the The power steering fluid reservoir is in the
vehicle to be driven to a safe place in an The vehicle has a clutched engine cooling
engine compartment on the driver side of
emergency. Driving extended distances and/ fan. When the clutch is engaged, the fan
the vehicle. See Engine Compartment
or towing a trailer in the overheat spins faster to provide more air to cool the
Overview 0 314 for reservoir location.
protection mode should be avoided. engine. In most everyday driving conditions,
the fan is spinning slower and the clutch is When to Check Power Steering Fluid
If the engine or transmission detects an not fully engaged. This improves fuel
impending hot fluid condition, then the economy and reduces fan noise. Under It is not necessary to regularly check power
transmission may force upshifts to limit heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, and/or steering fluid unless there is a leak
temperatures. Downshifts may also be high outside temperatures, the fan speed suspected in the system or an unusual noise
prevented in this instance. Normal operation increases as the clutch more fully engages,
Vehicle Care 325

is heard. A fluid loss in this system could To prevent contamination of brake fluid, Adding Washer Fluid
indicate a problem. Have the system never check or fill the power steering
The vehicle has a low washer fluid message
inspected and repaired. reservoir with the brake master cylinder
on the DIC that comes on when the washer
Wait for the power steering system to cool, cover off.
fluid is low. The message is displayed for
with the engine off, before checking the What to Use 15 seconds at the start of each ignition cycle.
fluid. When the WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID
Caution message displays, washer fluid will need to
How to Check Power Steering Fluid be added to the windshield washer fluid
Use of the incorrect fluid may damage
To check the power steering fluid: the vehicle and the damages may not be reservoir.
1. Set the ignition off and let the engine covered by the vehicle warranty. Always
compartment cool down. use the correct fluid listed in
2. Wipe the cap and the top of the Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
reservoir clean. 0 400.
3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick
with a clean rag. To determine what kind of fluid to use, see
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 400. Open the cap with the washer symbol on it.
4. Replace the cap and completely Always use the proper fluid. Failure to use
tighten it. Add washer fluid until the tank is full. See
the proper fluid can cause leaks and damage Engine Compartment Overview 0 314 for
5. Remove the cap again and look at the hoses and seals. reservoir location.
fluid level on the dipstick.
The level should be between the ADD and Washer Fluid Caution
FULL marks. If necessary, add only enough What to Use . Do not use washer fluid that contains
fluid to bring the level up to the hashed any type of water repellent coating.
area between the ADD and FULL marks, do When windshield washer fluid needs to be This can cause the wiper blades to
not overfill. added, be sure to read the manufacturer's chatter or skip.
instructions before use. Use a fluid that has (Continued)
sufficient protection against freezing in an
area where the temperature may fall below
freezing.
326 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued) Brake Pedal Travel
{ Warning
. Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze) See your dealer if the brake pedal does not
The brake wear warning sound means return to normal height, or if there is a
in the windshield washer. It can
that soon the brakes will not work well. rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be
damage the windshield washer system
That could lead to a crash. When the a sign that brake service may be required.
and paint.
brake wear warning sound is heard, have
. Do not mix water with ready-to-use the vehicle serviced. Replacing Brake System Parts
washer fluid. Water can cause the
solution to freeze and damage the Always replace brake system parts with
washer fluid tank and other parts of new, approved replacement parts. If this is
Caution not done, the brakes may not work
the washer system.
Continuing to drive with worn-out brake properly. The braking performance can
. When using concentrated washer fluid, linings could result in costly brake change in many ways if the wrong brake
follow the manufacturer instructions repairs. parts are installed or if parts are improperly
for adding water. installed.
. Fill the washer fluid tank only Some driving conditions or climates can
three-quarters full when it is very cold. cause a brake squeal when the brakes are Brake Pad Life System
This allows for fluid expansion if first applied, clearing up following several
applications. This does not mean something When to Change Brake Pads
freezing occurs, which could damage
the tank if it is completely full. is wrong with the brakes. This vehicle has a system that estimates the
Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary remaining life of the front and rear brake
Brakes to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires pads. Brake pad life is displayed in the
are rotated, inspect brake linings for wear Driver Information Center (DIC), along with
Disc brake linings have built-in wear a percentage for each axle. The system must
and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper
indicators that make a high-pitched warning be reset every time the brake pads are
sequence to torque specifications. See
sound when the brake linings are worn and changed.
Capacities and Specifications 0 404.
new linings are needed. The sound can come
and go or can be heard all the time when Brake pads should be replaced as complete When the system has determined that the
the vehicle is moving, except when applying axle sets. brake pads need to be replaced, a message
the brake pedal firmly. will display, which may include mileage
remaining.
Vehicle Care 327

Brake pads should always be replaced as and rear brake pad life percentages will not The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled
complete axle sets. display. However, the built-in wear with GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid as
indicators that make a high-pitched warning indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine
How to Reset the Brake Pad Life System sound when the brake pads are worn can Compartment Overview 0 314 for the
The system will automatically detect when still determine when the pads should be location of the reservoir.
significantly worn brake pads are replaced. replaced. See Brakes 0 326. Checking Brake Fluid
When the ignition is turned on after new To turn off the brake pad life system:
pads and wear sensors are installed, a With the vehicle in P (Park) on a level
message will display. Follow the prompts to 1. Display Brake Pad Life on the DIC. See surface, the brake fluid level should be
reset the system. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base between the minimum and maximum marks
Level) 0 132 or Driver Information Center on the brake fluid reservoir.
The brake pad life system can also be (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 133.
manually reset: There are only two reasons why the brake
2. Select the Brake Pad Life menu. fluid level in the reservoir may go down:
1. Display Brake Pad Life on the DIC. See 3. Select DISABLE. . Normal brake lining wear. When new
Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 132 or Driver Information Center To turn the brake pad life system back on, linings are installed, the fluid level goes
(DIC) (Uplevel) 0 133. follow the above steps but select ENABLE in back up.
Step 2. . A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system.
2. Select the Brake Pad Life menu.
Have the brake hydraulic system fixed.
3. Select front or rear pads as appropriate. Brake Fluid With a leak, the brakes will not
4. Select YES on the confirmation message. work well.
Repeat for pads on the other axle if they
Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap
were also replaced.
and the area around the cap before
How to Disable the Brake Pad Life removing it.
System Do not top off the brake fluid. Adding fluid
The brake pad life system can be turned off. does not correct a leak. If fluid is added
This may be necessary if aftermarket brake when the linings are worn, there will be too
pads without wear sensors are installed. much fluid when new brake linings are
When the system is turned off, the front
328 Vehicle Care

installed. Add or remove fluid, as necessary,
only when work is done on the brake { Warning { Warning
hydraulic system. The wrong or contaminated brake fluid WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and
could result in damage to the brake related accessories can expose you to
{ Warning system. This could result in the loss of chemicals including lead and lead
If too much brake fluid is added, it can braking leading to a possible injury. compounds, which are known to the
spill on the engine and burn, if the Always use the proper GM approved State of California to cause cancer and
engine is hot enough. You or others could brake fluid. birth defects or other reproductive harm.
be burned, and the vehicle could be Wash hands after handling. For more
damaged. Add brake fluid only when information go to
Caution www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.
work is done on the brake hydraulic
system. If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle's
painted surfaces, the paint finish can be See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 1.
When the brake fluid falls to a low level, damaged. Immediately wash off any
Vehicle Storage
the brake warning light comes on. See Brake painted surface.
System Warning Light 0 124.
Battery - North America { Warning
Brake fluid absorbs water over time which
Batteries have acid that can burn you and
degrades the effectiveness of the brake fluid. The original equipment battery is
Replace brake fluid at the specified intervals gas that can explode. You can be badly
maintenance free. Do not remove the cap hurt if you are not careful. Always wear
to prevent increased stopping distance. See and do not add fluid.
Maintenance Schedule 0 396. eye protection. See Jump Starting - North
Refer to the replacement number shown on America 0 378 for tips on working around
What to Add the original battery label when a new a battery without getting hurt.
Use only GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid battery is needed. See Engine Compartment
from a clean, sealed container. See Overview 0 314 for battery location. Infrequent Usage: Remove the black,
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 400. negative (−) cable from the battery to keep
the battery from running down.
Vehicle Care 329

Extended Storage: Remove the black, Negative Battery Cable Reconnection
negative (−) cable from the battery or use a
battery trickle charger. Caution
Negative Battery Cable Disconnection When reconnecting the battery:
. Use the original nut from the vehicle
{ Warning to secure the negative battery cable.
Do not use a different nut. If you
Before disconnecting the negative battery
need a replacement nut, see your
cable, turn off all features, turn the dealer.
ignition off, and remove the key,
if equipped, from the vehicle. If this is . Tighten the nut with a hand tool. Do
not done, you or others could be injured, not use an impact wrench or power
and the vehicle could be damaged. tools to tighten the nut.
1. Loosen the negative battery cable nut (1).
2. Remove the negative battery cable The vehicle could be damaged if these
clamp (2) from the negative battery post. guidelines are not followed.
Caution
3. Cover the negative battery cable clamp,
If the battery is disconnected with the
and negative battery post with a Caution
ignition on or the vehicle in Retained non-conductive material to prevent any
Accessory Power (RAP), the OnStar contact with the negative battery cable. Do not use paints, lubricants, or corrosion
back-up battery will be permanently inhibitors on the nut that secures the
discharged and will need to be replaced. negative battery cable to the vehicle. This
could damage the vehicle.
1. Make sure the lamps, features, and
accessories are turned off. 1. Install the negative battery cable clamp
2. Turn the vehicle off and remove the key, to the negative battery post.
if equipped. 2. Tighten the negative battery cable nut.
3. Turn the vehicle on.
330 Vehicle Care

Four-Wheel Drive enough lubricant to raise the level to the Rear Axle
bottom of the fill plug (1) hole. Use care not
Transfer Case to overtighten the plug. When to Check Lubricant
When to Check Lubricant When to Change Lubricant It is not necessary to regularly check the
rear axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or
Refer to Maintenance Schedule 0 396 to Refer to Maintenance Schedule 0 396 to an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could
determine when to check the lubricant. determine how often to change the indicate a problem. Have it inspected and
lubricant. repaired. This service can be complex. See
What to Use your dealer.
Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Do not directly power wash the transfer
0 400 to determine what kind of lubricant case and/or front/rear axle output seals.
to use. High pressure water can overcome the seals
and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
Front Axle fluid will decrease the life of the transfer
case and/or drive axles and should be
When to Check Lubricant
replaced.
It is not necessary to regularly check the
front axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or Noise Control System
an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could
indicate a problem. Have it inspected and NOISE EMISSIONS WARRANTY
1. Fill Plug repaired. This service can be complex. See General Motors LLC, warrants to the first
2. Drain Plug your dealer. person who purchases this vehicle for
To get an accurate reading, the vehicle Do not directly power wash the transfer purposes other than resale and to each
should be on a level surface. case and/or front/rear axle output seals. subsequent purchaser that this vehicle as
High pressure water can overcome the seals manufactured by General Motors LLC, was
If the level is below the bottom of the fill designed, built and equipped to conform at
and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
plug (1) hole, located on the transfer case, the time it left General Motors LLC’s control
fluid will decrease the life of the transfer
some lubricant will need to be added. Add with all applicable U.S. EPA Noise Control
case and/or drive axles and should be
replaced. Regulations. This warranty covers this
vehicle as designed, built and equipped by
Vehicle Care 331

General Motors LLC, and is not limited to Insulation: Automatic Transmission Shift Lock
any particular part, component or system of
the vehicle manufactured by General Motors
Removal of the noise shields or any Control Function Check
undercab insulation.
LLC. Defects in design, assembly or in any (Mechanical Shifter)
part, component or system of the vehicle as Engine:
manufactured by General Motors LLC, which, Removal or rendering engine speed { Warning
at the time it left General Motors LLC’s governor, if so equipped, inoperative so as When you are doing this inspection, the
control, caused noise emissions to exceed to allow engine speed to exceed
Federal standards, are covered by this vehicle could move suddenly. If the
manufacturer specifications. vehicle moves, you or others could be
warranty for the life of the vehicle.
Modification of the engine control system or injured.
TAMPERING WITH NOISE CONTROL calibration.
SYSTEM PROHIBITED 1. Before starting this check, be sure there
Fan and Drive:
is enough room around the vehicle.
Federal law prohibits the following acts or . Removal of fan clutch or rendering clutch It should be parked on a level surface.
the causing thereof: inoperative.
2. Apply the parking brake. Be ready to
1. The removal or rendering inoperative by . Removal of the fan shroud. apply the regular brake immediately if
any person, other than for purposes of the vehicle begins to move.
Air Intake:
maintenance, repair, or replacement, of
any device or element of design . Removal of air cleaner silencer. 3. With the engine off, turn the ignition on,
incorporated into any new vehicle for . Reversing air cleaner cover. but do not start the engine. Without
the purpose of noise control prior to its applying the regular brake, try to move
Exhaust: the shift lever out of P (Park) with
sale or delivery to the ultimate purchaser . Removal of muffler, catalytic converter,
or while it is in use; or normal effort. If the shift lever moves
and/or resonator. out of P (Park), contact your dealer for
2. the use of the vehicle after such device . Removal of exhaust pipes and exhaust service.
or element of design has been removed pipe clamps.
or rendered inoperative by any person.
Among those acts presumed to constitute
tampering are the acts listed below.
332 Vehicle Care

Park Brake and P (Park) Wiper Blade Replacement
Mechanism Check Windshield wiper blades should be replaced
periodically. See Maintenance Schedule
{ Warning 0 396.
When you are doing this check, the Replacement blades come in different types
vehicle could begin to move. You or and are removed in different ways. For
others could be injured and property proper type and length, see Maintenance
could be damaged. Make sure there is Replacement Parts 0 401.
room in front of the vehicle in case it
begins to roll. Be ready to apply the Caution
regular brake at once should the vehicle Allowing the wiper arm to touch the
begin to move. windshield when no wiper blade is 2. Lift up on the latch in the middle of the
installed could damage the windshield. wiper blade where the wiper arm
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle Any damage that occurs would not be attaches.
facing downhill. Keeping your foot on the covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not
regular brake, set the parking brake. 3. With the latch open, pull the wiper blade
allow the wiper arm to touch the down toward the windshield far enough
. To check the parking brake's holding windshield. to release it from the J-hooked end of
ability: With the engine running and the the wiper arm.
transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove Front Wiper Blade Replacement
foot pressure from the regular brake 4. Remove the wiper blade.
To replace the wiper blade: 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper blade
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by
the parking brake only. 1. Pull the wiper assembly away from the replacement.
. To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding windshield.
ability: With the engine running, shift to
Glass Replacement
P (Park). Then release the parking brake If the windshield or front side glass must be
followed by the regular brake. replaced, see your dealer to determine the
Contact your dealer if service is required. correct replacement glass.
Vehicle Care 333

Windshield Replacement { Warning
HUD System If the gas struts that hold open the hood,
The windshield is part of the HUD system. trunk, and/or liftgate fail, you or others
If the windshield must be replaced, get one could be seriously injured. Take the
that is designed for HUD or the HUD image vehicle to your dealer for service
may look out of focus. immediately. Visually inspect the gas
struts for signs of wear, cracks, or other
Driver Assistance Systems damage periodically. Check to make sure
If the windshield needs to be replaced and the hood/trunk/liftgate is held open with
the vehicle is equipped with a front camera enough force. If struts are failing to hold
sensor for the Driver Assistance Systems, a the hood/trunk/liftgate, do not operate.
GM replacement windshield is Have the vehicle serviced. Hood
recommended. The replacement windshield
must be installed according to GM
specifications for proper alignment. If it is Caution
not, these systems may not work properly, Do not apply tape or hang any objects
they may display messages, or they may from gas struts. Also do not push down
not work at all. See your dealer for proper
or pull on gas struts. This may cause
windshield replacement.
damage to the vehicle.
Gas Strut(s)
See Maintenance Schedule 0 396.
Your vehicle may be equipped with gas
strut(s) to provide assistance in lifting and
holding open the hood/trunk/liftgate system
in full open position.
Trunk
334 Vehicle Care

Bulb Replacement Headlamps, Front Turn Signal,
For the proper type of replacement bulbs, Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps
or any bulb changing procedure not listed in Base Level Headlamp Assembly
this section, contact your dealer.
Caution
Do not replace incandescent bulbs with
aftermarket LED replacement bulbs. This
can cause damage to the vehicle electrical
system.
Liftgate Halogen Bulbs
Headlamp Aiming { Warning

Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside
Front Headlamp Aiming and can burst if you drop or scratch the
bulb. You or others could be injured. Be 1. Turn Signal Lamps
Headlamp aim has been preset and should
need no further adjustment. sure to read and follow the instructions Headlamp Replacement
on the bulb package.
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the See your dealer for headlamp replacement.
headlamp aim may be affected.
If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary,
LED Lighting Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
see your dealer. This vehicle has several LED lamps. For Base Level
replacement of any LED lighting assembly, 1. Open the hood.
contact your dealer.
2. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to
remove it from the headlamp assembly
and pull it straight out.
Vehicle Care 335

3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight To replace one of these bulbs:
out of the bulb socket. 1. Open the tailgate.
4. Replace the bulb and reverse Steps 1–3
to reinstall.
Uplevel
See your dealer for headlamp replacement.
Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps,

and Back-Up Lamps
Base Level Taillamp Assembly
4. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise.
5. Pull the bulb straight out from the
socket.
2. Remove the two rear lamp assembly
screws. 6. Replace the bulb and reverse Steps 1–5
to reinstall.
3. Pull the rear lamp assembly outward and
rearward away from the box side to Uplevel Taillamp Assembly
remove it from the vehicle. The taillamps, turn signal lamps, stoplamps,
and back-up lamps are LEDs. To replace, see
your dealer.
Center High-Mounted Stoplamp

1. Stoplamp/Taillamp/Turn Signal Lamp (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp
2. Back-Up Lamp This procedure is for the regular cab only.
3. Side Marker Lamp For crew cab and double cab see your
dealer.
336 Vehicle Care

To replace one of these bulbs:
3. Replace the bulb and reverse Step 2 to

1. Cargo Lamp Bulbs reinstall.
2. Center High-Mounted Stoplamp 1. Remove the two screws and lift off the
(CHMSL) Bulb lamp assembly.
2. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise
Electrical System
and pull it straight out. Electrical System Overload
3. Pull the bulb straight out from the
The vehicle has fuses and circuit breakers to
socket.
protect against an electrical system
License Plate Lamp overload.
To replace the bulb: When the current electrical load is too

heavy, the circuit breaker opens and closes,
1. Reach behind the rear bumper and locate protecting the circuit until the current load
the bulb. returns to normal or the problem is fixed.
2. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise This greatly reduces the chance of circuit
and pull the bulb straight out of the overload and fire caused by electrical
socket. problems.
Vehicle Care 337

Fuses and circuit breakers protect the wires
that provide the power to the devices in
your vehicle.
If there is a problem on the road and a fuse
needs to be replaced, the same amperage
fuse can be borrowed. Choose some feature
of the vehicle that is not needed to use and
replace it as soon as possible.
To check a fuse, look at the band inside the
fuse. If the band is broken or melted,
replace the fuse. Be sure to replace a bad
fuse with a fuse of the identical size and
rating. Replacing a Blown Fuse
1. Turn off the vehicle.
2. Locate the fuse puller on the instrument
panel end cap. See the Instrument Panel
Fuse Block (Right) 0 343 or
Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Left) 0 342.
3. Use the fuse puller to remove the fuse

from the top or side, as shown above.
338 Vehicle Care

4. If the fuse must be replaced damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow
immediately, spare fuses are also from the windshield before using the
provided on the instrument panel end windshield wipers.
cap or borrow a replacement fuse with If the overload is caused by an electrical
the same amperage from the fuse block. problem and not snow or ice, be sure to get
Choose a vehicle feature that is not it fixed.
needed to safely operate the vehicle.
Repeat Steps 2-3. Fuses and Circuit Breakers { Warning
5. Insert the replacement fuse into the Installation or use of fuses that do not
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
empty slot of the blown fuse. meet GM’s original fuse specifications is
protected from short circuits by a
At the next opportunity, see your dealer to combination of fuses and circuit breakers. dangerous. The fuses could fail, and result
replace the blown fuse. This greatly reduces the chance of damage in a fire. You or others could be injured
caused by electrical problems. or killed, and the vehicle could be
Headlamp Wiring damaged.
An electrical overload may cause the lamps { Danger
to go on and off, or in some cases to See Accessories and Modifications 0 311 and
Fuses and circuit breakers are marked General Information 0 311.
remain off. Have the headlamp wiring
with their ampere rating. Do not exceed
checked right away if the lamps go on and To check or replace a blown fuse, see
off or remain off. the specified amperage rating when
replacing fuses and circuit breakers. Use Electrical System Overload 0 336.
Windshield Wipers of an oversized fuse or circuit breaker can Engine Compartment Fuse Block
If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy result in a vehicle fire. You and others
could be seriously injured or killed. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the
snow or ice, the windshield wipers will stop
until the motor cools and will then restart.
The engine compartment fuse block is in the
Although the circuit is protected from
engine compartment on the driver side of
electrical overload, overload due to heavy
vehicle.
snow or ice may cause wiper linkage
Vehicle Care 339
Lift the cover to access the fuse block.
Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may damage
it. Always keep the covers on any
electrical component.
A fuse puller is available in the left

instrument panel end cap.
The vehicle may not be equipped with all of
the fuses, relays, and features shown.
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage
1 – 3 Headlamp Left
2 – 4 Headlamp Right
340 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage
6 – 25 EBCM 1 – Electronic 42 Tail Lamp Left (HD)
7 ELM 4 – Electronic Brake Control Module 1 44 DEFC/ICCM Ignition (LD/
Lighting Module 4 26 – HD)/FTZM Ignition (HD)
8 – 27 Horn 45 Secondary Axle Motor
9 – 28 Parking Lamp Mirror/ 46 Engine Control Module
10 ELM 6 – Electronic Grill (LD)/Parking Lamp Ignition
Lighting Module 6 Left (HD) 47 –
11 BCM 3 – Body Control 29 Parking Lamp 48 –
Module 3 Right (HD)
49 Transmission Auxiliary
12 Rear Window Defogger 30 ELM 3 – Electronic Oil Pump (LD)
Lighting Module 3
13 Washer Front 50 A/C Clutch
31 ELM 1 – Electronic
14 – Lighting Module 1 51 Transfer Case Control
15 – Module
32 –
16 – 52 Front Wiper
33 Not R/C
17 IECL 1 53 Center High-Mounted
34 Radars (LD) Stop Lamp
19 DC/AC Inverter 37 MISC IP Headliner 54 Tail Lamp Right (HD)
20 IECR 2 (LD)/EBCM2 (HD) Ignition
55 Trailer Back-up Lamp
21 – 38 Seat Fan Ignition
56 SADS (LD)/Fuel Tank
22 IECL 2 39 Trailer Ignition Module Zone Module 2 (HD)
24 Fuel Heater (DSL) 40 Misc Ignition 57 TTPM/SBZA
41 Trailer Parking Lamp 58 Starter Motor (LD)
Vehicle Care 341

60 Powertrain 78 Engine Control Module 92 Cool Fan Clutch (HD
Sensor 2 (DSL) 79 Cabin Cool Pump 17W DSL)/Aeroshutter
61 Active Hydraulic (LD)/Auxiliary (LD/HD)
Steering (HD) Battery (HD)
Relays Usage
62 DEFC Batt 1/CVS 80 Powertrain
Sensor 1 (DSL) 5 Rear Window Defogger
63 Trailer Brake
81 Trailer Stop/Turn Lamp 18 DC/AC Inverter
65 –
Right 23 Fuel Heater (DSL)
66 Cooling Fan Motor
Left (LD) 82 Trailer Interface 35 Parking Lamp
Module 1
67 – 36 Run/Crank
83 FTZM 1
68 DEFC Batt 2 43 Secondary Axle Motor
84 Trailer Battery
69 Starter Pinion (LD Gas)/ 59 A/C Clutch
Starter Motor (HD) 85 –
64 Starter Motor (LD)/Cool
71 Cooling Fan Lower (LD) 86 Engine Control Module Fan Clutch (HD DSL)
72 Cooling Fan Right (LD) 87 Injector B Even 70 Starter Pinion (LD Gas)/
88 O2 B Sensor Starter Motor (HD)
73 Trailer Stop/Turn
Lamp Left 89 O2 A Sensor 77 Powertrain
74 Trailer Interface 90 Injector A Odd
Module 2 91 Engine Control Module
75 Integrated Chassis Throttle Control (HD)
Control Module
76 Electric RNG BDS
342 Vehicle Care

Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Left)
Uplevel Shown, Base Level Similar

Work Truck and Custom If equipped with a Uplevel or Base Level
trim, the left instrument panel fuse block
If equipped with a Work Truck or Custom access door is under the steering wheel on
trim, the left instrument panel fuse block the driver side.
access door is on the driver side edge of the
instrument panel. A fuse puller is attached to the access door.
A fuse puller is available in the left Pull off the cover to access the fuse block.
instrument panel end cap. The vehicle may not be equipped with all of
Fuses Usage
F1 Rear Heated Seats Left/
Right
Vehicle Care 343

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Relays Usage
F3 – F23 – K6 MFEG Major 2 –
F4 – F24 – Multifunction End Gate
Major 2
F5 Spare/MFEG – F25 –
Multifunction End Gate K7 –
F26 –
F6 Heated and Ventilated K8 –
F27 –
Seats Left/Right
F8 –
Instrument Panel Fuse Block
Circuit Usage (Right)
F9 Passive Entry Passive Start/ Breakers
Spare CB1 –
F10 –
F11 – Relays Usage
F12 Passenger Power Seat K1 Rear Sliding Window Open
F13 Export Power Take Off/ K2 Rear sliding Window Close
Special Equipment Option 1 K3 MFEG Major 1 –
F14 – Multifunction End Gate
Major 1
F15 –
K4 MFEG Minor 1 –
F16 AMP – Amplifier Multifunction End Gate
F17 – Minor 1 The right instrument panel fuse block access
F18 – K5 MFEG Minor 2 – door is on the passenger side edge of the
Multifunction End Gate instrument panel.
F20 Endgate Minor 2 Pull off the cover to access the front of the
F22 Rear Sliding Window fuse block.
344 Vehicle Care

To access the back of the fuse block:
1. Push the tab at the top of fuse

block down.
2. Pull the top of the fuse block outward.
3. Reverse Steps 1–2 to reinstall.
Back
The vehicle may not be equipped with all of

Vehicle Care 345

F1 Right Doors F22 Heated Steering Wheel F42 Electric Park Brake Switch
F2 Left Doors F23 – F43 –
F3 – F24 – F44 Shifter Interface Board (LD)
F4 ELM 2 – Electronic Lighting F25 SPOT LAMP LT/RT (LD) F45 Radio Lo
Module 2 F26 USB Ports/Special F46 –
F5 ELM 7 – Electronic Lighting Equipment Option Retained F47 –
Module 7 Accessory Power
F48 Transmission Control
F6 Front Blower F27 Accessory Power Outlet/ Module
F8 LF Window Switch Retained Accessory Power
F49 Body Control Module 1
F10 Steering Tilt (LD)/UVM F28 Accessory Power Outlet/
Battery F50 –
(HD)/Electronic Lighting
Module 5 F30 SDM/ICS/IPC/HUD/HMDTY F51 Battery 1 (HD)
F11 VPM/OHC Camera (HD)/HDLM (LD) F52 Battery 2 (HD)
F12 CGM/TCP/COL LCK/ F31 BCM 2 – Body Control F53 –
DMS (LD) Module 2
F54 Sunroof
F14 – F32 RFA WCM AUX JACK/CSM
AUX JACK/TBCS F55 Driver Power Seat
F17 Steering Wheel Controls F56 DC DC TRANS 1 (LD)
F33 BCM 4 – Body Control
F18 – Module 4 F57 DC DC TRANS 2 (LD)
F19 – F34 – F58 –
F20 – F40 –
F21 – F41 –
346 Vehicle Care

Circuit Usage
Breakers
{ Warning Warning (Continued)
. Poorly maintained and improperly . Replace any tires that have been
1 Accessory Power Outlet 1 used tires are dangerous. damaged by impacts with
2 – potholes, curbs, etc.
. Overloading the tires can cause
3 – overheating as a result of too . Improperly repaired tires can cause
4 – much flexing. There could be a a crash. Only your dealer or an
blowout and a serious crash. See authorized tire service center
Relays Usage Vehicle Load Limits 0 209. should repair, replace, dismount,
. Underinflated tires pose the same and mount the tires.
K1 –
danger as overloaded tires. The . Do not spin the tires in excess of
K2 Retained Accessory Power/
Accessory 1 resulting crash could cause serious 56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery
injury. Check all tires frequently to surfaces such as snow, mud, ice,
K4 – maintain the recommended etc. Excessive spinning may cause
K5 – pressure. Tire pressure should be the tires to explode.
checked when the tires are cold.
Wheels and Tires . Overinflated tires are more likely All-Season Tires
to be cut, punctured, or broken by This vehicle may come with all-season tires.
Tires a sudden impact — such as when These tires are designed to provide good
Every new GM vehicle has high-quality hitting a pothole. Keep tires at the overall performance on most road surfaces
tires made by a leading tire recommended pressure. and weather conditions. Original equipment
manufacturer. See the warranty manual tires designed to GM's specific tire
. Worn or old tires can cause a performance criteria have a TPC specification
for information regarding the tire crash. If the tread is badly worn, code molded onto the sidewall.
warranty and where to get service. For replace them.
additional information refer to the tire Consider installing winter tires on the
(Continued) vehicle if frequent driving on snow or
manufacturer.
ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires
Vehicle Care 347

provide adequate performance for most Winter tires with the same speed rating as
winter driving conditions, but they may not the original equipment tires may not be
offer the same level of traction or available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated
performance as winter tires on snow or tires. If winter tires with a lower speed
ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires 0 347. rating are chosen, never exceed the tire's
maximum speed capability.
Winter Tires
This vehicle was not originally equipped
All-Terrain Tires
with winter tires. Winter tires are designed This vehicle may have all-terrain or
for increased traction on snow and mud-terrain tires. These tires provide good
ice-covered roads. Consider installing winter performance on most road surfaces, weather
tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on ice conditions, and for off-road driving. See
or snow covered roads is expected. See your Off-Road Driving 0 203. Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire
dealer for details regarding winter tire The tread pattern on these tires may wear
availability and proper tire selection. Also, more unevenly than other tires. Consider
(1) Tire Size : The tire size code is a
see Buying New Tires 0 360. rotating the tires more frequently than at combination of letters and numbers
With winter tires, there may be decreased 12 000 km (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular used to define a particular tire's width,
dry road traction, increased road noise, and wear is noted when the tires are inspected. height, aspect ratio, construction type,
shorter tread life. After changing to winter See Tire Inspection 0 357. and service description. See the “Tire
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle Size” illustration later in this section for
handling and braking. Tire Sidewall Labeling more detail.
If using winter tires: Useful information about a tire is (2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria
. Use tires of the same brand and tread molded into its sidewall. The example Specification) : Original equipment tires
type on all four wheel positions. shows a typical light truck tire sidewall. designed to GM's specific tire
. Use only radial ply tires of the same size, performance criteria have a TPC
load range, and speed rating as the specification code molded onto the
original equipment tires. sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet
or exceed all federal safety guidelines.
348 Vehicle Care

(3) Dual Tire Maximum Load : Number (TIN). The TIN shows the
Maximum load that can be carried and manufacturer and plant code, tire size,
the maximum pressure needed to and date the tire was manufactured.
support that load when used in a dual The TIN is molded onto both sides of
configuration. For information on the tire, although only one side may
recommended tire pressure see Tire have the date of manufacture.
Pressure 0 351 and Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire
(6) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord
Vehicle Load Limits 0 209. and number of plies in the sidewall and (1) Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : The
(4) DOT (Department of under the tread. United States version of a metric tire
Transportation) : The Department of (7) Single Tire Maximum Load : sizing system. The letters LT as the first
Transportation (DOT) code indicates that Maximum load that can be carried and two characters in the tire size mean a
the tire is in compliance with the U.S. the maximum pressure needed to light truck tire engineered to standards
Department of Transportation Motor support that load when used as a set by the U.S. Tire and Rim
Vehicle Safety Standards. single. For information on Association.
DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last recommended tire pressure see Tire (2) Tire Width : The 3-digit number
four digits of the TIN indicate the tire Pressure 0 351 and indicates the tire section width in
manufactured date. The first two digits Vehicle Load Limits 0 209. millimeters from sidewall to sidewall.
represent the week and the last two (3) Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number that
digits, the year. For example, the third Tire Designations
indicates the tire height-to-width
week of the year 2020 would have a Tire Size measurements. For example, if the tire
4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in
the first full week (Sunday through The examples show a typical light truck
tire size. item (3) of the light truck (LT-Metric)
Saturday) of each year. tire illustration, it would mean that the
(5) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : tire's sidewall is 75 percent as high as it
The letters and numbers following the is wide.
DOT code are the Tire Identification
Vehicle Care 349

(4) Construction Code : A letter code is Belt : A rubber coated layer of cords GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Rating.
used to indicate the type of ply that is located between the plies and See Vehicle Load Limits 0 209.
construction in the tire. The letter R the tread. Cords may be made from GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight Rating
means radial ply construction; the steel or other reinforcing materials. for the front axle. See Vehicle Load
letter D means diagonal or bias ply Bead : The tire bead contains steel Limits 0 209.
construction. wires wrapped by steel cords that hold GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Rating
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the the tire onto the rim. for the rear axle. See Vehicle Load
wheel in inches. Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which Limits 0 209.
(6) Load Range : Load Range. the plies are laid at alternate angles Intended Outboard Sidewall : The side
(7) Service Description : The service less than 90 degrees to the centerline of an asymmetrical tire, that must
description indicates the load index and of the tread. always face outward when mounted on
speed rating of a tire. If two numbers Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air a vehicle.
are given as in the example, 120/116, pressure in a tire, measured in kPa Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit for air
then this represents the load index for (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square pressure.
single versus dual wheel usage (single/ inch) before a tire has built up heat
dual). The speed rating is the maximum from driving. See Tire Pressure 0 351. Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire used
speed a tire is certified to carry a load. on light duty trucks and some
DOT Markings : A code molded into the multipurpose passenger vehicles.
Tire Terminology and Definitions sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire
is in compliance with the U.S. Load Index : An assigned number
Air Pressure : The amount of air inside Department of Transportation (DOT) ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds
the tire pressing outward on each Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. The to the load carrying capacity of a tire.
square inch of the tire. Air pressure is DOT code includes the Tire Identification Maximum Inflation Pressure : The
expressed in kPa (kilopascal) or psi Number (TIN), an alphanumeric maximum air pressure to which a cold
(pounds per square inch). designator which can also identify the tire can be inflated. The maximum air
Aspect Ratio : The relationship of a tire manufacturer, production plant, pressure is molded onto the sidewall.
tire's height to its width. brand, and date of production.
350 Vehicle Care

Maximum Load Rating : The load rating Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Grading
for a tire at the maximum permissible which the ply cords that extend to the Standards) : A tire information system
inflation pressure for that tire. beads are laid at 90 degrees to the that provides consumers with ratings
Occupant Distribution : Designated centerline of the tread. for a tire's traction, temperature, and
seating positions. Rim : A metal support for a tire and treadwear. Ratings are determined by
upon which the tire beads are seated. tire manufacturers using government
Outward Facing Sidewall : The side of testing procedures. The ratings are
an asymmetrical tire that has a Sidewall : The portion of a tire between molded into the sidewall of the tire.
particular side that faces outward when the tread and the bead. See Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 362.
mounted on a vehicle. The side of the Speed Rating : An alphanumeric code
tire that contains a whitewall, bears Vehicle Capacity Weight : The number
assigned to a tire indicating the of designated seating positions
white lettering, or bears manufacturer, maximum speed at which a tire can
brand, and/or model name molding multiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs) plus the
operate. rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load
that is higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall of Traction : The friction between the tire Limits 0 209.
the tire. and the road surface. The amount of Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire :
grip provided. Load on an individual tire due to curb
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used
on passenger cars and some light duty Tread : The portion of a tire that comes weight, accessory weight, occupant
trucks and multipurpose vehicles. into contact with the road. weight, and cargo weight.
Recommended Inflation Pressure : Treadwear Indicators : Narrow bands, Vehicle Placard : A label permanently
Vehicle manufacturer's recommended sometimes called wear bars, that show attached to a vehicle showing the
tire inflation pressure as shown on the across the tread of a tire when only vehicle's capacity weight and the
tire placard. See Tire Pressure 0 351 and 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. See original equipment tire size and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 209. When It Is Time for New Tires 0 360. recommended inflation pressure. See
“Tire and Loading Information Label”
under Vehicle Load Limits 0 209.
Vehicle Care 351

Tire Pressure When to Check
Warning (Continued)
Tires need the correct amount of air Check the pressure of the tires once a
pressure to operate effectively. . Rough ride month or more.
. Needless damage from road Do not forget the spare, if the vehicle
{ Warning hazards has one. See Full-Size Spare Tire 0 377
Neither tire underinflation nor for additional information.
overinflation is good. Underinflated The Tire and Loading Information label
on the vehicle indicates the original How to Check
tires, or tires that do not have
enough air, can result in: equipment tires and the correct cold Use a good quality pocket-type gauge
tire inflation pressures. The to check tire pressure. Proper tire
. Tire overloading and overheating,
recommended pressure is the minimum inflation cannot be determined by
which could lead to a blowout air pressure needed to support the looking at the tire. Check the tire
. Premature or irregular wear vehicle's maximum load carrying inflation pressure when the tires are
. Poor handling capacity. cold, meaning the vehicle has not been
. Reduced fuel economy for For additional information regarding driven for at least three hours or no
internal combustion engine how much weight the vehicle can carry, more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
vehicles and an example of the Tire and Loading Remove the valve cap from the tire
. Reduced range for electric vehicles
Information label, see Vehicle Load valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly
Limits 0 209. How the vehicle is loaded onto the valve to get a pressure
Overinflated tires, or tires that have affects vehicle handling and ride measurement. If the cold tire inflation
too much air, can result in: comfort. Never load the vehicle with pressure matches the recommended
. Unusual wear more weight than it was designed to pressure on the Tire and Loading
. Poor handling carry. Information label, no further adjustment
(Continued) is necessary. If the inflation pressure is
low, add air until the recommended
pressure is reached. If the inflation
352 Vehicle Care

pressure is high, press on the metal vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure system detects a malfunction, the telltale
stem in the center of the tire valve to label, you should determine the proper tire will flash for approximately one minute and
release air. inflation pressure for those tires.) then remain continuously illuminated. This
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has sequence will continue upon subsequent
Re-check the tire pressure with the tire vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction
been equipped with a tire pressure
gauge. monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a exists.
Put the valve caps back on the valve low tire pressure telltale when one or more When the malfunction indicator is
stems to keep out dirt and moisture. of your tires is significantly under-inflated. illuminated, the system may not be able to
Use only valve caps designed for the Accordingly, when the low tire pressure detect or signal low tire pressure as
vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors could be telltale illuminates, you should stop and intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for
a variety of reasons, including the
damaged and would not be covered by check your tires as soon as possible, and
installation of replacement or alternate tires
the vehicle warranty. inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving
on a significantly under-inflated tire causes or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the
TPMS from functioning properly. Always
Tire Pressure Monitor System the tire to overheat and can lead to tire
check the TPMS malfunction telltale after
failure. Under-inflation also reduces energy
The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect replacing one or more tires or wheels on
uses radio and sensor technology to check the vehicle's handling and stopping ability. your vehicle to ensure that the replacement
tire pressure levels. The TPMS sensors or alternate tires and wheels allow the
monitor the air pressure in your tires and Please note that the TPMS is not a TPMS to continue to function properly.
transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver substitute for proper tire maintenance, and
it is the driver's responsibility to maintain See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 352.
located in the vehicle.
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation See Radio Frequency Statement 0 415.
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), has not reached the level to trigger
should be checked monthly when cold and illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
inflated to the inflation pressure telltale.
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation Your vehicle has also been equipped with a Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS is
pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when designed to warn the driver when a low tire
different size than the size indicated on the the system is not operating properly. The pressure condition exists. TPMS sensors are
TPMS malfunction indicator is combined mounted onto each tire and wheel
with the low tire pressure telltale. When the assembly, excluding the spare tire and
Vehicle Care 353

wheel assembly. The TPMS sensors monitor see Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base
the air pressure in the tires and transmit the Level) 0 132 or
Caution (Continued)
tire pressure readings to a receiver located Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) sealant is not covered by the vehicle
in the vehicle. 0 133. warranty. Always use only the GM
The low tire pressure warning light may approved tire sealant available through
come on in cool weather when the vehicle is your dealer or included in the vehicle.
first started, and then turn off as the vehicle
is driven. This could be an early indicator TPMS Malfunction Light and Message
that the air pressure is getting low and The TPMS will not function properly if one
needs to be inflated to the proper pressure. or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or
When a low tire pressure condition is A Tire and Loading Information label shows inoperable. When the system detects a
detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire the size of the original equipment tires and malfunction, the low tire pressure warning
pressure warning light located on the the correct inflation pressure for the tires light flashes for about one minute and then
instrument cluster. If the warning light when they are cold. See Vehicle Load Limits stays on for the remainder of the ignition
comes on, stop as soon as possible and 0 209, for an example of the Tire and cycle. A DIC warning message also displays.
inflate the tires to the recommended Loading Information label and its location. The malfunction light and DIC warning
pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Also see Tire Pressure 0 351. message come on at each ignition cycle
Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits until the problem is corrected. Some of the
The TPMS can warn about a low tire conditions that can cause these to come
0 209. pressure condition but it does not replace on are:
A message to check the pressure in a normal tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection . One of the road tires has been replaced
specific tire displays in the Driver 0 357, Tire Rotation 0 358, and Tires 0 346. with the spare tire. The spare tire does
Information Center (DIC). The low tire not have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction
pressure warning light and the DIC warning Caution
light and the DIC message should go off
message come on at each ignition cycle Tire sealant materials are not all the after the road tire is replaced and the
until the tires are inflated to the correct same. A non-approved tire sealant could sensor matching process is performed
inflation pressure. If the vehicle has DIC damage the TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor successfully. See "TPMS Sensor Matching
buttons, tire pressure levels can be viewed. damage caused by using an incorrect tire Process" later in this section.
For additional information and details about (Continued)
the DIC operation and displays,
354 Vehicle Care

. The TPMS sensor matching process was Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)
not done or not completed successfully Warning (Continued)
after rotating the tires. The malfunction This feature provides visual and audible
alerts outside the vehicle to help when pressure listed on the tire sidewall. See
light and the DIC message should go off Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 347 and
after successfully completing the sensor inflating an underinflated tire to the
recommended cold tire pressure. Vehicle Load Limits 0 209.
matching process. See "TPMS Sensor
Matching Process" later in this section. When the low tire pressure warning light If the tire is overinflated by more than
. One or more TPMS sensors are missing or comes on: 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will sound multiple
damaged. The malfunction light and the 1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level place. times and the turn signal lamp will continue
DIC message should go off when the 2. Set the parking brake firmly. to flash for several seconds after filling
TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor stops. To release and correct the pressure,
matching process is performed 3. Place the vehicle in P (Park). while the turn signal lamp is still flashing,
successfully. See your dealer for service. 4. Add air to the tire that is underinflated. briefly press the center of the valve stem.
. Replacement tires or wheels do not match The turn signal lamp will flash. When the recommended pressure is reached,
the original equipment tires or wheels. When the recommended pressure is the horn sounds once.
Tires and wheels other than those reached, the horn sounds once and the If the turn signal lamp does not flash within
recommended could prevent the TPMS turn signal lamp will stop flashing and 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire,
from functioning properly. See Buying briefly turn solid. the tire fill alert has not been activated or is
New Tires 0 360. not working.
Repeat these steps for all underinflated tires
. Operating electronic devices or being near that have illuminated the low tire pressure If the hazard warning flashers are on, the
facilities using radio wave frequencies warning light. tire fill alert visual feedback will not work
similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS
properly.
sensors to malfunction. { Warning The TPMS will not activate the tire fill alert
If the TPMS is not functioning properly, it Overinflating a tire could cause the tire properly under the following conditions:
cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure to rupture and you or others could be
condition. See your dealer for service if the . There is interference from an external
injured. Do not exceed the maximum device or transmitter.
TPMS malfunction light and DIC message
(Continued) . The air pressure from the inflation device
come on and stay on.
is not sufficient to inflate the tire.
Vehicle Care 355

. There is a malfunction in the TPMS. passenger side front tire, passenger side 4. If the vehicle has an uplevel DIC, use the
. There is a malfunction in the horn or turn outer rear tire, passenger side inner rear DIC controls on the right side of the
signal lamps. tire, driver side outer rear tire, and driver steering wheel to scroll to the Tire
. The TPMS sensor identification code is not side inner rear tire. See your dealer for Pressure screen under the DIC info page.
registered to the system. service or to purchase a relearn tool. If the vehicle has a base level DIC, use
A TPMS relearn tool can also be purchased. the trip odometer reset stem to scroll to
. The TPMS sensor battery is low.
See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor Activation the Tire Pressure screen.
If the tire fill alert does not operate due to Tool at www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
TPMS interference, move the vehicle about call 1-800-GM TOOLS (1-800-468-6657). 5. If the vehicle has an uplevel DIC, press
1 m (3 ft) back or forward and try again. and hold the thumbwheel located in the
There are two minutes to match the first center of the DIC controls on the right
If the tire fill alert feature is not working,
tire/wheel position, and five minutes overall side of the steering wheel.
use a tire pressure gauge.
to match all six tire/wheel positions. If it If the vehicle has a base level DIC, press
TPMS Sensor Matching Process takes longer, the matching process stops and hold the trip odometer reset stem
and must be restarted. for about five seconds. A message asking
Use this TPMS Sensor Matching Process if
your vehicle is equipped with dual rear The TPMS sensor matching process is: if the process should begin should
wheels: 1. Set the parking brake. appear. Select yes and press the trip
odometer reset stem to confirm the
Each TPMS sensor has a unique 2. Place the vehicle in Service Mode. See selection.
identification code. The identification code Ignition Positions 0 216.
needs to be matched to a new tire/wheel The horn sounds twice to signal the
3. Uplevel DIC Only: Make sure the Tire receiver is in relearn mode and the TIRE
position after rotating the vehicle’s tires or Pressure info page option is turned on.
replacing one or more of the TPMS sensors. LEARNING ACTIVE message displays on
The info pages on the DIC can be turned the DIC screen.
Also, the TPMS sensor matching process on and off through the Options menu.
should be performed after replacing a spare See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base 6. Start with the driver side front tire.
tire with a road tire containing the TPMS Level) 0 132 or Driver Information Center 7. Place the relearn tool against the tire
sensor. The malfunction light and the DIC (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 133. sidewall, near the valve stem. Then press
message should go off at the next ignition the button to activate the TPMS sensor.
cycle. The sensors are matched to the tire/ A horn chirp confirms that the sensor
wheel positions, using a TPMS relearn tool, identification code has been matched to
in the following order: driver side front tire, this tire and wheel position.
356 Vehicle Care

8. Proceed to the passenger side front tire, Each TPMS sensor has a unique Prior to use, the vehicle must learn the
and repeat the procedure in Step 7. identification code. The identification code sensors by following the learning process.
9. Proceed to the passenger side outer rear needs to be matched to a new tire/wheel See Trailering App 0 297.
tire, and repeat the procedure in Step 7. position after rotating the tires or replacing
one or more of the TPMS sensors. When a
10. Proceed to the passenger side inner rear tire is installed, the vehicle must be
tire, and repeat the procedure in Step 7. stationary for about 20 minutes before the
11. Proceed to the driver side outer rear tire, system recalculates. The following relearn
and repeat the procedure in Step 7. process takes up to 10 minutes, driving at a
12. Proceed to the driver side inner rear tire, minimum speed of 20 km/h (12 mph).
and repeat the procedure in Step 7. The A dash (-) or pressure value will display in
horn sounds two times to indicate the the DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC)
sensor identification code has been (Base Level) 0 132 or Driver Information
matched to the driver side inner rear Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 133. A warning
tire, and the TPMS sensor matching message displays in the DIC if a problem
process is no longer active. The TIRE occurs during the relearn process.
LEARNING ACTIVE message on the DIC Contact your trailer service center or tire
display screen goes off.
Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring
service center to have the pressure sensors
Operation
13. Turn the vehicle off. installed inside the trailer tires. The
If equipped, the Trailer Tire Pressure technician should insert the sensor stem
14. Set all six tires to the recommended air
Monitoring System (TTPMS) is designed to through the hole in the trailer wheel. When
pressure level as indicated on the Tire
monitor the pressure of the trailer tires and the sensor is correctly positioned, the nut on
and Loading Information label.
warn the driver when a low pressure the sensor stem should be tightened to
TPMS Sensor Matching Process – Auto condition exists. TTPMS sensors for four tires 8 Y (6 lb ft). When mounting the trailer
Learn Function are provided. The system can accommodate tire onto the trailer wheel be careful not to
a trailer with up to six tires if additional damage the sensor.
Use this TPMS Sensor Matching Process if sensors are purchased from the dealer. Also,
your vehicle is equipped with single rear The Trailering App can be used to view the
the system can be paired with up to five
wheels: tire pressures after the recommended trailer
individual trailers.
tire pressures have been entered. Refer to
Vehicle Care 357

the trailer tire placard on the trailer or the TTPMS Malfunction Message performed successfully. See "TTPMS
trailer tire sidewall for the recommended Sensor Learning Process" under Trailering
The TTPMS will not function properly if one
tire pressure. App 0 297.
or more of the trailer tire sensors are
The system is compatible with trailer tires missing or inoperable. If the system detects . Operating electronic devices or being near
that have placard pressure values from 103 - a malfunction, a DIC message indicates that facilities using radio wave frequencies
689 kpa (15 - 100 psi). The hole in the wheel the system requires service. Some of the similar to the TTPMS could cause
for the tire stem must be 11.43 mm conditions that can cause the service interference to the TTPMS which could
(0.453 in) or 15.88 mm (0.625 in) in message to occur are: cause loss of signal reception from the
diameter. Use of the pressure sensors on a sensor.
. One of the trailer tires has been replaced
wheel with a different stem hole size could with the spare tire which does not have a . If the system does not receive the signal
result in loss of air from the tire. learned TTPMS sensor. The DIC message from an individual sensor, an error
If a low trailer tire pressure condition is should turn off after the pressure sensor message may not occur until the vehicle
detected, the TTPMS displays a warning is installed in the tire, and the learning has been driver for a period of time.
message on the DIC. If the warning message process is performed successfully. See If the TTPMS is not functioning properly, it
is displayed, stop as soon as possible and "TTPMS Sensor Learning Process" under cannot detect or signal a low tire condition.
inflate the tires to the recommended Trailering App 0 297. See your dealer for service if the DIC
pressure shown on the tire placard on the . The TTPMS sensor learning process was message comes on and stays on when the
trailer. not done or not completed successfully. trailer tire pressures have been checked and
In addition, the TTPMS monitors the The DIC message should go off after determined to be correct.
temperature of the trailer tires. If the successfully completing the sensor
learning process. See "TTPMS Sensor Tire Inspection
system detects a high temperature on one
or more of the trailer tires, a warning Learning Process" under Trailering App We recommend that the tires, including
message will be displayed on the DIC. If this 0 297. the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, be
warning message is displayed, stop as soon . One or more TTPMS sensors are missing inspected for signs of wear or damage
as possible, and inspect the overheated or damaged. The DIC message should go at least once a month.
trailer tire. Common causes for high trailer off when the TTPMS sensors are installed
tire temperature are underinflation, and the sensor learning process is Replace the tire if:
overloading, or tire damage. . The indicators at three or more
places around the tire can be seen.
358 Vehicle Care

. There is cord or fabric showing rotation, check the wheel alignment. Dual Tire Rotation
through the tire's rubber. See When It Is Time for New Tires When the vehicle is new, or whenever a
. The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut, 0 360 and Wheel Replacement 0 363. wheel, wheel bolt, or wheel nut is
or snagged deep enough to show If the full-size spare tire is part of the replaced or serviced, check the wheel
cord or fabric. tire rotation, make sure the tire rotated nut torque after 160, 1 600, and
. The tire has a bump, bulge, or split. into the spare position is stored 10 000 km (100, 1,000, and 6,000 mi) of
. The tire has a puncture, cut, or other securely. Push, pull, and then try to driving. For proper torque and wheel
damage that cannot be repaired well rotate or turn the tire. If it moves, use nut tightening information, see “Wheel
because of the size or location of the the wheel wrench/hoist shaft to tighten Nut Torque” under Capacities and
damage. the cable. See Tire Changing 0 366. Specifications 0 404 and “Removing the
Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire”
Tire Rotation under Tire Changing 0 366.
Tires should be rotated according to the The outer tire on a dual wheel setup
interval listed in the maintenance generally wears faster than the inner
schedule. See Maintenance Schedule tire. Tires last longer and wear more
0 396. evenly if they are rotated. See Tire
Tires are rotated to achieve a more Inspection 0 357 and
uniform wear for all tires. The first Tire Rotation 0 358. Also see
rotation is the most important. Maintenance Schedule 0 396.
Anytime unusual wear is noticed, rotate
the tires as soon as possible, check for
proper tire inflation pressure, and check Use this rotation pattern when rotating
for damaged tires or wheels. If the the tires if the vehicle has single rear
unusual wear continues after the wheels.
Vehicle Care 359

Adjust the front and rear tires to the
recommended inflation pressure on the
Tire and Loading Information label after
the tires have been rotated. See Tire
Pressure 0 351 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 209.
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System.
See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
0 352.
Check that all wheel nuts are properly
tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque”
Use this rotation pattern when rotating Use this rotation pattern when rotating under Capacities and Specifications
the tires if the vehicle has dual rear the tires if the vehicle has polished 0 404, and “Removing the Flat Tire and
wheels (except polished forged forged aluminum dual rear wheels. The Installing the Spare Tire” under Tire
aluminum wheels). spare wheel can be used in any position Changing 0 366.
Vehicles with polished forged aluminum in the event of a flat tire, and can be
dual wheels have three unique wheels; rotated with the rear inner wheels. { Warning
a front, a rear outer and a rear inner. After the flat tire is repaired, if the
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
These wheels cannot be rotated to spare is not on one of the inner rear
parts to which it is fastened, can
another position, however, they can be positions, it must be replaced by the
cause wheel nuts to become loose
rotated from left to right to the same correct wheel in the front or rear outer
over time. The wheel could come off
position. positions.
and cause a crash. When changing a
When installing dual wheels, check that wheel, remove any rust or dirt from
the vent holes in the inner and outer places where the wheel attaches to
wheels on each side are lined up. the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth
(Continued)
360 Vehicle Care

Number (TIN) molded into one side of the
Warning (Continued) tire sidewall. The last four digits of the TIN
or paper towel can be used; however, indicate the tire manufactured date. The
use a scraper or wire brush later to first two digits represent the week and the
remove all rust or dirt. last two digits, the year. For example, the
third week of the year 2020 would have a
Lightly coat the inner diameter of the 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the
first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of
wheel hub opening with wheel bearing each year.
grease after a wheel change or tire
rotation to prevent corrosion or rust Vehicle Storage
build-up. Tires age when stored normally mounted on
a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that will be
{ Warning Treadwear indicators are one way to tell
when it is time for new tires. Treadwear
stored for at least a month in a cool, dry,
Do not apply grease to the wheel clean area away from direct sunlight to slow
indicators appear when the tires have only aging. This area should be free of grease,
mounting surface, wheel conical 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining. gasoline, or other substances that can
seats, or the wheel nuts or bolts. See Tire Inspection 0 357 and deteriorate rubber.
Grease applied to these areas could Tire Rotation 0 358.
cause a wheel to become loose or Parking for an extended period can cause
The rubber in tires ages over time. This also flat spots on the tires that may result in
come off, resulting in a crash. applies to the spare tire, if the vehicle has vibrations while driving. When storing a
one, even if it is never used. Multiple factors vehicle for at least a month, remove the
When It Is Time for New Tires including temperatures, loading conditions, tires or raise the vehicle to reduce the
and inflation pressure maintenance affect weight from the tires.
Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures,
how fast aging takes place. GM recommends
driving speeds, vehicle loading, and road
conditions affect the wear rate of the tires.
that tires, including the spare if equipped, Buying New Tires
be replaced after six years, regardless of
tread wear. To identify the age of a tire, use GM has developed and matched specific
the tire manufacture date, which is the last tires for the vehicle. The original
four digits of the DOT Tire Identification equipment tires installed were designed
Vehicle Care 361

to meet General Motors Tire affected if all the tires are not replaced
Warning (Continued)
Performance Criteria Specification (TPC at the same time. If proper rotation and
Spec) system rating. When replacement maintenance have been done, all four control, resulting in a crash or other
tires are needed, GM strongly tires (six for dual rear wheels) should vehicle damage. Use the correct size,
recommends buying tires with the same wear out at about the same time. brand, and type of tire on all wheels.
TPC Spec rating. However, if it is necessary to replace
GM's exclusive TPC Spec system only one axle set of worn tires, place
the new tires on the rear axle (two for { Warning
considers over a dozen critical
specifications that impact the overall single rear wheels, four for dual rear Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle
performance of the vehicle, including wheels). See Tire Rotation 0 358. may cause the wheel rim flanges to
brake system performance, ride and develop cracks after many miles of
handling, traction control, and tire { Warning driving. A tire and/or wheel could fail
pressure monitoring performance. GM's Tires could explode during improper suddenly and cause a crash. Use only
TPC Spec number is molded onto the service. Attempting to mount or radial-ply tires with the wheels on
tire's sidewall near the tire size. If the dismount a tire could cause injury or the vehicle.
tires have an all-season tread design, death. Only your dealer or authorized
tire service center should mount or Winter tires with the same speed rating
the TPC Spec number will be followed as the original equipment tires may not
by MS for mud and snow. See Tire dismount the tires.
be available for H, V, W, Y and ZR
Sidewall Labeling 0 347 for additional speed rated tires. Never exceed the
information.
{ Warning winter tires’ maximum speed capability
GM recommends replacing worn tires in when using winter tires with a lower
Mixing tires of different sizes (other
complete sets of four (six for dual rear speed rating.
than those originally installed on the
wheels). Uniform tread depth on all If the vehicle tires must be replaced
vehicle), brands, tread patterns,
tires will help to maintain the with a tire that does not have a TPC
or types may cause loss of vehicle
performance of the vehicle. Braking and (Continued) Spec number, make sure they are the
handling performance may be adversely
362 Vehicle Care

same size, load range, speed rating, and While the tires available on General
Warning (Continued)
construction (radial) as the original Motors passenger cars and light trucks
tires. crash and serious injury. Only use GM may vary with respect to these grades,
specific wheel and tire systems developed they must also conform to federal
The Tire and Loading Information label for the vehicle, and have them properly
indicates the original equipment tires safety requirements and additional
installed by a GM certified technician. General Motors Tire Performance
on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 209. Criteria (TPC) standards.
See Buying New Tires 0 360 and
Accessories and Modifications 0 311. Quality grades can be found where
Different Size Tires and Wheels applicable on the tire sidewall between
If wheels or tires are installed that are a Uniform Tire Quality Grading tread shoulder and maximum section
different size than the original equipment The following information relates to the width. For example:
wheels and tires, vehicle performance, system developed by the United States Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
including its braking, ride and handling National Highway Traffic Safety
characteristics, stability, and resistance to
Administration (NHTSA), which grades All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to
rollover may be affected. If the vehicle has Federal Safety Requirements In Addition
electronic systems such as antilock brakes, tires by treadwear, traction, and
temperature performance. This applies To These Grades.
rollover airbags, traction control, electronic
stability control, or All-Wheel Drive, the only to vehicles sold in the United Treadwear
performance of these systems can also be States. The grades are molded on the
The treadwear grade is a comparative
affected. sidewalls of most passenger car tires.
rating based on the wear rate of the
The Uniform Tire Quality Grading
{ Warning tire when tested under controlled
(UTQG) system does not apply to deep
conditions on a specified government
If different sized wheels are used, there tread, winter tires, compact spare tires,
test course. For example, a tire graded
may not be an acceptable level of tires with nominal rim diameters of
150 would wear one and one-half (1½)
performance and safety if tires not 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some
times as well on the government course
recommended for those wheels are limited-production tires.
selected. This increases the chance of a
as a tire graded 100. The relative
(Continued) performance of tires depends upon the
Vehicle Care 363

actual conditions of their use, however, on a specified indoor laboratory test alignment and tire balancing are not
and may depart significantly from the wheel. Sustained high temperature can necessary on a regular basis. Consider an
norm due to variations in driving habits, cause the material of the tire to alignment check if there is unusual tire wear
service practices and differences in road degenerate and reduce tire life, and or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one
side or the other. Some slight pull to the
characteristics and climate. excessive temperature can lead to left or right, depending on the crown of the
sudden tire failure. The grade C road and/or other road surface variations
Traction
corresponds to a level of performance such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the
The traction grades, from highest to which all passenger car tires must meet vehicle is vibrating when driving on a
lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those under the Federal Motor Safety smooth road, the tires and wheels may
grades represent the tire's ability to Standard No. 109. Grades B and A need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for
stop on wet pavement as measured represent higher levels of performance proper diagnosis.
under controlled conditions on specified on the laboratory test wheel than the
government test surfaces of asphalt and minimum required by law. Warning:
Wheel Replacement
concrete. A tire marked C may have The temperature grade for this tire is Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked,
poor traction performance. Warning: established for a tire that is properly or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts
The traction grade assigned to this tire inflated and not overloaded. Excessive keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts,
is based on straight-ahead braking and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the
speed, underinflation, or excessive wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum
traction tests, and does not include loading, either separately or in wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if
acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, combination, can cause heat buildup any of these conditions exist.
or peak traction characteristics. and possible tire failure.
Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that
Temperature Wheel Alignment and Tire is needed.
The temperature grades are A (the Balance Each new wheel should have the same
highest), B, and C, representing the load-carrying capacity, diameter, width,
The tires and wheels were aligned and offset, and be mounted the same way as
tire's resistance to the generation of balanced at the factory to provide the
heat and its ability to dissipate heat the one it replaces.
longest tire life and best overall
when tested under controlled conditions performance. Adjustments to wheel
364 Vehicle Care

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts,
or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS)
Caution Warning (Continued)
sensors with new GM original equipment The wrong wheel can also cause traction device if it is contacting the
parts. problems with bearing life, brake cooling, vehicle. Do not spin the wheels.
speedometer or odometer calibration, If traction devices are used, install them
{ Warning headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle on the rear tires.
Using the wrong replacement wheels, ground clearance, and tire or tire chain
wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can be clearance to the body and chassis.
dangerous. It could affect the braking and
Caution
handling of the vehicle. Tires can lose air Tire Chains Use tire chains only where legal and only
and cause loss of control, resulting in a when necessary. Use chains that are the
crash. Always use the correct wheel, { Warning proper size for the tires. If the vehicle has
wheel bolts, and wheel nuts for If the vehicle has LT275/65R20, LT265/ LT235/80R17 size tires, install the chains
replacement. 60R22, or LT305/70R18E size tires, do not on the tires of the rear axle only. If the
use tire chains. There is not enough vehicle has LT245/75R17, LT265/70R17,
clearance. Tire chains used on a vehicle or LT275/70R18 size tires, install the
{ Warning without the proper amount of clearance chains on the tires of the front and rear
Replacing a wheel with a used one is can cause damage to the brakes, axle. Tighten them as tightly as possible
dangerous. How it has been used or how suspension, or other vehicle parts. The with the ends securely fastened. Drive
far it has been driven may be unknown. area damaged by the tire chains could slowly and follow the chain
It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. cause loss of control and a crash. Use manufacturer’s instructions. If the chains
When replacing wheels, use a new GM another type of traction device only if its contact the vehicle, stop and retighten
original equipment wheel. manufacturer recommends it for the them. If the contact continues, slow
vehicle’s tire size combination and road down until it stops. Driving too fast or
conditions. Follow that manufacturer’s spinning the wheels with chains on will
instructions. To avoid vehicle damage, damage the vehicle.
drive slow and readjust or remove the
(Continued)
Vehicle Care 365

If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates a
Caution drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side. { Warning
If the vehicle is equipped with LT235/ Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to
80R18 size tires, use tire chains only grip the steering wheel firmly. Steer to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous
where legal and only when necessary. maintain lane position, and then gently without the appropriate safety equipment
Use low profile chains that add no more brake to a stop, well off the road, and training. If a jack is provided with
than 12 mm (0.5 in) thickness to the tire if possible. the vehicle, it is designed only for
tread and sidewalls. Use chains that are A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts changing a flat tire. If it is used for
the proper size for the tires. Install them much like a skid and may require the same anything else, you or others could be
on the tires of the rear axle only. Tighten correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips
them as tightly as possible with the ends the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten off the jack. If a jack is provided with the
securely fastened. Drive slowly and follow the vehicle. It may be very bumpy and vehicle, only use it for changing a
the chain manufacturer’s instructions. noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the flat tire.
If the chains contact the vehicle, stop and road, if possible.
retighten them. If the contact continues, If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and
slow down until it stops. Driving too fast { Warning wheel damage by driving slowly to a level
or spinning the wheels with chains on Driving on a flat tire will cause place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on
will damage the vehicle. permanent damage to the tire. the hazard warning flashers. See Hazard
Re-inflating a tire after it has been driven Warning Flashers 0 146.
If a Tire Goes Flat on while severely underinflated or flat If your vehicle is loaded at or near
It is unusual for a tire to blow out while may cause a blowout and a serious crash. maximum cargo capacity, it may be difficult
driving, especially if the tires are maintained Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that has to fit the jack under the vehicle due to the
properly. See Tires 0 346. If air goes out of been driven on while severely environment (shoulder slope, road debris,
a tire, it is much more likely to leak out underinflated or flat. Have your dealer or etc.). Removal of some weight may improve
slowly. But if there ever is a blowout, here an authorized tire service center repair or the ability to fit the jack under the vehicle
are a few tips about what to expect and replace the flat tire as soon as possible. at the correct jacking location.
what to do:
366 Vehicle Care
{ Warning Tire Changing

Changing a tire can be dangerous. The Removing the Spare Tire and Tools
vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over
or fall causing injury or death. Find a
level place to change the tire. To help
prevent the vehicle from moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Shift the vehicle to P (Park). 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
3. For vehicles with four-wheel drive 2. Flat Tire
with an N (Neutral) transfer case
The following information explains how to
position, be sure the transfer case is
use the jack and change a tire.
in a drive gear — not in N (Neutral).
4. Turn off the engine and do not
restart while the vehicle is raised.
1. Jack
5. Do not allow passengers to remain 2. Jack Knob
in the vehicle. 3. Tool Kit
6. Place wheel blocks, if equipped, on 4. Wing Nut Retaining Tool Kit
both sides of the tire at the opposite 5. Wheel Blocks
corner of the tire being changed. 6. Wing Nut Retaining Wheel Blocks
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), use the

following example as a guide to assist in the
placement of the wheel blocks (1),
if equipped.
Vehicle Care 367

store it with the valve stem side facing up. 1. Open the hoist shaft access hole cover
See “Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools” on the bumper and use the key to
later in this section. remove the spare tire lock (8),
if equipped. To remove the spare tire
lock, insert the key, turn, and pull
straight out.
The equipment is under the second row

seats, if equipped, or behind the front row
seats on regular cab models.
1. Turn the knob on the jack
counterclockwise to lower the jack head
to release the jack from its holder.
2. Turn the wing nut counterclockwise to 2. Assemble the wheel wrench (7) and the
remove the wheel blocks and the wheel 1. Spare Tire (Shown with Valve Stem two jack handle extensions (6), as shown.
block retainer. Side Down)
2. Tire/Wheel Retainer
3. Turn the wing nut used to retain the
storage bag and tools counterclockwise 3. Hoist Cable
to remove it. 4. Hoist Assembly
5. Hoist Shaft
Use the jack handle extensions and the 6. Jack Handle Extensions
wheel wrench to remove the 7. Wheel Wrench
underbody-mounted spare tire.
8. Spare Tire Lock (If Equipped)
All spare tires arrive from the factory with 9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
the valve stem side of the wheel facing 10. Hoist End of Extension Tool
down as shown below. When restoring the
spare or flat tire on the AT4X model only,
368 Vehicle Care

4. Insert the hoist end (open end) (10) of
the extension through the hole (9) in the
rear bumper.
Do not use the chiseled end of the wheel
wrench.
Be sure the hoist end of the
extension (10) connects to the hoist
shaft. The ribbed square end of the
extension is used to lower the spare tire.
AT4X Model Slightly Different
5. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise
to lower the spare tire to the ground. Tilt the retainer and pull it through the
Continue to turn the wheel wrench until center of the wheel along with the cable
Spare Tire Cable (If Equipped) the spare tire can be pulled out from and spring.
3. If the vehicle is equipped with a spare under the vehicle. 8. Put the spare tire near the flat tire.
tire cable disconnect the cable from the 6. Pull the spare tire out from under the
attachment on the frame by unclipping vehicle.
it from the frame attachment bracket.
7. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle with

some slack in the cable to access the
tire/wheel retainer.
Vehicle Care 369

9. If equipped with a spare tire cable The tools you will be using include the
remove the cable from the spare tire by jack (1), wheel blocks (2), jack handle (3), jack
passing the clip through the looped end handle extensions (4), wheel wrench (5), and
of the cable. jack lift head adapter (if equipped).
Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See
If a Tire Goes Flat 0 365.
Spare Tire
Use the following pictures and instructions
to remove the flat tire and raise the vehicle.
If the wheel has a smooth center cap,
concealing access to the wheel nuts,
place the chisel end of the wheel wrench
in the slot on the wheel, and gently pry
it out.
If the wheel’s center cap does not
conceal the wheel nuts, the center cap
may remain during wheel removal. If the
removed wheel is to be stowed in the
hoist, the cap needs to be detached from
2. If the vehicle has wheel nut caps, loosen the wheel. Access the wheel from the
them by turning the wheel wrench back side, and use a jack handle
counterclockwise. extension to push out the center cap.
1. Jack If the vehicle has a center cap with
2. Wheel Blocks wheel nut caps, the wheel nut caps are
3. Jack Handle designed to stay with the center cap
4. Jack Handle Extensions after they are loosened. Remove the
5. Wheel Wrench entire center cap.
6. Jack Lift Head Adapter (If Equipped)
(Use on Front Position Only)
370 Vehicle Care
3. Use the wheel wrench and turn it Front Position If the vehicle is equipped with a jack lift
counterclockwise to loosen the wheel 4. If the flat tire is on the front of the head adapter (6), fit the adapter over the
nuts. Do not remove the wheel nuts yet. vehicle, position the jack under the end of the jack lift head. The adapter
bracket attached to the vehicle's frame, should have a snug fit. Check for proper
{ Warning behind the flat tire, as shown. fit between adapter and lift head, then
position the jack under the bracket
To avoid personal injury and vehicle
attached to the vehicle’s frame, behind
damage, disable the power assist steps the flat tire, as shown.
before using a jack or placing an object
under the vehicle. See Power Assist Steps
0 31.
Vehicle Care 371

If a snow plow has been added to the
front of the vehicle, lower the snow { Warning
plow fully before raising the vehicle. The jack has a feature to limit its travel
Make sure that the jack head is to prevent overextension. When the
positioned so that the rear axle is resting height limit is reached, an increase in
securely between the grooves that are resistance if felt when attempting to
on the jack head. raise the jack farther. Raising the jack
past the height limit can damage the jack
{ Warning pin and cause the jack to lock into an
Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted overextended position or not lower fully.
on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips Do not attempt to force the jack higher
off the jack, you could be badly injured once the height limit is reached.
Rear Position
or killed. Never get under a vehicle when
it is supported only by a jack. 6. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise
{ Warning the vehicle. Raise the vehicle far enough
off the ground so there is enough room
If equipped, use a jack lift head adapter for the spare tire to fit under the
on the front jacking position only. Never { Warning wheel well.
use the adapter on the rear jacking Raising the vehicle with the jack
position. The adapter is not designed to improperly positioned can damage the
function on the rear lift point. Using the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To
adapter on the rear jacking position could help avoid personal injury and vehicle
result in damage to the vehicle or damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head
personal injury. into the proper location before raising
the vehicle.
5. If the flat tire is on the rear of the
vehicle, position the jack under the rear
axle between the spring anchor and the
shock absorber bracket.
372 Vehicle Care

11. Tighten each wheel nut by hand. Then
use the wheel wrench to tighten the
nuts until the wheel is held against
the hub.
12. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise
to lower the vehicle. Lower the jack
completely.
{ Warning
If wheel studs are damaged, they can
break. If all the studs on a wheel broke,
the wheel could come off and cause a
7. Remove all the wheel nuts and take off 8. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel crash. If any stud is damaged because of
the flat tire. bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare a loose-running wheel, it could be that all
wheel. of the studs are damaged. To be sure,
{ Warning 9. Install the spare tire. replace all studs on the wheel. If the stud
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the holes in a wheel have become larger, the
parts to which it is fastened, can { Warning wheel could collapse in operation. Replace
cause wheel nuts to become loose Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts any wheel if its stud holes have become
over time. The wheel could come off because the nuts might come loose. The larger or distorted in any way. Inspect
and cause a crash. When changing a vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a hubs and hub‐piloted wheels for damage.
wheel, remove any rust or dirt from crash. Because of loose running wheels, piloting
places where the wheel attaches to pad damage may occur and require
10. Put the wheel nuts back on with the replacement of the entire hub, for proper
the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth
rounded end of the nuts toward the centering of the wheels. When replacing
or paper towel can be used; however, wheel. studs, hubs, wheel nuts or wheels, be
use a scraper or wire brush later to sure to use GM original equipment parts.
remove all rust or dirt.
Vehicle Care 373

caps, align the plastic nut caps with the
{ Warning wheel nuts and then tighten by hand. Then
Wheel nuts that are improperly or use the wheel wrench to tighten.
incorrectly tightened can cause the Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools
wheels to become loose or come off. The
wheel nuts should be tightened with a
torque wrench to the proper torque
{ Warning
specification after replacing. Follow the Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment
torque specification supplied by the in the passenger compartment of the
aftermarket manufacturer when using 13. Tighten the nuts firmly in a crisscross vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden
accessory locking wheel nuts. See sequence, as shown, by turning the stop or collision, loose equipment could
Capacities and Specifications 0 404 for wheel wrench clockwise. strike someone. Store all these in the
original equipment wheel nut torque For vehicles with dual wheels, have a proper place.
specifications. technician check the wheel nut tightness of
all wheels with a torque wrench after the
first 160, 1 600 and 10 000 km (100, 1,000 { Warning
Caution and 6,000 mi). Repeat this service whenever Failure to follow these tire storage
Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead you have a tire removed or serviced. See instructions carefully could result in
to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To Capacities and Specifications 0 404. personal injury or property damage if the
avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly When reinstalling the regular wheel and tire, hoist cable fails or if the tire comes loose.
tighten the wheel nuts in the proper also reinstall either the center cap, Make sure the tire is stored securely
sequence and to the proper torque or bolt-on hub cap, depending on what the before driving.
specification. See Capacities and vehicle is equipped with. For center caps,
Specifications 0 404 for the wheel nut place the cap on the wheel and tap it into
torque specification. place until it seats flush with the wheel. The Caution
cap only goes on one way. Be sure to line Storing an aluminum wheel with a flat
up the tab on the center cap with the tire under your vehicle for an extended
indentation on the wheel. For bolt-on hub period of time or with the valve stem
(Continued)
374 Vehicle Care

1. Spare Tire
Caution (Continued)
AT4X Model Shown With Valve Stem
pointing up can damage the wheel. Side Up
Always stow the wheel with the valve
stem pointing down and have the wheel/ All Other Models Shown With Valve
Stem Side Down
tire repaired as soon as possible.
2. Tire/Wheel Retainer
3. Hoist Cable
Caution 4. Hoist Assembly
The tire hoist can be damaged if there is 5. Hoist Shaft
no tension on the cable when using it. To 6. Jack Handle Extensions
have the necessary tension, the spare or 7. Wheel Wrench
road tire and wheel assembly must be AT4X Model Only 8. Spare Tire Lock (If Equipped)
installed on the tire hoist to use it. 9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
10. Hoist End of Extension Tool
{ Warning
An improperly stored spare tire could
come loose and cause a crash. To avoid
personal injury or property damage,
always store the spare tire when the
vehicle is parked on a level surface.
Store the tire under the rear of the vehicle

in the spare tire carrier.
All Other Models
Valve Stem Side Shown
Vehicle Care 375

1. If equipped with a spare tire cable, 5. Insert the hoist end (10) through the
reinstall the cable to the spare wheel by hole (9) in the rear bumper and onto the
looping the cable around a wheel vent hoist shaft.
window then pass the clip end of the Do not use the chiseled end of the wheel
cable through the looped end. The excess wrench.
cable wire should be on the unfinished
side of the wheel for the AT4X model, AT4X model only perform the following
and on the valve stem side for all other before proceeding to Step 6. All other
models. models, go directly to Step 6:
2. Put the tire on the ground at the rear of Raise the tire until it is slightly off the
4. Attach the wheel wrench (7) and
the vehicle with the valve stem side up, ground, then lower the tire back to the
extensions (6) together, as shown.
and to the rear for the AT4X model, and ground until there is some slack in the
with the valve stem side down, and to Caution hoist cable.
the rear for all other models. Use of an air wrench or other power 6. Raise the tire part way upward. Make
3. Pull the cable and spring through the sure the retainer is seated in the wheel
tools with the hoist mechanism is not
center of the wheel. Tilt the wheel opening.
recommended and could damage the
retainer plate down and through the system. Use only the tools supplied with
center wheel. the hoist mechanism.
Make sure the retainer is fully seated
across the underside of the wheel.
AT4X Model Only Valve Stem Side Up

376 Vehicle Care
All Other Models Valve Stem Side Down Shown with Valve Stem Side Down If equipped with a spare tire cable,
7. If equipped with a spare tire cable, orient 9. Make sure the tire is stored securely. reattach the clip to the frame
the cable by rotating the spare tire so Push, pull, and then try to turn the tire. attachment bracket. Note that there may
that the cable is by the frame If the tire moves, use the wheel wrench be slack in the cable.
attachment location. to tighten the cable. Repeat this tightness check procedure
8. Raise the tire fully against the underside when checking the spare tire pressure
of the vehicle by turning the wheel according to the scheduled maintenance
wrench clockwise until you hear two information or any time the spare tire is
clicks or feel it skip twice. You cannot handled due to service of other
overtighten the cable. components.
Vehicle Care 377

10. Reinstall the spare tire lock, if the vehicle
has one.
Return the jack and tools to their original
location in the vehicle. See “Removing the
Spare Tire and Tools.”
Full-Size Spare Tire

If this vehicle came with a full-size spare
tire, it was fully inflated when new,
however, it can lose air over time. Check the
inflation pressure regularly. See Tire Pressure
0 351 and Vehicle Load Limits 0 209 for
AT4X Model Correctly Stored, Retainer All Other Models Correctly Stored, Retainer information regarding proper tire inflation
Centered Centered and loading the vehicle. For instructions on
how to remove, install, or store a spare tire,
see Tire Changing 0 366.
After installing the spare tire on the vehicle,
stop as soon as possible and check that the
spare is correctly inflated. The spare tire is
made to perform well at speeds up to
112 km/h (70 MPH) at the recommended
inflation pressure, so you can finish
your trip.
Have the damaged or flat road tire repaired
or replaced and installed back onto the
vehicle as soon as possible so the spare tire
AT4X Model Incorrectly Stored, Retainer All Other Models Incorrectly Stored, Retainer will be available in case it is needed again.
Off-Center Off-Center
378 Vehicle Care

Do not mix tires and wheels of different Jump Starting
sizes, because they will not fit. Keep the { Warning
spare tire and its wheel together. Jump Starting - North America Batteries can hurt you. They can be
dangerous because:
Caution For more information about the vehicle
battery, see Battery - North America 0 328. . They contain acid that can burn you.
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive and a
. They contain gas that can explode or
different size spare tire is installed, do If the vehicle's battery (or batteries) has run
not drive in four-wheel drive until the flat down, you may want to use another vehicle ignite.
tire is repaired and/or replaced. The and some jumper cables to start your . They contain enough electricity to
vehicle could be damaged and the repairs vehicle. Be sure to use the following steps burn you.
would not be covered by the warranty. to do it safely. If you do not follow these steps exactly,
Never use four-wheel drive when a some or all of these things can hurt you.
different size spare tire is installed on the { Warning
vehicle. WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and
related accessories can expose you to Caution
The vehicle may have a different size spare chemicals including lead and lead Ignoring these steps could result in costly
tire than the road tires originally installed compounds, which are known to the damage to the vehicle that would not be
on the vehicle. This spare tire was developed State of California to cause cancer and covered by the vehicle warranty. Trying
for use on this vehicle, so it is all right to
birth defects or other reproductive harm. to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling
drive on it. If the vehicle has four-wheel
Wash hands after handling. For more it will not work, and it could damage the
drive and a different size spare tire is
installed, drive only in two-wheel drive. information go to vehicle.
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.
If the vehicle has a spare tire that does not
match the vehicle’s original road tires and See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 1. Caution
wheels, in size and type, do not include the If the jumper cables are connected or
spare in the tire rotation. removed in the wrong order, electrical
shorting may occur and damage the
vehicle. The repairs would not be covered
(Continued)
Vehicle Care 379

The good battery positive (+) terminal and one battery, using the battery that is
Caution (Continued) the good battery negative (–) terminal are closer to the starter will reduce electrical
by the vehicle warranty. Always connect on the battery of the vehicle providing the resistance. This is located on the
and remove the jumper cables in the jump start. passenger side, in the rear of the engine
correct order, making sure that the cables The discharged battery positive (+) terminal compartment.
do not touch each other or other metal. and the discharged battery negative (–) 3. Get the vehicles close enough so the
grounding point are on the passenger side jumper cables can reach, but be sure the
of the vehicle. vehicles are not touching each other.
If they are, it could cause an unwanted
The discharged battery positive (+) terminal ground connection. You would not be
is under a cover. Open the cover to expose able to start your vehicle, and the bad
the terminal. grounding could damage the electrical
1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a systems.
12-volt battery with a negative ground To avoid the possibility of the vehicles
system. rolling, set the parking brake firmly on
Caution both vehicles involved in the jump start
procedure. Put the automatic
If the other vehicle does not have a transmission in P (Park) before setting
12-volt system with a negative ground, the parking brake. If you have a
Connection Points and Sequence both vehicles can be damaged. Only use four-wheel-drive vehicle, be sure the
a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a transfer case is in a drive gear, not in
1. Discharged Battery Positive (+) negative ground for jump starting. N (Neutral).
Terminal
2. Good Battery Positive (+) Terminal 2. If you have a vehicle with a diesel Caution
3. Good Battery Negative (−) Terminal engine with two batteries, you should If any accessories are left on or plugged
4. Discharged Battery Negative Grounding know before you begin that, especially in in during the jump starting procedure,
(−) Terminal cold weather, you may not be able to they could be damaged. The repairs
get enough power from a single battery would not be covered by the vehicle
in another vehicle to start your diesel (Continued)
engine. If your vehicle has more than
380 Vehicle Care

vehicle has one. Negative (–) will go to a
Caution (Continued) { Warning heavy, unpainted metal engine part or to
warranty. Whenever possible, turn off or Using a match near a battery can cause a remote negative (–) terminal if the
unplug all accessories on either vehicle battery gas to explode. People have been vehicle has one.
when jump starting. hurt doing this, and some have been Do not connect positive (+) to negative
blinded. Use a flashlight if you need (–) or you will get a short that would
4. Turn the ignition off on both vehicles. damage the battery and maybe other
more light.
Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged parts too. And do not connect the
into the accessory power outlets. Turn Battery fluid contains acid that can burn negative (–) cable to the negative (–)
off the radio and all the lamps that are you. Do not get it on you. If you terminal on the dead battery because
not needed. This will avoid sparks and accidentally get it in your eyes or on this can cause sparks.
help save both batteries. And it could your skin, flush the place with water and
save the radio! 7. Connect one end of the red positive (+)
get medical help immediately. cable to the discharged battery
5. Open the hood on the other vehicle and positive (+) terminal.
locate the positive (+) and negative (−)
terminal locations on that vehicle. { Warning 8. Do not let the other end touch metal.
Connect it to the good battery
Fans or other moving engine parts can positive (+) terminal. Use a remote
{ Warning injure you badly. Keep your hands away positive (+) terminal if the vehicle
An electric fan can start up even when from moving parts once the engine is has one.
the engine is not running and can injure running. 9. Connect one end of the black negative
you. Keep hands, clothing, and tools (–) cable to the good battery negative
away from any underhood electric fan. 6. Check that the jumper cables do not (–) terminal. Use a remote negative (–)
have loose or missing insulation. If they terminal if the vehicle has one.
do, you could get a shock. The vehicles
could be damaged too. Do not let the other end touch anything
until the next step.
Before you connect the cables, here are
some basic things you should know. 10. Connect the other end of the negative
Positive (+) will go to positive (+) or to a (–) cable to the discharged battery
remote positive (+) terminal if the negative (–) grounding point.
Vehicle Care 381

11. Start the vehicle with the good battery
and run the engine for a while.
Caution Caution (Continued)
12. Try to start the vehicle that had the The vehicle may be equipped with an recovery. The vehicle must be in
dead battery. If it will not start after a electric parking brake and/or a N (Neutral) with the electric parking
few tries, it probably needs service. mechanical transmission range select brake released when using the tow eye.
shifter. In the event of a loss of 12-volt
Jumper Cable Removal battery power, the electric parking brake Contact a professional towing service if the
Reverse the sequence exactly when cannot be released, and the vehicle disabled vehicle must be transported. GM
removing the jumper cables. cannot be shifted to N (Neutral). Tire recommends a flatbed tow truck to
skates or dollies must be used under the transport a disabled vehicle. Use ramps to
After starting the disabled vehicle and help reduce approach angles, if necessary.
removing the jumper cables, allow it to idle non-rolling tires to prevent damage while
for several minutes. loading/unloading the vehicle. Dragging If equipped, a tow eye may be located near
the vehicle will cause damage not the spare tire or emergency jack. Do not use
covered by the vehicle warranty. the tow eye to pull the vehicle from the
Towing the Vehicle snow, mud, sand, or ditch. Tow eye threads
may have right or left-hand threads. Use
Transporting a Disabled Vehicle Caution caution when installing or removing the
The vehicle may be equipped with a tow tow eye.
Caution
Incorrectly transporting a disabled vehicle eye. Improper use of the tow eye may The vehicle must be in N (Neutral) and the
may cause damage to the vehicle. Use cause damage to the vehicle and is not electric parking brake must be released
covered by the vehicle warranty. when loading the vehicle onto a flatbed tow
proper tire straps to secure the vehicle to
If equipped, use the tow eye to load the truck.
the flatbed tow truck. Do not strap or
vehicle onto a flatbed tow truck from a . If the 12-volt battery is dead and/or
hook to any frame, underbody,
flat road surface, or to move the vehicle electric parking brake is not released, the
or suspension component not specified
a very short distance at a walking pace. vehicle will not move. Try to jump start
below. Do not move vehicles with drive
The tow eye is not designed for off-road the vehicle with a known good 12-volt
axle tires on the ground. Damage is not battery, shift the car into N (Neutral), and
(Continued)
covered by the vehicle warranty. release the electric parking brake. Refer to
Jump Starting - North America 0 378.
382 Vehicle Care

. If unsuccessful, the vehicle will not move. of recreational vehicle towing are dinghy Follow the tow vehicle manufacturer’s
Tire skates or dollies must be used under and dolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing instructions. See your dealer or trailering
the non-rolling tires to prevent vehicle the vehicle with all four wheels on the professional for additional advice and
damage. ground. Dolly towing is towing the vehicle equipment recommendations.
with two wheels on the ground and two
Front Attachment Points wheels on a dolly. Caution
Here are some important things to consider Use of a shield mounted in front of the
before recreational vehicle towing: vehicle grille could restrict airflow and
. Before towing the vehicle, become cause damage to the transmission. The
familiar with the local laws that apply to repairs would not be covered by the
recreational vehicle towing. These laws vehicle warranty. If using a shield, only
may vary by region. use one that attaches to the towing
. The towing capacity of the towing vehicle.
vehicle. Read the tow vehicle
manufacturer's recommendations. Dinghy Towing (Two-Wheel Drive)
. How far the vehicle can be towed. Some
vehicles have restrictions on how far and
how long the vehicle can be towed.
The vehicle is equipped with specific . Whether the vehicle has the proper
attachment points to be used to pull the towing equipment. See your dealer or
vehicle onto a flatbed car carrier from a flat trailering professional for additional
road surface. Do not use these attachment advice and equipment recommendations.
points to pull the vehicle from snow, mud
. Whether the vehicle is ready to be towed.
or sand.
Just as preparing the vehicle for a long
Recreational Vehicle Towing trip, make sure the vehicle is prepared to
be towed.
Recreational vehicle towing means towing
the vehicle behind another vehicle, such as a
motor home. The two most common types
Vehicle Care 383

6. Shift the transmission to D (Drive).
Caution { Warning 7. Turn the vehicle off. Disregard the Shift
If a two-wheel-drive vehicle is towed with Shifting a four-wheel-drive vehicle's to P (Park) DIC message. See Ignition
the rear wheels on the ground, the transfer case into N (Neutral) can allow Positions 0 216.
transmission could be damaged. The the vehicle to move even if the
repairs would not be covered by the transmission is in P (Park). You or others { Warning
vehicle warranty. Never tow the vehicle could be injured. Set the parking brake
with the rear wheels on the ground. To avoid death, serious injury,
and use wheel blocks before shifting the or property damage, before dinghy
transfer case to N (Neutral). towing the vehicle, always disconnect and
Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not be
towed with all four wheels on the ground. secure the negative battery cable and
To dinghy tow:
cover the negative battery post and cable
Dinghy Towing (Four-Wheel Drive) 1. Position the vehicle being towed behind with a non-conductive material. If the
the tow vehicle, facing forward and on a battery is left connected or the battery
level surface.
cable contacts the post, the Electric
2. Securely attach the vehicle being towed Parking Brake may activate during
to the tow vehicle. towing, which could cause a crash.
3. Apply the parking brake and start the
engine. 8. Disconnect the negative (–) battery
4. Shift the transfer case to N (Neutral). See cable. See “Negative Battery Cable
“Shifting into N (Neutral)” under Disconnection” in Battery - North
Four-Wheel Drive 0 227. America 0 328.
5. With the engine running, release the 9. Shift the transmission to P (Park).
parking brake and verify that the
transfer case is in N (Neutral) by shifting Caution
Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive vehicles the transmission to D (Drive) and then to If the steering column is locked, vehicle
with a two-speed transfer case that have an R (Reverse). There should be no damage may occur.
N (Neutral) and a 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) movement while shifting the
setting. transmission.
384 Vehicle Care

10. Move the steering wheel to make sure 8. Start the engine. Check that the vehicle
the steering column is unlocked. is in 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) by
11. Keep the remote key outside of the starting the engine and shifting the
vehicle and manually lock the doors. transmission to D (Drive) and then to
Access the vehicle by using the key in R (Reverse). There should be movement
the door lock. See Door Locks 0 22. of the vehicle while shifting.
Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle 9. Shift the transmission to P (Park) and
turn off the vehicle.
Before disconnecting from the tow vehicle:
10. Release the parking brake and remove
1. Park on a level surface. Secure the the wheel blocks.
vehicle with wheel blocks.
11. Reset any lost presets.
2. Reconnect the negative (–) battery. See
Battery - North America 0 328. The outside temperature display will
default to 0 °C (32 °F) but will reset with Caution
3. Turn on the vehicle. With your foot off normal usage. Do not tow this vehicle with two wheels
the brake pedal, press and hold ENGINE
START/STOP for five seconds until the Dolly Towing on the ground, or vehicle damage could
green light comes on in the button. See occur. This damage would not be covered
Ignition Positions 0 216. by the vehicle warranty.
4. Set the parking brake. See Electric Dolly towing this vehicle is not allowed with
Parking Brake 0 234. either the front or the rear tires on the
5. Disconnect from the tow vehicle. ground for two-wheel drive or four-wheel
6. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). drive, regardless of transfer case.
7. Shift the transfer case to 2 m (Two-Wheel
Drive High). When the shift to 2 m
(Two-Wheel Drive High) is complete, the
light in the instrument cluster will stop
flashing and stay lit. See
Four-Wheel-Drive Light 0 125.
Vehicle Care 385

Appearance Care Caution Caution (Continued)
Do not use petroleum-based, acidic, This could cause damage that would not
Exterior Care or abrasive cleaning agents as they can be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Locks damage the vehicle's paint, metal,
or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it Solvents or aggressive cleaners may harm
Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use a underhood components. The usages of these
de-icing agent only when absolutely would not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning products can chemicals should be avoided.
necessary, and have the locks greased after
using. See Recommended Fluids and be obtained from your dealer. Follow all Recommend water only.
Lubricants 0 400. manufacturer directions regarding correct A pressure washer may be used, but care
product usage, necessary safety must be utilized. The following criteria must
Washing the Vehicle precautions, and appropriate disposal of be followed:
To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it any vehicle care product. . Water pressure must be kept below
often and out of direct sunlight. 14 000 KPa (2,000 PSI).
Caution . Water temperature must be below 80 °C
{ Warning (180 °F).
Avoid using high-pressure washes closer
Do not power wash any part of the . Spray nozzle with a 40 degree wide angle
than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the
vehicle’s interior, including the vinyl floor spray pattern or wider must be used.
vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding
covering. This could damage safety and . Nozzle must be kept at least 30 cm (1 ft)
8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result in
other systems in the vehicle, which away from all surfaces.
damage or removal of paint and decals.
would not be covered by the vehicle
Automatic Car Wash
warranty. Cleaning Underhood Components
Caution
Caution
Some automatic car washes can cause
Do not power wash any component damage to the vehicle, wheels and
under the hood that has this e ground effects. Automatic car washes are
symbol. (Continued)
(Continued)
386 Vehicle Care

Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or
Caution (Continued) an all-cotton towel to avoid surface
Caution
not recommended, due to lack of scratches and water spotting. Machine compounding or aggressive
clearance for the undercarriage and/or polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint
wide rear tires and wheels. Finish Care finish may damage it. Use only
Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/ non-abrasive waxes and polishes that are
wax materials is not recommended. made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
Caution If painted surfaces are damaged, see your on the vehicle.
Automatic car washes can cause damage dealer to have the damage assessed and
to the vehicle, wheels, ground effects, repaired. Foreign materials such as calcium To keep the paint finish looking new, keep
and convertible top (if equipped). chloride and other salts, ice melting agents, the vehicle garaged or covered whenever
road oil and tar, tree sap, bird droppings, possible.
Do not use automatic car washes due to chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can
lack of clearance for the undercarriage, Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Moldings
damage the vehicle's finish if they remain
wide rear tires, and wheels. on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as Caution
soon as possible. If necessary, use
If using an automatic car wash, follow with non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe Failure to clean and protect the bright
the car wash instructions. The windshield for painted surfaces to remove foreign metal moldings can result in a hazy
wiper and rear window wiper, if equipped, matter. white finish or pitting. This damage
must be turned off. Remove any accessories would not be covered by the vehicle
that may be damaged or interfere with the Occasional hand waxing or mild polishing warranty.
car wash equipment. should be done to remove residue from the
paint finish. See your dealer for approved The bright metal moldings on the vehicle
See Power Assist Steps 0 31 for cleaning cleaning products.
information. are aluminum, chrome or stainless steel. To
Do not apply waxes or polishes to uncoated prevent damage always follow these
Rinse the vehicle well, before washing and plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, simulated cleaning instructions:
after, to remove all cleaning agents wood, or flat paint as damage can occur. . Be sure the molding is cool to the touch
completely. If they are allowed to dry on
before applying any cleaning solution.
the surface, they could stain.
Vehicle Care 387

. Use only approved cleaning solutions for detergent. To restore the original Lamp covers are made of plastic, and some
aluminum, chrome or stainless steel. appearance, apply the bedliner conditioner have a UV protective coating. Do not clean
Some cleaners are highly acidic or contain available through your dealer. or wipe them while they are dry.
alkaline substances and can damage the
CarbonPro Box Care Do not use any of the following on lamp
moldings.
covers:
. Always dilute a concentrated cleaner Caution . Abrasive or caustic agents.
according to the manufacturer’s
To prevent surface damage to the pickup . Washer fluids and other cleaning agents
instructions.
box, rinse chemical spills quickly, never in higher concentrations than suggested
. Do not use cleaners that are not intended
use alcohol wipes to clean, and avoid by the manufacturer.
for automotive use.
scraping the surface. . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harsh
. Use a nonabrasive wax on the vehicle
cleaners.
after washing to protect and extend the If equipped with a CarbonPro Pickup Box,
molding finish. . Ice scrapers or other hard items.
use the following instructions for cleaning:
. Aftermarket appearance caps or covers
Spray-In Bedliner Care . Clean the box periodically by washing off
while the lamps are illuminated, due to
the loose dirt with water and a mild excessive heat generated.
Caution detergent.
Using silicone-based products may . Promptly rinse the bed surface following Caution
damage the bedliner, reduce the a chemical spill to avoid permanent
Failure to clean lamps properly can cause
slip-resistant texture, and attract dirt. damage.
damage to the lamp cover that would
. Use a dry rag to remove oil.
not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
A spray-in bedliner is a permanent coating
that bonds to the truck bed and cannot be Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses,
removed. Promptly rinse the bedliner surface Emblems, Decals and Stripes Caution
following a chemical spill to avoid Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft
permanent damage. Using wax on low gloss black finish
cloth, and a car washing soap to clean stripes can increase the gloss level and
Spray-in bedliners can fade from oxidation, exterior lamps, lenses, emblems, decals and create a non-uniform finish. Clean low
road dirt, heavy-duty hauling, and hard stripes. Follow instructions under "Washing
gloss stripes with soap and water only.
water stains. Clean it periodically by the Vehicle" previously in this section.
washing off the loose dirt and using a mild
388 Vehicle Care

Air Intakes Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cloth or
Caution
paper towel soaked with windshield washer
Clear debris from the air intakes, between Using petroleum-based tire dressing
fluid or a mild detergent. Wash the
the hood and windshield, when washing the products on the vehicle may damage the
windshield thoroughly when cleaning the
vehicle. paint finish and/or tires. When applying a
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup
Shutter System of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause tire dressing, always wipe off any
wiper streaking. overspray from all painted surfaces on
Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or the vehicle.
damaged. Damage can be caused by
extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat, Wheels and Wheel Trim
sun, snow, and ice. Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap and
Weatherstrips water to clean the wheels. After rinsing
thoroughly with clean water, dry with a
Apply weatherstrip lubricant on soft, clean towel. A wax may then be
weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal applied.
better, and not stick or squeak. Lubricate
weatherstrips once a year. Hot, dry climates Caution
may require more frequent application. Black Chrome wheels and chrome wheel trim
marks from rubber material on painted may be damaged if the vehicle is not
The vehicle may have a shutter system surfaces can be removed by rubbing with a washed after driving on roads that have
designed to help improve fuel economy. clean cloth. See Recommended Fluids and
been sprayed with magnesium chloride or
Keep the shutter system clear of debris, Lubricants 0 400.
snow and ice. If the check engine light is calcium chloride. These are used on roads
activated, please check to see if the shutter Tires for conditions such as dust and ice.
system is clear of debris, snow or ice. Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to clean Always wash the chrome with soap and
the tires. water after exposure.
Windshield and Wiper Blades
Clean the outside of the windshield with
glass cleaner.
Vehicle Care 389

Inspect power steering for proper Underbody Maintenance
Caution attachment, connections, binding, cracks,
To avoid surface damage on wheels and At least twice a year, spring and fall, use
chafing, etc.
wheel trim, do not use strong soaps, plain water to flush any corrosive materials
Visually check constant velocity joint boots from the underbody. Take care to
chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners, and axle seals for leaks. thoroughly clean any areas where mud and
or brushes. Use only GM approved
2500/3500 Series vehicles, at least every other debris can collect. If equipped with
cleaners. Do not drive the vehicle through power assist steps, extend them and then
an automatic car wash that uses silicon engine oil change lubricate the upper and
lower control arm ball joints. use a high pressure wash to clean all joints
carbide tire/wheel cleaning brushes. and gaps.
Damage could occur and the repairs 2500/3500 Series vehicles equipped with
would not be covered by the vehicle steering linkage, at least every engine oil Do not directly power wash the transfer
warranty. change lubricate the tie rod ball joints, idler case and/or front/rear axle output seals.
arm pivot shaft bearings, idler arm socket, High pressure water can overcome the seals
and pitman arm socket. and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
Brake System
fluid will decrease the life of the transfer
Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for Caution case and/or axles and should be replaced.
proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,
chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear Lubrication of applicable suspension Sheet Metal Damage
and rotors for surface condition. Inspect points should not be done unless the
If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet
drum brake linings/shoes for wear or cracks. temperature is −12 °C (10 °F) or higher, metal repair or replacement, make sure the
Inspect all other brake parts. or damage could result. body repair shop applies anti-corrosion
material to parts repaired or replaced to
Steering, Suspension, and Chassis Body Component Lubrication restore corrosion protection.
Components
Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood hinges, Original manufacturer replacement parts will
Visually inspect steering, suspension, and liftgate hinges, and the steel fuel door hinge provide the corrosion protection while
chassis components for damaged, loose, unless the components are plastic. Applying maintaining the vehicle warranty.
or missing parts or signs of wear at least silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean
once a year. cloth will make them last longer, seal better,
and not stick or squeak.
390 Vehicle Care

Finish Damage Caution Caution (Continued)
Quickly repair minor chips and scratches Immediately remove cleaners, hand . Never rub any surface aggressively or
with touch-up materials available from your lotions, sunscreen, and insect repellent with too much pressure.
dealer to avoid corrosion. Larger areas of from all interior surfaces or permanent . Do not get any exposed electrical
finish damage can be corrected in your
damage may result. components wet.
dealer's body and paint shop.
. Do not use laundry detergents or
Chemical Paint Spotting dishwashing soaps with degreasers. Do
Caution
Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack not use solutions that contain strong
Use cleaners specifically designed for the or caustic soap.
painted vehicle surfaces causing blotchy,
ring-shaped discolorations, and small, surfaces being cleaned to prevent
. Do not heavily saturate the upholstery
irregular dark spots etched into the paint permanent damage to the vehicle. Apply
when cleaning.
surface. Refer to “Finish Care” previously in all cleaners directly to a cleaning cloth.
Do not spray cleaners on any switches or . Do not use solvents or cleaners
this section.
controls. containing solvents.
Interior Care . Do not use disinfecting wipes that are
When using liquid soap cleaners, follow the scented or contain bleach. Do not use
To prevent dirt particle abrasions, regularly directions on the specific cleaner or soap wipes or cleaners that show a color
clean the vehicle's interior. Before using solution for dilution instructions. transfer to the wipe or change the
cleaners, read and follow all safety
appearance of the interior surface
instructions on the label. While cleaning the Caution when used.
interior, open the doors and windows to get
proper ventilation. Newspapers or dark To prevent damage: . Do not use scented or gel-type hand
garments can transfer color to the vehicle’s . Never use a razor or any other sharp sanitizers. If hand sanitizer comes in
interior. object to remove soil from any interior contact with interior surfaces of the
surface vehicle, blot immediately and clean
. Never use a brush with stiff bristles.
with a soft cloth dampened with a
mild soap and water solution.
(Continued)
Vehicle Care 391

Interior Glass Vinyl/Rubber . For solid soils, remove as much as
possible prior to vacuuming.
To clean, use a microfiber cloth fabric If equipped with vinyl floor and rubber floor
dampened with water. Wipe droplets left mats, use a soft cloth and/or brush To clean:
behind with a clean dry cloth. If necessary, dampened with water to remove dust and 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free colorfast cloth
use a commercial glass cleaner after loose dirt. For more thorough cleaning, use with water. Microfiber cloth is
cleaning with plain water. a mild soap and water solution. recommended to prevent lint transfer to
the fabric or carpet.
Caution { Warning 2. Remove excess moisture by gently
To prevent scratching, never use abrasive Do not use cleaners that contain silicone, wringing until water does not drip from
cleaners on automotive glass. Abrasive wax-based products, or cleaners that the cleaning cloth.
cleaners or aggressive cleaning may increase gloss on vinyl/rubber floor and 3. Start on the outside edge of the soil and
damage the rear window defogger. mats. These cleaners can permanently gently rub toward the center. Fold the
change the appearance and feel of the cleaning cloth to a clean area frequently
Cleaning the windshield with water during to prevent forcing the soil into the
vinyl/rubber and can make the floor
the first three to six months of ownership fabric.
slippery. Your foot could slip while
will reduce tendency to fog.
operating the vehicle, and you could lose 4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area
Speaker Covers control, resulting in a crash. You or until there is no longer any color
others could be injured. transfer from the soil to the cleaning
Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, so
cloth.
that the speaker will not be damaged. Clean
spots with water and mild soap. Fabric/Carpet/Suede 5. If the soil is not completely removed,
Start by vacuuming the surface using a soft use a mild soap solution followed only
Coated Moldings brush attachment. If a rotating vacuum by plain water.
Coated moldings should be cleaned. brush attachment is being used, only use it If the soil is not completely removed, it may
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a sponge on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, gently be necessary to use a commercial upholstery
or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with remove as much of the soil as possible: cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hidden
water. . Gently blot liquids with a paper towel. area for colorfastness before using a
. When heavily soiled, use warm soapy Continue blotting until no more soil can
water. be removed.
392 Vehicle Care

commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl, Other Do not use cleaners that increase gloss,
If ring formation occurs, clean the entire Plastic Surfaces, Low Gloss Paint especially on the instrument panel. Reflected
fabric or carpet. Surfaces, and Natural Open Pore Wood glare can decrease visibility through the
After cleaning, use a paper towel to blot Surfaces windshield under certain conditions.
excess moisture. Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust from Caution
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle knobs and crevices on the instrument Use of air fresheners may cause
Information and Radio Displays cluster. Use a soft microfiber cloth permanent damage to plastics and
dampened with water to remove dust and
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfaces painted surfaces. If an air freshener
loose dirt. For a more thorough cleaning,
or vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristle comes in contact with any plastic or
use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with a
brush to remove dirt that can scratch the mild soap and water solution. painted surface in the vehicle, blot
surface. Then gently clean by rubbing with a immediately and clean with a soft cloth
microfiber cloth. Never use window cleaners Caution dampened with a mild soap solution.
or solvents. Periodically hand wash the Soaking or saturating leather, especially Damage caused by air fresheners would
microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
perforated leather, as well as other
Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
interior surfaces, may cause permanent
thoroughly and air dry before next use. Care of Seat Belts
damage. Wipe excess moisture from
Caution these surfaces after cleaning and allow Keep belts clean and dry.
them to dry naturally. Never use heat,
Do not attach a device with a suction cup
to the display. This may cause damage
steam, or spot removers. Do not use { Warning
liquids that contain alcohol or solvents on Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing.
and would not be covered by the vehicle
leather seats. Do not use cleaners that It may severely weaken the webbing. In
warranty.
contain silicone or wax-based products. a crash, they might not be able to
Cleaners containing these solvents can provide adequate protection. Clean and
permanently change the appearance and rinse seat belt webbing only with mild
feel of leather or soft trim, and are not soap and lukewarm water. Allow the
recommended. webbing to dry.
Vehicle Care 393

Floor Mats . Use the floor mat/liner insert with the Reinstall by lining up the floor mat/liner
correct side up. Do not turn it over. retainer openings over the carpet retainers
and snapping into position.
{ Warning . Do not place anything on top of the
driver side floor mat/liner.
If a floor mat, a liner, or a liner insert is Make sure the floor mat/liner is properly
. Use only a single floor mat/liner on the secured in place.
the wrong size or is not properly
driver side.
installed, it can interfere with the pedals. Verify the floor mat/liner does not interfere
. Do not place one floor mat/liner on top with the pedals.
Interference with the pedals can cause
of another.
unintended acceleration and/or increased
Removing and Replacing the Floor Liner
stopping distance, which can cause a Removing and Replacing the Floor Mats/ Inserts
crash and injury. Make sure the floor Liners
mat, liner, or liner insert does not Pull up on the edge of the driver side floor
Pull up on the rear of the driver side floor liner insert to unlock each button clip and
interfere with the pedals.
mat/liner to unlock each retainer and remove.
Use the following guidelines for proper floor remove.
mat/liner use:
. The original equipment floor mats are
designed for your vehicle. If the floor
mats need to be replaced, it is
recommended that GM-certified floor
mats are purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may interfere
with the pedals. Always check that the
floor mats do not interfere with the
pedals.
. Do not use a floor mat/liner if the vehicle
is not equipped with a floor mat retainer
on the driver side floor. Reinstall by lining up the floor liner insert
button clips over the liner retainers and
snapping into position.
394 Vehicle Care

Make sure the floor liner insert is properly
secure in place using all button clips.
Verify the floor liner insert does not
interfere with the pedals.
Cleaning Rubber Floor Mats (All-Weather
Mats and Floor Liners)
See “Vinyl/Rubber” under Interior Care
0 390 for important cleaning information.
Service and Maintenance 395

Service and Maintenance General Information Caution
Your vehicle is an important investment. Damage caused by improper maintenance
General Information This section describes the required can lead to costly repairs and may not be
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 maintenance for the vehicle. Follow this covered by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance Schedule schedule to help protect against major repair Maintenance intervals, checks,
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396 expenses resulting from neglect or inspections, recommended fluids, and
inadequate maintenance. It may also help to lubricants are important to keep the
Multi-Point Vehicle Inspection (MPVI) maintain the value of the vehicle if it is vehicle in good working condition.
Multi-Point Vehicle sold. It is the responsibility of the owner to
Inspection (MPVI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 have all required maintenance performed. Do not have chemical flushes that are not
approved by GM performed on the
Special Application Services Your dealer has trained technicians who can
vehicle. The use of flushes, solvents,
Special Application Services . . . . . . . . . . . 399 perform required maintenance using genuine
cleaners, or lubricants that are not
replacement parts. They have up-to-date
approved by GM could damage the
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and tools and equipment for fast and accurate
diagnostics. Many dealers have extended vehicle, requiring expensive repairs that
Parts
evening and Saturday hours, courtesy are not covered by the vehicle warranty.
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 transportation, and online scheduling to
assist with service needs. The Tire Rotation and Required Services are
Maintenance Replacement Parts . . . . . . . 401
the responsibility of the vehicle owner. It is
Maintenance Records Your dealer recognizes the importance of recommended to have your dealer perform
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 providing competitively priced maintenance these services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
and repair services. With trained technicians, Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep
the dealer is the place for routine the vehicle in good working condition,
maintenance such as oil changes and tire improves fuel economy, and reduces vehicle
rotations and additional maintenance items emissions.
like tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper blades.
396 Service and Maintenance

Because of the way people use vehicles, Refer to the information in the Maintenance wheel alignment. See When It Is Time for
maintenance needs vary. There may need to Schedule Additional Required Services - New Tires 0 360 and
be more frequent checks and services. The Severe Service. Wheel Replacement 0 363.
Additional Required Services - Normal are for . Perform Multi-Point Vehicle Inspection.
vehicles that: { Warning See Multi-Point Vehicle Inspection (MPVI)
. Carry passengers and cargo within Performing maintenance work can be 0 398.
recommended limits on the Tire and dangerous and can cause serious injury. . Lubricate body components. See Exterior
Loading Information label. See Vehicle Perform maintenance work only if the Care 0 385.
Load Limits 0 209.
required information, proper tools, and Power Take Off (PTO) and Extended
. Are driven on reasonable road surfaces equipment are available. If they are not,
within legal driving limits. Idle Use
see your dealer to have a trained
. Use the recommended fuel. See technician do the work. See Doing Your When the vehicle is used with the PTO
Recommended Fuel 0 273. Own Service Work 0 312. equipment or used in a way that requires
Refer to the information in the Maintenance extended idle time, one hour of use shall be
deemed the same as 53 km (33 mi). See
Schedule Additional Required Services - Maintenance Schedule Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level)
Normal Service.
Tire Rotation and Required Services 0 132 or Driver Information Center (DIC)
The Additional Required Services - Severe are (Uplevel) 0 133 for hourmeter, if equipped.
for vehicles that are: Every 12 000 km (7,500 mi)
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot Tires are rotated to achieve a more uniform Additional Required Services – Normal
weather. wear for all tires. The first rotation is the Service
. Mainly driven in hilly or mountainous most important. Every 12 000 km (7,500 mi)
terrain. Anytime unusual wear is noticed, rotate the . Check engine oil level and oil
. Frequently towing a trailer. tires as soon as possible, check for proper life percentage. If needed, change engine
. Used for high speed or competitive tire inflation pressure, and check for oil and filter, and reset oil life system. Or
driving. damaged tires or wheels. If the unusual when the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
. Used for taxi, police, or delivery service. wear continues after the rotation, check the message displays, have the engine oil and
filter changed within the next 1 000 km/
600 mi. If driven under the best

conditions, the engine oil life system may compartment air filter replacement may Severe Conditions Requiring More
not indicate the need for vehicle service also be needed if there is reduced airflow, Frequent Maintenance*
for up to a year. The engine oil and filter window fogging, or odors. Your GM . Public service, military, or commercial use
must be changed at least once a year and dealer can help determine when to vehicles to include the following:
the oil life system must be reset. Your replace the filter.
trained dealer technician can perform this ‐ Ambulances, police cars, and
Every 80 500 km (50,000 mi) emergency rescue vehicles.
work. If the engine oil life system is reset
. Change transfer case fluid, if equipped
accidentally, service the vehicle within ‐ Civilian vehicles such as light duty
5 000 km/3,000 mi since the last service. with 4WD. Do not directly power wash pick-up trucks, SUVs, and passenger
Reset the oil life system when the oil is the transfer case and/or front/rear axle cars that are used in military
changed. See Engine Oil Life System 0 317. output seals. High pressure water can applications.
overcome the seals and contaminate the
. When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE ‐ Recovery vehicles such as tow trucks
transfer case fluid. Contaminated fluid will
message displays, the engine air filter decrease the life of the transfer case and/ and flatbed single vehicle carriers or
should be replaced at the next engine oil or axles and should be replaced. any vehicle that is consistently used in
change. When the REPLACE ENGINE AIR towing trailers or other loads.
FILTER SOON message displays, the Every 156 000 km (97,500 mi)
‐ High use commercial vehicles such as
engine air filter should be replaced at the . Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug courier delivery vehicles, private
earliest convenience. Reset the engine air wires and/or boots. security patrol vehicles, or any vehicles
filter life system after the engine air filter that operate on a 24-hour basis.
Every 161 000 km (100,000 mi)
is replaced. See Engine Air Filter Life
System 0 318. . Replace hood and/or body lift support gas ‐ Any vehicle consistently operated in a
struts. Or every 10 years, whichever high sand or dust environment such as
Every 36 000 km (22,500 mi) comes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 333. those used on oil pipelines and similar
. Replace passenger compartment air filter. applications.
Every 240 000 km (150,000 mi)
Or every 24 months, whichever comes . Vehicles that are regularly used for short
first. More frequent passenger . Drain and fill engine cooling system. Or
trips of 6 km (4 mi) or less.
compartment air filter replacement may every six years, whichever comes first.
See Cooling System 0 320. The oil life indicator will show you when
be needed if driving in areas with heavy
to change the oil and filter. Under severe
traffic, poor air quality, high dust levels,
conditions the indicator may come on
or environmental allergens. Passenger
before 12 000 km (7,500 mi).

* Footnote: Under extreme driving Owner Checks and Services Some items may not apply to your vehicle
conditions listed above, it may be and/or region.
Every Five Years
necessary to replace your spark plugs at
more frequent intervals. For further . Replace brake fluid. Diagnostics
assistance in determining the most Every Seven Years . OnStar active, if equipped
suitable service maintenance intervals for . Replace Air Conditioning Desiccant every . Service history/recall check
your vehicle, please contact your seven years. The air conditioning system
authorized GM Dealer. Engine Oil and Filter
requires maintenance every seven years.
Extreme service is for vehicles mainly . Engine oil
This service requires replacement of the
driven off-road in four-wheel drive or used desiccant to help the longevity and . Oil life monitor
in farming, mining, forestry, or snow efficient operation of the air conditioning ‐ Reset oil life monitor
plowing. system. This service can be complex. See
your dealer. Exterior Lights
Additional Required Services – Severe . Visual inspection
Service
Multi-Point Vehicle Windshield and Wipers
Every 40 000 km (25,000 mi)
. Change transfer case fluid, if equipped Inspection (MPVI) . Visual inspection
with 4WD. Do not directly power wash A Multi Point Vehicle Inspection (MPVI) Battery
the transfer case and/or front/rear axle completed by a GM dealer technician is a . Battery visual inspection
output seals. High pressure water can maintenance assessment of your vehicle. . Battery test results
overcome the seals and contaminate the The benefit of the MPVI is to identify and
transfer case fluid. Contaminated fluid will . Battery cables and connections
inform the customer of service items that
decrease the life of the transfer case and/ require immediate attention and those that Systems, Fluids, and Visible Leak
or axles and should be replaced. may require attention in the future. Inspection
Every 72 000 km (45,000 mi) The technician will perform the following . Engine oil
. Change automatic transmission fluid and checks on your vehicle. For a complete list . Transmission
filter. of checks, inspections, and services, see your
. Drive axle
dealer.
. Transfer case

. Engine cooling system . Axle boots or driveshaft and u-joints
. Power steering, if equipped . Compartment lift struts, if equipped
. Fuel system . Floor mats secured, no interference with
. Windshield washer fluid pedals
. Horn
Tire Inspection . Ignition lock, if equipped
. Tire pressure, tread depth, and wear . Starter switch
. Rotation, if applicable . Evaporative control system
. Alignment check, optional
. Reset tire pressure monitor Lubricate
. Chassis components
. Check tire sealant expiration date,
if equipped
. Check spare tire, if equipped Special Application Services
. Vehicles with Dual Wheels: Check dual
Brakes wheel nut torque at 160, 1 600, and
. Check brake system 10 000 km (100, 1,000, and 6,000 mi) of
driving. Repeat this service whenever a
Visible and Functional Inspections
tire/wheel is serviced or removed.
. Seat belt components . Severe Commercial Use Vehicles Only:
. Exhaust system Lubricate chassis components every oil
. Accelerator pedal change.
. Passenger compartment air filter, . Have underbody flushing service
if equipped performed. See “Underbody Maintenance”
. Engine air filter in Exterior Care 0 385.
. Hoses
. Belts
. Shocks and struts
. Steering components

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants”
in the Duramax diesel supplement.
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name or specification, including fluids or lubricants not listed here, can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Automatic Transmission DEXRON ULV Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Chassis Lubrication Chassis lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL coolant. See Cooling System
0 320.
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1
full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 315.
Front and Rear Axle Driveshaft Splines See your dealer.
Front Axle (Four-Wheel Drive) and Rear Axle See your dealer.
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid. See Brake Fluid 0 327.
Hydraulic Power Steering System GM Power Steering Fluid. See your dealer.
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Body Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube. See your dealer.
Hinge Pins, Tailgate Hinge and Linkage, Fuel
Door Hinge, Tailgate Handle Pivot Points,
Hinges, Latch Bolt, and Linkage
Transfer Case (Four-Wheel Drive) DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements.

Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 84121219 A3244C
Oil Filter 12707246 PF63
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185
Spark Plugs 12622441 41-114
Wiper Blades
84578275 —
IDriver Side – 55 cm (21.7 in)
84578275 —
IPassenger Side – 55 cm (21.7 in)

Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed
in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Date Odometer Reading Serviced By Services Performed
Technical Data 403

Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts Identification
There may be a large barcode on the
Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification certification label on the center pillar that
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . 403 Number (VIN) you can scan for the following information:
Service Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Vehicle Data . Model designation
Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . 404 . Paint information
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 . Production options
If there is not a large barcode on this label,
then you will find this same information on
This legal identifier is in the front corner of a label inside of the glove box.
the instrument panel, on the driver side of
the vehicle. It can be seen through the
windshield from outside. The Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) also appears on
the Vehicle Certification label and certificates
of title and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is the
engine code. This code identifies the
vehicle's engine, specifications, and
replacement parts. See “Engine
Specifications” under Capacities and
Specifications 0 404 for the vehicle's
engine code.
404 Technical Data

Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 400.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge
amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your
dealer for more information.
Engine Cooling System* 14.6 L 15.4 qt
Engine Oil with Filter 7.6 L 8.0 qt
Fuel Tank
136.3 L 36.0 gal
I2500 Series and 3500 Series Standard Box (Except Double Cab Diesel)
111.3 L 29.4 gal
I2500 Series and 3500 Series Standard Box (Double Cab Diesel)
136.3 L 36.0 gal
I2500 Series and 3500 Series Long Box (Except Regular Cab Diesel)
106.0 L 28.0 gal
I2500 Series and 3500 Series Long Box (Regular Cab Diesel)
Technical Data 405
Capacities
Application
Metric English
89.0 L 23.5 gal
I3500 Series Chassis Cab – Front Tank
151.4 L 40.0 gal
I3500 Series Chassis Cab – Rear Tank
Transfer Case Fluid 2.3 L 2.4 qt
Hydraulic Power Steering Fluid 2.0 L 2.1 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level
after filling.
*Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap
6.6L V8 (L8T) 7 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in)
Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage the spark plug.
406 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the
6.6L Engine (Dual Generator)
6.6L Engine (Single Generator)

Customer Information 407

Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . 416
Customer Information
Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 Customer Satisfaction Procedure
Customer Information Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . 407 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Your satisfaction and goodwill are important
Customer Assistance Offices . . . . . . . . . . 409 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 to your dealer and to GMC. Normally, any
Customer Assistance for Text concerns with the sales transaction or the
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 operation of the vehicle will be resolved by
Online Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 your dealer's sales or service departments.
GM Mobility Reimbursement Sometimes, however, despite the best
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 intentions of all concerned,
Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . 410 misunderstandings can occur. If your concern
Scheduling Service Appointments . . . . . . 411 has not been resolved to your satisfaction,
Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . . 412 the following steps should be taken:
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Publication Ordering Information . . . . . . 414 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern with a
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 member of dealership management.
Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved
Reporting Safety Defects at that level. If the matter has already been
Reporting Safety Defects to the United reviewed with the sales, service, or parts
States Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 manager, contact the owner of your
Reporting Safety Defects to the dealership or the general manager.
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 STEP TWO : If after contacting a member
Reporting Safety Defects to General of dealership management, it appears your
Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 concern cannot be resolved by your
dealership without further help, in the U.S.,
call 1-800-462-8782. In Canada, call General
Motors of Canada Customer Care Centre at
1-800-263-3777 (English), or 1-800-263-7854
(French).
408 Customer Information

We encourage you to call the toll-free automotive disputes regarding vehicle STEP THREE — Canadian Owners : In the
number in order to give your inquiry repairs or the interpretation of the New event that you do not feel your concerns
prompt attention. Have the following Vehicle Limited Warranty. Although you have been addressed after following the
information available to give the Customer may be required to resort to this informal procedure outlined in Steps One and Two,
Assistance representative: dispute resolution program prior to filing a General Motors of Canada Company wants
. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This is court action, use of the program is free of you to be aware of its participation in a
available from the vehicle registration or charge and your case will generally be heard no-charge Mediation/Arbitration Program.
title, or the plate at the top left of the within 40 days. If you do not agree with the General Motors of Canada Company has
instrument panel and visible through the decision given in your case, you may reject committed to binding arbitration of owner
windshield. it and proceed with any other venue for disputes involving factory-related vehicle
. Dealership name and location. relief available to you. service claims. The program provides for the
You may contact the BBB AUTO LINE review of the facts involved by an impartial
. Vehicle delivery date and present mileage.
Program using the toll-free telephone third party arbiter, and may include an
When contacting GMC, remember that your number or write them at the following informal hearing before the arbiter. The
concern will likely be resolved at a dealer's address: program is designed so that the entire
facility. That is why we suggest following dispute settlement process, from the time
Step One first. BBB Auto Line a Division of you file your complaint to the final decision,
BBB National Programs, Inc. should be completed in about 70 days. We
STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : Both General 1676 International Drive believe our impartial program offers
Motors and your dealer are committed to Suite 550 advantages over courts in most jurisdictions
making sure you are completely satisfied McLean, VA 22102 because it is informal, quick, and free of
with your new vehicle. However, if you
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 charge.
continue to remain unsatisfied after
following the procedure outlined in www.bbbautoline.org For further information concerning eligibility
Steps One and Two, you can file with the This program is available in all 50 states and in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration
Better Business Bureau (BBB) AUTO LINE the District of Columbia. Eligibility is limited Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685,
Program to enforce your rights. by vehicle age, mileage, and other factors. or call the General Motors Customer Care
General Motors reserves the right to change Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
The BBB AUTO LINE Program is an
eligibility limitations and/or discontinue its 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write to:
out-of-court program administered by the
BBB National Programs, Inc. to settle participation in this program.

Mediation/Arbitration Program Canada Online Account
c/o Customer Care Centre
Customer Care Centre Create a GMC Account (U.S.) at gmc.com
General Motors of Canada Company
General Motors of Canada Company
500 Wentworth Street W Learn more about your vehicle features,
500 Wentworth Street W
Oshawa, ON L1J 0C5 shop for and manage your connected
Oshawa, ON L1J 0C5
Your inquiry should be accompanied by the services and OnStar plans, and access
1-800-263-3777 (English)
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). diagnostic information specific to your
1-800-263-7854 (French)
vehicle.
Customer Assistance Offices 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone Devices
(TTYs)) Membership Benefits
GMC is committed to assisting customers. Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800
Visit us online at www.gmc.com/support E : Download owner’s manuals and view
(U.S.) or www.mygmc.ca (Canada) to chat Overseas vehicle-specific how-to videos.
with us or find answers to commonly asked Please contact the local General Motors G : View maintenance schedules, alerts, and
questions, tips, vehicle how-to instructions, Business Unit. Vehicle Diagnostic Information. Schedule
and available support. service appointments.
Need more help? Use the phone numbers or Customer Assistance for Text
I : View service records from your
mailing addresses below for additional Telephone (TTY) Users dealership and add your own.
assistance.
To assist customers who are deaf, hard of
hearing, or speech-impaired and/or who use
D : Select a dealer and view locations,
United States and Puerto Rico maps, phone numbers, and hours.
Text Telephones (TTYs), GMC is able to
GMC Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 33172
assist. Please dial the national 711 relay r : Track your vehicle’s warranty
service and contact 1-800-833-2438. TTY users information.
Detroit, MI 48232-5172 in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
1-800-GMC-8782 (1-800-462-8782) J : View active recalls by Vehicle
TTY: Dial 711 relay service and contact Identification Number (VIN). See Vehicle
1-800-833-2438 Identification Number (VIN) 0 403.
Roadside Assistance: 1-888-881-3302

H : Manage your profile and payment adaptive equipment required for the vehicle, . Telephone number of your location
information. View your GM Rewards Card such as hand controls or a wheelchair/ . Location of the vehicle
earnings and My GMC Rewards points. scooter lift for the vehicle. . Model, year, color, and license plate
F : Chat live with online help To learn about the GM Mobility program, number of the vehicle
representatives. see www.gmmobility.com or call the GM . Odometer reading and Vehicle
Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935. Identification Number (VIN)
Visit gmc.com and create an account today. Text Telephone (TTY) users, please dial the . Description of the problem
GMC Owner Centre (Canada) national 711 relay service and contact
1-800-323-9935. Coverage
mygmccanada.ca
General Motors of Canada also has a Services are provided for the duration of the
Visit the GMC Owner Centre at Mobility program. See www.gm.ca, or call vehicle's powertrain warranty.
mygmccanada.ca (English) or 1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483) for details.
my.gmccanada.ca (French) to access similar In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is
TTY users call 1-800-263-3830. covered. In Canada, a person driving the
benefits to the U.S. site.
Roadside Assistance Program vehicle without permission from the owner
GM Mobility Reimbursement is not covered.
Program For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New
1-888-881-3302; (Text Telephone (TTY):
Vehicle Limited Warranty. General Motors
1-888-889-2438).
North America and GMC reserve the right to
For Canadian-purchased vehicles, call make any changes or discontinue the
1-800-268-6800. Roadside Assistance program at any time
Service is available 24 hours a day, 365 days without notification.
a year. General Motors North America and GMC
reserve the right to limit services or
This program is available to qualified Calling for Assistance payment to an owner or driver if they
applicants for cost reimbursement, up to When calling Roadside Assistance, have the decide the claims are made too often, or the
certain limits, of eligible aftermarket following information ready: same type of claim is made many times.
. Your name, home address, and home
telephone number

Services Provided warranty period. Items considered are . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance:
. Emergency Fuel Delivery: Delivery of reasonable and customary hotel, meals, Must be over 150 km from where your
enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the rental car, or a vehicle being delivered trip was started to qualify.
nearest service station. back to the customer, up to 500 miles. Pre-authorization, original detailed
receipts, and a copy of the repair orders
. Lock-Out Service: Service to unlock the Services Not Included in Roadside are required. Once authorization has been
vehicle if you are locked out. A remote Assistance received, the Roadside Assistance advisor
unlock may be available if you have . Impound towing caused by violation of will help to make arrangements and
OnStar. For security reasons, the driver explain how to receive payment.
any laws
must present identification before this
. Legal fines . Alternative Service: If assistance cannot
service is given.
. Mounting, dismounting, or changing of be provided right away, the Roadside
. Emergency Tow from a Public Road or
snow tires, chains, or other traction Assistance advisor may give permission to
Highway: Tow to the nearest GMC dealer get local emergency road service. You will
for warranty service, or if the vehicle was devices
receive payment, up to $100, after
in a crash and cannot be driven. Service is not provided if a vehicle is in an sending the original receipt to Roadside
Assistance is not given when the vehicle area that is not accessible to the service Assistance. Mechanical failures may be
is stuck in the sand, mud, or snow. vehicle or is not a regularly traveled or covered, however any cost for parts and
. Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat maintained public road, which includes ice labor for repairs not covered by the
tire with the spare tire. The spare tire, and winter roads. Off-road use is not warranty are the owner’s responsibility.
if equipped, must be in good condition covered.
and properly inflated. It is the owner's
Services Specific to Canadian-Purchased
Scheduling Service Appointments
responsibility for the repair or
Vehicles When the vehicle requires warranty service,
replacement of the tire if it is not covered
. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement is up to contact your dealer and request an
by the warranty.
7 liters. Diesel fuel delivery may be appointment. By scheduling a service
. Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start appointment and advising the service
a dead battery. restricted. Propane and other fuels are
not provided through this service. consultant of your transportation needs,
. Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: your dealer can help minimize your
If your trip is interrupted due to a . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle registration is
inconvenience.
warranty event, incidental expenses may required.
be reimbursed within the Powertrain

If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the Owner Assistance Information” produced for Courtesy Rental Vehicle
service department immediately, keep new vehicles provides detailed warranty For an overnight warranty repair, the dealer
driving it until it can be scheduled for coverage information. may provide an available courtesy rental
service, unless, of course, the problem is vehicle or provide for reimbursement of a
safety related. If it is, please call your Transportation Options
rental vehicle. Reimbursement is limited and
dealership, let them know this, and ask for Warranty service can generally be must be supported by original receipts as
instructions. completed while you wait. However, if you well as a signed and completed rental
If your dealer requests you to bring the are unable to do so, your dealer may offer agreement and meet state/provincial, local,
vehicle for service, you are urged to do so the following transportation options: and rental vehicle provider requirements.
as early in the work day as possible to Shuttle Service Requirements vary and may include
allow for same-day repair. minimum age requirements, insurance
This includes one-way or round-trip shuttle coverage, credit card, etc. Additional fees
Courtesy Transportation Program service within reasonable time and distance such as fuel, rental vehicle insurance, taxes,
parameters of your dealer's area. levies, usage fees, excessive mileage,
To enhance your ownership experience, we
and our participating dealers are proud to Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement or rental usage beyond the completion of
offer Courtesy Transportation, a customer If overnight warranty repairs are needed, the repair are also your responsibility.
support program for vehicles with the and public transportation is used, the It may not be possible to provide a like
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage expense must be supported by original vehicle as a courtesy rental.
period in Canada), Federal Emission, receipts and within the maximum amount
Extended Powertrain or Electric specific allowed by GM. If U.S. customers arrange Additional Program Information
warranties in both the U.S. and Canada. their own transportation, limited All program options, such as shuttle service,
Several Courtesy Transportation options are reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may not be available at every dealer.
available to assist in reducing inconvenience may be available. Claim amounts should Contact your dealer for specific availability.
when warranty repairs are required. reflect actual costs and be supported by
original receipts. See your dealer for General Motors reserves the right to
Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the information. unilaterally modify, change, or discontinue
New Vehicle Limited Warranty. A separate Courtesy Transportation at any time and to
manual entitled “Limited Warranty and resolve all questions of claim eligibility
pursuant to the terms and conditions
described herein at its sole discretion.

Collision Damage Repair appearance and safety performance; Insuring the Vehicle
however, the history of these parts is not
If the vehicle is involved in a collision and it Protect your investment in the GM vehicle
known. Such parts are not covered by the
is damaged, have the damage repaired by a with comprehensive and collision insurance
GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
qualified technician using the proper coverage. There are significant differences in
related failures are not covered by that
equipment and quality replacement parts. the quality of coverage afforded by various
warranty.
Poorly performed collision repairs diminish insurance policy terms. Many insurance
the vehicle resale value, and safety Aftermarket collision parts are also available. policies provide reduced protection to the
performance can be compromised in These are made by companies other than GM vehicle by limiting compensation for
subsequent collisions. GM and may not have been tested for the damage repairs through the use of
vehicle. As a result, these parts may fit aftermarket collision parts. Some insurance
Collision Parts poorly, exhibit premature durability/ companies will not specify aftermarket
Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts corrosion problems, and may not perform collision parts. When purchasing insurance,
made with the same materials and properly in subsequent collisions. we recommend that you ensure that the
construction methods as the parts with Aftermarket parts are not covered by the vehicle will be repaired with GM original
which the vehicle was originally built. GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any equipment collision parts. If such insurance
Genuine GM Collision parts are the best vehicle failure related to such parts is not coverage is not available from your current
choice to ensure that the vehicle's designed covered by that warranty. insurance carrier, consider switching to
appearance, durability, and safety are another insurance carrier.
Repair Facility
preserved. The use of Genuine GM parts can If the vehicle is leased, the leasing company
help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited GM also recommends that you choose a may require you to have insurance that
Warranty. collision repair facility that meets your ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original
needs before you ever need collision repairs. Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
Recycled original equipment parts may also Your dealer may have a collision repair
be used for repair. These parts are typically Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts.
center with GM-trained technicians and Read the lease carefully, as you may be
removed from vehicles that were total losses state-of-the-art equipment, or be able to
in prior crashes. In most cases, the parts charged at the end of the lease for poor
recommend a collision repair center that has quality repairs.
being recycled are from undamaged sections GM-trained technicians and comparable
of the vehicle. A recycled original equipment equipment.
GM part may be an acceptable choice to
maintain the vehicle's originally designed

If a Crash Occurs Choose a reputable repair facility that uses vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts,
quality replacement parts. See “Collision even if your insurance coverage does not
If there has been an injury, call emergency
Parts” earlier in this section. pay the full cost.
services for help. Do not leave the scene of
a crash until all matters have been taken If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You If another party's insurance company is
care of. Move the vehicle only if its position See after an Airbag Inflates? 0 68. paying for the repairs, you are not obligated
puts you in danger, or you are instructed to to accept a repair valuation based on that
move it by a police officer. Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair insurance company's collision policy repair
Process limits, as you have no contractual limits
Give only the necessary information to
In the event that the vehicle requires with that company. In such cases, you can
police and other parties involved in the
damage repairs, GM recommends that you have control of the repair and parts choices
crash.
take an active role in its repair. If you have as long as the cost stays within reasonable
For emergency towing see Roadside a pre-determined repair facility of choice, limits.
Assistance Program 0 410. take the vehicle there, or have it towed
Gather the following information: there. Specify to the facility that any Publication Ordering Information
. Driver name, address, and telephone required replacement collision parts be Service Manuals
number original equipment parts, either new
Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM Service manuals have the diagnosis and
. Driver license number repair information on the engine/propulsion,
parts. Remember, recycled parts will not be
. Owner name, address, and telephone covered by the GM vehicle warranty. transmission, axle, suspension, brakes,
number electrical system, steering system, body, etc.
Insurance pays the bill for the repair, but
. Vehicle license plate number
you must live with the repair. Depending on Customer Literature
. Vehicle make, model, and model year your policy limits, your insurance company
. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Owner’s manuals are written specifically for
may initially value the repair using
owners and are intended to provide basic
. Insurance company and policy number aftermarket parts. Discuss this with the
operational information about the vehicle.
. General description of the damage to the repair professional, and insist on Genuine
The owner’s manual includes the
other vehicle GM parts. Remember, if the vehicle is
Maintenance Schedule for all models.
leased, you may be obligated to have the

Customer literature publications available for Science and Economic Development (ISED) If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it
purchase include owner’s manuals, warranty Canada's license-exempt RSS(s) / RSP-100 / may open an investigation, and if it
manuals, and portfolios. Portfolios include an ICES-GEN. finds that a safety defect exists in a
owner’s manual, warranty manual, Operation is subject to the following two group of vehicles, it may order a recall
if applicable, and zip lock bag or pouch. conditions: and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA
Current and Past Models 1. The device may not cause harmful cannot become involved in individual
Service manuals and customer literature are interference. problems between you, your dealer,
available for many GM vehicles. 2. The device must accept any interference or General Motors.
received, including interference that may To contact NHTSA, you may call the
To check availability and to order, call cause undesired operation of the device.
1-800-551-4123 Monday–Friday, 8:00 a.m.– Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at
6:00 p.m. Eastern Time Changes or modifications to any of these 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go
systems by other than an authorized service to https://www.safercar.gov; or write to:
For credit card orders only (VISA, facility could void authorization to use this
MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm, Inc. at: equipment. Administrator, NHTSA
www.helminc.com. 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
To order by mail, write to: Reporting Safety Defects Washington, D.C. 20590
Helm, Incorporated You can also obtain other information
Attention: Customer Service Reporting Safety Defects to the about motor vehicle safety from
47911 Halyard Drive United States Government https://www.safercar.gov.
Plymouth, MI 48170
If you believe that your vehicle has a Reporting Safety Defects to the
Make checks payable in U.S. funds.
defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you should
Canadian Government
Radio Frequency Statement
immediately inform the National If you live in Canada, and you believe
This vehicle uses license-exempt transmitters that the vehicle has a safety defect,
Highway Traffic Safety Administration
/ receivers / systems that operate on a
radio frequency that complies with Part 15/ (NHTSA) in addition to notifying General notify Transport Canada immediately,
Part 18 of the Federal Communications Motors.
Commission (FCC) rules and with Innovation,

and notify General Motors of Canada Customer Care Centre or average speed. These modules may retain
Company. Call Transport Canada at General Motors of Canada Company personal preferences, such as radio presets,
1-800-333-0510; go to: 500 Wentworth Street W seat positions, and temperature settings.
Oshawa, ON L1J 0C5
www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)
In Mexico, call 800-466-0812 or
Cybersecurity
www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French) 800-466-0801. GM collects information about the use of
or write to: your vehicle including operational and safety
In other Central America and Caribbean
related information. We collect this
Transport Canada Countries, call 52-555-901-2369.
information to provide, evaluate, improve,
Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate and troubleshoot our products and services
Defect Investigations and Recalls Vehicle Data Recording and and to develop new products and services.
Division Privacy The protection of vehicle electronics systems
80 Noel Street and customer data from unauthorized
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 The vehicle has a number of computers that outside electronic access or control is
record information about the vehicle’s important to GM. GM maintains appropriate
Reporting Safety Defects to performance and how it is driven or used. security standards, practices, guidelines and
For example, the vehicle uses computer controls aimed at defending the vehicle and
General Motors modules to monitor and control engine and the vehicle service ecosystem against
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport transmission performance, to monitor the unauthorized electronic access, detecting
Canada) in a situation like this, notify conditions for airbag deployment and possible malicious activity in related
General Motors. deploy them in a crash, and, if equipped, to networks, and responding to suspected
provide antilock braking to help the driver cybersecurity incidents in a timely,
In the U.S., call 1-800-462-8782, or write:
control the vehicle. These modules may coordinated and effective manner. Security
GMC Customer Assistance Center store data to help the dealer technician incidents could impact your safety or
P.O. Box 33172 service the vehicle or to help GM improve compromise your private data. To minimize
Detroit, MI 48232-5172 safety or features. Some modules may also security risks, please do not connect your
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 (English) or store data about how the vehicle is vehicle electronic systems to unauthorized
1-800-263-7854 (French), or write: operated, such as rate of fuel consumption devices or connect your vehicle to any
unknown or untrusted networks (such as
Bluetooth, WIFI or similar technology). In

the event you suspect any security incident Note others for research purposes, where a need
impacting your data or the safe operation of EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only is shown and the data is not tied to a
your vehicle, please stop operating your if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
vehicle and contact your dealer. data are recorded by the EDR under normal
driving conditions and no personal data OnStar
Event Data Recorders (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and
This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data are recorded. However, other parties, such has an active service plan, additional data
Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR as law enforcement, could combine the EDR may be collected and transmitted through
is to record, in certain crash or near data with the type of personally identifying the OnStar system. This includes information
crash-like situations, such as an air bag data routinely acquired during a crash about the vehicle’s operation; collisions
deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data investigation. involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle
that will assist in understanding how a To read data recorded by an EDR, special and its features, including infotainment; and
vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is equipment is required, and access to the the location and approximate GPS speed of
designed to record data related to vehicle vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms and
dynamics and safety systems for a short the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such Conditions and Privacy Statement on the
period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. as law enforcement, that have the special OnStar website.
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record equipment, can read the information if they See OnStar Additional Information 0 420.
such data as: have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
. How various systems in your vehicle were
GM will not access these data or share it Infotainment System
operating; with others except: with the consent of the If the vehicle is equipped with a navigation
. Whether or not the driver and passenger vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased, system as part of the infotainment system,
safety belts were buckled/fastened; with the consent of the lessee; in response use of the system may result in the storage
. How far (if at all) the driver was to an official request by police or similar of destinations, addresses, telephone
depressing the accelerator and/or brake government office; as part of GM's defense numbers, and other trip information. See the
pedal; and, of litigation through the discovery process; infotainment section for information on
. How fast the vehicle was traveling. or, as permitted by law. Data that GM stored data and for deletion instructions.
collects or receives may also be used for GM
These data can help provide a better research needs or may be made available to
understanding of the circumstances in which
crashes and injuries occur.
418 OnStar
OnStar OnStar Overview The OnStar system status light is next to
the OnStar buttons. If the status light is:
. Solid Green: System is ready.
OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 . Flashing Green: On a call.
. Red: Indicates a problem.
OnStar Services . Off: System is off. Press Q twice to
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 speak with an OnStar Advisor.
= Voice Command Button Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR

OnStar Additional Information
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor.
OnStar Additional Information . . . . . . . . 420
Q Blue OnStar Button Functionality of the Voice Command button
> Red Emergency Button may vary by vehicle and region.
This vehicle may be equipped with a Press = to:
comprehensive, in-vehicle system that can . Open the OnStar app on the infotainment
connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency, display. If equipped, the infotainment
Security, Navigation, Connections, and system has OnStar controls in the
Diagnostics Services. OnStar services may embedded OnStar app on the Home Page.
require a paid service plan and data plan. Most OnStar functions that can be
OnStar requires the vehicle battery and performed with the buttons can be done
electrical system, cellular service, and GPS using the app. To open the app, touch the
satellite signals to be available and OnStar icon on the Home Page. App
operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing updates require a corresponding service
emergency service providers. OnStar may plan. Features vary by region and model.
collect information about you and your Features are subject to change. For more
vehicle, including location information. See information, see my.gmc.com/learn or
OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and press Q.
Software Terms for more details including
system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.)
or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar 419
Or OnStar Services Security
. Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice
If equipped, OnStar provides these services:
commands. Emergency . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, OnStar
. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi hotspot
Emergency Services require an active safety Advisors can use GPS to pinpoint the
name or SSID and password, if equipped. and security plan. With Automatic Crash vehicle and help authorities quickly
Press Q to connect to an Advisor to: Response, built-in sensors can automatically recover it.
. Verify account information or update alert a specially trained OnStar Advisor who . With Remote Ignition Block, if equipped,
contact information. is immediately connected in to the vehicle OnStar can block the vehicle from being
to help. restarted.
. Get driving directions.
. Receive a Diagnostic check of the vehicle's Press > for a priority connection to an . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
key operating systems. OnStar Advisor who can contact emergency if equipped, OnStar can work with law
. Receive Roadside Assistance. service providers, direct them to your exact enforcement to gradually slow the
location, and relay important information. vehicle down.
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, if equipped.
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially trained Theft Alarm Notification
Press > to get a priority connection to an Advisors are available 24 hours a day, 7 days
OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to: a week, to provide a central point of If equipped, if the doors are locked and the
. Get help for an emergency. contact, assistance, and information during a vehicle alarm sounds, a notification by text,
crisis. e-mail, or phone call will be sent. If the
. Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an
vehicle is stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work
AMBER Alert. With Roadside Assistance, Advisors can with authorities to recover the vehicle.
. Get assistance in severe weather or other locate a nearby service provider to help with
crisis situations and find evacuation a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty
routes. gas tank.
420 OnStar
OnStar Additional How OnStar Service Works services may not work if the OnStar
equipment is not properly installed or it has
Information Automatic Crash Response, Emergency
not been properly maintained. If equipment
Services, Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle
or software is added, connected,
In-Vehicle Audio Messages Assistance, Remote Services, and Roadside
or modified, OnStar or connected services
Assistance are available on most vehicles.
Audio messages may play important may not work. Other problems beyond the
Not all OnStar services are available
information at the following times: control of OnStar — such as hills, tall
everywhere or on all vehicles. For more
buildings, tunnels, weather, electrical system
. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press Q to set information, a full description of OnStar
design and architecture of the vehicle,
up an account. services, system limitations, and OnStar User
damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless
. After change in ownership and at Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software
phone network congestion or jamming —
90 days. Terms:
may prevent service.
. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827).
Transferring Service . See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 415.
Press Q to request account transfer . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). Services for People with Disabilities
eligibility information. The Advisor can . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. Advisors provide services to help with
cancel or change account information. . Press Q to speak with an Advisor. physical disabilities and medical conditions.
Selling/Transferring the Vehicle OnStar or connected services cannot work Press Q to help:
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar . Locate a gas station with an attendant to
immediately to terminate your OnStar or has an agreement with a wireless service pump gas.
connected services if the vehicle is disposed provider for service in that area. The . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., that meets
of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends. wireless service provider must also have
accessibility needs.
coverage, network capacity, reception, and
Reactivation for Subsequent Owners technology compatible with OnStar or . Provide directions to the closest hospital
connected services. Service involving location or pharmacy in urgent situations.
Press Q and follow the prompts to speak to
information about the vehicle cannot work
an Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisor
unless GPS signals are available,
will update vehicle records and explain
unobstructed, and compatible with the
OnStar or connected service options.
OnStar hardware. OnStar or connected
OnStar 421
TTY Users Languages operate to call OnStar. However, OnStar
could have difficulty identifying the exact
OnStar has the ability to communicate to The vehicle can be programmed to respond
location.
deaf, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired in multiple languages. Press Q and ask for . In emergency situations, OnStar can use
customers while in the vehicle. The available an Advisor. Advisors are available in English,
TTY system can provide in-vehicle access to the last stored GPS location to send to
Spanish, and French. Available languages
all OnStar services, except Virtual Advisor emergency responders.
may vary by country.
and OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation. A temporary loss of GPS can cause loss of
Potential Issues the ability to send a Turn-by-Turn
If equipped, TTY mode can be turned on or
off by touching Settings, then Apps, and OnStar cannot perform Remote Door Unlock Navigation route. The Advisor may give a
then Phone. When TTY mode is on, phone or Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the vehicle verbal route or may ask for a call back after
calls can be made or received with OnStar has been off continuously for an extended the vehicle is driven into an open area.
using the infotainment display. period of time without an ignition cycle. To Cellular and GPS Antennas
find out the duration of time that applies
OnStar Personal Identification for the vehicle, contact an OnStar Advisor by Cellular reception is required for OnStar to
Number (PIN) pressing Q or calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. If the send remote signals to the vehicle. Do not
A PIN is needed to access some OnStar vehicle has not been started for an extended place items over or near the antenna to
services. The PIN will need to be changed period of time, OnStar can contact Roadside prevent blocking cellular and GPS signal
the first time when speaking with an Assistance or a locksmith to help gain access reception.
Advisor. To change the OnStar PIN, contact to the vehicle. Unable to Connect to OnStar Message
an OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or calling Global Positioning System (GPS) If there is limited cellular coverage or the
1-888-4ONSTAR.
. Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a cellular network has reached maximum
Warranty large city with tall buildings; in parking capacity, this message may come on. Press
OnStar equipment may be warranted as part
garages; around airports; in tunnels and Q to try the call again or try again after
underpasses; or in an area with very driving a few miles into another
of the vehicle warranty. dense trees. If GPS signals are not cellular area.
available, the OnStar system should still
422 OnStar
Vehicle and Power Issues These updates or changes may also collect OnStar - Software Acknowledgements
personal information. Such collection is
OnStar services require a vehicle electrical To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL,
described in the OnStar privacy statement or
system, wireless service, and GPS satellite MPL, and other open source licenses, that is
separately disclosed at the time of
technologies to be available and operating contained in this product, please visit
installation. These updates or changes may
for features to function properly. These https://opensource.lge.com. In addition to
also cause a system to automatically
systems may not operate if the battery is the source code, all referred license terms,
communicate with GM servers to collect
discharged or disconnected. warranty disclaimers, and copyright notices
information about vehicle system status,
are available for download. This offer is valid
Add-on Electrical Equipment identify whether updates or changes are
for a period of three years after our last
available, or deliver updates or changes. An
The OnStar system is integrated into the shipment of this product. This offer is valid
active OnStar agreement constitutes consent
electrical architecture of the vehicle. Do not to anyone in receipt of this information.
to these software updates or changes and
add any electrical equipment. See Add-On agreement that either OnStar or GM may *Provided through LG Electronics Inc., who is
Electrical Equipment 0 307. Added electrical remotely deliver them to the vehicle. solely responsible for provisions of related
equipment may interfere with the operation OSS compliance.
of the OnStar system and cause it to not Privacy
operate.
The complete OnStar Privacy Statement may
Vehicle Software Updates be found at www.onstar.com (U.S.),
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We recommend
OnStar or GM may remotely deliver that you review it. If you have any
software updates or changes to the vehicle questions, call 1-888-4ONSTAR
without further notice or consent. These
(1-888-466-7827) or press Q to speak with
updates or changes may enhance or
maintain safety, security, or the operation an Advisor. Users of wireless
of the vehicle or the vehicle systems. communications are cautioned that the
Software updates or changes may affect or privacy of any information sent via wireless
erase data or settings that are stored in the cellular communications cannot be assured.
vehicle, such as saved navigation Third parties may unlawfully intercept or
destinations or pre-set radio stations. access transmissions and private
Neither OnStar nor GM is responsible for communications without consent.
any affected or erased data or settings.
Connected Services 423

Connected Services Connected Services Using Voice Commands During a
Planned Route
Connected Services Navigation Functionality of the Voice Command button,
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 Navigation requires a specific OnStar or if equipped, may vary by vehicle and region.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 connected service plan. For some vehicles, press = to open the
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425 OnStar app on the infotainment display.
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn directions
or have them sent to the vehicle’s Send Destination to Vehicle
navigation screen, if equipped. Select Directions can be sent to the vehicle’s
Turn-by-Turn Directions from the Services navigation screen, if equipped.
tab of the OnStar app to call an Advisor or
select a recent or favorite destination. Touch Press Q, then ask the Advisor to download
the navigation icons to select home, address, directions to the vehicle’s navigation system,
or place. A destination transfer from OnStar if equipped. After the call ends, the
will show the detail view of the destination navigation screen will provide prompts to
when it is transferred from OnStar to the begin driving directions. Routes that are sent
Navigation application. See www.onstar.com to the navigation screen can only be
for a coverage map. Services vary by model. canceled through the navigation system.
Map coverage is available in the United See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca
States and Canada. (Canada).
Turn-by-Turn Navigation Connections
1. Press Q to connect to an Advisor.
The following services help with staying
2. Request directions to be downloaded to connected.
the vehicle.
For coverage maps, see www.onstar.com
3. Follow the voice-guided commands. (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
424 Connected Services

Ensuring Security Internet connection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), and . Activate the horn and lamps.
. Change the default passwords for the signal quality (poor, good, excellent). The . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil life,
Wi-Fi hotspot and myGMC mobile LTE icon shows connection to Wi-Fi. It is or tire pressure, if factory-equipped with
application. Make these passwords possible that the icon may not illuminate the Tire Pressure Monitor System.
different from each other and use a even though the vehicle has an active . Send destinations to the vehicle.
combination of letters and numbers to connection. . Locate the vehicle on a map (U.S.
increase the security. 3. To change the SSID or password, press market only).
. Change the default name of the SSID Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot on/off,
(Service Set Identifier). This is your with an Advisor. On some vehicles, the manage settings, and monitor data
network’s name that is visible to other SSID and password can be changed in consumption, if equipped.
wireless devices. Choose a unique name the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. . Locate a dealer and schedule service.
and avoid family names or vehicle
After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Wi-Fi . Request Roadside Assistance.
descriptions.
hotspot will connect automatically to your . Set a parking reminder with pin drop,
Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) mobile devices. Manage data usage by take a photo, make a note, and set a
The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fi turning Wi-Fi on or off on your mobile timer.
hotspot that provides access to the Internet device, using the myGMC mobile app, or by
. Connect with GMC on social media.
and web content at 4G LTE speed. Up to contacting an OnStar Advisor. On some
seven mobile devices can be connected. vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be managed from Features are subject to change. For myGMC
A data plan is required. Use the in-vehicle the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. mobile app information and compatibility,
controls only when it is safe to do so. MyGMC Mobile App (If Available) see my.gmc.com.
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot information, Download the myGMC mobile app to An active OnStar or connected service plan
press = to open the OnStar app on the compatible Apple and Android smartphones. may be required. A compatible device,
infotainment display, then select Wi-Fi GMC users can access the following services factory-installed remote start, and power
Hotspot. On some vehicles, touch Wi-Fi from a smartphone: locks are required. Data rates apply. See
or Wi-Fi Settings on the screen. www.onstar.com for details and system
. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
limitations.
2. The Wi-Fi settings will display the Wi-Fi if factory-equipped.
hotspot name (SSID), password, and on . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped with
some vehicles, the connection type (no automatic locks.
Connected Services 425

Remote Services
Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlock the
doors or sound the horn and flash the
lamps.
Marketplace
OnStar Advisors can provide offers from
restaurants and retailers on your route,
help locate hotels, or book a room. These
services vary by market.
Diagnostics
By monitoring and reporting on the vehicle's
key systems, OnStar Advanced Diagnostics,
if equipped, provides a way to keep up on
maintenance. Capabilities vary by model.
See www.onstar.com for details and system
limitations. Features are subject to change.
For updates on feature capabilities, see
my.gmc.com. Message and data rates may
apply.
426 Index
Airbag System (cont'd)
Index A
Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 What Will You See after an Airbag
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Adaptive When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 67
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Airbags
Adding a Snow Plow or Similar Adding Equipment to the Vehicle . . . . . . . 73
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Passenger Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Additional Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
OnStar Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 Replacing System Parts after a
Adjustments Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Vehicles . . . . . . 73
Advanced Alarm
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Agreements Alert
Trademarks and License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Lane Change (LCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Air Rear Cross Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Filter Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159, 161
Filter, Passenger Compartment . . . . . . . . 196 Antenna
Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Appearance Care
How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . 68 Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . . 68 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . 177, 179
Index 427
Assistance Program, Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 Automatic Transmission Brakes (cont'd)
Assistance Systems Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Auxiliary Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Automatic Emergency Roof Mounted Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Automatic Emergency (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Braking (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . . . 163 Front Pedestrian (FPB) System . . . . . . . . . 267
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Axle Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Buckle To Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) . . . . . . . . . 267 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp
B
Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Battery
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . 271 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . 152
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal,
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . . . . . . . . . 264 Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps . . . . . . 334
Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . 328, 378
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Surround Vision System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps,
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Audio and Back-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Bluetooth
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163, 164 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163, 164
Automatic
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170, 174 C
Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Brake Calibration
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Emergency Braking (AEB) Disabled
Pad Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 California
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Perchlorate Materials Requirements . . . . 311
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Brake Pad Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . 1, 378
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 Camera
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Rear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Transmission Shift Lock Control
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Truck Bed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
428 Index
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Child Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Controls
Carbon Monoxide Cleaning Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 Coolant
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191 Engine Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Cargo Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Engine Temperature Warning Light . . . . 128
Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191, 193
Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Center Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . . . . .412
High-Mounted Stoplamp (CHMSL) Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112, 113 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
and Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 Collision Alert Adaptive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Forward (FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Center Console Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Compartments Customer Assistance
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Charging Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Connected Services Customer Information
Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 Publications Ordering Information . . . . . 414
Check Engine Light (Malfunction Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425 Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . . . 407
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Child Restraints Connections
D
Infants and Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413
Lower Anchors and Tethers for Control
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Dashboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Traction and Electronic Stability . . . . . . . 236
Data Collection
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 95 Control Light
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Index 429
Data Collection (cont'd) Driver (cont'd) Electrical System
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Teen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . 338
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417 Driving Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . .145 Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . 342, 343
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Off
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Characteristics and Towing Tips . . . . . . . . 277 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Emergency
Diagnostics Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425 If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Engine
Disabled Vehicle Impaired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Transporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Air Filter Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Distracted Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Check Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . 123
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Coolant Temperature Warning
Door Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Dual Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Automatic Climate Control System . . . . 193 Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
E
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406 Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Electric
Drive Systems Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Driver Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Electrical
Assistance Systems, Advanced . . . . . . . . . 253 Overheated Protection
Equipment, Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Information Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . 132, 133 Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
System Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Mode Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
430 Index
Engine (cont'd) Fluid Fuel (cont'd)
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417 Fog Lamp Light Fuses
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . 338
Extended Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . 342, 343
Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227, 330
G
Exterior Four-Wheel-Drive
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Cargo Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Frequency Statement
Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Gauges
Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Front
Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
F Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Fan Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Front Seats
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Filter Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Fuel
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145 Transmission Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
E85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Economy, Driving for Better . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . 277
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 Warning Lights and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . 111
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 276
Floor Console General Information
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Index 431
General Information (cont'd) Heated (cont'd) Information
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Publication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Infotainment
Global Positioning System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . 167 Ventilated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Heater Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417
GM Mobility Reimbursement Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Inspection
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191, 193 Multi-Point Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Guidance High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112, 113
Problems with the Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Hill Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
H
Descent Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 153
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 J
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Jump
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312
Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135 Starting - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Headlamps
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . . . 58 K
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191, 193 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 I Remote Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . 145 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 L
Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Indicator Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps . . . . . . 334 Pedestrian Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Lamps
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Auxiliary Roof Mounted Lamp . . . . . . . . . 148
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Indicators Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Warning Lights and Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Heated Infants and Young Children, Restraints . . . . 76 Exterior Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
432 Index
Lamps (cont'd) Lights (cont'd) Lights (cont'd)
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . 145 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . 152 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Automatic Emergency Braking Traction Control System
Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 (AEB) Disabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 (TCS)/Electronic Stability Control
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Malfunction Indicator (Check Check Engine (Malfunction Lock
Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Steering Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239, 240
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Locks
Lane Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Departure Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Electronic Stability Control Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
LATCH System (ESC), Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Replacing Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Engine Coolant Temperature Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tethers for Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Four-Wheel-Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Lighting Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Gauges and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Children (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Hill Descent Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
M
Task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Maintenance
Lights Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Service Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 125
Index 433
Maintenance Schedule (cont'd) Mirrors (cont'd) Oil (cont'd)
Recommended Fluids and Rear Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Trailer Tow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Online Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409
Manual Mode OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Monitor System, Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 352 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Massage Multi-Point Vehicle Inspection (MPVI) . . . . 398 OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Operating Mode
N
Media Overheated Engine Protection . . . . . . . . . 324
Navigation
Avoiding Untrusted Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Outlets
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Messages Overheated Engine Protection
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154, 155
Noise Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Mirrors Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 O
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
P
Automatic Dimming Rearview . . . . . . . . . . 38
Park
Blind Spot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254, 263
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Off-Road
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Parking
Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Oil
Brake and P (Park) Mechanism
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
434 Index
Parking (cont'd) Power (cont'd) Rear (cont'd)
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Parking or Backing Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Passenger Privacy Rearview Mirror
Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 Truck Bed Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Compartment Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Problems with Route Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 168 Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Program Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127 Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Perchlorate Materials Requirements, Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Recognition
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 Proposition 65 Warning Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Phone California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Recommended
Apple CarPlay and Proposition 65 Warning, California . . . . . . . 378 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177, 179 Publication Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 414 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . .400
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170, 174 Records
R
Pickup Conversion to Chassis Cab . . . . . . . . 309 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Port Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Radio
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Reimbursement Program, GM
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159, 161
Positioning Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Remote
Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Power Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Key Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Rear
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Replacement
Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Replacement Parts
Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Locking Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239, 240
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Index 435
Replacing Safety Defects Reporting (cont'd) Securing Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91, 95
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 Security
LATCH System Parts After a Crash . . . . . . 91 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Seat Belt System Parts after a Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Reporting Safety Defects Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411 Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 Buckle To Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . . 311
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Restraints Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . 58 Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . 220 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Maintenance, General Information . . . . . 395
Roads Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 Seats Services
Roof Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181, 182
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406 Heated and Ventilated, Front . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Shift Lock Control Function Check,
Running Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331
Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . . . 223 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Shifting
Massage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
S
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Safety
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Shutdown, Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Signals, Turn and Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . .147
Safety Defects Reporting
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Snow Plow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
436 Index
Special Application Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Tires (cont'd)
Specifications and Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 Surround Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Vision System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218 System Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Column Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Brake Pad Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Engine Air Filter Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Global Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Noise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Steps Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
T
Power Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Terminology and Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . 362
Taillamps
Storage Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 363
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Task Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . 360
Teen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409
Floor Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Underseat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Towing
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Struts App . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
All-Terrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Index 437
Towing (cont'd) TTY Users Vehicle (cont'd)
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . . .147 Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Turn Signal Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Traction Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Control System (TCS)/Electronic Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
U
Stability Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Control/Electronic Stability Control . . . . 236 Vehicle Care
Universal Remote System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Trademarks and License Agreements . . . . . 188 Vehicle Security
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Trailer Steering Column Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Updates
Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Tow Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Using
Towing App . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Transfer Case
Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 W
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Warning
Transmission
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 V
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 Vehicle
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Transportation Program, Courtesy . . . . . . . .412 Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Lights, Gauges, and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . 111
Transporting Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
a Disabled Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Wheels
Items That Can Catch Fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Data Recording and Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Identification Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Truck Bed Camera Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . .41 Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Truck-Camper Loading Information . . . . . . . .214 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
438 Index
Wheels (cont'd)
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Windshield
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Wiper
Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
24_GMC_Sierra_Denali_2500 HD_3500 HD_COV_en_US_84989061 B_2023JUN2.pdf 1 4/26/2023 3:05:47 PM
CM
MY
CY
CMY

24 GMC Sierra Sierra Denali 2500 3500 HD OM en US U 84989061B 2023JUN02 2P

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

24 GMC Sierra Sierra Denali 2500 3500 HD OM en US U 84989061B 2023JUN02 2P

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

24_GMC_Sierra_Denali_2500 HD_3500 HD_COV_en_US_84989061 B_2023JUN2.

pdf 1 4/26/2023 3:05:47 PM

Base Level Shown, Uplevel Similar

14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 15

16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 17

18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 19

20 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Replace the battery in the remote key soon

Keys, Doors, and Windows 21

22 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 23

24 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 25

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

. Press 5 on the center stack.

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

Truck Bed Camera Rearview Windows

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43

The express-close feature will reverse Programming the Power Windows

44 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Pull the sun visor down to block glare.

Keys, Doors, and Windows 45

46 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 47

The head restraint can be folded forward to

48 Seats and Restraints

Front Seats To adjust a manual seat:

Seats and Restraints 49

50 Seats and Restraints

To adjust a manual seatback:

Seats and Restraints 51

52 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 53

54 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 55

56 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 57

58 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 59

Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to

. Sit up straight and always keep your feet

60 Seats and Restraints

{ Warning Lap-Shoulder Belt

Always use the correct buckle for your